• 84000
  • The Collection
  • The Kangyur
  • Discourses
  • Ornaments of the Buddhas
  • The Sūtra of the Ornaments of the Buddhas
  • Toh 44-45

This rendering does not include the entire published text

The full text is available to download as pdf at:
/translation/toh44-45.pdf

སྡོང་པོས་བརྒྱན་པ།

The Stem Array
Glossary

Gaṇḍa­vyūha
ཤིན་ཏུ་རྒྱས་པ་ཆེན་པོའི་མདོ་སངས་རྒྱས་ཕལ་པོ་ཆེ་ཞེས་བྱ་བ་ལས་སྡོང་པོས་བརྒྱན་པའི་ལེའུ་སྟེ་བཞི་བཅུ་རྩ་ལྔ་པའོ།
shin tu rgyas pa chen po’i mdo sangs rgyas phal po che zhes bya ba las sdong pos brgyan pa’i le’u ste bzhi bcu rtsa lnga pa’o
“The Stem Array” Chapter from the Mahāvaipulya Sūtra “A Multitude of Buddhas”
Buddhāvataṃsaka­nāma­mahā­vaipulya­sūtrāt gaṇḍa­vyūha­sūtraḥ paṭalaḥ

Toh 44-45

Degé Kangyur, vol. 37 (phal chen, ga), folios 274.b–396.a; vol. 38 (phal chen, a), folios 1.b–363.a

ᴛʀᴀɴsʟᴀᴛᴇᴅ ɪɴᴛᴏ ᴛɪʙᴇᴛᴀɴ ʙʏ
  • Surendrabodhi
  • Vairocanarakṣita
  • Bandé Yeshé Dé
  • Jinamitra

Imprint

84000 logo

Translated by Peter Alan Roberts
under the patronage and supervision of 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha

First published 2021

Current version v 1.1.6 (2025)

Generated by 84000 Reading Room v2.26.1

84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha is a global non-profit initiative to translate all the Buddha’s words into modern languages, and to make them available to everyone.

Logo for the license

This work is provided under the protection of a Creative Commons CC BY-NC-ND (Attribution - Non-commercial - No-derivatives) 3.0 copyright. It may be copied or printed for fair use, but only with full attribution, and not for commercial advantage or personal compensation. For full details, see the Creative Commons license.

Options for downloading this publication

This print version was generated at 1.20pm on Wednesday, 5th March 2025 from the online version of the text available on that date. If some time has elapsed since then, this version may have been superseded, as most of 84000’s published translations undergo significant updates from time to time. For the latest online version, with bilingual display, interactive glossary entries and notes, and a variety of further download options, please see
https://84000.co/translation/toh44-45.


co.

Table of Contents

ti. Title
im. Imprint
co. Contents
s. Summary
ac. Acknowledgements
i. Introduction
+ 11 sections- 11 sections
· Indian Origins of the Sūtra
· The Gaṇḍa­vyūha Sūtra in China
· Gaṇḍa­vyūha and Borobudur
· The Gaṇḍa­vyūha Sūtra in Tibet
· Translations into Western Languages
· The Meaning of the Title as Translated into Tibetan
· The Meaning of the Title Buddhāvataṃsaka Sūtra
· Who Is Sudhana and What Is a Śreṣthin?
· The Numbers
· Challenges in the Translation
· Detailed Summary of The Stem Array Sūtra
tr. The Translation
+ 56 chapters- 56 chapters
1. The Setting
2. Samanta­bhadra
3. Mañjuśrī
4. Meghaśrī
5. Sāgara­megha
6. Supratiṣṭhita
7. Megha
8. Muktaka
9. Sāgara­dhvaja
10. Āśā
11. Bhīṣmottara­nirghoṣa
12. Jayoṣmāyatana
13. Maitrayaṇī
14. Sudarśana
15. Indriyeśvara
16. Prabhūtā
17. Vidvān
18. Ratnacūḍa
19. Samanta­netra
20. Anala
21. Mahāprabha
22. Acalā
23. Sarvagamin
24. Utpalabhūti
25. Vaira
26. Jayottama
27. Siṃha­vijṛmbhitā
28. Vasumitrā
29. Veṣṭhila
30. Avalokiteśvara
31. Ananyagāmin
32. Mahādeva
33. Sthāvarā
34. Vāsantī
35. Samanta­gambhīra­śrī­vimala­prabhā
36. Pramudita­nayana­jagad­virocanā
37. Samanta­sattva­trāṇojaḥ­śrī
38. Praśanta­ruta­sāgara­vatī
39. Sarva­nagara­rakṣā­saṃbhava­tejaḥ­śrī
40. Sarva­vṛkṣpraphullana­sukha­saṃvāsā
41. Sarva­jagad­rakṣā­praṇidhāna­vīrya­prabhā
42. Sutejomaṇḍala­rati­śrī
43. Gopā
44. Māyādevī
45. Surendrābhā
46. Viśvāmitra
47. Śilpābhijña
48. Bhadrottamā
49. Muktāsāra
50. Sucandra
51. Ajitasena
52. Śivarāgra
53. Śrīsaṃbhava and Śrīmati
54. Maitreya
55. Mañjuśrī
56. Samanta­bhadra and “The Prayer for Completely Good Conduct”
c. Colophon
+ 1 section- 1 section
· Tibetan Editor’s Colophon
n. Notes
b. Bibliography
+ 6 sections- 6 sections
· Kangyur Texts
· Sanskrit Editions of the Gaṇḍa­vyūha
· Chinese Editions of the Gaṇḍa­vyūha and Commentaries
· Translations of the Gaṇḍa­vyūha
· Related Works in Tibetan
· Related Works in Other Languages
g. Glossary

s.

Summary

s.­1

In this lengthy final chapter of the Avataṃsaka Sūtra, while the Buddha Śākyamuni is in meditation in Śrāvastī, Mañjuśrī leaves for South India, where he meets the young layman Sudhana and instructs him to go to a certain kalyāṇamitra or “good friend,” who then directs Sudhana to another such friend. In this way, Sudhana successively meets and receives teachings from fifty male and female, child and adult, human and divine, and monastic and lay kalyāṇamitras, including night goddesses surrounding the Buddha and the Buddha’s wife and mother. The final three in the succession of kalyāṇamitras are the three bodhisattvas Maitreya, Mañjuśrī, and Samanta­bhadra. Samanta­bhadra’s recitation of the Samanta­bhadra­caryā­praṇidhāna (“The Prayer for Completely Good Conduct”) concludes the sūtra.


ac.

Acknowledgements

ac.­1

Translated by Peter Alan Roberts and edited by Emily Bower, who was also the project manager. Ling Lung Chen was consultant for the Chinese, and Tracy Davis copyedited the final draft. The translator would like to thank Patrick Carré and Douglas Osto, who have both spent decades studying and translating this sūtra, for their advice and help.

The translation was completed under the patronage and supervision of 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha.


ac.­2

The generous sponsorship of Richard and Carol Weingarten; of Jamyang Sun, Manju Chandra Sun and Siqi Sun; and of an anonymous donor, which helped make the work on this translation possible, is most gratefully acknowledged.


i.

Introduction

i.­1

The Stem Array (Gaṇḍa­vyūha) is a unique sūtra in that most of its narrative takes place in South India, far from the presence of the Buddha. It follows the journey of the young Sudhana from teacher to teacher, or kalyāṇamitra (literally “good friend”), beginning with his meeting Mañjuśrī when that bodhisattva came to South India. Another unique characteristic is that Sudhana’s teachers include children, non-Buddhists, a courtesan, merchants, and so on, among them a number of women. His teachers are both humans and deities, including eight night goddesses around the Bodhi tree and the forest goddess of Lumbinī, the birthplace of the Buddha. These teachers are often described as having received teachings from numerous other buddhas. For example, the bhikṣu Sāgara­megha describes how he received, from a buddha who appeared out of the ocean, teachings that would take more than a kalpa to write out. The kalyāṇamitras are described as having realizations and miraculous powers that test the limits of the imagination.

Indian Origins of the Sūtra

The Gaṇḍa­vyūha Sūtra in China

Gaṇḍa­vyūha and Borobudur

The Gaṇḍa­vyūha Sūtra in Tibet

Translations into Western Languages

The Meaning of the Title as Translated into Tibetan

The Meaning of the Title Buddhāvataṃsaka Sūtra

Who Is Sudhana and What Is a Śreṣthin?

The Numbers

Challenges in the Translation

Detailed Summary of The Stem Array Sūtra


Text Body

The Translation
The Noble Mahāvaipulya Sūtra “A Multitude of Buddhas”
Chapter 45: The Stem Array

1.
Chapter 1

The Setting

[V37] [B24]38 [F.274.b]


1.­1

The Bhagavat was in Śrāvastī, in a greatly adorned kūṭāgāra in Jetavana, Anāthapiṇḍada’s park, together with the bodhisattvas [F.275.a] Samanta­bhadra, Mañjuśrī, and others, including the bodhisattva mahāsattvas Jñānottara­jñānin,39 Sattvottara­jñānin,40 Asaṅgottara­jñānin, Kusumottara­jñānin, Sūryottara­jñānin, Candrottara­jñānin, Vimalottara­jñānin, Vajrottara­jñānin, Virajottara­jñānin, and the bodhisattva Vairocanottara­jñānin; the bodhisattvas Jyotirdhvaja, Merudhvaja, Ratnadhvaja, Asaṅga­dhvaja, Kusumadhvaja, Vimala­dhvaja, Sūrya­dhvaja, Rucira­dhvaja, Virajadhvaja, and the bodhisattva Vairocana­dhvaja; the bodhisattvas Ratnatejas, Mahātejas,41 Jñāna­vajra­tejas, Vimala­tejas, Dharma­sūrya­tejas, Puṇya­parvata­tejas, Jñānāvabhāsa­tejas, Samanta­śrī­tejas,42 Samanta­prabha­śrī­tejas, and the bodhisattva Daśa­dikprabha­parisphuṭa;43 the bodhisattvas Dhāraṇīgarbha, Gagana­garbha, Padma­garbha, Ratnagarbha, Sūrya­garbha, Guṇa­viśuddhi­garbha, Dharma­samudra­garbha, Vairocana­garbha, Nābhigarbha, and the bodhisattva Padma­śrī­garbha; the bodhisattvas Sunetra, Viśuddhanetra, Vimala­netra, Asaṅga­netra, Samanta­darśana­netra, Suvilokita­netra,44 Avalokitanetra, Utpalanetra, [F.275.b] Vajranetra, Ratnanetra, and the bodhisattva Gagana­netra;45 the bodhisattvas46 Deva­mukuṭa, Dharma­dhātu­pratibhāsa­maṇi­mukuṭa, Bodhi­maṇḍa­mukuṭa, Digvairocana­mukuṭa, Sarva­buddha­saṃbhūta­garbha­maṇi­mukuṭa, Sarva­loka­dhātūdgata­mukuṭa, Samanta­vairocana­mukuṭa, Anabhibhūta­mukuṭa, Sarva­tathāgata­siṃhāsana­saṃpratiṣṭhita­maṇi­mukuṭa, and the bodhisattva Samanta­dharma­dhātu­gagana­pratibhāsa­mukuṭa; the bodhisattvas47 Brahmendracuḍa, Nāgendracūḍa, Sarva­buddha­nirmāṇa­pratibhāsa­cūḍa, Bodhimaṇḍacūḍa, Sarva­praṇidhāna­sāgara­nirghoṣa­maṇi­rāja­cūḍa, Sarva­tathāgata­prabhā­maṇḍala­pramuñcana­maṇi­ratna­nigarjita­cūḍa, Sarvākāśa­talāsaṃbheda­vijñapti­maṇi­ratna­vibhūṣita­cūḍa, Sarva­tathāgata­vikurvita­pratibhāsa­dhvaja­maṇi­rāja­jāla­saṃchādita­cūḍa, Sarva­tathāgata­dharma­cakra­nirghoṣa­cūḍa, and the bodhisattva Sarva­tryadhva­nāma­cakra­nirghoṣa­cūḍa; the bodhisattvas48 Mahāprabha, Vimala­prabha,49 Vimala­tejaḥ­prabha, Ratnaprabha, Virajaprabha, Jyotiṣprabha, Dharmaprabha, Śānti­prabha, Sūrya­prabha, Vikurvita­prabha, and the bodhisattva Devaprabha; the bodhisattvas50 Puṇya­ketu, Jñānaketu, [F.276.a] Dharmaketu, Abhijñāketu, Prabhāketu, Kusumaketu, Maṇiketu,51 Bodhiketu, Brahmaketu, and the bodhisattva Samantāvabhāsa­ketu; the bodhisattvas52 Brahmaghoṣa, Sāgara­ghoṣa, Dharaṇī­nirnāda­ghoṣa, Lokendra­ghoṣa, Śailendra­rāja­saṃghaṭṭana­ghoṣa, Sarva­dharma­dhātu­spharaṇa­ghoṣa, Sarva­dharma­dhātu­sāgara­nigarjita­ghoṣa,53 Sarva­māra­maṇḍala­pramardaṇa­ghoṣa, Mahā­karuṇānaya­megha­nigarjita­ghoṣa, and the bodhisattva Sarva­jagad­duḥkha­praśāntyāśvāsana­ghoṣa; the bodhisattvas54 Dharmodgata, Viśeṣodgata, Jñānodgata, Puṇya­sumerūdgata, Guṇa­prabhāvodgata, Yaśodgata, Samantāvabhāsodgata, Mahā­maitryudgata, Jñāna­saṃbhārodgata, and Tathāgata­kula­gotrodgata; the bodhisattvas55 Prabhāśrī, Pravaraśrī, Samudgataśrī, Vairocana­śrī, Dharmaśrī, Candra­śrī, Gagana­śrī, Ratnaśrī, Ketuśrī, and the bodhisattva Jñāna­śrī; the bodhisattvas56 Śailendra­rāja, Dharmendrarāja, Jagadindrarāja, Brahmendrarāja, Gaṇendrarāja, Devendrarāja, Śāntendrarāja, Acalendrarāja, Ṛṣabhendrarāja, [F.276.b] and the bodhisattva Pravarendra­rāja; the bodhisattvas57 Praśānta­svara, Asaṅga­svara, Dharaṇī­nirghoṣa­svara, Sāgara­nigarjita­svara, Megha­nirghoṣa­svara, Dharmāvabhāsa­svara, Gagana­nirghoṣa­svara, Sarva­sattva­kuśala­mūla­nigarjita­svara, Pūrva­praṇidhāna­saṃcodana­svara, and the bodhisattva Māra­maṇḍala­nirghoṣa­svara; and the bodhisattvas58 Ratnabuddhi, Jñānabuddhi,59 Gagana­buddhi, Vimala­buddhi, Asaṅga­buddhi,60 Viśuddhabuddhi, Tryadhvāvabhāsa­buddhi, Viśālabuddhi, Samantāvaloka­buddhi, and the bodhisattva Dharma­dhātu­nayāvabhāsa­buddhi, and so on. There were five thousand bodhisattvas in all who had all arisen from61 completely good bodhisattva conduct and prayers,62 who had unimpeded fields of activity because they pervaded all buddha realms, who had the blessing of infinite bodies because they came into the presence of all tathāgatas, who had the pure orbs of unobscured eyes because they saw the manifestations of all the buddhas, who had gone to receive measureless proclamations63 because they unceasingly came into the presence of all tathāgatas when they attained buddhahood, who possessed infinite radiance through having attained the radiance of wisdom in all the ways of the ocean of the Dharma of the buddhas,64 who taught good qualities65 unceasingly throughout infinite kalpas because of their pure analytic knowledge, who had unrestricted66 conduct of wisdom as far as the ends of space because they manifested physical bodies in accordance with the aspirations of beings, [F.277.a] whose sight was free from defect because they knew that the realm of beings has no souls and no beings, and who had wisdom67 as vast as space because they pervaded the realm of phenomena with a network of light rays.


2.
Chapter 2

Samanta­bhadra

2.­1

Then the bodhisattva mahāsattva Samanta­bhadra looked upon the great assembly of bodhisattvas, and in order to categorize, teach extensively, clarify, illuminate, and give instructions on the Tathāgata’s samādhi called the gaping lion, he taught those bodhisattvas in ten ways the Tathāgata’s samādhi called the gaping lion through the equality of the nature of the realm of phenomena with the element of space, the equality of the three times, the equality of the realm of phenomena, the equality of the realms of beings, the equality of all worlds, the equality of the continuum of karma, the equality of the thoughts of all beings, the equality of the aspirations of beings, the equality of the appearances of phenomena, the equality of the times for ripening beings, and the equality of the faculties of all beings. [F.301.b]


3.
Chapter 3

Mañjuśrī

3.­1

Mañjuśrī Kumāra­bhūta was residing271 in his kūṭāgāra together with bodhisattvas who had the same conduct; vajrapāṇis who constantly followed him; devas with physical bodies whose minds aspired to serve all the buddhas and were dedicated to bringing power to the entire world; devas who walked on foot following their past aspirations; devas of the earth who aspired to hear the Dharma; devas of pools, lakes, ponds, reservoirs, wells, and rivers who were dedicated to great compassion; [F.314.a] devas of fire who brought illumination through the light of wisdom; devas of the air who wore precious crowns; devas of the directions who illuminated the directions with wisdom; devas of the night who were dedicated to eliminating the darkness of ignorance; devas of the day who were dedicated to producing the daylight of the tathāgatas; devas of the sky who were dedicated to orbiting272 in the sky of the entire realm of phenomena; devas of the ocean273 who were dedicated to rescuing beings from the ocean of existence; devas of mountains who were dedicated to gathering the accumulation of omniscience and whose minds had ascended to the summit274 of the roots of merit; devas of rivers who were dedicated to adorning all beings and who were dedicated to aspiring to the characteristics and supernatural power of all the buddhas; devas of towns who were dedicated to caring for the towns that are the minds of all beings; nāga lords who were devoted to and longed for the town of the omniscient Dharma;275 yakṣa lords who were engaged in protecting all beings; gandharva lords who were dedicated to increasing the power of joy in all beings; kumbhāṇḍa lords who were dedicated to preventing rebirth as pretas; garuḍa lords who were engaged in aspiring to bring all beings out of the ocean of existence; asura lords who had the aspiration to attain the body and power of the Tathāgata, which have transcended the entire world; mahoraga lords [F.314.b] who rejoiced in seeing the Tathāgata and bowed down to him; deva lords who had been saddened by saṃsāra and gazed with admiration; and lords of Brahmakāyika devas who bowed down with great respect.


4.
Chapter 4

Meghaśrī

4.­1

Then Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, eventually arrived at the land called Rāmāvarānta. Having arrived there, he traveled through the land of Rāmāvarānta. Enjoying the delightful pleasures that arose from his past roots of merit and through the power of vast karma, he came to Sugrīva Mountain. He climbed Sugrīva Mountain and, seeking the bhikṣu Meghaśrī, he went to its eastern side. In the same way, he went to its southern, western, northern, northeastern, southeastern, southwestern, and northwestern sides, looking up and down for the bhikṣu Meghaśrī.


5.
Chapter 5

Sāgara­megha

5.­1

Then Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, contemplated the instruction of that kalyāṇamitra. He remembered the radiance of his wisdom.353 He analyzed that bodhisattva’s liberation. He reflected on354 the bodhisattva’s way of samādhi. He looked at the way of an ocean of bodhisattvas. He aspired toward the domain of buddhahood. He delighted in the direction of the vision of the buddhas. He contemplated the ocean of buddhas. He remembered the succession of buddhas. He comprehended that which is understood in the way of the buddhas.355 He looked into the sky of the buddhas.


6.
Chapter 6

Supratiṣṭhita

6.­1

Then Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, remembering the instructions of the kalyāṇamitra and the Dharma teaching called All-Seeing Eyes, contemplating the miracles of that tathāgata, keeping in his mind the clouds of the words and terms of that Dharma, [F.333.a] comprehending that ocean of Dharma gateways, observing the precepts of that Dharma, entering378 those ways of turning toward379 the Dharma, absorbed into the sky of that Dharma, purifying the range of that Dharma, and meditating on the precious continent380 of that Dharma, eventually arrived at Sāgara­tīra in the Laṅka region.381 Wishing to see the bhikṣu Supratiṣṭhita, he looked for him in the eastern direction. In the same way, wishing to see the bhikṣu Supratiṣṭhita, he looked for him everywhere: in the southern direction, in the western direction, in the northern direction, in the northeastern direction, in the southeastern direction, in the southwestern direction, in the northwestern direction, above, and below.


7.
Chapter 7

Megha

7.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, was filled with the power and might of faith in the Dharma. He was focused on the idea of following the Buddha; he was sincerely dedicated to the lineage of the Three Jewels; his mind illuminated the worlds of the three times;400 he was focused on following the great aspiration; he was continuously dedicated401 to saving all the realms of beings; his mind did not dwell on composite pleasures;402 he was devoted to contemplating the nature of all phenomena; he never deviated from the aspiration to purify all world realms; he dwelled without attachment in the circles of the assemblies of all the buddhas; he remembered the light of the Dharma;403 he remembered his kalyāṇamitras;404 and he proclaimed the lineage of freedom from desire.405


8.
Chapter 8

Muktaka

8.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, then contemplated that power of retention of the bodhisattvas called the light that is the display of Sarasvatī, remembered that particular entry by the bodhisattvas into an ocean of languages, remembered that particular entry by the bodhisattvas into the way of subtlety,418 remembered that particular purity of the bodhisattvas through purification of the mind, accomplished that particular accomplishment by the bodhisattvas of creating the predispositions for roots of merit, purified that particular bodhisattva gateway for ripening, refined that particular bodhisattva wisdom that attracts beings, made firmer that particular pure strength of bodhisattva motivation, stabilized that particular strength of the superior motivation of the bodhisattvas, purified that lineage of bodhisattva aspiration, developed419 that particular goodness that is in the minds of the bodhisattvas, and entered into that particular commitment of the bodhisattvas.


9.
Chapter 9

Sāgara­dhvaja

9.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, contemplated the teaching of the head merchant Muktaka and dedicated himself to the instructions of the head merchant Muktaka. He followed the inconceivable bodhisattva liberations. He called to mind the inconceivable radiance of bodhisattva wisdom. He practiced entering and comprehending the inconceivable realm of the Dharma. He comprehended the inconceivable bodhisattva methods of gathering pupils. He reflected on the inconceivable miracles of the tathāgatas. He aspired to the inconceivable aggregation of buddha realms. He contemplated the display of the blessings of the buddhas. He examined the inconceivable majestic power of the display of samādhis and liberations. He was dedicated to entering inconceivable separate, unobscured world realms. He developed the aspiration for inconceivable, enduring bodhisattva activity. And he adopted the inconceivable continuum of bodhisattva activity and prayer.


10.
Chapter 10

Āśā

10.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, delighted by the qualities of the kalyāṇamitra, [F.364.b] sent forth by the kalyāṇamitra, empowered by the sight of the kalyāṇamitra, practicing the instructions of the kalyāṇamitra, remembering the words of the kalyāṇamitra,527 and contemplating the kalyāṇamitra with affection, saw kalyāṇamitras as the source of the Buddhadharma, saw kalyāṇamitras as the teachers of the Buddhadharma, saw kalyāṇamitras as masters528 in the Dharma of omniscience, and saw the kalyāṇamitras as eyes that look into the sky of buddhahood.


11.
Chapter 11

Bhīṣmottara­nirghoṣa

11.­1

Then Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, thinking of following the bodhisattva instructions, thinking of following the pure conduct of bodhisattvas, thinking of increasing the strength of the merit of bodhisattvas, thinking of the illumination of the power of seeing the buddhas, thinking of developing the power to attain the treasure of the Dharma, [F.376.a] thinking of increasing the power of accomplishing the great prayers, thinking of facing every direction in the realm of the Dharma, thinking of the illumination of the nature of the Dharma, thinking of the dispersal of all obscurations, thinking of looking at the realm of Dharma free of darkness, thinking of the motivation704 that is stainless and unbreakable like Nārāyaṇa’s705 precious vajra, and thinking of invincibility and unassailability in the face of all the māra armies, eventually arrived in the land of Nālayu.


12.
Chapter 12

Jayoṣmāyatana

12.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, was illuminated by the wisdom of the bodhisattva liberation called the banner of being invincible to others. He dwelled in the direct experience of the inconceivable range of the miraculous manifestations of the buddhas. He perceived the direct knowledge of inconceivable bodhisattva liberations. His mind was illuminated by the wisdom of inconceivable bodhisattva samādhis. He had attained the radiance of the wisdom of samādhi that is present at all times. He was illuminated by the range of samādhi, in which all perceptions are present and included. He had obtained the light of the wisdom that transcends all worlds. He had the direct perception of dwelling in the entire range of the three times.719 He was devoted to the wisdom that teaches equality without dualistic conceptions. He had the light of wisdom that pervaded720 throughout all objects of perception. He had mastered the treasury of aspiration for pure patience toward all that is heard.721 He had attained the definitive wisdom722 of patience for natural phenomena. His mind was never apart from meditation on the nature of the bodhisattva conduct723 of higher cognition. His mind was irreversibly progressing toward the power of omniscience. He had attained the illumination of the knowledge724 of the ten strengths. His mind was never content in its aspiration to hear the sound of the words of the realm of Dharma. [F.380.b] His mind had gained entry into the field of dwelling in omniscience. His mind had attained the infinite display of bodhisattva conduct. His mind was purified725 by the infinite domain of great726 bodhisattva prayers. He had the mind with direct perception of the limitless knowledge without limit or center of the unceasing network727 of world realms. He had the mind that never wearies in ripening and guiding the infinite ocean of beings. He saw the infinite range of bodhisattva conduct. He saw the infinite diversity of the different world realms. He saw the small and the vast objects of perception included within the infinite world realms. He saw the various networks of names that are the bases for infinite world realms. He saw the various infinite, differing relative designations and terms for infinite world realms. He saw the infinite, differing aspirations of beings. He saw the infinite, differing categories of beings. He saw the infinite practices for guiding and ripening beings. He saw the various infinite perceptions728 of the directions and times of beings. [F.381.a]


13.
Chapter 13

Maitrayaṇī

13.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, with inconceivable respect755 for kalyāṇamitras, with a pure, vast756 aspiration, intent on the Mahāyāna, aspiring to the wisdom of buddhahood, [F.388.a] following the Buddhadharma, longing to follow the kalyāṇamitras, practicing veneration of the Dharma,757 intent on unimpeded wisdom, with conviction in the highest goal, being within the range of the apogee of wisdom, comprehending the three times in a fraction of an instant, intent on the nondual apogee of space, having attained certainty in the apogee of nonduality, dwelling in the nonconceptual apogee of the realm of the Dharma, having entered the comprehension of the way that is the apogee of being free of obscurations, dedicated to the harmony that is the apogee of action,758 realizing that the apogee of the tathāgatas is without an apogee, dwelling in the nonconceptuality that is the apogee of the buddhas,759 and dedicated to the wisdom that disperses the network of conceptualizations of all beings, had a mind free from all attachment to realms, free from attachment to all the circles of followers of the buddhas, and practiced, without dwelling in any location, the purification of all buddha realms; he had the recognition that there is no self and no beings within all beings, comprehended that all sounds are like echoes,760 and was dedicated to the realization that all forms are the same as reflections of forms.


14.
Chapter 14

Sudarśana

14.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, contemplated the profound conduct of wisdom of the bodhisattvas, contemplated reaching the profound basis of the realm of phenomena, contemplated all774 profound subtle wisdom, contemplated the profound aspect of worldly conceptualization, contemplated the profound ground775 that is without creation, contemplated the profound ground of the stream of the mind, contemplated the profound ground of dependent origination, contemplated the profound true776 ground of nature, contemplated the profound true ground of the terminology777 of beings, contemplated the profound ground of the adorning array of the realm of phenomena, contemplated the profound ground of dependence on the processes of the body, and contemplated the profound ground of the various transformations of the body.


15.
Chapter 15

Indriyeśvara

15.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, recited,799 promulgated, presented,800 investigated, elucidated, reflected on, described, taught, contemplated, bestowed, understood, was immersed in, repeated again and again, realized, propounded, illuminated, and surveyed the teaching of the bhikṣu Sudarśana.

15.­2

He eventually, with an entourage of devas, nāgas, yakṣas, and gandharvas, arrived at the city of Sumukha in the land called Śramaṇa­maṇḍala.


16.
Chapter 16

Prabhūtā

16.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, had obtained the rain from the cloud of the instructions of the kalyāṇamitras.

16.­2

He was like the ocean that never has too much rain from the clouds. The light from the sun of the wisdom of the kalyāṇamitras had caused the seedling of his powers to sprout from the ground of his ripened good karma.

16.­3

The net of light rays from the full moon of the instructions of the kalyāṇamitras had brought ease to his mind and body.


17.
Chapter 17

Vidvān

17.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, had obtained the light of the liberation called the unceasing display of the treasure of merit. He contemplated that ocean of merit. He viewed that sky of merit. He obtained that heap of merit. He climbed that mountain of merit. He accumulated that store965 of merit. He immersed himself in that river of merit. [F.11.b] He descended the steps into the bathing place of that merit. He purified that field of merit. He looked at that treasure of merit. He thought of that way of merit. He paid attention966 to that tradition967 of merit. He purified that lineage of merit.


18.
Chapter 18

Ratnacūḍa

18.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, had conviction in that river of merit. He viewed that field of merit. He purified that mountain985 of merit. He climbed down that stairway to the bathing place of merit. He opened that treasury of merit. He viewed that treasure of merit. He purified that domain of merit. He carried away that heap of merit. He developed that strength of merit. He increased that power of merit.


19.
Chapter 19

Samanta­netra

19.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, had perceived the visions of infinite buddhas. He had attained the companionship of infinite bodhisattvas. [F.19.b] He had been illuminated by the infinite ways of the paths of the bodhisattvas. His mind had certainty through being saturated by the infinite ways of the Dharma of the bodhisattvas.998 He purified the path of the infinite motivations of the bodhisattvas. He had attained the brilliance of the infinite faculties of the bodhisattvas. He dwelled in the infinite aspirations of the bodhisattvas. His mind followed the example of the infinite conduct of the bodhisattvas. He possessed the banner of the infinite invincibility of the bodhisattvas. He possessed the movement of the infinite light of wisdom of the bodhisattvas. He had attained the infinite illumination of the Dharma of the bodhisattvas.


20.
Chapter 20

Anala

20.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, remembered the succession of his kalyāṇamitras. He thought about the gateways of their instructions. He was content in his mind, thinking, “I have been accepted as a pupil by the kalyāṇamitras.” He observed in his mind, “I am under the protection of the kalyāṇamitras, and I will never regress in my progress toward the highest, complete enlightenment.” Thinking this, his mind was happy, his mind was serene, his mind was pleased, his mind was gladdened, his mind was delighted, his mind was joyful,1001 his mind was strong,1002 his mind was soothed, his mind was vast, his mind was adorned, his mind was unimpeded, his mind was unobscured, his mind was clear, his mind was composed, his mind had power, his mind had supremacy, his mind comprehended the Dharma, his mind pervaded the realms, his mind was adorned by the vision of the buddhas, and his mind never stopped focusing on the ten strengths.


21.
Chapter 21

Mahāprabha

21.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, remembered that illusion of wisdom. He contemplated the bodhisattva’s liberation that had the form of illusion. He examined the illusory aspect of the nature of phenomena. He comprehended the equality of the illusions of actions. He reflected on the equality of the illusions of phenomena. He comprehended the equality of the emanations that are ripened by the Dharma. He followed the inconceivable appearances that arise from wisdom. He accomplished the accomplishment of the illusions of infinite prayer. He purified the unimpeded conduct that has the true nature of an illusory manifestation. He analyzed the three times as having the characteristics of being composed of illusions.


22.
Chapter 22

Acalā

22.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, left the city of Suprabha, and having followed the road for a little while, he contemplated the instruction given to him by King Mahāprabha: he remembered the way of bodhisattva conduct called the banner of great love; he meditated on the light of the great samādhi called exercising power over the world; he realized1053 the variegated display of the lion throne and adornments of the pure bodhisattva body; he increased the inconceivable power and strength of bodhisattva aspiration and merit; [F.36.a] he made firm1054 the inconceivable way of bodhisattva wisdom that ripens beings; he reflected upon the inconceivable greatness of the general enjoyments of the bodhisattvas; he considered the inconceivable different aspects1055 of the bodhisattvas; he remembered the inconceivable pure ripening of beings by bodhisattvas; he thought about the inconceivable pure and perfect bodhisattva assembly of pupils; he had conviction in the inconceivable radiance of the bodhisattvas’ dedication to their duty to beings; and he attained happiness, powerful attraction, delight, contentment, deep joy, clarity of mind, brightness of mind, stability of mind, vastness of mind, and inexhaustibility of mind. He was in that way dedicated to remembering and thinking of the kalyāṇamitra.


23.
Chapter 23

Sarvagamin

23.­1

Then Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, visualizing in his mind the upāsikā Acalā, remembering the instruction of the upāsikā Acalā, with conviction in and no doubt about what the upāsikā Acalā had taught, proclaimed, instructed, described,1081 sanctioned, established, explicated, stated, and elaborated upon it; he followed it, contemplated it, comprehended it, meditated on it, was absorbed in it,1082 was fixed upon it, understood it, illuminated it, and became equal to it.1083


24.
Chapter 24

Utpalabhūti

24.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, had no regard for his life or body; he had no regard for engaging in dedication to obtaining and possessing the pleasures of existence; [F.46.a] he had no regard for the objects of perception that beings delight in; he had no regard for forms, sounds, smells, tastes, and textures; he had no concern for enjoying retinues and pleasures; he had no regard for any of the pleasures of the power of kingship and sovereignty; he was focused on attaining the highest purification of a buddha realm for the pure ripening and guiding of all beings; he was focused on never being satisfied with the extent of his offering to, honoring, and serving all the tathāgatas; he was focused on all phenomena with the wisdom that knows their nature;1091 he was focused on the qualities of bodhisattvas so that there would be no decline in his practice, which had the entire ocean of those qualities as its goal; he was focused on the great prayers of all bodhisattvas so as to maintain bodhisattva conduct throughout all kalpas; he was focused on entering the ocean of the circles of the followers of all tathāgatas; he was focused on all gateways of bodhisattva samādhis so as to manifest the attainment of all countless bodhisattva samādhis through each samādhi gateway; he was focused on all the light of wisdom of all Dharma wheels so as to never be satisfied with the extent of his obtaining Dharma wheels from all the tathāgatas; and he was focused on the kalyāṇamitras, who are the source of qualities, because the kalyāṇamitras are the source of the qualities of the buddhas, the bodhisattvas, and others.


25.
Chapter 25

Vaira

25.­1

When Sudhana set out on the path to Kūṭāgāra, he observed and contemplated how the path could be upward or downward, even or uneven,1097 dusty or free of dust, safe or hazardous,1098 difficult or unobstructed, and crooked or straight. He thought, “This journey to a kalyāṇamitra will be a cause for the practice of the bodhisattva path, will be a cause of the practice of the path of the perfections, and will be a cause of the path of benefiting all beings,1099 which will be a cause for turning all beings away from the precipice of attachment1100 and aversion, [F.49.a] of elation and depression;1101 will be a cause for turning all beings away from a perception1102 of inequality; will be a cause for removing the dust of the kleśas from all beings; will be a cause for clearing away the tree trunks, thorns, pebbles, and gravel of the various bad views of all beings; and, through their entering the unobscured realm of the Dharma, will be a cause for bringing them without hindrance to the palace of omniscience.


26.
Chapter 26

Jayottama

26.­1

Then Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, whose mind spread great love throughout the immeasurable realm of beings; whose being was saturated with the tenderness1130 of great compassion; who had accumulated a vast array of the accumulations of merit and wisdom; who had become free of all the dust, darkness, dirt, and mire of the kleśas; who had realized the equality of all phenomena; [F.51.b] who was devoted to the path that leads1131 upward to omniscience; who had chosen1132 the gateway for entering into immeasurable good qualities; who had the exertion1133 of firm diligence that is unimpaired by any bad quality; who was filled1134 with the vast calmness1135 of inconceivable bodhisattva samādhis; who shone with the light of the sun of wisdom that eliminated all the darkness of ignorance; who scattered flowers of wisdom brought by the pleasant, cool breezes of methods; who followed the way of wisdom that emerged from an ocean of great aspirations; and who possessed the wisdom that permeated without impediment the entire realm of the Dharma‍—he had approached entry into the city1136 of faultless1137 omniscience, and he yearned for the bodhisattva path.


27.
Chapter 27

Siṃha­vijṛmbhitā

27.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, set out for the town of Kaliṅgavana in the land of Śroṇāparānta and then arrived there. Searching for the bhikṣuṇī Siṃha­vijṛmbhitā, as he roamed here and there he questioned the people he met. There were many hundreds of young men1155 and many hundreds of young women assembling and following in the streets, crossroads, and street junctions, together with many hundreds of men and many hundreds of women.


28.
Chapter 28

Vasumitrā

28.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, with his mind illuminated by that great light of wisdom, focusing upon the light of omniscience, regarding the light of the power of the true nature, strengthening the way of retention that is the treasure of what was known from the voices of all beings, increasing the way of retention that possesses the Dharma wheels of all the tathāgatas, supporting1205 the power of the great compassion that is a refuge for all beings, realizing the strength of the omniscience that comes from the gateway of the light of the way of all Dharmas, following the pure aspiration that pervades the domain of the vast realm of phenomena, shining with the light of wisdom that illuminates all the directions of phenomena, accomplishing the power of the higher knowledge that pervades the array of world realms in the ten directions of all phenomena, and fulfilling the aspirations of accomplishing undertaking all the practices, memories, and actions1206 of the bodhisattvas, eventually arrived at the city of Ratnavyūha in the land of Durga and searched for the courtesan Vasumitrā.


29.
Chapter 29

Veṣṭhila

29.­1

Then Sudhana went to the town of Śubhapāraṃgama [F.66.a] and approached the householder Veṣṭhila. He bowed his head to his feet, stood before him, and, with his hands placed together in homage, said, “Ārya, I have developed the aspiration for the highest, complete enlightenment, but I do not know how bodhisattvas should train in bodhisattva conduct and in what way they should practice it.

29.­2

“Ārya, I have heard that you give instruction and teachings to bodhisattvas! Explain to me how bodhisattvas should train in bodhisattva conduct and how they should practice it!”


30.
Chapter 30

Avalokiteśvara

30.­1

Then Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, contemplating the instruction of the householder Veṣṭhila, knowing that treasury of bodhisattva aspiration, remembering that power of bodhisattva memory, keeping in his mind the power of that successive lineage of the way of the buddhas, comprehending the continuous succession of the lineage of the buddhas, remembering the names of the buddhas that he had heard,1246 being in accord with the way of the Dharma taught by the buddhas, comprehending the array of attainments through the Dharma1247 of the buddhas, having confidence in the proclamation1248 of complete buddhahood by the buddhas, and focused on the inconceivable activity of the tathāgatas, eventually came to the Potalaka Mountain. [F.69.a] He ascended the Potalaka Mountain and searched and searched for the bodhisattva Avalokiteśvara.


31.
Chapter 31

Ananyagāmin

31.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, his mind having acquired Avalokiteśvara’s verses of wisdom,1268 had not had enough of gazing on the bodhisattva Avalokiteśvara, but so as not to disobey his instruction, Sudhana went to where the bodhisattva Ananyagāmin was.

31.­2

He bowed his head to the feet of the bodhisattva Ananyagāmin. Then he stood before him and, with his hands placed together in homage, said, “Ārya, I have developed the aspiration for the highest, complete enlightenment, but I do not know how bodhisattvas should train in bodhisattva conduct and in what way they should practice it.


32.
Chapter 32

Mahādeva

32.­1

Sudhana had a mind that followed the vast conduct of bodhisattvas. He had the nature of longing for the scope of the wisdom of the bodhisattva Ananyagāmin. He saw the special qualities of accomplishing great higher cognition. He had attained joy in the armor of stable diligence. He had the aspiration to follow the displays1271 of inconceivable liberations. He practiced the qualities of the bodhisattva level. He analyzed on the level of samādhi. He was established on the level of the power of retention. He engaged in the level of prayer. He trained in the level of discernment. He was accomplishing the level of power.


33.
Chapter 33

Sthāvarā

33.­1

Then Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, eventually reached the goddess of the earth, Sthāvarā, in the land of Magadha’s bodhimaṇḍa. When he arrived there, one million earth goddesses proclaimed to one another, “Someone who will be a refuge for all beings is coming here! Someone who has the essence of the tathāgatas and who will break open the enclosing egg of ignorance of all beings is coming here! Someone who is in the family of the kings of Dharma and will attain the state of an unimpeded, stainless king of the Dharma is coming here! Someone who is a hero with the thunderbolt weapon that has the great power of wisdom and who will subdue the circle of opponents is coming here!”


34.
Chapter 34

Vāsantī

34.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, remembering the teaching of the earth goddess Sthāvarā, remembering the bodhisattva liberation called the essence of invincible wisdom, becoming adept in the meditation of bodhisattva samādhi, contemplating the way of the bodhisattva Dharma, analyzing the displays of bodhisattva liberation, viewing the very subtle wisdom of bodhisattva liberation, entering the ocean of the wisdom of bodhisattva liberation, with faith in the different wisdoms of bodhisattva liberation, realizing the mastery of the wisdom of bodhisattva liberation, and descending into the ocean of the wisdom of bodhisattva liberation, arrived at the location of the town of Kapilavastu.


35.
Chapter 35

Samanta­gambhīra­śrī­vimala­prabhā

35.­1

Then Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, contemplating the night goddess Vāsantī’s first entry into the pure domain of aspiration to enlightenment, analyzing the arising of the essence of a bodhisattva, comprehending the ocean of bodhisattva prayer, purifying the bodhisattva path of perfections, overcoming the domain of the bodhisattva levels, augmenting the domain of bodhisattva conduct, following1325 an ocean of the setting-forth of bodhisattvas, looking at the ocean of the great illumination of omniscience, increasing the bodhisattva clouds of great compassion intent on saving all beings, and attaining the blessing of the completely good bodhisattva conduct and prayer of the night goddess Vāsantī that extends to the limits of all realms, went to the location of the night goddess Samanta­gambhīra­śrī­vimala­prabhā. Having reached her, he bowed his head to the feet of the night goddess Samanta­gambhīra­śrī­vimala­prabhā, circumambulated the night goddess Samanta­gambhīra­śrī­vimala­prabhā many hundreds of thousands of times, keeping her to his right, and then stood before her and, with palms together, said, “Āryā, I have developed the aspiration for the highest, complete enlightenment. However, I do not know how a bodhisattva practices on the level of a bodhisattva, how a bodhisattva sets forth, how a bodhisattva accomplishes.” [F.92.a]


36.
Chapter 36

Pramudita­nayana­jagad­virocanā

36.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, was blessed by the instruction of the kalyāṇamitra; his mind practiced the words of the kalyāṇamitra; his mind had the perception of the kalyāṇamitra as a physician and himself as a patient; [F.96.a] his mind was contented by focusing on the vision of the kalyāṇamitra; his mind had obtained the opportunity to disperse the mountain of obscurations to the vision of the kalyāṇamitra; his mind had attained, through seeing the kalyāṇamitra, entry into the ocean of the ways of the great compassion that saves all the realms of beings; his mind had attained, through seeing the kalyāṇamitra, the illumination by wisdom of the ocean of the ways of the realm of phenomena.


37.
Chapter 37

Samanta­sattva­trāṇojaḥ­śrī

37.­1

Then Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, aspiring to the night goddess Pramudita­nayana­jagad­virocanā’s samādhi of the bodhisattva liberation called the banner of the power1432 of vast, stainless, completely good joy, comprehending it, understanding it, knowing it, believing in it, undertaking it, pervading it, recollecting it, remembering it, and meditating on it,1433 practicing the instruction of the kalyāṇamitra and memorizing the instruction given by the night goddess Pramudita­nayana­jagad­virocanā in order to maintain the continuity of the teaching of instruction, approached the night goddess Samanta­sattva­trāṇojaḥ­śrī. Through contemplating1434 seeing a kalyāṇamitra, through the domain of all his faculties,1435 by going from place to place1436 to obtain the sight of a kalyāṇamitra, through looking in all directions, through being intent on searching for a kalyāṇamitra, through being free from all pride, [F.113.b] through the prowess1437 of pleasing a kalyāṇamitra, through being resolved to create a great accumulation of merit, through having become single-mindedly intent upon a kalyāṇamitra,1438 and through all his roots of merit,1439 he had gained the unwavering motivation for a kalyāṇamitra’s conduct of skillful methods, had developed an ocean of the power of diligence for increasing reliance on a kalyāṇamitra, and had prayed to dwell with and follow kalyāṇamitras equally in all kalpas.


38.
Chapter 38

Praśanta­ruta­sāgara­vatī

38.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, meditating on the night goddess Samanta­sattva­trāṇojaḥ­śrī’s bodhisattva liberation called the manifestations that guide beings that appear in all worlds, and contemplating it, having faith in it, engaging in it, increasing it, expanding it, augmenting it,1498 gaining power over it, illuminating it, and being absorbed in it, approached the night goddess Praśanta­ruta­sāgara­vatī.


39.
Chapter 39

Sarva­nagara­rakṣā­saṃbhava­tejaḥ­śrī

39.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, was meditating on, familiarizing himself with,1530 and cultivating the bodhisattva liberation called the display in each instant of mind of the arising of the power of vast delight. He was following, remembering, [F.148.a] and comprehending the instruction and teachings of the night goddess Praśanta­ruta­sāgara­vatī, remembering each word and letter, the numerous countless aspects, the knowledge of the aspects of the nature of phenomena, and he was relying on it through his memory, analyzing it with his intelligence, comprehending it with his understanding,1531 increasing it with his intellect, feeling it with his body, practicing it, and engaging in it, and eventually he arrived where the night goddess Sarva­nagara­rakṣā­saṃbhava­tejaḥ­śrī was.


40.
Chapter 40

Sarva­vṛkṣpraphullana­sukha­saṃvāsā

40.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, further meditating on, believing in,1555 and increasing the bodhisattva liberation called the entry into beautiful sounds and profound manifestations, went to where the night goddess Sarva­vṛkṣpraphullana­sukha­saṃvāsā was. He saw the night goddess Sarva­vṛkṣpraphullana­sukha­saṃvāsā seated upon a lion throne consisting of the saplings of precious trees, inside a kūṭāgāra made from the branches of all perfumed precious trees and encircled by an entourage of ten thousand night goddesses. [F.159.b]


41.
Chapter 41

Sarva­jagad­rakṣā­praṇidhāna­vīrya­prabhā

41.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, went to where the night goddess Sarva­jagad­rakṣā­praṇidhāna­vīrya­prabhā was. He saw the night goddess Sarva­jagad­rakṣā­praṇidhāna­vīrya­prabhā in the center of her entourage, seated upon a throne that contained kings of jewels that illuminated the dwellings of all beings. She had a body covered completely in a net of jewels that illuminated the ways of the realm of phenomena. Her body revealed the images of the sun, the moon, and all the planets, stars, and constellations. She had a body that manifested to the perception of beings in accordance with their wishes. She had a body such that her own body was perceived by all beings as having the same form as their bodies. She had a body that manifested perceptions of a vast, centerless, edgeless ocean of skin colors. She had a body that manifested practicing all paths of the practice of conduct. She had a body that could be perceived from every kind of orientation.1628 She had a body that was present in all worlds, filling all directions with the sound of thunder from the cloud of the Dharma and with various miraculous manifestations. She had a body that reached throughout the realm of space, at all times looking at how to benefit all beings. She had a body that paid homage and bowed down at the feet of all tathāgatas. She had a body that came before all beings, aiding them in the accumulation of roots of merit. [F.180.a] She had a body that possessed the mindfulness of keeping and never deviating from the motivation to accomplish and fulfill the prayer to receive and possess clouds of Dharma directly from all the tathāgatas. She had a body that filled all principal and intermediate directions with light that had no edge or center. She had a body that manifested the illumination and the spreading light of the lamp of Dharma, dispelling the darkness in all beings. She had a body that manifested as a stainless body of the wisdom that phenomena are like illusions. She had a body that manifested as a Dharma body free of darkness and dust. She had a body that appeared with the nature of being an illusion. She had a mind free of darkness that had realized the true nature. She had attained the illumination in all aspects of the light of wisdom. She had a mental body that was completely free of illness and had no pain. She had appeared from the realm of the enduring and indestructible Dharma body. She had a body that was the pure body of the stainless true nature, the state completely without kleśas, and which had the nature of the unlocated blessing of the tathāgatas.


42.
Chapter 42

Sutejomaṇḍala­rati­śrī

42.­1

Then Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, remembering the instruction of the night goddess Sarva­jagad­rakṣā­praṇidhāna­vīrya­prabhā and meditating on, comprehending, and augmenting the bodhisattva liberation called the origin of the roots of merit that inspire the ripening of all beings, eventually arrived at the Lumbinī Forest.

42.­2

He circumambulated the Lumbinī Forest, keeping it to his right, and then searched for Sutejomaṇḍala­rati­śrī, the Lumbinī Forest goddess.


43.
Chapter 43

Gopā

43.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, left the presence of Sutejomaṇḍala­rati­śrī, the Lumbinī Forest goddess, and went to the location of the great city of Kapilavastu. [F.219.b]

43.­2

While meditating on, comprehending, increasing, practicing, purifying,1745 contemplating, and examining the bodhisattva liberation called the miraculous manifestations at the birth of bodhisattvas throughout all the perceptions of countless kalpas, he came to the assembly hall of the bodhisattvas called the Illuminating Light of the Realm of the Dharma.


44.
Chapter 44

Māyādevī

44.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, on the way to Māyādevī, undertaking the wisdom of practicing the scope of the activity of the buddhas, thought, “By what means can I see the kalyāṇamitras, honor them, meet them,1847 accompany them,1848 learn their qualities, know the field of their speech, understand the succession of their words, and possess the teachings of the kalyāṇamitras who have six āyatanas that have risen above all worlds; who have bodies that have transcended all attachments; who follow the path of unimpeded movement; who have pure Dharma bodies; who have bodies that are manifestations of illusory physical activities; who perform conducts in the world that are the illusions of wisdom; who have forms and bodies1849 from prayer;1850 who have bodies that are not born and do not cease; who have bodies that are neither true nor false; who have bodies that do not pass away or perish; who have bodies that do not originate and are not destroyed; who have bodies that have the single characteristic of having no characteristics; who have bodies that have no attachment to duality; who have bodies that are based on having no basis; who have bodies that do not decay1851 or diminish; [F.256.a] who have bodies without thoughts, like reflections; who have active bodies that are like dreams; who have bodies that do not depart, like the surface of a mirror; who have bodies that are established in peace, like the absence of directions; who have bodies that pervade all directions; who have bodies that have no differentiation between the three times; who have bodiless bodies of mind that are bodies without thought; who have bodies that have transcended the path of sight in all worlds; who have bodies that have been tamed through the path of completely good vision; and who have the unimpeded field of activity of space?”


45.
Chapter 45

Surendrābhā

45.­1

Sudhana went to the paradise of the lord of Trāyastriṃśa and approached the deva maiden Surendrābhā, the daughter of the deva Smṛtimat. He bowed his head to the feet of the deva maiden Surendrābhā, circumambulated the deva maiden Surendrābhā many hundreds of thousands of times, keeping her to his right, and then stood before the deva maiden Surendrābhā with his palms together in homage and said, “Āryā, goddess, I have developed the aspiration for the highest, complete enlightenment, but I do not know how bodhisattvas should train in bodhisattva conduct and in what way they should practice it. Āryā, I have heard that you give instruction and teachings to bodhisattvas! I pray that you explain to me how bodhisattvas should train in bodhisattva conduct and how they should practice it!”


46.
Chapter 46

Viśvāmitra

46.­1

Sudhana descended from the paradise of the lord of Trāyastriṃśa and eventually came to Viśvāmitra, the teacher of children, in the city of Kapilavastu. When he came to him, he bowed his head to the feet of Viśvāmitra, the teacher of children; circumambulated Viśvāmitra, the teacher of children, many hundreds of thousands of times, keeping him to his right; and then stood before Viśvāmitra, the teacher of children, with his palms together in homage and said, “Ārya, I have developed the aspiration for the highest, complete enlightenment, but I do not know how bodhisattvas should train in bodhisattva conduct and in what way they should practice it. Ārya, I have heard that you give instruction and teachings to bodhisattvas! Ārya, I pray that you explain to me how bodhisattvas should train in bodhisattva conduct and how they should practice it!” [F.273.b]


47.
Chapter 47

Śilpābhijña

47.­1

Sudhana went to where Śilpābhijña, the head merchant’s son, was present. When he came to him, he bowed his head to the feet of Śilpābhijña, the head merchant’s son, then stood before Śilpābhijña, the head merchant’s son, with his palms together in homage and said, “Ārya, I have developed the aspiration for the highest, complete enlightenment, but I do not know how bodhisattvas should train in bodhisattva conduct and in what way they should practice it. Ārya, I have heard that you give instruction and teachings to bodhisattvas! Ārya, I pray that you explain to me how bodhisattvas should train in bodhisattva conduct and how they should practice it!”


48.
Chapter 48

Bhadrottamā

48.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, went to the town called Vartanaka in the region of Kevalaka and approached the kalyāṇamitra Bhadrottamā. When he approached the kalyāṇamitra Bhadrottamā, he bowed his head to her feet, and then he stood before the kalyāṇamitra Bhadrottamā with his palms together in homage and said, “Āryā, I have developed the aspiration for the highest, complete enlightenment, but I do not know how bodhisattvas should train in bodhisattva conduct and in what way they should practice it. [F.276.b] Āryā, I have heard that you give instruction and teachings to bodhisattvas! I pray that you explain to me how bodhisattvas should train in bodhisattva conduct and how they should practice it!”


49.
Chapter 49

Muktāsāra

49.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, eventually arrived in the southern region, and in the town of Bharukaccha he approached the goldsmith Muktāsāra. He bowed his head to the feet of the goldsmith Muktāsāra and then, standing before him with his palms together in homage, said, “Ārya, I have developed the aspiration for the highest, complete enlightenment, but I do not know how bodhisattvas should train in bodhisattva conduct and in what way they should practice it.


50.
Chapter 50

Sucandra

50.­1

Sudhana went to the householder Sucandra, bowed his head to the feet of the householder Sucandra, stood before him, and, with his palms together in homage, said, “Ārya, I have developed the aspiration for the highest, complete enlightenment, but I do not know how bodhisattvas should train in bodhisattva conduct and in what way they should practice it. Ārya, I have heard that you give instruction and teachings to bodhisattvas! I pray that you explain to me how bodhisattvas should train in bodhisattva conduct and how they should practice it!”


51.
Chapter 51

Ajitasena

51.­1

Sudhana eventually reached the town of Roruka and approached the householder Ajitasena, bowed his head to the feet of the householder Ajitasena, stood before him, [F.278.b] and, with his palms together in homage, said, “Ārya, I have developed the aspiration for the highest, complete enlightenment, but I do not know how bodhisattvas should train in bodhisattva conduct and in what way they should practice it. Ārya, I have heard that you give instruction and teachings to bodhisattvas! I pray that you explain to me how bodhisattvas should train in bodhisattva conduct and how they should practice it!”


52.
Chapter 52

Śivarāgra

52.­1

Sudhana eventually reached the village of Dharma and approached the brahmin Śivarāgra. He bowed his head to the feet of the brahmin Śivarāgra, stood before him, and, with his palms together in homage, said, “Ārya, I have developed the aspiration for the highest, complete enlightenment, but I do not know how bodhisattvas should train in bodhisattva conduct and in what way they should practice it. Ārya, I have heard that you give instruction and teachings to bodhisattvas! I pray that you explain to me how bodhisattvas should train in bodhisattva conduct and how they should practice it!”


53.
Chapter 53

Śrīsaṃbhava and Śrīmati

53.­1

Sudhana eventually reached the town of Sumanāmukha and approached the boy Śrīsaṃbhava and the girl Śrīmati. He bowed his head to their feet, stood before them with his palms together in homage, and said, “Āryas, I have developed the aspiration for the highest, complete enlightenment, but I do not know how bodhisattvas should train in bodhisattva conduct and in what way they should practice it. Āryas, I have heard that you give instruction and teachings to bodhisattvas! I pray that you explain to me how bodhisattvas should train in bodhisattva conduct and how they should practice it!”


54.
Chapter 54

Maitreya

54.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, his mind moistened by the instructions of the kalyāṇamitra, contemplated bodhisattva conduct. Thinking of how his many bodies in the past had failed to practice perfect conduct, he made resolute the strength of his body. Thinking of how his body and mind throughout the past, even though pure, were the worthless continuation of a saṃsāric mind, he applied the attention of his mind to conduct. Thinking how his actions throughout the past had been impure, had been devoted to the world, and were worthless hardships, he contemplated accomplishing in the present that which is very meaningful. [F.289.a] Thinking how throughout the past he had developed thoughts through incorrect examination, he generated the strength to create the correct examination of bodhisattva conduct. Thinking how his past bodies had a range of activity1974 dedicated to engaging in self-benefit, he made firm the strength of his superior, higher motivation to engage in benefiting1975 all beings. Thinking how in the past he had the flavorless conduct of continually seeking what was desired, he increased the great force of the power for attaining relief through engaging in obtaining the Dharma of the buddhas. Thinking how in the past he had engaged in conduct through an incorrect motivation, he purified1976 the flow of his mind in the present with a correct view that was free of error and with dedication to bodhisattva prayer. Thinking how in the past he fruitlessly had no diligence in his undertakings and practiced without diligence, in the present he motivated his mind and body by generating the diligence for remaining prepared to gather the Dharmas of the buddhas. Examining how he and others had been lost in the lower realms and1977 the five classes of beings, and thinking how in the past he had not taken care of his body, he increased a vast, powerful rejoicing and aspiration for maintaining a body with the power to accomplish all the Dharmas of the buddhas, take care of all beings, and serve all kalyāṇamitras. [F.289.b]


55.
Chapter 55

Mañjuśrī

55.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, after passing through a hundred and ten towns, came to the district called Sumanāmukha, where, while thinking of and looking for Mañjuśrī Kumāra­bhūta, he was aspiring and praying to see Mañjuśrī Kumāra­bhūta and continually yearning to meet him.

55.­2

Then Mañjuśrī Kumāra­bhūta, from a distance of a hundred and ten yojanas, extended his hand and placed it upon the head of Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, who was in the town of Sumanāmukha, and said, “Well done, well done, noble one! Someone who does not have the power of faith, who has a mind that wearies, who has thoughts of despondency, who abandons practice, who turns away from diligence, who is pleased by having a few qualities, who remains clinging to a single root of merit, who is not skilled in accomplishing the conduct and prayer, who is not in the care of a kalyāṇamitra, and who does not consider the buddhas is unable to know the true nature of phenomena in this way, or to know this kind of way and this kind of range of activity, or to know this kind of place or enter it, or to believe in it or examine it or understand it or attain it.”


56.
Chapter 56

Samanta­bhadra and “The Prayer for Completely Good Conduct”

56.­1

Sudhana, the head merchant’s son, who had reverenced as many kalyāṇamitras as there are atoms in the world realms of a billion-world universe; who had the motivation to gather the accumulations for omniscience; who correctly held and practiced the instructions and teachings of all kalyāṇamitras; who in the presence of all kalyāṇamitras gave rise to the same aspiration as they did; who had the realization that pleased and was not displeasing to all kalyāṇamitras; who followed the ocean of the ways of the instructions and teachings of all kalyāṇamitras; who had the essence that arises from the ocean of the aspiration of great compassion; who had shone on all beings with the clouds of the ways of great love; who had a body that increased the power of great joy; who was active2180 in complete peace within the vast bodhisattva liberations; who had the vision focused on whatever emanates from all gateways;2181 who had perfected the practice of the ocean of the qualities of all tathāgatas;2182 who had followed the path of aspiration of all the tathāgatas;2183 who had increased the power of diligence in the accumulation of omniscience; who had a mind with the perfect development of the motivation and aspiration of all bodhisattvas; who had comprehended the succession of all the tathāgatas in the three times; [F.345.b] who had realized the ocean of the ways of the Dharmas of all buddhas; who had followed the ocean of the ways of the Dharma wheels of all the tathāgatas; who had the range of activity of manifesting the appearance of taking birth in all worlds; who had comprehended the ocean of the ways of the prayers of all bodhisattvas; who was established in bodhisattva conduct in all kalpas; who had attained the illumination of the scope of omniscience; who had increased all the powers of a bodhisattva; who had attained the illumination of the path to omniscience; who had attained the unobscured illumination of all directions; who had the realization that pervades the ways of the entire realm of phenomena; who had accomplished the illumination of the ways of all realms; who had engaged in the appropriate way with the activities of the vast extent of beings; who had demolished all the precipices and mountains of obscurations; who had followed the unobscured true nature of phenomena; who was active2184 in complete peace in the bodhisattva liberations that have the essence of all the surfaces and bases in the realm of phenomena; who was seeking the range of activity of all the tathāgatas; who had been blessed by all the tathāgatas; who was established in being active2185 in the range of activity of a bodhisattva; who had heard the name of the bodhisattva mahāsattva Samanta­bhadra; who had heard of his bodhisattva activity; who had heard of his special prayers; who had heard of his special entry and dwelling in the accomplishment of accumulation; who had heard of his special path of accomplishment and setting forth; [F.346.a] who had heard of his way of activity on the completely good level; who had heard of the accumulations of his level; who had heard of his power for attaining that level; who had heard of his ascending to that level; who had heard of his being established on that level; who had heard of his reaching that level through leaving the previous levels; who had heard of the range of activity of that level; who had heard of the blessings of that level; who had heard of his dwelling on that level; and who yearned and thirsted for the sight of the bodhisattva Samanta­bhadra; with a motivation as vast as space that had risen above all clinging; with a perfect meditation that perceived all2186 realms; with a mind that had transcended all attachments; with an unobscured range of activity in all phenomena; with an obstructed mind that pervaded the entire ocean of the directions; with an unobscured mind that ascended to the scope of perception of omniscience; with a pure mind that had the pure vipaśyanā that adorns a bodhimaṇḍa; with a perfectly distinct mind that comprehended the ocean of the Dharmas of all the buddhas; with a vast mind that pervaded all realms of beings in order to ripen and guide them; with an immense2187 mind that purified all buddha realms; with a measureless mind that manifested his appearance within the assemblies of the followers of all buddhas; and with an inexhaustible and endless mind that dwelled in all kalpas and had the conclusive strengths, fearlessnesses, and unique qualities of all the tathāgatas, Sudhana, in the bodhimaṇḍa, which had the supreme vajra as its essence, was seated upon a lotus seat that was a mass of all jewels, gazing at the lion throne that was the seat of the Tathāgata. [F.346.b]


c.

Colophon

c.­1

Translated and revised by the Indian upādhyāyas Jinamitra and Surendrabodhi and by the chief editor Lotsawa Bandé Yeshé Dé and others.2233

Tibetan Editor’s Colophon

Tashi Wangchuk
c.­2

A Multitude of Buddhas is the marvelous essence of the final, ultimate, definitive wheel from among the three wheels of the Sugata’s teaching. It has many other titles, such as The Mahāvaipulya Basket, The Earring, The Lotus Adornment, and so on.

c.­3

It has seven sections:2234 A Multitude of Tathāgatas,2235 The Vajra Banner Dedication,2236 The Teaching of the Ten Bhūmis,2237 The Teaching of Completely Good Conduct,2238 [F.362.b] The Teaching of the Birth and Appearance of the Tathāgatas,2239 The Transcendence of the World,2240 and Stem Array.2241 These are subdivided into forty-five chapters.

c.­4

According to Butön Rinpoché and others, it contains thirty-nine thousand and thirty verses, a hundred and thirty fascicles, and an additional thirty verses. Although the Tshalpa Kangyur catalog records one hundred fifteen fascicles, and the Denkarma one hundred twenty-seven fascicles,2242 present-day recensions have various numbers of fascicles.2243

c.­5

This sūtra was first received from Ārya Nāgārjuna by Paṇḍita Buddhabhadra and Paṇḍita Śikṣānanda (652–710), and they both translated it into Chinese. It is taught that Surendrabodhi and Vairocana­rakṣita acted as chief editors for a Chinese translation.2244

c.­6

As for the transmission lineage, there is the lineage from China, starting with the perfect Buddha, Ārya Mañjuśrī, Lord Nāgārjuna, the two paṇḍitas mentioned above, and Heshang Tushun. Then the lineage continued through others until Üpa Sangyé Bum received it from Heshang Gying-ju. That lineage was then passed on through Lotsawa Chokden and has continued up to the present time.

c.­7

The lineage from India is as follows. It was passed from Nāgārjuna to Āryadeva, and then Mañjuśrīkīrti, and so on, until Bari Lotsawa received it from Vajrāsana. It is taught that the lineage then continued through Chim Tsöndrü Sengé, the great Sakya Lord,2245 and so on.

c.­8

However, I have not seen any histories or texts that recount translation work done by lotsawas or paṇḍitas other than those listed in the colophon here.

c.­9

The king of Jangsa Tham2246 had a complete Kangyur made that was based on the Tshalpa Kangyur. At the present time this is known as the Lithang Tshalpa Kangyur (1609–14). I consider this to be a reliable source and so have made it the basis for this edition. However, since it contains many omissions, accretions, and misspellings, I have edited it by searching in further old versions that are correct.2247 There are variant Sanskrit manuscripts and disparate translations, and despite their consistent overall meaning it is has not been possible to edit the text definitively on the level of the words. It is nevertheless useful, at least, to have corrected it according to the majority of versions.

c.­10

Varying translations of terms have been left as they are, since there is no contradiction in meaning. Examples include rgyan instead of bkod pa;2248 ’byam klas instead of rab ’byams;2249 so so yang dag par rig pa instead of tha dad pa yang dag par shes pa;2250 thugs for dgongs pa;2251 [F.363.a] nyin mtshan dang zla ba yar kham mar kham dang instead of nyin mtshan dang yud du yan man dang;2252 and tha snyad instead of rnam par dpyod pa.2253

c.­11

Sanskrit words have many stems and roots, affixes, and derivations. In the case of some of the lotsawas and paṇḍitas in Tibet who had the eyes of the Dharma and produced meaning-translations, the tenses, cases, and so on are difficult to understand. As my principal reference I have therefore taken passages about which the largest number of manuscripts were in agreement. On other points where there was the slightest doubt I have ensured that they conform with the treatises on Tibetan linguistics. More coherence would have been possible had there been an extant version in the old Tibetan terminology alone, since in most of the manuscripts there seems to be neither a complete predominance of archaic terms, nor any obvious sign of what changes editors have made to the translation. In any case, changes made in later times‍—significant adulterations of the text by the mixing of old and new forms, and disruptive placements of the shad marks that differentiate clauses‍—seem to be numerous, but are actually slight and only minor faults, so I have left them as they are, for otherwise, the editing work would have been comparable to cutting through the megaliths of Mön.

c.­12

This, therefore, is the result of my work with all its pretensions to perseverance and complete correctness, and through it may the precious teaching of the Buddha and the glory of the merit of nonsectarian beings remain for the entire kalpa within the circle of the Cakravāla Mountains, as bright as the sun and moon.

c.­13

It was printed in the water tiger year called dge byed (1722),2254 in the presence of Tenpa Tsering (1678–1738), the divine Dharma king who rules in accordance with the Dharma, who has the vast, superior wealth of the ten good actions, and who is a bodhisattva as a ruler of humans and the source of happiness in the four regions of greater Tibet.


c.­14

Written by the attendant Gelong Tashi Wangchuk, who in the process of revision was commanded to become its supervisor.

c.­15

Ye dharma­hetu­prabhavā hetun teṣān tathāgato hy avadat. Teṣāñ ca yo nirodha evaṃ vādī mahā­śramanaḥ.

(All phenomena that arise from causes, the Tathāgata has taught their cause, and that which is their cessation; thus has the Great Śramaṇa proclaimed.)


n.

Notes

n.­1
See colophon, c.­3.
n.­2
Pekar Zangpo, mdo sde spy’i rnam bzhag (2006), 18.
n.­3
This depiction of Śākyamuni as a Vairocana emanation has its precedent in a sūtra that was never translated into Tibetan but exists in Chinese translation: the Brahma­jāla­sūtra. This sūtra introduces the Buddha Vairocana as the primordial buddha who is the source of ten billion Śākyamunis who exist simultaneously in ten billion different worlds. This sūtra should not be confused with the Brahma­jāla­sūtra that exists both in the Pali canon and in the Tibetan Kangyur (Toh 352).
n.­4
See Peter Alan Roberts, trans., The Ten Bhūmis, Toh 44-31.
n.­5
There is evidence for Mahāyāna sūtras originating in northern India. In his Genealogies of Mahāyāna Buddhism, Joseph Walser argues that the “core portion” of The Perfection of Wisdom in Eight Thousand Lines (Toh 12, Aṣṭa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā) was most probably written in the second half of the first century in Mathura, which is located in present-day Uttar Pradesh. He also offers the tentative conclusion that it was written by “a Sarvāstivādin monk residing at Buddhadeva’s Guhavihāra outside of Maṭ.” See Walser (2018), 242.
n.­6
Osto notes that Etienne Lamotte, Edward Conze, and Nalinaksha Dutt all regard the Mahāsāṃghika as the source of the Mahāyāna tradition. See Osto (2008), 157, n. 5. Paul Williams argues that at least some Mahāyāna sūtras emerged from the Mahāsāṃghika: “There can be no doubt that at least some early Mahāyāna sūtras originated in Mahāsāṃghika circles. In the lokottaravāda supramundane teachings we are getting very close to a teaching well-known in Mahāyāna that the Buddha’s death was also a mere appearance; in reality he remains out of his compassion, helping suffering humanity, and thence the suggestion that for those who are capable of it the highest religious goal should be not to become an Arhat but to take the Bodhisattva vows, embarking themselves on the long path to a supreme and totally superior Buddhahood.” See Williams (2009), 21. This view has been contested by a number of scholars, however, including Paul Harrison, who maintains in his “Searching for the Origins of the Mahāyāna: What Are We Looking For?” that it is impossible to draw a clear connection between the Mahāyāna and a single sect, maintaining instead that the Mahāyāna was a loose set of related movements that cut across Buddhist India. For a fine summary of scholarship concerning the origins of the Mahāyāna, see Osto (2008), 105–16.
n.­7
Toh 127. See translation in Peter Alan Roberts, trans., The King of Samādhis Sūtra, 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2018.
n.­8
Osto (2008), 108–9.
n.­38
According to the Sanskrit. There is no division into chapters in the Tibetan, see Introduction i.­65. In Śikṣānanda’s eighty-fascicle Chinese translation (hereafter, “the Chinese”), this is presented as the thirty-ninth sūtra in twenty-one fascicles, from 60 to 80. Each fascicle bears the title 入法界品 (ru fa jie pin), number 39, and a serial number ranging from 1 to 21; for example, fascicle 60 is entitled 入法界品第三十九之一 (ru fa jie pin di san shi jiu zhi yi), the first segment of the thirty-ninth sūtra, Entry into the Realm of the Dharma.
n.­39
According to the Sanskrit and such Kangyurs as the Degé, which have shes pa dam pa’i ye shes. Lithang and Choné Kangyurs have shes rab dam pa’i ye shes. Yongle and Kangxi have ye shes rab dam pa’i ye shes.
n.­40
According to the Sanskrit. The Tibetan has brtan pa dam pa’i ye shes.
n.­41
According to the Sanskrit and the Chinese. The Tibetan blo gros chen po’i gzi brjid appears to translate from mahāmatitejas.
n.­42
This is followed in the Sanskrit by Samanta­prabha­tejas, which would have been translated into Tibetan as kun nas ’od gyi gzi brjid. The Chinese appears to have conflated these three similar names into one as 普吉祥威力 (pu ji xiang wei li).
n.­43
Construction from the Tibetan. Not present in the Sanskrit or the Chinese.
n.­44
According to the Sanskrit, the Chinese, and most Kangyurs, which have shin tu rnam par lta ba’i myig. Yongle, Lithang, Kangxi, and Choné have rnam par dag pa’i in error for rnam par lta ba’i. In the Sanskrit this is followed by Avalokitanetra, which is absent in both the Chinese and the Tibetan, most likely the result of a scribal omission due to the similarity of the names.
n.­45
In the Sanskrit and the Chinese this is followed by “the bodhisattva Samanta­netra,” which is not present in the Tibetan.
n.­46
The Sanskrit has “bodhisattva mahāsattva.” The Chinese ends all names with “bodhisattva.”
n.­47
The Sanskrit has “bodhisattva mahāsattva.”
n.­48
The Sanskrit has “bodhisattva mahāsattva.”
n.­49
According to the Sanskrit and the Chinese. Not present in the Tibetan, probably as the result of an accidental omission in the process of copying, because of the names being similar.
n.­50
The Sanskrit has “bodhisattva mahāsattva.”
n.­51
Occurs last in the list of -ketu names in Sanskrit.
n.­52
The Sanskrit has “bodhisattva mahāsattva.”
n.­53
According to the Sanskrit and the Chinese. The Tibetan omits dhātu.
n.­54
The Sanskrit has “bodhisattva mahāsattva.”
n.­55
The Sanskrit has “bodhisattva mahāsattva.”
n.­56
The Sanskrit has “bodhisattva mahāsattva.”
n.­57
The Sanskrit has “bodhisattva mahāsattva.”
n.­58
The Sanskrit has “bodhisattva mahāsattva.”
n.­59
According to the Sanskrit. The Tibetan ye shes ri bo’i blo appears to be translated from jñāna­parvata­buddhi. The Chinese reads 須彌光覺 (xu mi guang jue).
n.­60
In the Sanskrit the order of Vimala­buddhi and Asaṅga­buddhi are reversed.
n.­61
The Chinese translation uses the term 成就 (cheng jiu), which means “accomplished.” Sanskrit: abhiniryāta.
n.­62
The Sanskrit samantabhadra­bodhi­sattva­caryā­praṇidhāna could also be interpreted, as is similarly found in Osto, as “the prayer for the bodhisattva conduct of Samanta­bhadra,” though this would more regularly be written as bodhi­sattva­samantabhadra­caryā­praṇidhāna.
n.­63
According to the Sanskrit. The translation of the word vijñaptiṣu, which would have been translated as rnam par rig byed, appears to have been inadvertently omitted in the Tibetan, either from the Sanskrit manuscript it was translated from or at an early stage in the copying of the text. The Chinese translation has 至處無限 (zhi chu wu xian, “who had been to countless places”).
n.­64
According to the Sanskrit and the Chinese. The Tibetan appears to have inadvertently omitted “of the buddhas.”
n.­65
According to the Sanskrit guṇa. The word yon tan (the translation of guṇa) is absent in the Tibetan, and absent in the Chinese as well.
n.­66
According to the Sanskrit anigṛhīta. The Tibetan translates as the vague mi gnas pa, which could be interpreted as “not dwelling” or “unlocated.” Similarly, the Chinese describes their manifestations as 無所依止 (wu suo yi zhi, “nondwelling”) because they are in accordance with the aspirations of beings.
n.­67
According to the Sanskrit and the Chinese. The Tibetan inadvertently omits “wisdom.”
n.­271
According to the Sanskrit and the Chinese. The Tibetan includes a negative myed pa.
n.­272
From the Sanskrit praṭimaṇḍala. The Tibetan and the Chinese translate as “adornment.”
n.­273
According to the Sanskrit sāgara and the Chinese. Translated into Tibetan as gang chen mtsho (“the lake that is big”) instead of the usual rgya mtsho (“vast lake”) as in the Mahāvyutpatti, perhaps because the synonym samudra is translated as rgya mtsho in this sentence and the translator wished to create a synonym. This term is made more obscure in Narthang, Choné, and Lhasa, where it is incorrectly written gangs chen mtsho (“great snow lake”).
n.­274
The online Sanskrit (Vaidya) has kūṭāgara.
n.­275
According to the Tibetan thams cad mkhyen pa’i chos, presumably from a Sanskrit manuscript that had sarvajñadharma. The Chinese has 一切智智無上法城 (yi qie zhi zhi wu shang fa cheng), which can mean “the towns of omniscient supreme Dharma,” probably a confluence of two Sanskrit terms sarvajñāna and sarvajñadharma, or “the towns of supreme Buddhadharma” or “the supreme town of omniscient Dharma.” The present Sanskrit has just sarvadharma (“all Dharmas”).
n.­353
According to the Tibetan.
n.­354
From the BHS anumārjan. The Tibetan translates as rjes su sbyang ba (“trained in”).
n.­355
According to the Tibetan.
n.­378
The Sanskrit avagāhyamāna has the stronger meaning of “being immersed in.”
n.­379
From the Sanskrit āvarta. The Tibetan translation has le’u dang (“chapters and”) glong in all available editions of the Kangyur, apparently in error for klong (“expanse,” “whirlpool”) as in the Chinese translation 漩澓 (xuan fu, “whirlpools and undercurrents”).
n.­380
This could possibly be an incorrect Sanskritization of the Middle-Indic dīpa, which could mean both “continent” and “lamp.”
n.­381
According to the Tibetan gnas. The Sanskrit patha primarily means “road” but could also mean “region.”
n.­400
According to the Sanskrit. The Tibetan has “mind illuminated by the light of the three times” or “…by light in the three times,” which may have been translated from tryadhvāloka instead of tryadhvaloka. The meaning of the Chinese translation 念善知識普照三世 (nian shan zhi shi pu zhao san shi) is not clear; it may refer to the mind of the kalyāṇamitras or his own mind remembering the kalyāṇamitras.
n.­401
From the Sanskrit yogaprasṛta. The Tibetan translates yoga as thabs (“method”). The Chinese merges this with the preceding one: “great aspirations to save all beings.”
n.­402
According to the Sanskrit rati, the Chinese 欲性 (yu xing), and the Yongle, Narthang, and Lhasa dga’ ba. Degé and other Kangyurs have dge ba (“virtues”).
n.­403
According to the Tibetan. The Sanskrit and the Chinese have this first in the list of qualities.
n.­404
According to the Tibetan. The Sanskrit and the Chinese have this earlier in the list. The Chinese has merged this with an earlier item in the list: “his mind illuminated the worlds of the three times.”
n.­405
According to the Tibetan. The Sanskrit and the Chinese have this earlier in the list of Sudhana’s qualities.
n.­418
According to the Tibetan and the Chinese. Not present in the Sanskrit.
n.­419
According to the Sanskrit saṃbhāvayan and the Chinese. The Tibetan translates as bsam pa (“contemplate”). The Chinese translates as 思惟 (si wei, “ponder,” “think,” “consider theoretically”).
n.­527
According to the Sanskrit and the Chinese. Omitted in the Tibetan.
n.­528
According to the Sanskrit ācāryāṇi and the Chinese. “Masters” or “teachers” is omitted in the Tibetan.
n.­704
According to the Sanskrit aśaya and the Chinese 意 (yi). Omitted in the Tibetan.
n.­705
The Tibetan appears to have translated this as an adjective (“very powerful”) for the vajra rather than the vajra’s owner. Nārāyaṇa here is ostensibly used as an alternative name for Indra. The Chinese omits “unbreakable” and “vajra” and translates the phrase as 寶莊嚴 (bao zhuang yan), a compound of the adjectives “precious” and “majestic” or of the nouns “jewel” and “ornament.”
n.­719
According to the Sanskrit tryadhva. The Tibetan and the Chinese omit “the three times.”
n.­720
According to the Sanskrit prasarita, the Chinese, and the Degé, Lhasa, and Narthang ’dal ba. Yongle, Lithang, Kangxi, and Choné have the error ’dul ba.
n.­721
According to the Tibetan. The present Sanskrit has sattvaśraddha (“beings-faith”). The Tibetan has mnyam pa thams cad (“all equality”), apparently a scribal error, while Yongle, Lithang, Kangxi, Narthang, Choné, and Stok Palace have mnyan pa thams cad (“all that is heard”), perhaps translating from a Sanskrit manuscript that had sarvaśrava or sarvaśruta. The Chinese has 凡所聞法皆能忍受, 清淨信解 (fan suo wen fa jie neng ren shou, qing jing xin jie, “He could retain all the Dharmas he had heard and understand with pure faith”), which appears to indicate a text that included both śraddha (retained in the Sanskrit manuscript) and śruta or śvara.
n.­722
According to the Tibetan and the Chinese. The Sanskrit has “the light of definitive wisdom.”
n.­723
According to the Tibetan and the Chinese. The Sanskrit has sarvatra, “all-pervading higher cognition.”
n.­724
According to the Tibetan and the Chinese. The Sanskrit also has vidyut, “the lightning of the knowledge of the ten strengths.”
n.­725
According to the Sanskrit pariśodhana, the Chinese, and the Yongle, Lithang, Kangxi, and Choné sbyangs. Degé has the error spyad. Stok Palace has sbyar.
n.­726
According to the Sanskrit mahā and the Chinese. The Tibetan omits “great.”
n.­727
From the Sanskrit “unceasing,” which could be taken as an adjective of “knowledge.” “Without limit or center” could be describing the network of world realms.
n.­728
From the Sanskrit saṃjñāgata and in accord with the Chinese (“perceptions of limitless beings”). The Tibetan translates as mying (archaic spelling for “name”).
n.­755
According to the Tibetan and the Chinese. Vaidya has gocaraniryāta (“setting forth into the inconceivable range of the kalyāṇamitras”).
n.­756
From the Tibetan as rgya che (“vast”) in accord with the Chinese 廣大 (guang da). The Sanskrit udāra can mean “great,” “excellent,” etc.
n.­757
According to the Tibetan.
n.­758
According to the Sanskrit karma. The Tibetan appears to have translated from a manuscript that had dharma. The Chinese translation is based on kalpa, 一切劫無失壞際 (yi qie jie wu shi huai ji), literally “all kalpas are without destruction or dissolution,” which can mean “harmony in the apogee of kalpas.”
n.­759
According to the Tibetan and the Chinese. Vaidya appears to have an omission so that the two sentences become one: “dwelling in the nonconceptuality that is the apogee of the tathāgatas.”
n.­760
According to the Chinese. The Sanskrit vākpatha means “the range of speech,” translated literally into Tibetan as tshig gi lam (“path of words”). The Chinese has 響 (xiang), “echo.” Cleary and Carré translate it as “echo.”
n.­774
According to the Sanskrit sarva. The Tibetan appears to have translated from a manuscript that had satva instead of sarva, resulting in “the profound subtle wisdom of beings.” The Chinese is the same as the Tibetan.
n.­775
Here and in the rest of the paragraph, “ground” is according to the Sanskrit tala and the Chinese. The Tibetan translates as dbyings (“realm”). The Chinese interprets as 眾生所作行 (zhong sheng suo zuo xing, “conduct of beings”).
n.­776
According to the Sanskrit satya, the Chinese, and the Narthang and Lhasa bden. Degé has dben (“isolation”). The Chinese appears to have combined this and the preceding phrase into one: 眾生如光影 (zhong sheng ru guang ying, “beings are like light and shadow”).
n.­777
From the BHS vyavahāra and in accord with the Chinese. The Tibetan translates as rnam par dpyod pa (“analysis”).
n.­799
From the Narthang and Stok Palace zlos. Degé has slos. The Sanskrit anumantrayan could mean “authorize.” Cleary has “apply.” The Chinese has “recalled and recited.”
n.­800
According to the Sanskrit anuprayacchan. The Tibetan translates as bsdud pa (“collected,” “compiled”). Not present in the Chinese.
n.­965
From the Sanskrit nicaya, which could also mean “accumulations.” The Tibetan translates as tshogs, which is also used to translate saṃbhāra, the regular term for the “accumulations.” The Chinese has 藏 (zang, “treasury,” “store”).
n.­966
From BHS samanvāhara. The Tibetan translates as ’dzin.
n.­967
From the BHS netrī, which, according to the Mahāvyutpatti, would be translated as lugs. Degé has chos (“Dharma”). Yongle, Lithang, Kangxi, and Choné have tshogs.
n.­985
According to the Tibetan ri bo and the Chinese 市中 (shi zhong). The Sanskrit has the specific Sumeru.
n.­998
According to the Sanskrit and the Chinese. The Tibetan omits “of the bodhisattvas.”
n.­1001
From the BHS nandī. The Tibetan has sems mos pa (“aspiration”). The Chinese has fewer adjectives.
n.­1002
From the Tibetan sems kyi shugs. Not present in the Sanskrit or the Chinese.
n.­1053
From one of the meanings of the BHS abhinirhara. The Tibetan translates as bsgrubs pa (“accomplished”). This sentence is not present in the Chinese.
n.­1054
According to the Sanskrit dṛḍhīkurvāṇaḥ, the Chinese 堅固 (jiang gu), and the Narthang and Stok Palace brtan. Degé, etc. have bstan (“teach”).
n.­1055
From the Tibetan gnas rnam pa tha dad pa, while gnas could have other meanings, including “locations.” The Sanskrit has adhimātratā (“excessiveness”). Cleary has “measurelessness.” The Chinese has 差別相 (cha bie xiang), one of the common translations of adhimātratā. Here it can mean “different aspects.”
n.­1081
From the Tibetan brjod pa, presumably from the Sanskrit varṇitam. Not present in Vaidya.
n.­1082
From the Tibetan yongs su bsgom pa, which would have been translating paribhāvita. Not present in Vaidya or the Chinese, where the list is shorter.
n.­1083
According to the Sanskrit samīkurvan and most Kangyurs, which read mnyam par bya ba byed pa. Degé has the error mnyam par bya ba myed pa. Cleary translates as “living up to it.” Not present in the Chinese.
n.­1091
According to the Sanskrit svabhāva and the Chinese. The Tibetan has rang bzhin med (“absence of nature”), perhaps from a corruption in the Sanskrit. The Chinese has 證知諸法實性 (zheng zhi zhu fa shi xing, “realizing the true nature of all phenomena”), omitting the term wisdom.
n.­1097
According to the Sanskrit viṣamatā and the Chinese. The Tibetan has the obscure thag thug. The Chinese lists four sets of opposites: upward-downward (literally, “high-low”), safe-dangerous, clean-dirty, and crooked-straight.
n.­1098
According to the Chinese and the Sanskrit kṣema, though its opposite is missing in the Vaidya edition. The Tibetan has bde ba and mi bde ba (“pleasant and unpleasant”).
n.­1099
According to the Tibetan and the French translation of the Chinese. Vaidya has anugrahajñāna, “the knowledge for benefiting.”
n.­1100
According to the BHS meaning of anunaya, which has a negative sense. It was translated into Tibetan more positively as byams pa (“love” or “kindness”) according to its Classical Sanskrit meaning.
n.­1101
From the BHS unnāmāvanāma translated into Tibetan as mthon dman du gyur pa (“become high [or] low”).
n.­1102
From the Sanskrit mati. Translated into Tibetan as nan tan (“diligent practice”), perhaps from a text that read pratipatti.
n.­1130
From the Sanskrit sneha, which can also mean “attachment” or “oiliness.” The Tibetan translates it as rlan pa (“wetness”). The Chinese uses two water-related verbs 潤澤 (run ze, “to moisten,” “to enrich”) to indicate the aspiration to benefit all beings with great compassion as does water.
n.­1131
According to the BHS meaning of nimṇa, which can mean “aiming at” or “leading to.” Otherwise it has the meaning “downward,” and therefore this compound nimnonnata can mean “up and down” or “high and low.” The Tibetan appears to have tried to make sense of this by adding a negative thur med (“not downward”). It is possible to interpret the phrase to mean “the lower and higher part of the path to omniscience.” The Chinese translates as 心無高下 (xin wu gao xia, “mind is free from ‘high and low’ ”).
n.­1132
From the Sanskrit uddhṛta. The Tibetan translates as zhugs pa (“enter,” “follow,” “engage in”). The Chinese has 拔不善刺 (ba bu shan ci) and 滅一切障 (mie yi qie zhang), “pulled out thorns of harmful qualities” and “eliminated all obstacles.”
n.­1133
From the Sanskrit parākrama, which can also mean “advance,” and which the Tibetan translates as sngon du ’dor ba (“cast before”). The Chinese translates by the metaphor of 牆塹 (qiang qian), “walls and moats.”
n.­1134
From the BHS samarpita. The Tibetan translates as rab tu byung ba (“completely arisen”).
n.­1135
From the BHS vipula­prasrabdhi. Absent in the Tibetan. The Chinese translates by the metaphor of 園苑 (yuan yuan, “gardens and parks”).
n.­1136
According to the Sanskrit pura and the Chinese 城 (cheng). The Tibetan translates as pho brang (“palace”).
n.­1137
From the Sanskrit akṣunna. The Tibetan translates as thogs pa med pa (“unimpeded”) and as adverbial to “the act of entering.”
n.­1155
According to the Sanskrit kumara. The Tibetan has rogs pa (“helpers”). The Chinese simply has “countless people said to him…”
n.­1205
According to the Sanskrit upastambhayan and the Narthang rton. Other Kangyurs have ston (“demonstrate”). The Chinese translates as 得 (de, “attaining”).
n.­1206
According to the Sanskrit karma, the Chinese 業 (ye), and the Narthang las. Other Kangyurs have the error lam (“path”).
n.­1246
From the Sanskrit śrotrānugamam anusmaran. The Tibetan has rjes su ’brang (“follow”), connected to the names rather than the hearing. Not present in the Chinese.
n.­1247
According to the Sanskrit and the Chinese. The Tibetan and the Chinese omit “the Dharma.”
n.­1248
From the Sanskrit vinardita (literally, “roar”) and the Chinese. The Tibetan has “the power that arises from the supremacy.” The Chinese has “having seen the buddhas attaining complete buddhahood.”
n.­1268
According to the Sanskrit gāthā-labdha-citta and the Chinese. The Tibetan appears to have translated from a corrupt manuscript with jñāna-gāhālabdha, which is translated as ye shes kyi gting ma rnyed pa’i sems (“a mind that has not found the depth of the wisdom of Avalokiteśvara”). Omitted in the Chinese.
n.­1271
According to the Sanskrit vikrīḍita and Yongle, Lithang, Kangxi, and Choné brtse. Degé and others have rtse.
n.­1325
According to the Tibetan rjes su ’brang and the Chinese 行 (xing), both presumably translating from anusaraṇa. The present Sanskrit has anusmaraṇa (“remembering”).
n.­1432
According to the Sanskrit, and the earlier and following version in Tibetan. Here, the Tibetan has yon tan (“qualities”) instead of shugs (“power”), which would be the correct translation for vega. The Chinese omits “power” here.
n.­1433
This list according to the Tibetan. The Sanskrit has a variant list, as does the Chinese.
n.­1434
According to the Tibetan rjes su sems pa, which appears to have translated anucintena. The present Sanskrit has anugatena (“following”). Based on the Chinese syntax, the search for Samanta­sattva­trāṇojaḥ­śrī starts with the phrase 一心願得見善知識 (yi xin yuan de jian shan zhi shi, “wished with single-minded resolution to see the kalyāṇamitra”).
n.­1435
According to the Sanskrit. The Tibetan appears to have “the domain of the faculty of contemplating seeing a kalyāṇamitra.” In the Chinese, the phrases “without forgetting it even for one moment” and “with all faculties undistracted” belong to the description of how Sudhana was remembering and honoring the teaching received from Pramudita­nayana­jagad­virocanā.
n.­1436
According to the Sanskrit samudācāreṇa. Not present in the Tibetan or the Chinese.
n.­1437
According to the Degé mthu, translating the Sanskrit vikrama. Yongle, Lithang, Kangxi, and Choné do not have mthu (“power”). With the omission of a shad marker, the Tibetan appears to conjoin this with the following quality, although there is no genitive particle to do so. This and the preceding phrase are absent in the Chinese.
n.­1438
From the BHS ekotībhāvagata. The Tibetan translates as rgyud kyi tshul gcig tu gyur pa, which could be translated as “being of one mind with.” In the Chinese this appears to be part of the first phrase describing the search for Samanta­sattva­trāṇojaḥ­śrī.
n.­1439
According to the Sanskrit. The Tibetan omits the word “all,” resulting in “the roots of merit of being of one mind with.” Not present in the Chinese.
n.­1498
According to the Sanskrit prasaran. The Tibetan has mchod pa (“making offerings to it”). In Chinese, the list is shorter and omits this.
n.­1530
The Tibetan rjes su sgom is apparently a translation for anubhava, which is not present in the Sanskrit or the Chinese.
n.­1531
The Tibetan rig pa does not here translate vidyā but gati, which is most commonly used for states of existence, good or bad, but also for movement (hence the translation ’gro) and for classes of beings, in addition to having many other meanings. Here it has the meaning as in gatiṃgata.
n.­1555
According to the Tibetan yid ches par bya ba. The Sanskrit has saṃbhāva (“produce,” “generate”). Not present in the Chinese.
n.­1628
Not present in the Tibetan. The Chinese appears to agree with the Sanskrit.
n.­1745
The Sanskrit follows uttāpayan (“purifying”) with parijayan (“cultivating”). Not present in the Chinese.
n.­1847
This is followed in Sanskrit by anuprāptum (“follow”). The Chinese has “getting close to them, serving them, and making offerings to them.”
n.­1848
This is followed in the Sanskrit by cāptuṃ (“be acquainted with”).
n.­1849
The Sanskrit has “illusory forms and bodies” or “illusory form bodies.” The Chinese appears to translate this as two: 以如幻願而持佛身 (yi ru huan yuan er chi fo shen, “bodies from illusory prayers and blessings by the buddhas”) and 隨意生身 (sui yi sheng shen, “bodies born according to intention”).
n.­1850
This is followed in Sanskrit by buddhādhiṣṭhāna­manomaya­śarīrāṇām (“bodies consisting of mind that have been blessed by the buddhas”).
n.­1851
According to the Tibetan mi zad pa and the Chinese 不變壞 (bu bian huai), presumably translating akṣaya. Not present in the Sanskrit.
n.­1974
According to the Tibetan yul, presumably translating from a manuscript that had viṣaya. The present Sanskrit has viṣama (“injurious,” “bad”). The Chinese concurs with the Tibetan.
n.­1975
According to the Sanskrit. The Tibetan and the Chinese do not have “benefiting.”
n.­1976
According to the Sanskrit praiśodhayan. The Tibetan has rgyas (“increased”). The Chinese has “generated.”
n.­1977
The Tibetan interprets the compound as meaning “the lower realms of the five classes of beings.” The Chinese does not have “lower realms.”
n.­2180
From the Sanskrit vihārī and the Yongle, Kangxi, Narthang, Lhasa, and Stok Palace spyod. Degé has dpyod (“analyze”). Translated as 安住 (an zhu), “abide.”
n.­2181
According to Tibetan, Chinese, and Suzuki’s Sanskrit. The online Vaidya edition (in both Devanāgarī and Roman) has sukha (“bliss”) instead of mukha (“gateway”).
n.­2182
According to the Tibetan. This clause is not present in the Sanskrit. The Chinese is similar to the Tibetan: “the vast qualities of all buddhas.”
n.­2183
According to the Tibetan. This clause is not present in the Sanskrit. The Chinese has 入一切佛決定知見 (ru yi qie fo jue ding zhi jian, “enter or realize the definitive views of all buddhas”).
n.­2184
From the Sanskrit vihārī and the Yongle, Kangxi, and Stok Palace spyod. Degé, Stok Palace, etc. have dpyod (“analyze”). The Chinese has 住於法界平等之地 (zhu yu fa jie ping deng zhi di, “dwell on the state of non-differentiation within the realm of phenomena”).
n.­2185
From the Sanskrit vihārī. The Tibetan has dpyod (“analyze”). In the Chinese this and the preceding clauses appear to have been conjoined as 觀察普賢解脫境界 (guan cha pu xian jie tuo jing jie, “observe the scope of liberation of Samanta­bhadra”).
n.­2186
According to the Sanskrit sarva and the Chinese 一切 (yi qie). The Tibetan omits “all.”
n.­2187
According to the Sanskrit mahadgatena and the Yongle, Kangxi, Narthang, Lhasa, and Stok Palace che. Degé has the homophone phye, evidently an error from transcription through dictation. The Chinese has 無量 (wu liang, “immeasurable”).
n.­2233
While the concluding statement above is specific to The Stem Array only and has counterparts in many other Kangyurs, the rest of the colophon here is intended to apply to the entirety of A Multitude of Buddhas. The mention of these translators is only found in the colophons of the Degé, Urga, and Ragya Kangyurs. Many Kangyurs including the Lithang, Qianlong, and Zhey do not mention translators. The Narthang, Lhasa, Stok Palace, Toyo Bunko, Ulaan Baatar, and some of the peripheral Kangyurs have “Lotsawa Vairocana­rakṣita was the chief editor and established the text.” Ngorchen Könchok Lhundrup ascribes the translation of the sūtra to Vairocana­rakṣita. The extensive note by the Degé scholar Tashi Wangchuk that follows is (unsurprisingly) unique to the Degé Kangyur.
n.­2234
This accords with the classification by Ngorchen Könchok Lhundrup in his sixteenth-century History of Buddhism.
n.­2235
Chapters 1 to 27. According to Pekar Zangpo in his sixteenth-century Presentation of the Sūtras, this first section is divided into two sections: The Tathāgata Earring Sūtra (as a translation of Tathāgatāvataṃsaka-sūtra), which comprises chapters 1 to 11, and The Bodhisattva­piṭaka Sūtra (consisting of chapters 12 to 27), so that in his classification the Avataṃsaka Sūtra has eight sections.
n.­2236
Chapters 28 to 30 according to Pekar Zangpo.
n.­2237
Chapter 31 according to Pekar Zangpo.
n.­2238
Chapters 32 to 42 according to Pekar Zangpo.
n.­2239
Chapter 43 according to Pekar Zangpo.
n.­2240
Chapter 44 according to Pekar Zangpo.
n.­2241
Chapter 45 according to Pekar Zangpo. Chapter 45 is the sūtra translated here.
n.­2242
According to the version of the Denkarma in the Degé Tengyur (F.295b.1), it has the same number of fascicles and verses as quoted by Butön Rinpoché.
n.­2243
The Degé recension has 112. The Degé dkar chag (F.120a) notes at some length the various discrepancies in the lengths in ślokas and fascicles (bam po) recorded in different inventories and catalogs, which it attributes at least in part to the varying numbers of ślokas used in different definitions of a fascicle.
n.­2244
rgya nag gi ’gyur la/ su ren+t+ra bo d+hi dang / bai ro tsa na rak+Shi tas zhus chen mdzad par bshad cing. Our rendering in English of this sentence follows the most likely interpretation syntactically. The facts of such a statement seem unlikely (see also van der Kuijp 2023, p. 398 n24). However, although we have wondered what other possible interpretations there might be, Tashi Wangchuk appears to be quoting the statement directly from earlier sources. Among these, one that we have identified is the transmission record of Minling Terchen Gyurme Dorje, part 2 (vol. kha), F.203a.6–b.1; immediately after making this statement, Minling Terchen lists the lineage figures of the transmission from India.
n.­2245
This refers to the Sakyapa hierarch Jetsün Drakpa Gyaltsen (rje btsun grags pa rgyal mtshan, 1147–1216).
n.­2246
Yunnan. The king was Mutseng (or Muzeng, Muktsang) Karma Mipham Sönam Rapten (mu tseng/zeng karma mi pham bsod nams rab brtan) (1587–1646, r. 1598–1646). He was the tusi or ruler in the “native chieftain system” of the Yuan, Ming, and Qing dynasties.
n.­2247
slar yig rnying dag pa mang du btsal nas zhu dag bgyis pa yin la. Our translation is tentative, and in particular (as noted by van der Kuijp 2023, p. 399 n27) it is not clear whether yig refers to words, phrases, or texts.
n.­2248
bkod pa is the usual translation of vyūha (“array,” “display,” etc.) as in the Mahāvyutpatti. This translation at times uses rgyan, which is usually a translation for alaṃkara, and so on, with the meaning of “adornment.”
n.­2249
The usual translation for prasara (“vast extent,” etc.), as in the Mahāvyutpatti, is rab ’byams, while ’byam klas does not appear in that dictionary.
n.­2250
These are both translations of pratisaṃvit (“discern,” “distinguish,” etc.).
n.­2251
thugs normally translates citta (“mind”), while dgongs pa translates abhiprāya (“intention,” “outlook,” “regard,” etc.).
n.­2252
This phrase, meaning “for a day and night,” or “for a waxing phase and a waning phase of a month,” occurs on folio 26.b within The Inconceivable Qualities of the Buddha (sang rgyas chos bsam mi khyab), which is the 39th chapter of the Avataṃsaka Sūtra.
n.­2253
tha snyad usually translates vyavahāra, which in BHS means “a term or designation,” while rnam par dpyod pa usually translates vicāraṇa, etc. (“contemplation,” “analysis,” and so on).
n.­2254
This is some years before the eighth Tai Situpa Chökyi Jungné (1700–1774) began his work on editing the Kangyur in 1729.

b.

Bibliography

Kangyur Texts

sdong po bkod pa (Gaṇḍa­vyūha). Toh 44, ch. 45, Degé Kangyur vol. 37 (phal chen, ga), folios 274.b–396.a; vol. 38 (phal chen, a), folios 1.b–363.a.

sdong po bkod pa. bka’ ’gyur (dpe bsdur ma) [Comparative Edition of the Kangyur], krung go’i bod rig pa zhib ’jug ste gnas kyi bka’ bstan dpe sdur khang (The Tibetan Tripitaka Collation Bureau of the China Tibetology Research Center). 108 volumes. Beijing: krung go’i bod rig pa dpe skrun khang (China Tibetology Publishing House), 2006–9, vol. 37, pp. 590–853; vol. 38, pp. 3–800.

sdong po bkod pa. Stok Palace Kangyur vol. 39 (phal chen, ca), folios 22.b–352.a; vol. 40 (phal chen, cha), folios 1.a–310.a.

sangs rgyas phal po che zhe bya ba shin tu rgyas pa chen po’i mdo (Buddhāvataṃsaka­nāma­mahā­vaipulya­sūtra) [The Mahāvaipulya Sūtra “A Multitude of Buddhas”]. Toh 44, Degé Kangyur vols. 35–38 (phal chen, ka–a). Stok Palace Kangyur vols. 35–40 (phal chen, ka–cha).

dga’ bo la mngal na gnas pa bstan pa (Nanda­garbhāvakranti­nirdeśa) [The Sūtra on Being in the Womb That Was Taught to Nanda]. Toh 57, Degé Kangyur vol. 41 (dkon brtsegs, ga), folios 205.b–236.b. English translation The Teaching to the Venerable Nanda on Dwelling in the Womb 2025.

rgya cher rol pa (Lalitavistara). Toh 95, Degé Kangyur vol. 46 (mdo sde, kha), folios 1.b–216.b. English translation in Dharmachakra Translation Committee (2013).

snying rje chen po’i pad ma dkar po (Mahā­karuṇā­puṇḍarīka) [White Lotus of Compassion Sūtra]. Toh 111, Degé Kangyur vol. 50 (mde sde, cha), folios 56.a–128.b.

ting nge ’dzin gyi rgyal po’i mdo (Samādhi­rāja­sūtra). Toh 127, Degé Kangyur vol. 55 (mdo sde, da), folios 1.b–170.b. English translation in Roberts (2018a).

dam pa’i chos pad ma dkar po (Saddharma­puṇḍarīka) [Lotus Sūtra/Lotus of the Good Dharma]. Toh 113, Degé Kangyur vol. 51 (mdo sde, ja), folios 1.b–180.b. English translation in Roberts (2018b).

bde ba can gyi bkod pa (Sukhāvatīvyūha). Toh 115, Degé Kangyur vol. 51 (mdo sde, ja), folios 195.b–200.b. English translation in Sakya Pandita Translation Group (2011).

rnam par snang mdzad chen po mngon par rdzogs par byang chub pa rnam par sprul pa byin gyis rlob pa shin tu rgyas pa mdo sde’i dbang po’i rgyal po (Mahā­vairocanābhisambodhi­vikurvatī­adhiṣṭhāna­vaipulya­sūtra­indra­rājā­nāma­dharma­paryāya). Toh 494, Degé Kangyur vol. 86 (rgyud, tha), folios 151.b–260.a.

phung po gsum pa’i mdo (Tri­skandhaka­sūtra) [The Confession of the Three Heaps]. A reference to a passage (1.­43 et seq.) in the Vinaya-viniścayopāli-paripṛcchā, Toh 68, Degé Kangyur vol. 43 (dkon brtsegs, ca) folios 120.a–121.a. English translation in UCSB Buddhist Studies Translation Group (2021).

byang chub sems dpa’i spyod yul gyi thabs kyi yul la rnam par ’phrul pa bstan pa (Bodhi­sattva­gocaraupāya­viṣaya­vikurvāṇa­nirdeśa/Satyaka Sūtra) [The Teaching of the Miraculous Manifestation of the Range of Methods in the Field of Activity of the Bodhisattvas]. Toh 146, Degé Kangyur vol. 57 (mdo sde, pa), folios 82.a–141.b. English translation in Jamspal (2010).

tshangs pa’i dra ba’i mdo (Brahma­jāla­sūtra). Toh 352, Degé Kangyur vol. 76 (mdo sde, aH), folios 70.b–86.a.

tshe dang ldan pa dga’ bo la mngal du ’jug pa bstan pa (Āyuṣmannanda­garbhāvakranti­nirdeśa) [The Sūtra on Entering the Womb That Was Taught to Āyuṣmat Nanda]. Toh 58, Degé Kangyur vol. 41 (dkon brtsegs, ga), folios 237.a–248.a. English translation in Kritzer 2021.

bzang po smon lam (Bhadra­caryā­praṇidhāna). Toh 1095, Degé Kangyur vol. 101 (gzungs, waM), folios 262.b–266.a. English translation The Prayer of Good Conduct 2025.

shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa stong phrag nyi shu lnga pa (Pañca­viṃśati­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā) [The Perfection of Wisdom in Twenty-Five Thousand Lines]. Toh 9, Degé Kangyur vols. 26–28 (nyi khri, ka–ga). English Translation in Padmakara Translation Group (2023).

sa bcu’i le’u (Daśabhūmika) [Ten Bhūmi Sūtra]. Toh 44, ch. 31, Degé Kangyur vol. 36 (phal chen, ga), folios 46.a–283.a. English translation in Roberts (2021).

sems kyi rgyal pos dris nas grangs la ’jug pa bstan pa. Toh 44, ch. 36, Degé Kangyur vol. 36 (phal chen, kha), folios 348.b–393.b. Comparative Edition (dpe bsdur ma) Kangyur vol. 36 (phal chen, kha), pp. 807–25.

Sanskrit Editions of the Gaṇḍa­vyūha

Vaidya, P. L., ed. Gaṇḍa­vyūhasūtra. Darbhanga: Mithila Institute, 1960.

Gaṇḍa­vyūhasūtra. GRETIL edition input by members of the Digital Sanskrit Buddhist Canon Input Project, based on the edition by P. L. Vaidya. Gaṇḍa­vyūhasūtra. Darbhanga: The Mithila Institute, 1960. Last updated July 31, 2020.

Suzuki, D. T., and Hokei Idzumi, eds. The Gaṇḍa­vyūha Sūtra. rev. ed. Tokyo: Society for the Publication of Sacred Books of the World, 1949.

Chinese Editions of the Gaṇḍa­vyūha and Commentaries

Da fangguang fohuayan jing 大方廣佛華嚴經 (Avataṃsaka Sūtra), translated by Buddhabhadra. Taishō 278.

Da fangguang fohuayan jing 大方廣佛華嚴經 (Avataṃsaka Sūtra), translated by Śikṣānanda. Taishō 279.

Da fangguang fohuayan jing 大方廣佛華嚴經 (Avataṃsaka Sūtra), translated by Prajñā. Taishō 293.

Da fangguang fohuayan jing ru fajie pin 大方廣佛華嚴經入法界品 (Avataṃsaka Sūtra, Gaṇḍavyūha Chapter), translated by Divākara. Taishō 295.

Da fangguang fohuayan jing busiyi fo jingjie fen 大方廣佛華嚴經不思議佛境界分 (Avataṃsaka Sūtra, Chapter on The Teaching on the Inconceivability of the Buddhadharma), translated by Devaprajñā. Taishō 300.

Da fangguang fohuayan jing busiyi fo jingjie fen 大方廣佛華嚴經入法界品四十二字觀門 (Avataṃsaka Sūtra, Contemplation on the 42 Syllables of the Gaṇḍavyūha), translated by Amoghavajra. Taishō 1019.

Cheng Guan 澄觀. Da fangguang fohuayan jingshu 大方廣佛華嚴經疏 (Commentary on the Avataṃsaka Sūtra). Taishō 1735.

Translations of the Gaṇḍa­vyūha

Carré, Patrick. Soûtra de l’Entrée dans la dimension absolue. 2 vols.: I. Introduction et Traité de Li Tongxuan XXII–XL; II. Soûtra et glossaire. Plazac, France: Éditions Padmakara, 2019.

Cleary, Thomas. “Entry into the Realm of Reality” (chapter 39), in The Flower Ornament Scripture: A Translation of the Avatamsaka Sutra, pp. 1135–1532. Boston: Shambhala Publications, 1993.

Osto, Douglas (2010). “A New Translation of the Sanskrit Bhadracarī with Introduction and Notes.” New Zealand Journal of Asian Studies 12, no. 2 (2010): 1–21.

Osto, Douglas (2020). “The Supreme Array Scripture.” D. E. Osto. Accessed July 6, 2021.

Related Works in Tibetan

Madhya­vyutpatti (sgra sbyor bam po gnyis pa). Toh 4347, Degé Tengyur, vol. 204 (sna tshogs, co) folios 131.b–160.a.

Mahāvyutpatti (bye brag tu rtogs par byed pa chen po). Toh 4346, Degé Tengyur vol. 204 (sna tshogs, co), folios 1.b–131.a.

Minling Terchen Gyurme Dorje (smin gling gter chen ’gyur med rdo rje). zab pa dang rgya che ba’i dam pa'i chos kyi thob yig rin chen ’byung gnas dum bu gnyis pa [“The Jewel Mine: A Record of Transmissions Received of the Profound and Vast Sublime Dharma, Part 2”]. In gsung ’bum / ’gyur med rdo rje, vol. 2 (kha), folios 1a–320a. Computer input edition. Dehra Dun: D. G. Khochhen Tulku, 1998. BDRC W22096.

Ngorchen Könchok Lhündrup (ngor chen dkon mchog lhun grub) and Ngorchen Sangyé Phuntsok (ngor chen sangs rgyas phun tshogs). Ngor chos ’byung: A History of Buddhism, being the text of dam pa’i chos kyi byung tshul legs par bshad pa bstan pa rgya mtshor ’jug pa’i gru chen zhes bya ba rtsom ’phro kha skon bcas. New Delhi: Ngawang Topgay, 1973.

Pekar Zangpo (pad dkar bzang po). mdo sde spyi’i rnam bzhag: bstan pa spyi’i rgyas byed las mdo sde spyi’i rnam bzhag bka’ bsdu ba bzhi pa zhes bye ba’i bstan bcos. Beijing: mi rigs dpe skrun khang (Minorities Publishing House), 2006.

Phangthangma (dkar chag ’phang thang ma). Beijing: mi rigs dpe skrun khang, 2003.

Situ Chökyi Jungné (si tu chos kyi ’byung gnas). “sde dge bka’ ’gyur gyi dkar chags.” In ta’i si tu pa kun mkhyen chos kyi ’byung gnas bstan pa’i nyin byed kyi bka’ ’bum, vol. 9, folios 1.b–224.b. Kangra, Himachal Pradesh: Palpung Sungrab Nyamso Khang, 1990.

Related Works in Other Languages

Burnouf, Eugene. Le lotus de la bonne loi. Paris: L’Imprimerie Nationale, 1852.

Carré, Patrick. Notes sur la traduction française de l’Avataṃsakasūtra. Forthcoming.

Dharmachakra Translation Committee, trans. The Play in Full (Lalitavistara, Toh 95). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2013.

Edgerton, Franklin. Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit Grammar and Dictionary. 2 vols. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1970.

Fontein, Jan (2012). Entering the Dharmadhātu: A Study of the “Gandavyūha” Reliefs of Borobudur. Leiden: Brill, 2012.

Fontein, Jan (1967). The Pilgrimage of Sudhana: A Study of Gaṇḍa­vyūha Illustrations in China, Japan and Java. The Hague: Mouton, 1967.

Gifford, Julie A. Buddhist Practice and Visual Culture: The Visual Rhetoric of Borobodur. Abingdon: Routledge, 2011.

Gómez, Luis Óscar. “Selected Verses from the Gaṇḍa­vyūha: Text, Critical Apparatus, and Translation.” PhD diss., Yale University, 1967.

Gómez, Luis Óscar, and Hiram Woodward Jr., eds. Barabuḍur: History and Significance of a Buddhist Monument. Berkeley: Asian Humanities Press, 1981.

Hamar, Imre. “The History of the Buddhāvataṃsaka-sūtra: Shorter and Larger Texts.” In Reflecting Mirrors: Perspectives on Huayan Buddhism, edited by Imre Hamar, 139–68. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007.

Harrison, Paul. “Searching for the Origins of the Mahāyāna: What Are We Looking For?” The Eastern Buddhist 28, no. 1 (1995): 48–69.

Kern, H. Saddharma-Puṇḍarīka or the Lotus of the Good Law. Sacred Books of the East 21. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1884.

Kim, Hyung-Hi. La carrière du Bodhisattva dans l’Avataṃsaka-sūtra: Materiaux pour l’étude de l’Avataṃsaka-sūtra et ses commentaires chinois. Bern: Peter Lang, 2013.

Kritzer, Robert, trans. The Sūtra on Entry into the Womb (Garbhāvakrānti­sūtra, Toh 58). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2021.

Jamspal, Lozang. The Range of the Bodhisattva, A Mahāyāna Sūtra: Ārya-bodhisattva-gocara, Introduction and Translation. New York: The American Institute of Buddhist Studies, Columbia University Center for Buddhist Studies, Tibet House US, 2010.

Kritzer, Robert. trans. The Teaching to the Venerable Nanda on Dwelling in the Womb (Ārya­nanda­garbhāvakrānti­nirdeśa, Toh 57). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2025.

Lewis, Todd T. “Contributions to the Study of Popular Buddhism: The Newar Buddhist Festival of Guṃlā Dharma.” Journal of the International Association of Buddhist Studies 16, no. 2 (Winter 1993): 309–54.

McMahan, David. “Transpositions of Metaphor and Imagery in the Gaṇḍa­vyūha and Tantric Buddhist Practice.” Pacific World Journal Third Series, no. 6 (Fall 2004): 181–94.

Monier-Williams, Monier. A Sanskrit–English Dictionary. Reprint of 1899 edition. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1976.

Osto, Douglas (2008). Power, Wealth and Women in Indian Mahāyāna Buddhism: The Gaṇḍa­vyūha-sūtra. Oxfordshire: Routledge Critical Studies in Buddhism, 2008.

Osto, Douglas (2009a). “ ‘Proto-Tantric’ Elements in the Gaṇḍa­vyūha-sūtra.” Journal of Religious History 33, no. 2 (June 2009): 165–77.

Osto, Douglas (2009b). “The Supreme Array Scripture: A New Interpretation of the Title ‘Gaṇḍa­vyūha-sūtra.’ ” Journal of Indian Philosophy 37 (2009): 273–90.

Ōtake, Susumu. “On the Origin and Early Development of the Buddhāvataṃsaka-Sūtra.” In Reflecting Mirrors: Perspectives on Huayan Buddhism, edited by Imre Hamar, 87–107. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2007.

Padmakara Translation Group, trans. The Perfection of Wisdom in Twenty-five Thousand Lines (Pañca­viṃśati­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā, Toh 9). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2023.

Revianur, A. “Forms and types of Borobudur’s stupas.” In Cultural Dynamics in a Globalized World, edited by Melani Budianta et al., 577–84. New York: Routledge, 2018.

Roberts, Peter Alan, trans. (2018a). The King of Samādhis Sūtra (Samādhi­rāja­sūtra, Toh 127). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2018.

Roberts, Peter Alan, trans. (2018b). The White Lotus of the Good Dharma (Saddharma­puṇḍarīka, Toh 113). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2018.

Roberts, Peter Alan, trans. (2021).The Ten Bhūmis (Daśabhūmika, Toh 44-31). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2021.

Roberts, Peter Alan, trans. (2025) The Prayer of Good Conduct (Bhadra­caryāpraṇidhāna, Toh 1095). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2025.

Sakya Pandita Translation Group, trans. The Display of the Pure Land of Sukhāvatī (Sukhāvatīvyūha, Toh 115). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2011.

Shastri, Bahadur Chand. “The Identification of the First Sixteen Reliefs on the Second Main-Wall of Barabudur.” Bijarden tot de Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indië (Journal of the Humanities and Social Sciences of Southeast Asia) 89, no. 1 (January 1932): 173–81.

Steinkellner, E. Sudhana’s Miraculous Journey in the Temple of Ta Pho: The Inscriptional Text of the Tibetan Gaṇḍa­vyūhasūtra Edited with Introductory Remarks. Rome: Instituto italiano per il Medio ed Estremo Oriente, 1995.

Tsugunari Kubo and Akira Yuyama, trans. The Lotus Sutra (Taishō Volume 9, Number 262). Berkeley: Numata Center for Buddhist Translation and Research, 2007.

UCSB Buddhist Studies Translation Group, trans. Determining the Vinaya: Upāli’s Questions (Vinaya­viniścayopāli­paripṛcchā, Toh 68). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2021.

Un, Ko. Little Pilgrim. Berkeley: Parallax Press, 2005.

Van Norden, Bryan, and Nicholaos Jones. “Huayan Buddhism.” The Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy (Winter 2019 Edition).

van der Kuijp, Leonard W.J. “Some Observations on the Buddhāvataṃsakasūtra in Tibet.” In Holly Gayley and Andrew Quintman (eds.), Living Treasure: Buddhist and Tibetan Studies in Honor of Janet Gyatso (Studies in Indian and Tibetan Buddhism). Somerville: Wisdom Publications, 2023.

Walser, Joseph. Genealogies of Mahāyāna Buddhism: Emptiness, Power and the Question of Origin. New York: Routledge, 2018.

Williams, Paul. Mahāyāna Buddhism: The Doctrinal Foundations. New York: Routledge, 2009.


g.

Glossary

Types of attestation for names and terms of the corresponding source language

AS

Attested in source text

This term is attested in a manuscript used as a source for this translation.

AO

Attested in other text

This term is attested in other manuscripts with a parallel or similar context.

AD

Attested in dictionary

This term is attested in dictionaries matching Tibetan to the corresponding language.

AA

Approximate attestation

The attestation of this name is approximate. It is based on other names where the relationship between the Tibetan and source language is attested in dictionaries or other manuscripts.

RP

Reconstruction from Tibetan phonetic rendering

This term is a reconstruction based on the Tibetan phonetic rendering of the term.

RS

Reconstruction from Tibetan semantic rendering

This term is a reconstruction based on the semantics of the Tibetan translation.

SU

Source unspecified

This term has been supplied from an unspecified source, which most often is a widely trusted dictionary.

g.­1

Ābharaṇacchatra­nirghoṣa­rāja

Wylie:
  • rgyan dang gdugs kyi dbyangs kyi rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱན་དང་གདུགས་ཀྱི་དབྱངས་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • ābharaṇacchatra­nirghoṣa­rāja

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­266
g.­2

Abhāskara

Wylie:
  • nyi ma
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhāskara

The ninth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­136
g.­3

Ābhāsvara

Wylie:
  • kun snang dang ba
  • gya nom snang ba
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་སྣང་དང་བ།
  • གྱ་ནོམ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • ābhāsvara

The highest of the three paradises that correspond to the second dhyāna in the form realm. In other contexts, the Tibetan ’od gsal ba usually refers to Ābhāsvara, and the Tibetan gya nom snang ba would refer to Sudṛśa.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 36.­19
  • 40.­89
  • 43.­115
g.­4

Abhayaṃkarā

Wylie:
  • mi ’jigs pa byed pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་འཇིགས་པ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhayaṃkarā

A world realm in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­64
g.­5

Abhijñāketu

Wylie:
  • mngon par shes pa’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhijñāketu

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­6

Abhirāmaśrī

Wylie:
  • mngon par dga’ ba’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་དགའ་བའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhirāmaśrī

The sixty-seventh buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­148
g.­7

Abhirāma­śrīvakrā

Wylie:
  • mngon par mdzes pa’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་མཛེས་པའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhirāma­śrīvakrā

A dancer’s daughter in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­124
g.­8

Abhirāmavartā

Wylie:
  • yid du ’ong ba’i bzhin
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་དུ་འོང་བའི་བཞིན།
Sanskrit:
  • abhirāmavartā

An eminent daughter in Dhanyākara.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­29
g.­9

Abhiratī

Wylie:
  • mngon par dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhiratī

The realm of the Buddha Akṣobhya, beyond countless buddha realms in the eastern direction.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­29
  • g.­45
g.­10

Abhyuccadeva

Wylie:
  • shin tu mtho ba’i lha
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་མཐོ་བའི་ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhyuccadeva

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­11

Abhyuddhara

Wylie:
  • shin tu mtho ’dzin pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་མཐོ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhyuddhara

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­12

Abhyudgata

Wylie:
  • mngon ’phags ’od mnga’
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་འཕགས་འོད་མངའ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhyudgata

The fifteenth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past, and also the seventy-fourth buddha in the same kalpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 37.­137
  • 37.­149
g.­13

Abhyudgata­karman

Wylie:
  • phrin las ’phags pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕྲིན་ལས་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhyudgata­karman

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­14

Abhyudgata­prabha­śrī

Wylie:
  • mngon par ’phags ’od dpal
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་འཕགས་འོད་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhyudgata­prabha­śrī

The fifty-third buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Abhyudgata­prabha­śirī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­145
g.­15

Acalā

Wylie:
  • mi g.yo ba
Tibetan:
  • མི་གཡོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • acalā

A young upāsikā, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 22.

Located in 24 passages in the translation:

  • i.­86-87
  • 21.­60
  • 22.­4-7
  • 22.­16-21
  • 22.­23-24
  • 22.­26
  • 22.­28
  • 22.­48-51
  • 22.­54
  • 23.­1
  • n.­1065
g.­16

Acaladeva

Wylie:
  • mi g.yo ba’i lha
Tibetan:
  • མི་གཡོ་བའི་ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • acaladeva

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­17

Acalaskandha

Wylie:
  • lhun mi g.yo ba
Tibetan:
  • ལྷུན་མི་གཡོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • acalaskandha

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­18

Acalendrarāja

Wylie:
  • mi g.yo ba’i dbang po’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • མི་གཡོ་བའི་དབང་པོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • acalendrarāja

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­19

ācārya

Wylie:
  • slob dpon
Tibetan:
  • སློབ་དཔོན།
Sanskrit:
  • ācārya

A spiritual teacher, “one who knows the conduct or practice (ācāra) to be performed”; this can also be a title for a scholar, although that is not the context in this sūtra.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 36.­12
  • 40.­92
  • n.­1344
g.­20

Acintya­buddha­viṣaya­nidarśana­nirghoṣā

Wylie:
  • sangs rgyas kyi yul bsam gyis mi khyab pa’i dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་ཡུལ་བསམ་གྱིས་མི་ཁྱབ་པའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • acintya­buddha­viṣaya­nidarśana­nirghoṣā

“The Voice That Reveals the Range of Countless Buddhas.” The name of a ray of light.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­57
g.­21

Acintya­guṇa­prabha

Wylie:
  • yon tan bsam gyis mi khyab pa’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཡོན་ཏན་བསམ་གྱིས་མི་ཁྱབ་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • acintya­guṇa­prabha

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­22

Acintya­śrī

Wylie:
  • bsam gyis mi khyab pa’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • བསམ་གྱིས་མི་ཁྱབ་པའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • acintya­śrī

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­23

acts with immediate result on death

Wylie:
  • mtshams med pa’i las
Tibetan:
  • མཚམས་མེད་པའི་ལས།
Sanskrit:
  • anantaryakarma

The five actions that lead to going instantly to hell on death are killing one’s father, killing one’s mother, killing an arhat, splitting the saṅgha, and wounding a buddha so that he bleeds.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 34.­34
g.­24

Ādarśa­maṇḍala­nibhāsā

Wylie:
  • me long gi dkyil ’khor ltar snang ba
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ལོང་གི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་ལྟར་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • ādarśa­maṇḍala­nibhāsā

The realm of the Buddha Candra­buddhi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 8.­29
g.­25

Adhimuktitejas

Wylie:
  • mos pa’i gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • མོས་པའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • adhimuktitejas

A buddha in the distant past. The name as given in verse. In prose he is called Vipula­dharmādhimukti­saṃbhava­tejas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 43.­319
  • g.­1499
g.­26

Adhordhvadig­jñānāvabhāsa

Wylie:
  • spyi’u tshugs kyi phyogs ye shes kyis snang bar mdzad pa’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • སྤྱིའུ་ཚུགས་ཀྱི་ཕྱོགས་ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱིས་སྣང་བར་མཛད་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • adhordhvadig­jñānāvabhāsa

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­27

Adīna­kusuma

Wylie:
  • me tog dam pa
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཏོག་དམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • adīna­kusuma

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­28

Āditya­garbha­prabha­megha­rāja

Wylie:
  • nyi ma’i snying po ’od sprin rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་མའི་སྙིང་པོ་འོད་སྤྲིན་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • āditya­garbha­prabha­megha­rāja

“The King of Clouds of the Light of the Essence of the Sun.” The name of the precious jewel of a cakravartin in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­244
g.­29

Āditya­tejas

Wylie:
  • nyi ma’i gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་མའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • āditya­tejas

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­113
g.­30

aerial palace

Wylie:
  • gzhal myed khang
  • gzhal med khang
Tibetan:
  • གཞལ་མྱེད་ཁང་།
  • གཞལ་མེད་ཁང་།
Sanskrit:
  • vimāna

These palaces served as both vehicles and residences for deities.

Located in 25 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­10-11
  • 1.­30
  • 6.­12
  • 9.­38
  • 10.­3
  • 10.­5
  • 12.­12
  • 19.­21
  • 21.­31
  • 21.­37
  • 22.­21
  • 33.­3
  • 34.­18
  • 36.­34
  • 37.­36
  • 37.­38-39
  • 37.­67
  • 37.­78
  • 37.­92
  • 38.­7
  • 38.­38
  • 38.­52
  • g.­1463
g.­31

agarwood

Wylie:
  • a ga ru
Tibetan:
  • ཨ་ག་རུ།
Sanskrit:
  • agaru

The resinous heartwood of the Aquilaria and Gyirnops evergreen trees in India and southeast Asia, also known as aloeswood (agallochum).

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­4
  • 11.­2
  • 19.­19
  • 21.­44
  • 24.­11
  • 28.­6
  • 54.­210
  • 54.­299
g.­32

Agni

Wylie:
  • me lha
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • agni

The Indian god of fire.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­9
  • g.­1533
g.­33

Agniśrī

Wylie:
  • me’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • མེའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • agniśrī

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­34

Agrasānumati

Wylie:
  • thugs drag po
Tibetan:
  • ཐུགས་དྲག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • agrasānumati

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­35

Agrayāna

Wylie:
  • theg pa dam pa
Tibetan:
  • ཐེག་པ་དམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • agrayāna

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­36

Airāvaṇa

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • airāvaṇa

The white elephant that is the mount of Indra (or Śakra). See n.­542.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­8
  • 21.­52
g.­37

Airāvata

Wylie:
  • shugs ldan
Tibetan:
  • ཤུགས་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • airāvata

A nāga king.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 12.­17
  • 27.­18
g.­38

Ajitasena

Wylie:
  • myi pham sde
Tibetan:
  • མྱི་ཕམ་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • ajitasena

A householder, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 51.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­115-116
  • 50.­4
  • 51.­1-2
  • 51.­4
g.­39

Akampitagarbha

Wylie:
  • snying bo mi g.yo ba
Tibetan:
  • སྙིང་བོ་མི་གཡོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • akampitagarbha

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa. See n.­1906.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­40

Akampyanetra

Wylie:
  • spyan mi ’gyur ba
Tibetan:
  • སྤྱན་མི་འགྱུར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • akampyanetra

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­41

Akaniṣṭha

Wylie:
  • ’og min
Tibetan:
  • འོག་མིན།
Sanskrit:
  • akaniṣṭha

The highest paradise among the Śuddhāvāsa paradises, which are the five highest in the form realm; therefore, this is the highest point within a world realm.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 36.­18
  • 43.­115
g.­42

Ākāśa­jñānārtha­pradīpa

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’i ye shes don gyi sgron ma
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའི་ཡེ་ཤེས་དོན་གྱི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • ākāśa­jñānārtha­pradīpa

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­275
g.­43

Akṣaṇa­rucira­vairocanā

Wylie:
  • mtshan gyi ’od rnam par snang ba
Tibetan:
  • མཚན་གྱི་འོད་རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • akṣaṇa­rucira­vairocanā

A buddha realm in the upward direction.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 8.­27
g.­44

Akṣaya­buddha­vaṃśa­nirdeśā

Wylie:
  • sangs rgyas kyi rigs mi zad pa shin tu ston pa
Tibetan:
  • སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་རིགས་མི་ཟད་པ་ཤིན་ཏུ་སྟོན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • akṣaya­buddha­vaṃśa­nirdeśā

A buddha realm in the upward direction.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­31
g.­45

Akṣobhya

Wylie:
  • mi sgul ba
Tibetan:
  • མི་སྒུལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • akṣobhya

The buddha in the eastern realm of Abhiratī. The translation of his name in this sūtra differs from the usual translations, which are either mi ’khrugs pa, mi skyod pa, or mi bskyod pa. In the higher tantras he is the head of one the five buddha families, the vajra family, in the east, and he was also well known early in the Mahāyāna sūtra tradition.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­29
  • g.­9
g.­46

Āloka­maṇḍala­prabha

Wylie:
  • snang ba’i dkyil ’khor ’od
Tibetan:
  • སྣང་བའི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • āloka­maṇḍala­prabha

The sixty-fourth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­147
g.­47

Amita

Wylie:
  • dpag tu med pa
Tibetan:
  • དཔག་ཏུ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • amita

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 44.­63
  • n.­1903
g.­48

Amitābha

Wylie:
  • ’od snang mtha’ yas pa
  • mi dpogs ’od
Tibetan:
  • འོད་སྣང་མཐའ་ཡས་པ།
  • མི་དཔོགས་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • amitābha

The buddha of the western realm of Sukhāvatī, he is also known as Amitāyus. The Tibetan translation of Amitābha in this sūtra differs from the usual translations, either ’od dpag med or snang ba mtha’ yas. It is also the name in chapter 44 of a future buddha in this kalpa. In that instance the Tibetan is mi dpogs ’od.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • i.­10
  • i.­13
  • 8.­29
  • 44.­63
  • 56.­120
  • 56.­128
  • 56.­130
  • 56.­133
  • n.­1903
  • g.­162
  • g.­1248
g.­49

Amitatosala

Wylie:
  • dga’ ’dzin tshad med
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་འཛིན་ཚད་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • amitatosala

A region in South India.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­88
  • 22.­53
  • 23.­2
g.­50

amrita

Wylie:
  • bdud rtsi
Tibetan:
  • བདུད་རྩི།
Sanskrit:
  • amṛta

The divine nectar that prevents death, often used metaphorically for the Dharma.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 39.­52
  • 53.­19
  • 54.­27
  • 54.­90
  • 54.­210
  • 54.­279
  • n.­2115
  • g.­148
g.­51

Amṛta­parvata­prabhā­tejas

Wylie:
  • bdud rtsi’i ri bo’i gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • བདུད་རྩིའི་རི་བོའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • amṛta­parvata­prabhā­tejas

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­269
g.­52

Anabhibhūta­mukuṭa

Wylie:
  • zil gyis non pa myed pa’i cod pan
Tibetan:
  • ཟིལ་གྱིས་ནོན་པ་མྱེད་པའི་ཅོད་པན།
Sanskrit:
  • anabhibhūta­mukuṭa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­53

anabhilāpyānabhilāpya

Wylie:
  • brjod du med pa’i yang brjod du med pa
Tibetan:
  • བརྗོད་དུ་མེད་པའི་ཡང་བརྗོད་དུ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • anabhilāpyānabhilāpya

The term for the second-largest number given in this sūtra.

Located in 25 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­33
  • 15.­10
  • 27.­53
  • 31.­10-11
  • 33.­10
  • 34.­72
  • 36.­36
  • 38.­71
  • 39.­26
  • 56.­48-49
  • 56.­51-54
  • 56.­57
  • 56.­62
  • 56.­65
  • 56.­69-71
  • n.­694
  • n.­945
  • n.­2203
g.­54

anabhilāpyānabhilāpya­parivarta

Wylie:
  • brjod du med pa’i yang brjod du med pa la bsgres
Tibetan:
  • བརྗོད་དུ་མེད་པའི་ཡང་བརྗོད་དུ་མེད་པ་ལ་བསྒྲེས།
Sanskrit:
  • anabhilāpyānabhilāpya­parivarta

The term for the largest number given in this sūtra.

Located in 31 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­33-35
  • 10.­37-45
  • 10.­47-52
  • 11.­14
  • 14.­11
  • 14.­16-24
  • 15.­10-11
g.­55

Anabhilāpyodgata

Wylie:
  • brjod du med par ’phags pa
Tibetan:
  • བརྗོད་དུ་མེད་པར་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • anabhilāpyodgata

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­56

Anabhraka

Wylie:
  • sprin dang bral ba
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲིན་དང་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • anabhraka

In the Sarvāstivāda tradition, the lowest of the three paradises that correspond to the fourth dhyāna in the form realm.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­18
g.­57

Anala

Wylie:
  • me
Tibetan:
  • མེ།
Sanskrit:
  • anala

A king in South India.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • i.­84-85
  • 19.­25
  • 20.­2-5
  • 20.­9-11
  • 20.­16
  • 20.­19
  • 20.­21
  • 20.­25-26
  • 20.­33
g.­58

Anālayavyūha

Wylie:
  • gnas med rnam par brgyan
Tibetan:
  • གནས་མེད་རྣམ་པར་བརྒྱན།
Sanskrit:
  • anālayavyūha
  • anālayaviyūha

“Unlocated Display.” The name of a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse Anālayaviyūha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­124
g.­59

Ananta­bala­vighuṣṭa­nirnādita­śrī­saṃbhava­mati

Wylie:
  • stobs mtha’ yas grags par brjod pa’i dpal yang dag par ’byung ba’i blo gros
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས་མཐའ་ཡས་གྲགས་པར་བརྗོད་པའི་དཔལ་ཡང་དག་པར་འབྱུང་བའི་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit:
  • ananta­bala­vighuṣṭa­nirnādita­śrī­saṃbhava­mati

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­76
g.­60

Anantaghoṣa

Wylie:
  • gsung mtha’ yas pa
Tibetan:
  • གསུང་མཐའ་ཡས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • anantaghoṣa

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­61

Ananta­raśmi­dharma­dhātu­samalaṃkṛta­dharma­rāja

Wylie:
  • chos kyi dbyings ’od gzer mtha’ yas pas yongs su brgyan pa’i chos kyi rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་འོད་གཟེར་མཐའ་ཡས་པས་ཡོངས་སུ་བརྒྱན་པའི་ཆོས་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • ananta­raśmi­dharma­dhātu­samalaṃkṛta­dharma­rāja

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 18.­14
g.­62

Anantāsana

Wylie:
  • mtha’ yas bzhugs pa
Tibetan:
  • མཐའ་ཡས་བཞུགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • anantāsana

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­63

Ananyagāmin

Wylie:
  • gzhan du mi ’gro ba
Tibetan:
  • གཞན་དུ་མི་འགྲོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • ananyagāmin

A bodhisattva and the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 31.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • i.­95-96
  • 30.­39-40
  • 30.­43-44
  • 31.­1-2
  • 31.­4
  • 31.­6
  • 31.­9
  • 31.­16
  • 32.­1
g.­64

Anāthapiṇḍada

Wylie:
  • skyabs myed pa la zas sbyin
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱབས་མྱེད་པ་ལ་ཟས་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • anāthapiṇḍada

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A wealthy merchant in the town of Śrāvastī, famous for his generosity to the poor, who became a patron of the Buddha Śākyamuni. He bought Prince Jeta’s Grove (Skt. Jetavana), to be the Buddha’s first monastery, a place where the monks could stay during the monsoon.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • g.­548
  • g.­549
  • g.­550
g.­65

Anavadya

Wylie:
  • kha na ma tho ba mi mnga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • ཁ་ན་མ་ཐོ་བ་མི་མངའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • anavadya

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­66

Anavamarda­bala­ketu

Wylie:
  • stobs la thub pa myed pa’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས་ལ་ཐུབ་པ་མྱེད་པའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • anavamarda­bala­ketu

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­87
g.­67

Anāvaraṇa­darśin

Wylie:
  • bsgribs pa med par gzigs pa
Tibetan:
  • བསྒྲིབས་པ་མེད་པར་གཟིགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • anāvaraṇa­darśin

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­68

Anāvaraṇa­dharma­gagana­prabha

Wylie:
  • chos kyi nam mkha’ sgrib pa med pa’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་ནམ་མཁའ་སྒྲིབ་པ་མེད་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • anāvaraṇa­dharma­gagana­prabha

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­69

Anavatapta

Wylie:
  • ma dros pa
Tibetan:
  • མ་དྲོས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • anavatapta

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A nāga king whose domain is Lake Anavatapta. According to Buddhist cosmology, this lake is located near Mount Sumeru and is the source of the four great rivers of Jambudvīpa. It is often identified with Lake Manasarovar at the foot of Mount Kailash in Tibet.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 27.­18
g.­70

Anavatapta

Wylie:
  • ma dros pa
Tibetan:
  • མ་དྲོས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • anavatapta

A lake north of the Himalayas believed to be the source of the river Sutlej and identified with Rakshastal.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 24.­11
  • g.­465
g.­71

Anihānārtha

Wylie:
  • don mi dma’ ba
Tibetan:
  • དོན་མི་དམའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • anihānārtha

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­72

Anihatamalla

Wylie:
  • stobs la thub pa med pa
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས་ལ་ཐུབ་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • anihatamalla

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­73

Anihitamati

Wylie:
  • blo mi mnga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • བློ་མི་མངའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • anihitamati

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­74

Aniketa

Wylie:
  • gnas dang bral ba
Tibetan:
  • གནས་དང་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • aniketa

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­75

Anilambha

Wylie:
  • dmigs su med pa
Tibetan:
  • དམིགས་སུ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • anilambha

The name of a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 45.­6
g.­76

Anilambha­cakṣurvairocana

Wylie:
  • mi dmigs pa’i spyan rnam par dmigs pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་དམིགས་པའི་སྤྱན་རྣམ་པར་དམིགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • anilambha­cakṣurvairocana

A buddha in a northeastern realm. See n.­442.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 8.­22
g.­77

Anilambha­cakṣuṣa

Wylie:
  • myi dmyigs pa’i spyan
Tibetan:
  • མྱི་དམྱིགས་པའི་སྤྱན།
Sanskrit:
  • anilambha­cakṣuṣa

A buddha in a northeastern realm.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­21
g.­78

Anilambha­mati

Wylie:
  • mi dmigs pa’i blo gros
Tibetan:
  • མི་དམིགས་པའི་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit:
  • anilambha­mati

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­79

Anilambha­sunirmita

Wylie:
  • dmigs pa med par shin tu sprul ba
Tibetan:
  • དམིགས་པ་མེད་པར་ཤིན་ཏུ་སྤྲུལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • anilambha­sunirmita

A bodhisattva in a northeastern realm.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 8.­22
g.­80

Anilanema

Wylie:
  • rlung gi mu khyud
Tibetan:
  • རླུང་གི་མུ་ཁྱུད།
Sanskrit:
  • anilanema

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­81

Anilaśrī

Wylie:
  • mi dmigs pa’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • མི་དམིགས་པའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • anilaśrī

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­82

Anilavegaśrī

Wylie:
  • rlung gi drag shul dpal
Tibetan:
  • རླུང་གི་དྲག་ཤུལ་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • anilavegaśrī

The seventy-seventh buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Anilavegaśirī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­150
g.­83

Anilayajñāna

Wylie:
  • mi gnas ye shes
Tibetan:
  • མི་གནས་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • anilayajñāna

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­84

Animittaprajña

Wylie:
  • mtshan ma med pa’i shes rab
Tibetan:
  • མཚན་མ་མེད་པའི་ཤེས་རབ།
Sanskrit:
  • animittaprajña

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­85

Aninema

Wylie:
  • len pa med pa’i mu khyud
Tibetan:
  • ལེན་པ་མེད་པའི་མུ་ཁྱུད།
Sanskrit:
  • aninema

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 44.­63
  • n.­1895
g.­86

Aninetra

Wylie:
  • len pa med pa’i spyan
Tibetan:
  • ལེན་པ་མེད་པའི་སྤྱན།
Sanskrit:
  • aninetra

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 44.­63
  • n.­1895
g.­87

Aniruddha

Wylie:
  • ’gag myed
Tibetan:
  • འགག་མྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • aniruddha

The Buddha’s cousin and one of his ten principal pupils, he was renowned for his clairvoyance. Often translated elsewhere as ma ’gags pa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­35
g.­88

Anudharmamati

Wylie:
  • gnyer ba’i chos kyi blo gros
Tibetan:
  • གཉེར་བའི་ཆོས་ཀྱི་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit:
  • anudharmamati

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­89

Anugrahacandra

Wylie:
  • rjes su ’dzin pa’i zla ba
Tibetan:
  • རྗེས་སུ་འཛིན་པའི་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • anugrahacandra

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­90

Anugrahamati

Wylie:
  • thugs brtse ba’i blo gros
Tibetan:
  • ཐུགས་བརྩེ་བའི་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit:
  • anugrahamati

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­91

Anunayagātra

Wylie:
  • byams pa’i rigs
Tibetan:
  • བྱམས་པའི་རིགས།
Sanskrit:
  • anunayagātra

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­92

Anunayavigata

Wylie:
  • chags pa mi mnga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • ཆགས་པ་མི་མངའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • anunayavigata

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­93

Anupagamanāman

Wylie:
  • mtshan dpe med pa
Tibetan:
  • མཚན་དཔེ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • anupagamanāman

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­94

anupama­svādu­phala­nicita

Wylie:
  • ro dpe med pa’i ’bras bu’i tshogs
Tibetan:
  • རོ་དཔེ་མེད་པའི་འབྲས་བུའི་ཚོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • anupamasvādu­phala­nicita

A magical tree, the name of which means “covered in excellent, delicious fruit.”

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 27.­3
g.­95

Anurūpasvara

Wylie:
  • tshul dang ’dra ba’i gzungs
Tibetan:
  • ཚུལ་དང་འདྲ་བའི་གཟུངས།
Sanskrit:
  • anurūpasvara

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­96

Anuttara­dharma­gocara

Wylie:
  • bla na med pa’i chos kyi spyod yul
Tibetan:
  • བླ་ན་མེད་པའི་ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྤྱོད་ཡུལ།
Sanskrit:
  • anuttara­dharma­gocara

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­97

Anuttara­rāja

Wylie:
  • bla na med pa’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • བླ་ན་མེད་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • anuttara­rāja

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­98

Anuttara­śrī

Wylie:
  • bla na med pa’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • བླ་ན་མེད་པའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • anuttara­śrī

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­99

Aparājita­dhvaja­bala

Wylie:
  • gzhan gyis mi thub rgyal mtshan stobs
Tibetan:
  • གཞན་གྱིས་མི་ཐུབ་རྒྱལ་མཚན་སྟོབས།
Sanskrit:
  • aparājita­dhvaja­bala

The ninety-ninth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­154
g.­100

Aparājita­jñāna­sthāma

Wylie:
  • ye shes gzhan gyis mi thub pa’i mthu
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་གཞན་གྱིས་མི་ཐུབ་པའི་མཐུ།
Sanskrit:
  • aparājita­jñāna­sthāma

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­263
g.­101

Aparājita­meru

Wylie:
  • gzhan gyis mi thub pa’i ri bo
Tibetan:
  • གཞན་གྱིས་མི་ཐུབ་པའི་རི་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • aparājita­meru

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­102

Aparājita­vrata­dhvaja

Wylie:
  • mi pham brtul zhugs rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • མི་ཕམ་བརྟུལ་ཞུགས་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • aparājita­vrata­dhvaja

The forty-ninth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­144
g.­103

Aparimita­guṇa­dharma

Wylie:
  • yon tan dpag tu med pa mnga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡོན་ཏན་དཔག་ཏུ་མེད་པ་མངའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • aparimita­guṇa­dharma

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­104

Aparyanta­bhadra

Wylie:
  • mtha’ yas bzang po
Tibetan:
  • མཐའ་ཡས་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • aparyanta­bhadra

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­105

apasmāra

Wylie:
  • brjed byed
Tibetan:
  • བརྗེད་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • apasmāra

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of nonhuman beings believed to cause epilepsy, fits, and loss of memory. As their name suggests‍—the Skt. apasmāra literally means “without memory” and the Tib. brjed byed means “causing forgetfulness”‍—they are defined by the condition they cause in affected humans, and the term can refer to any nonhuman being that causes such conditions, whether a bhūta, a piśāca, or other.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 15.­8
  • 47.­25
g.­106

Apāya­pramathana

Wylie:
  • ngan song rab tu ’joms pa
Tibetan:
  • ངན་སོང་རབ་ཏུ་འཇོམས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • apāya­pramathana

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­107

Apramāṇābha

Wylie:
  • tshad med snang ba
Tibetan:
  • ཚད་མེད་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • apramāṇābha

The second highest of the three paradises that correspond to the second dhyāna in the form realm.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­19
g.­108

Apramāṇa­guṇa­sāgara­prabha

Wylie:
  • yon tan rgya mtsho tshad med pa’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཡོན་ཏན་རྒྱ་མཚོ་ཚད་མེད་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • apramāṇa­guṇa­sāgara­prabha

A buddha in a northwestern realm.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 8.­25
g.­109

Apramāṇa­śubha

Wylie:
  • tshad med dge
Tibetan:
  • ཚད་མེད་དགེ
Sanskrit:
  • apramāṇa­śubha

The second highest of the three paradises that correspond to the third dhyāna in the form realm.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­19
g.­110

Apratihata­guṇa­kīrti­vimokṣa­prabha­rāja

Wylie:
  • yon tan grags pa thogs pa med pa’i rnam par thar pa’i ’od kyi rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཡོན་ཏན་གྲགས་པ་ཐོགས་པ་མེད་པའི་རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པའི་འོད་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • apratihata­guṇa­kīrti­vimokṣa­prabha­rāja

A buddha in a realm in the upward direction.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 8.­27
g.­111

apsaras

Wylie:
  • lha mo
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • apsaras

Popular figures in Indian culture, they are said to be goddesses of the clouds and water. They are also portrayed as the wives of the gandharvas who are the court musicians for Śakra/Indra on top of Mount Meru.

Located in 25 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­50
  • 9.­11
  • 10.­8
  • 10.­11
  • 12.­12-15
  • 16.­17
  • 21.­47
  • 21.­52
  • 27.­7
  • 28.­13
  • 36.­20-22
  • 36.­34
  • 36.­61
  • 40.­89
  • 40.­115
  • 42.­60
  • 44.­31
  • 44.­35-36
  • 54.­385
g.­112

Arapacana alphabet

Wylie:
  • a ra pa tsa na
Tibetan:
  • ཨ་ར་པ་ཙ་ན།
Sanskrit:
  • arapacana

The alphabet of the Kharoṣṭhī script, forming an important mnemonic incantation.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­112
  • n.­1913
  • n.­1915-1916
g.­113

Arciḥ­samudra­mukha­vega­pradīpa

Wylie:
  • ’od ’phro rgya mtsho’i sgo’i sgron ma
Tibetan:
  • འོད་འཕྲོ་རྒྱ་མཚོའི་སྒོའི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • arciḥ­samudra­mukha­vega­pradīpa

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­273
g.­114

Arcirmahendra

Wylie:
  • ’od ’phro mnga’ chen
Tibetan:
  • འོད་འཕྲོ་མངའ་ཆེན།
Sanskrit:
  • arcirmahendra

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­115

Arcirmaṇḍala­gātra

Wylie:
  • sku ’od ’phro ba’i dkyil ’khor
Tibetan:
  • སྐུ་འོད་འཕྲོ་བའི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར།
Sanskrit:
  • arcirmaṇḍala­gātra

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­272
g.­116

Arciścandra

Wylie:
  • mchod pa’i zla ba
Tibetan:
  • མཆོད་པའི་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • arciścandra

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­117

Arciṣmat

Wylie:
  • ’od ’phro mnga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • འོད་འཕྲོ་མངའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • arciṣmat

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­118

Arcitabrahman

Wylie:
  • mchod pa’i tshangs pa
Tibetan:
  • མཆོད་པའི་ཚངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • arcitabrahman

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­119

Arcitanama

Wylie:
  • ’od zer mu khyud
Tibetan:
  • འོད་ཟེར་མུ་ཁྱུད།
Sanskrit:
  • arcitanama

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­120

arhat

Wylie:
  • dgra bcom pa
Tibetan:
  • དགྲ་བཅོམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • arhat

Used both as an epithet of the Buddha and to mean the final accomplishment of the śrāvaka path.

Located in 39 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­18-28
  • 10.­24
  • 18.­14
  • 22.­28
  • 22.­32
  • 28.­15
  • 33.­10
  • 34.­70
  • 36.­142
  • 37.­78
  • 40.­10
  • 40.­158
  • 41.­42-43
  • 41.­62
  • 41.­71
  • 42.­92
  • 43.­114
  • 43.­220
  • 43.­232
  • 43.­278
  • 44.­64
  • 44.­75
  • 45.­10
  • 54.­318
  • 56.­7
  • n.­6
  • n.­1221
  • g.­23
g.­121

Arigupta

Wylie:
  • dgra las dben pa
Tibetan:
  • དགྲ་ལས་དབེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • arigupta

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­122

ārya

Wylie:
  • ’phags pa
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ārya

Generally has the common meaning of a noble male, one of a higher class or caste. In Dharma terms it means a male who has gained the realization of the path and is superior for that reason.

Located in 109 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­75
  • 3.­79
  • 4.­3-4
  • 5.­2
  • 6.­13-14
  • 7.­3
  • 7.­6
  • 7.­16
  • 8.­4-8
  • 9.­15
  • 9.­45
  • 9.­48
  • 11.­5-6
  • 11.­16
  • 12.­4
  • 12.­8-15
  • 12.­17-22
  • 12.­25-27
  • 12.­31
  • 14.­8-9
  • 15.­5-6
  • 17.­7-8
  • 17.­11
  • 18.­2-3
  • 18.­13
  • 19.­4
  • 20.­19-20
  • 20.­25
  • 21.­21-22
  • 22.­2
  • 23.­3-4
  • 24.­2
  • 24.­6
  • 25.­4
  • 26.­3
  • 29.­1-2
  • 29.­6
  • 30.­5-6
  • 30.­19
  • 31.­2-3
  • 31.­5
  • 32.­3
  • 34.­34
  • 39.­61
  • 40.­13
  • 40.­20
  • 41.­46
  • 41.­66
  • 44.­27
  • 46.­1
  • 47.­1
  • 49.­1-2
  • 50.­1
  • 51.­1
  • 52.­1
  • 53.­1
  • 53.­19
  • 54.­5
  • 54.­21
  • 54.­25
  • 54.­69
  • 54.­197-200
  • 54.­204
  • 54.­322
  • 54.­398
  • 54.­400
  • 54.­404
  • 54.­407
  • 56.­47
  • c.­5-6
  • n.­428
  • n.­1864
  • g.­1341
g.­123

āryā

Wylie:
  • ’phags ma
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • āryā

Generally has the common meaning of a noble female, one of a higher class or caste. In Dharma terms it means a female who has gained the realization of the path and is superior for that reason.

Located in 39 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­16
  • 10.­24
  • 10.­32
  • 10.­64
  • 13.­9-10
  • 13.­14
  • 16.­21
  • 16.­35
  • 22.­23
  • 22.­26-27
  • 27.­45
  • 27.­47-48
  • 28.­11
  • 28.­15
  • 33.­5
  • 35.­1
  • 38.­3
  • 38.­5
  • 38.­47
  • 38.­51
  • 39.­26
  • 40.­22
  • 41.­12
  • 41.­16
  • 41.­19
  • 42.­4
  • 42.­55
  • 42.­91
  • 43.­30
  • 43.­50
  • 43.­64
  • 44.­42-43
  • 44.­68
  • 45.­1
  • 48.­1
g.­124

Āryadeva

Wylie:
  • Ar+Ya de wa
Tibetan:
  • ཨཱརྻ་དེ་ཝ།
Sanskrit:
  • āryadeva

Third-century disciple of Nāgārjuna. His name is usually translated into Tibetan as ’phags pa lha.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • c.­7
  • g.­720
g.­125

Āśā

Wylie:
  • yid bzhin
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་བཞིན།
Sanskrit:
  • āśā

An upāsikā in South India.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • i.­74-75
  • 9.­50
  • 10.­12
  • 10.­15-17
  • 10.­24
  • 10.­32
  • 10.­64
  • 10.­67
  • g.­1377
g.­126

Asadṛśa­guṇa­kīrti­dhvaja

Wylie:
  • yon tan mi mtshungs grags pa’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • ཡོན་ཏན་མི་མཚུངས་གྲགས་པའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • asadṛśa­guṇa­kīrti­dhvaja

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­274
g.­127

asaṃkhyeya

Wylie:
  • grangs med pa
Tibetan:
  • གྲངས་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • asaṃkhyeya

The name of a certain kind of kalpa that literally means “incalculable.” The number of years in this kalpa differs in the various sūtras that give it a number. Also, twenty intermediate kalpas are said to be one incalculable kalpa, and four incalculable kalpas are one great kalpa. In light of that, those four incalculable kalpas represent the kalpas of the creation, presence, destruction, and absence of a world. Buddhas are often described as appearing in a second “incalculable” kalpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­9
  • g.­488
g.­128

Asaṅga­bala­dhārin

Wylie:
  • chags med stobs mnga’
Tibetan:
  • ཆགས་མེད་སྟོབས་མངའ།
Sanskrit:
  • asaṅga­bala­dhārin

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­102
g.­129

Asaṅga­bala­vīrya­mati

Wylie:
  • stobs dang brtson ’grus thogs pa med pa’i blo gros
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས་དང་བརྩོན་འགྲུས་ཐོགས་པ་མེད་པའི་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit:
  • asaṅga­bala­vīrya­mati

A bodhisattva in a realm in the upward direction.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 8.­27
g.­130

Asaṅga­buddhi

Wylie:
  • chags pa myed pa’i blo
Tibetan:
  • ཆགས་པ་མྱེད་པའི་བློ།
Sanskrit:
  • asaṅga­buddhi

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • n.­60
g.­131

Asaṅga­citta

Wylie:
  • chags pa med pa’i sems
Tibetan:
  • ཆགས་པ་མེད་པའི་སེམས།
Sanskrit:
  • asaṅga­citta

A bodhisattva in a western realm.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 8.­20
g.­132

Asaṅga­dhvaja

Wylie:
  • chags myed rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • ཆགས་མྱེད་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • asaṅga­dhvaja

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­133

Asaṅga­jñāna­ketu­dhvaja­rāja

Wylie:
  • ye shes nam mkha’ lta bur chags pa med pa’i dpal gyi rgyal mtshan rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་ནམ་མཁའ་ལྟ་བུར་ཆགས་པ་མེད་པའི་དཔལ་གྱི་རྒྱལ་མཚན་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • asaṅga­jñāna­ketu­dhvaja­rāja

A buddha in a realm in the downward direction.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­29
g.­134

Asaṅga­kāya­raśmi­tejomati

Wylie:
  • lus kyi ’od zer thogs pa med pa’i gzi brjid rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ལུས་ཀྱི་འོད་ཟེར་ཐོགས་པ་མེད་པའི་གཟི་བརྗིད་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • asaṅga­kāya­raśmi­tejomati

A bodhisattva in a northwestern realm. See n.­444.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 8.­25
g.­135

Asaṅga­mati

Wylie:
  • blo gros chags pa med
Tibetan:
  • བློ་གྲོས་ཆགས་པ་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • asaṅga­mati

The hundred-and-second buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­155
g.­136

Asaṅga­mati­candra

Wylie:
  • chags med zla ba’i blo
Tibetan:
  • ཆགས་མེད་ཟླ་བའི་བློ།
Sanskrit:
  • asaṅga­mati­candra

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­83
g.­137

Asaṅga­netra

Wylie:
  • chags pa myed pa’i myig
Tibetan:
  • ཆགས་པ་མྱེད་པའི་མྱིག
Sanskrit:
  • asaṅga­netra

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­138

Asaṅga­śrī­garbha­rāja

Wylie:
  • dpal gyi snying po chags pa med pa’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་གྱི་སྙིང་པོ་ཆགས་པ་མེད་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • asaṅga­śrī­garbha­rāja

A bodhisattva from a northern buddha realm.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­66
  • 1.­92
g.­139

Asaṅga­śrī­rāja

Wylie:
  • chags pa myed pa’i dpal gyi rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཆགས་པ་མྱེད་པའི་དཔལ་གྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • asaṅga­śrī­rāja

A bodhisattva from a northern buddha realm.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­19
g.­140

Asaṅga­svara

Wylie:
  • chags pa myed pa’i sgra
Tibetan:
  • ཆགས་པ་མྱེད་པའི་སྒྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • asaṅga­svara

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­141

Asaṅgottara­jñānin

Wylie:
  • chags myed dam pa’i ye shes
Tibetan:
  • ཆགས་མྱེད་དམ་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • asaṅgottara­jñānin

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­142

ashoka tree

Wylie:
  • shing a sho ka
Tibetan:
  • ཤིང་ཨ་ཤོ་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • aśoka

Saraca asoca. The aromatic blossoms are clustered together as orange, yellow, and red bunches of petals.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 26.­2
  • g.­1463
g.­143

ashram

Wylie:
  • dge ba sbyang ba’i gnas
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བ་སྦྱང་བའི་གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • āśrama

A forest hermitage or place of practice for a renunciant practitioner.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­76
  • 11.­2
  • 14.­2
g.­144

Aśokaśrī

Wylie:
  • mya ngan med pa’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • མྱ་ངན་མེད་པའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • aśokaśrī

Goddess of the assembly hall in Kapilavastu.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­108
  • 43.­3
  • 43.­8
  • 43.­15
  • 43.­26
g.­145

Aśokaviraja

Wylie:
  • mya ngan med cing rdul dang bral ba
Tibetan:
  • མྱ་ངན་མེད་ཅིང་རྡུལ་དང་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • aśokaviraja

“Without misery, free of dust.” The name of a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 34.­69
g.­146

aspects of enlightenment

Wylie:
  • byang chub kyi yan lag
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག
Sanskrit:
  • bodhyaṅga

The seven aspects of enlightenment are mindfulness, analysis of phenomena, diligence, joy, tranquility, and samādhi. Also translated here as “limbs of enlightenment.”

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 43.­60
  • 53.­23
  • 54.­89
  • 54.­165
  • 54.­206
  • 54.­208
  • 54.­210
  • 54.­348
  • 54.­409
  • g.­653
g.­147

asteria

Wylie:
  • skar ma mdog
  • ngang gis snang ba
  • skar ma snang ba
Tibetan:
  • སྐར་མ་མདོག
  • ངང་གིས་སྣང་བ།
  • སྐར་མ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • jyotīrasa

A precious gem that, when cut, shows a luminous star shape. This includes such gems as star sapphires, star rubies, and star topazes. In some Kangyurs written incorrectly as sgra snang ba and with a wide variety of other spelling renditions. Jyotīrasa is translated as skar ma mdog in The White Lotus of the Good Dharma (Toh 113, Saddharma­puṇḍarīka).

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­8
  • 18.­4
  • 20.­7
  • 20.­23
  • 21.­7
  • 32.­7
g.­148

asura

Wylie:
  • lha ma yin
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་མ་ཡིན།
Sanskrit:
  • asura

One of the six classes of living beings, sometimes included among the gods and sometimes among the animals. A class of nonhuman beings, sometimes misleadingly called demigods, engendered and dominated by envy, ambition, and hostility, who are metaphorically described as being incessantly embroiled in a dispute with the gods over the possession of amrita.

Located in 63 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­26
  • 2.­54
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­22
  • 3.­50
  • 5.­7
  • 5.­15
  • 6.­7
  • 7.­11
  • 7.­13-15
  • 9.­13
  • 9.­31
  • 10.­13
  • 12.­20
  • 14.­5
  • 16.­8
  • 16.­38
  • 16.­41
  • 22.­8
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­28
  • 22.­52
  • 23.­7
  • 24.­5
  • 26.­5
  • 27.­21
  • 27.­48-49
  • 28.­13
  • 30.­18
  • 30.­40
  • 31.­6
  • 32.­14
  • 33.­3
  • 34.­16
  • 36.­26
  • 36.­34
  • 36.­67
  • 37.­5
  • 38.­22
  • 38.­65
  • 41.­61
  • 41.­87
  • 41.­93
  • 42.­56
  • 42.­60
  • 42.­75
  • 42.­80
  • 43.­115
  • 54.­71
  • 54.­210
  • 54.­284
  • 54.­334
  • 54.­339
  • 54.­347
  • 54.­369
  • 54.­373
  • 56.­30
  • n.­1080
  • g.­262
  • g.­878
g.­149

Atapa

Wylie:
  • ma dros pa
Tibetan:
  • མ་དྲོས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • atapa

The fourth highest of the five Śuddhāvāsa paradises, the highest paradises in the form realm.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­18
g.­150

Atulaprabha

Wylie:
  • ’od gzhal du med pa
Tibetan:
  • འོད་གཞལ་དུ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • atulaprabha

The name of a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 45.­7
g.­151

Atyanta­candra­mas

Wylie:
  • mchog tu dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • མཆོག་ཏུ་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • atyanta­candra­mas

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­152

Atyuccagāmin

Wylie:
  • shin tu mtho bar gshegs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་མཐོ་བར་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • atyuccagāmin

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­93
  • 28.­15-16
  • 28.­18
g.­153

Aupagama

Wylie:
  • bskrun pa’i stag
Tibetan:
  • བསྐྲུན་པའི་སྟག
Sanskrit:
  • aupagama

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­154

Auṣadhirāja

Wylie:
  • sman gyi rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • སྨན་གྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • auṣadhirāja

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­155

Avabhāsa­makuṭin

Wylie:
  • snang ba’i cod pan
Tibetan:
  • སྣང་བའི་ཅོད་པན།
Sanskrit:
  • avabhāsa­makuṭin

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­96
g.­156

Avabhāsa­rāja

Wylie:
  • snang ba’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • སྣང་བའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • avabhāsa­rāja

The name of the eighth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. Also the name of the twenty-seventh buddha in a different kalpa in the distant past. BHS: Obhāsarāja.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 36.­88
  • 37.­139
g.­157

Avabhāsa­sāgara­vyūha

Wylie:
  • snang ba rgya mtshos brgyan pa
Tibetan:
  • སྣང་བ་རྒྱ་མཚོས་བརྒྱན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • avabhāsa­sāgara­vyūha

A buddha in the distant past. BHS verse: Obhāsa­sāgara­viyūha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­104
g.­158

Avabhāsa­vyūha

Wylie:
  • snang bas rnam par brgyan pa
Tibetan:
  • སྣང་བས་རྣམ་པར་བརྒྱན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • avabhāsa­vyūha

“Display of Radiance,” the name of a certain kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 33.­8
g.­159

Avabhāsa­yanta­prabha­rājā

Wylie:
  • snang ba’i ’od kyi rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • སྣང་བའི་འོད་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • avabhāsa­yanta­prabha­rājā

A buddha in the distant past. BHS verse: Obhāsayanta­prabha­rājā.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­121
g.­160

avadavat

Wylie:
  • ka la ping ka
Tibetan:
  • ཀ་ལ་པིང་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • kalaviṅka

Also called “red avadavat,” “strawberry finch,” and “kalaviṅgka sparrow.” Dictionaries have erroneously identified it as a cuckoo. Outside India, kalaviṅka birds have evolved into a mythical half-human bird. The avadavat is a common bird in the Ganges plain and renowned for its beautiful song.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­3
  • 27.­6
  • 34.­21
  • 40.­117
  • 54.­266
g.­161

Avalokitanetra

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • avalokitanetra

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī. See n.­44.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • n.­44
g.­162

Avalokiteśvara

Wylie:
  • spyan ras gzigs dbang phyug
Tibetan:
  • སྤྱན་རས་གཟིགས་དབང་ཕྱུག
Sanskrit:
  • avalokiteśvara

First appeared as a bodhisattva beside Amitābha in the Sukhāvatī­vyūha Sūtra (The Display of the Pure Land of Sukhāvatī, Toh 115). The name has been variously interpreted. In its meaning as “the lord of avalokita,” avalokita has been interpreted as “seeing,” although, as a past passive participle, it is literally “lord of what has been seen.” One of the principal sūtras in the Mahāsāṃghika tradition was the Avalokita Sūtra, which has not been translated into Tibetan, in which the word is a synonym for enlightenment, as it is “that which has been seen” by the buddhas. In the early tantras, he was one of the lords of the three families, as the embodiment of the compassion of the Buddhas. The Potalaka Mountain in South India became important in Southern Indian Buddhism as his residence in this world, but Potalaka does not feature in the Kāraṇḍa­vyūha Sūtra (The Basket’s Display, Toh 116), which is the most important sūtra dedicated to Avalokiteśvara.

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • i.­10
  • i.­18
  • i.­94-95
  • 29.­19
  • 29.­21
  • 30.­1-2
  • 30.­4-5
  • 30.­7-8
  • 30.­17
  • 30.­20
  • 30.­42-43
  • 30.­45
  • 31.­1
  • n.­1268
  • g.­169
  • g.­262
  • g.­815
g.­163

Avaropaṇarāja

Wylie:
  • sgrub pa’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲུབ་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • avaropaṇarāja

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­164

Avīci

Wylie:
  • mnar med
Tibetan:
  • མནར་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • avīci

The lowest hell, the eighth of the eight hot hells.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 12.­26
  • 20.­29
  • 30.­33
g.­165

Avivartya­dharma­dhātu­nirghoṣa

Wylie:
  • phyir mi ldog pa’i chos kyi dbyings kyi dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱིར་མི་ལྡོག་པའི་ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་ཀྱི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • avivartya­dharma­dhātu­nirghoṣa

A buddha in a world in the eastern direction in the past.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­103
  • 38.­53
  • 38.­77
g.­166

Avṛha

Wylie:
  • mi che ba
Tibetan:
  • མི་ཆེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • avṛha

The lowest of the five Śuddhāvāsa paradises, the highest paradises in the form realm. It is said to be the most common rebirth for the “non-returners” of the Śrāvakayāna.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­18
g.­167

āyatana

Wylie:
  • skye mched
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit:
  • āyatana

Twelve bases of sensory perception: the six sensory faculties (the eyes, nose, ear, tongue, body, and mind), which form in the womb and eventually have contact with the external six bases of sensory perception (form, smell, sound, taste, touch, and phenomena). This can also refer to the four meditative states associated with the formless realm: (1) infinite space, (2) infinite consciousness, (3) nothingness, and (4) neither perception nor nonperception.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­14
  • 34.­31
  • 34.­34
  • 36.­46
  • 38.­96
  • 40.­29
  • 41.­5
  • 43.­13
  • 44.­1
  • 54.­3
  • 54.­13
  • 54.­21
  • 54.­345
  • 54.­411
  • n.­1973
  • n.­2001
g.­168

Ayudhiṣṭhira

Wylie:
  • g.yul du brtan pa
Tibetan:
  • གཡུལ་དུ་བརྟན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ayudhiṣṭhira

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­169

Bālāha

Wylie:
  • stobs kyis sgrol ba
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས་ཀྱིས་སྒྲོལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • bālāha

In the Jātakas, Bālāha is a previous life of the Buddha Śākyamuni in which he saves merchants from the island of the rākṣasīs. In the Kāraṇḍa­vyūha Sūtra (The Basket’s Display, Toh 116), it is Avalokiteśvara as a horse, saving a previous life of Śākyamuni from that island.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 54.­377
g.­170

Bala­prabhāsa­mati

Wylie:
  • stobs snang blo gros
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས་སྣང་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit:
  • bala­prabhāsa­mati

The seventy-second buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­149
g.­171

banyan

Wylie:
  • n+ya gro da
Tibetan:
  • ནྱ་གྲོ་ད།
Sanskrit:
  • nyagrodha

Ficus benghalensis. Its branches can spread widely, sending down multiple trunks.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­2
  • 14.­3
  • 20.­5
  • 43.­98
g.­172

Bari Lotsawa

Wylie:
  • ba ri lo tsA ba
Tibetan:
  • བ་རི་ལོ་ཙཱ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Rinchen Drakpa (rin chen grags pa) 1040−1111 ᴄᴇ. He went to India at the age of fourteen and became a disciple of Vajrāsana. He later became the second head of the Sakya school.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • c.­7
  • g.­253
g.­173

bases of miraculous powers

Wylie:
  • rdzu ’phrul gyi rkang pa
Tibetan:
  • རྫུ་འཕྲུལ་གྱི་རྐང་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ṛddhipāda

The four qualities of samādhi that eliminate negative factors: aspiration, diligence, contemplation, and analysis.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 54.­348
g.­174

Bhadra

Wylie:
  • bzang po
Tibetan:
  • བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhadra

Meaning “good,” it is the name of this present kalpa, so called because over a thousand buddhas will appear within it.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 33.­9
  • 34.­69
  • 38.­77
  • 41.­76
  • 44.­62
  • 44.­64
  • 44.­67
  • g.­599
  • g.­610
  • g.­699
  • g.­946
  • g.­1159
  • g.­1497
  • g.­1523
g.­175

Bhadrā

Wylie:
  • bzang mo
Tibetan:
  • བཟང་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhadrā

An eminent daughter in Dhanyākara.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­29
g.­176

Bhadramati

Wylie:
  • bzang po’i blo gros
Tibetan:
  • བཟང་པོའི་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit:
  • bhadramati

The queen of a cakravartin in the distant past, a previous life of the night goddess Pramudita­nayana­jagad­virocanā.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­141
g.­177

Bhadra­śrī (the buddha)

Wylie:
  • bzang po’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • བཟང་པོའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhadra­śrī

A buddha in a world realm in the eastern direction.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 56.­35
g.­178

Bhadra­śrī (the upāsaka)

Wylie:
  • bzang po’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • བཟང་པོའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhadra­śrī

An upāsaka in Dhanyākara.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­26
g.­179

Bhadra­śrī (the upāsikā)

Wylie:
  • dge ba’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhadra­śrī

An upāsikā in Dhanyākara.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­27
g.­180

Bhadra­śrī­meru­tejas

Wylie:
  • dpal gyi ri bo gzi brjid bzang po
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་གྱི་རི་བོ་གཟི་བརྗིད་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhadra­śrī­meru­tejas

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­181

Bhadrottamā

Wylie:
  • bzang mo’i mchog
Tibetan:
  • བཟང་མོའི་མཆོག
Sanskrit:
  • bhadrottamā

The kalyāṇamitra of chapter 48.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­112-113
  • 47.­26
  • 48.­1-2
  • 48.­5
g.­182

bhagavat

Wylie:
  • bcom ldan ’das
Tibetan:
  • བཅོམ་ལྡན་འདས།
Sanskrit:
  • bhagavān

“One who has bhaga,” which has many diverse meanings including “good fortune,” “happiness,” and “majesty.” In the Buddhist context, it means “one who has the good fortune of attaining enlightenment.”

Located in 171 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 1.­4
  • 1.­6-7
  • 1.­14-32
  • 1.­37
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­58
  • 2.­24
  • 2.­29
  • 2.­31-34
  • 2.­36
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­4
  • 3.­15
  • 3.­22
  • 6.­20-23
  • 8.­10
  • 8.­13
  • 8.­15
  • 9.­41
  • 18.­14
  • 21.­24
  • 22.­3
  • 22.­31-32
  • 22.­46
  • 28.­15
  • 28.­18
  • 29.­17
  • 30.­42
  • 31.­11
  • 34.­70
  • 34.­72
  • 36.­4
  • 36.­142
  • 37.­69
  • 37.­93-95
  • 37.­97
  • 37.­101
  • 37.­107
  • 37.­114
  • 37.­136
  • 37.­141
  • 37.­144-145
  • 37.­147
  • 37.­154
  • 37.­156
  • 38.­10
  • 38.­12-27
  • 38.­53
  • 38.­72
  • 38.­91
  • 39.­43
  • 40.­10-11
  • 40.­19
  • 40.­158
  • 40.­162
  • 40.­178
  • 41.­42
  • 41.­45
  • 41.­61-67
  • 41.­69
  • 41.­71
  • 41.­73-74
  • 41.­76
  • 41.­78-79
  • 41.­84
  • 41.­98
  • 42.­11
  • 42.­56
  • 42.­64
  • 42.­67
  • 42.­69
  • 42.­71
  • 42.­77
  • 42.­85-87
  • 42.­92
  • 42.­94
  • 42.­96-97
  • 42.­102-103
  • 42.­105
  • 43.­51
  • 43.­60-61
  • 43.­114-115
  • 43.­218-219
  • 43.­221-223
  • 43.­231-232
  • 43.­236-237
  • 43.­241-243
  • 43.­252
  • 43.­254-255
  • 43.­258
  • 43.­278
  • 43.­282
  • 43.­298
  • 44.­44
  • 44.­62
  • 44.­71-72
  • 45.­4
  • 56.­7
  • 56.­35
  • 56.­45-46
  • n.­1221
g.­183

Bhānuprabhā

Wylie:
  • nyi ma’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་མའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • bhānuprabhā

A merchant’s daughter, a previous life of Gopā.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­108
  • 43.­311
g.­184

Bharukaccha

Wylie:
  • rgyas pa’i ’gram
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱས་པའི་འགྲམ།
Sanskrit:
  • bharukaccha

A town in South India.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­114
  • 48.­4
  • 49.­1
  • 49.­5
g.­185

Bhāskara­deva

Wylie:
  • nyi ma’i lha
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་མའི་ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhāskara­deva

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­186

Bhāskara­pradīpa

Wylie:
  • nyi ma’i sgron ma
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་མའི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhāskara­pradīpa

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­87
g.­187

bhikṣu

Wylie:
  • dge slong
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་སློང་།
Sanskrit:
  • bhikṣu

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The term bhikṣu, often translated as “monk,” refers to the highest among the eight types of prātimokṣa vows that make one part of the Buddhist assembly. The Sanskrit term literally means “beggar” or “mendicant,” referring to the fact that Buddhist monks and nuns‍—like other ascetics of the time‍—subsisted on alms (bhikṣā) begged from the laity.

In the Tibetan tradition, which follows the Mūlasarvāstivāda Vinaya, a monk follows 253 rules as part of his moral discipline. A nun (bhikṣuṇī; dge slong ma) follows 364 rules. A novice monk (śrāmaṇera; dge tshul) or nun (śrāmaṇerikā; dge tshul ma) follows thirty-six rules of moral discipline (although in other vinaya traditions novices typically follow only ten).

Located in 78 passages in the translation:

  • i.­1
  • i.­68-70
  • i.­73-74
  • i.­78-79
  • i.­106
  • 1.­55
  • 1.­58
  • 3.­4
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­10-11
  • 3.­13-18
  • 3.­22
  • 3.­94
  • 4.­1-3
  • 4.­5
  • 4.­35
  • 4.­37
  • 5.­2-3
  • 5.­18-19
  • 6.­1-3
  • 6.­6
  • 6.­9-10
  • 6.­12-13
  • 6.­15
  • 6.­28
  • 8.­35
  • 9.­2
  • 9.­44-46
  • 9.­48
  • 9.­51-52
  • 13.­17
  • 14.­2-3
  • 14.­7-8
  • 14.­10
  • 14.­28
  • 15.­1
  • 39.­30
  • 43.­242
  • 54.­373
  • g.­220
  • g.­276
  • g.­523
  • g.­686
  • g.­689
  • g.­733
  • g.­843
  • g.­862
  • g.­956
  • g.­957
  • g.­961
  • g.­1231
  • g.­1274
  • g.­1454
  • g.­1472
  • g.­1518
g.­188

bhikṣuṇī

Wylie:
  • dge slong ma
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་སློང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhikṣuṇī

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The term bhikṣuṇī, often translated as “nun,” refers to the highest among the eight types of prātimokṣa vows that make one part of the Buddhist assembly. The Sanskrit term bhikṣu (to which the female grammatical ending ṇī is added) literally means “beggar” or “mendicant,” referring to the fact that Buddhist nuns and monks‍—like other ascetics of the time‍—subsisted on alms (bhikṣā) begged from the laity. In the Tibetan tradition, which follows the Mūlasarvāstivāda Vinaya, a bhikṣuṇī follows 364 rules and a bhikṣu follows 253 rules as part of their moral discipline.

For the first few years of the Buddha’s teachings in India, there was no ordination for women. It started at the persistent request and display of determination of Mahāprajāpatī, the Buddha’s stepmother and aunt, together with five hundred former wives of men of Kapilavastu, who had themselves become monks. Mahāprajāpatī is thus considered to be the founder of the nun’s order.

Located in 50 passages in the translation:

  • i.­91
  • i.­104
  • 26.­10
  • 27.­1-2
  • 27.­8-44
  • 27.­55
  • 39.­32
  • 39.­34
  • 54.­373
  • n.­1199
  • g.­304
  • g.­545
  • g.­1166
g.­189

Bhīṣmayaśas

Wylie:
  • ’jigs par grags pa
Tibetan:
  • འཇིགས་པར་གྲགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhīṣmayaśas

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­190

Bhīṣmottara­nirghoṣa

Wylie:
  • ’jigs mchog dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • འཇིགས་མཆོག་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • bhīṣmottara­nirghoṣa

A ṛṣi, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 11.

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • i.­9
  • i.­75-76
  • 10.­66
  • 11.­2-5
  • 11.­7
  • 11.­9-12
  • 11.­15-17
  • 11.­19
g.­191

Bhṛkuṭīmukha

Wylie:
  • khro gnyer gdong
Tibetan:
  • ཁྲོ་གཉེར་གདོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • bhṛkuṭīmukha

A mahoraga lord.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 27.­24
g.­192

bhūmi

Wylie:
  • sa
Tibetan:
  • ས།
Sanskrit:
  • bhūmi

This is literally the “ground” in which qualities grow like plants, and it also means a “level.” As an untranslated term, bhūmi is used specifically to refer to levels of enlightenment, especially the seven or ten levels of the enlightened bodhisattvas. Sūtras such as the Perfection of Wisdom sūtras teach the seven bhūmis. The teaching of ten bhūmis was found in the Mahāsāṃghika tradition and particularly in the Daśa­bhūmika Sūtra (Toh 44, ch. 31, Ten Bhūmi Sūtra), which is the thirty-first chapter in the Tibetan version of the Avataṃsaka Sūtra.

Located in 61 passages in the translation:

  • i.­4
  • 9.­13
  • 9.­45
  • 9.­49
  • 18.­7
  • 27.­31-39
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­10
  • 36.­138
  • 37.­70
  • 37.­102
  • 38.­17
  • 38.­75-76
  • 40.­11
  • 40.­162
  • 40.­177
  • 41.­5
  • 42.­59
  • 43.­51
  • 43.­60
  • 43.­174
  • 43.­180
  • 43.­291
  • 43.­325
  • 47.­21
  • 53.­15-19
  • 53.­24
  • 53.­40
  • 54.­199
  • 54.­318
  • 54.­332
  • 54.­341
  • 54.­348
  • 54.­356
  • 54.­408-409
  • 56.­69
  • n.­260-263
  • n.­352
  • n.­989
  • n.­1321
  • n.­1513
  • n.­1517-1518
  • g.­651
g.­193

Bhūmipati

Wylie:
  • sa’i bdag po
Tibetan:
  • སའི་བདག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhūmipati

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa. See n.­1902.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­194

bhūta

Wylie:
  • ’byung po
Tibetan:
  • འབྱུང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhūta

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

This term in its broadest sense can refer to any being, whether human, animal, or nonhuman. However, it is often used to refer to a specific class of nonhuman beings, especially when bhūtas are mentioned alongside rākṣasas, piśācas, or pretas. In common with these other kinds of nonhumans, bhūtas are usually depicted with unattractive and misshapen bodies. Like several other classes of nonhuman beings, bhūtas take spontaneous birth. As their leader is traditionally regarded to be Rudra-Śiva (also known by the name Bhūta), with whom they haunt dangerous and wild places, bhūtas are especially prominent in Śaivism, where large sections of certain tantras concentrate on them.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 15.­8
  • 21.­54
  • 25.­10
  • 33.­3
  • 47.­25
  • n.­1794
g.­195

bignonia

Wylie:
  • ba ta la
Tibetan:
  • བ་ཏ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • pāṭalā

Bignonia suaveolens. The Indian species of bignonia. These small trees have trumpet-shaped flowers and are common throughout India.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­2
  • n.­707
g.­196

blue lotus

Wylie:
  • ut pa la
  • ut+pa la
Tibetan:
  • ཨུཏ་པ་ལ།
  • ཨུཏྤ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • utpala

Nymphaea caerulea. The “blue lotus” is actually a lily, so it is also known as the blue water lily.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­2
  • 21.­4
  • 21.­11
  • 27.­3
  • 28.­5
  • 43.­64
  • 43.­151
  • 43.­153
  • 54.­79
  • 54.­183
  • 54.­369
  • g.­943
g.­197

Bodhi tree

Wylie:
  • byang chub kyi shing
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཤིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhivṛkṣa

The tree beneath which every buddha will manifest the attainment of buddhahood.

Located in 36 passages in the translation:

  • i.­1
  • i.­4-5
  • i.­46
  • i.­102
  • 1.­27
  • 12.­29
  • 34.­48
  • 34.­63
  • 34.­65
  • 35.­23
  • 36.­72
  • 37.­50
  • 37.­54-64
  • 37.­95
  • 38.­54
  • 40.­167
  • 41.­74
  • 41.­111
  • 54.­352
  • 56.­85
  • 56.­124
  • g.­199
  • g.­322
  • g.­812
  • g.­1030
g.­198

Bodhiketu

Wylie:
  • byang chub kyi dpal
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhiketu

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­199

bodhimaṇḍa

Wylie:
  • snying po byang chub
Tibetan:
  • སྙིང་པོ་བྱང་ཆུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhimaṇḍa

The exact place where every buddha in this world will manifest the attainment of buddhahood. In our world, it is the spot beneath the Bodhi tree in the village presently known as Bodhgaya. Literally, “the essence of enlightenment.” Also translated elsewhere as byang chub kyi snying po.

Located in 105 passages in the translation:

  • i.­98-101
  • i.­103
  • i.­105
  • i.­109
  • 1.­17
  • 1.­27
  • 1.­29-30
  • 2.­5
  • 2.­11
  • 2.­15
  • 2.­25
  • 2.­50
  • 6.­20
  • 8.­12
  • 9.­31
  • 12.­22
  • 16.­31-34
  • 27.­49
  • 32.­15
  • 33.­1
  • 33.­10
  • 34.­71
  • 34.­75
  • 35.­19
  • 36.­13
  • 36.­30
  • 37.­49-51
  • 37.­66
  • 37.­78
  • 37.­92
  • 37.­100
  • 37.­161
  • 38.­53-55
  • 38.­57-64
  • 38.­71-73
  • 38.­91
  • 39.­28
  • 40.­52
  • 40.­178
  • 41.­5
  • 41.­43
  • 41.­45
  • 41.­74
  • 41.­85
  • 43.­115
  • 43.­200
  • 43.­202
  • 43.­218
  • 43.­232
  • 43.­253
  • 43.­287-288
  • 43.­323
  • 44.­21
  • 44.­48
  • 44.­60
  • 44.­69-74
  • 54.­318
  • 54.­352
  • 56.­1
  • 56.­3
  • n.­182
  • n.­1371
  • n.­1514
  • n.­1666
  • n.­1739
  • g.­257
  • g.­356
  • g.­369
  • g.­402
  • g.­765
  • g.­866
  • g.­906
  • g.­990
  • g.­1105
  • g.­1118
  • g.­1143
  • g.­1144
  • g.­1212
  • g.­1239
g.­200

Bodhimaṇḍacūḍa

Wylie:
  • byang chub dam pa’i gtsug phud
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་དམ་པའི་གཙུག་ཕུད།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhimaṇḍacūḍa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­201

Bodhi­maṇḍa­mukuṭa

Wylie:
  • byang chub dam pa’i cod pan
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་དམ་པའི་ཅོད་པན།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhi­maṇḍa­mukuṭa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­202

Bodhi­maṇḍa­vibuddha­śrī­candra

Wylie:
  • snying po byang chub rnam par sangs rgyas pa’i dpal gyi zla ba
Tibetan:
  • སྙིང་པོ་བྱང་ཆུབ་རྣམ་པར་སངས་རྒྱས་པའི་དཔལ་གྱི་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhi­maṇḍa­vibuddha­śrī­candra

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­203

Bodhisattva­piṭaka

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • bodhisattva­piṭaka

“Basket” or “Collected Teachings for Bodhisattvas,” refers to the sūtras and teachings of the bodhisattva yāna in general.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­17
  • 56.­134
  • n.­22
g.­204

boiled rice

Wylie:
  • ’bras chan
Tibetan:
  • འབྲས་ཆན།
Sanskrit:
  • odana

The Sanskrit is also used for a porridge made from other grains.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 17.­14
g.­205

Brahmā

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmā

The personification of the universal force of Brahman, the deity in the form realm, who was, during the Buddha’s time, considered the supreme deity and creator of the universe. In the cosmogony of many universes, each with a thousand million worlds, there are many Brahmās. Also called Mahābrahmā.

Located in 47 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­54
  • 2.­56
  • 6.­17
  • 8.­12
  • 9.­20
  • 10.­13-14
  • 12.­8-9
  • 14.­5
  • 21.­15
  • 26.­5
  • 28.­7
  • 30.­40
  • 36.­34
  • 36.­63
  • 37.­44
  • 37.­77
  • 38.­27
  • 38.­65
  • 40.­89
  • 40.­96
  • 40.­117
  • 40.­122
  • 41.­88
  • 43.­89
  • 43.­110
  • 43.­124
  • 43.­151
  • 44.­31
  • 44.­57
  • 54.­71
  • 54.­334
  • 54.­338
  • 54.­347
  • 54.­352
  • 54.­369
  • 54.­373
  • 54.­410
  • 56.­17
  • 56.­30
  • g.­209
  • g.­210
  • g.­213
  • g.­665
  • g.­762
  • g.­952
g.­206

Brahmadattā

Wylie:
  • tshangs pas byin
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པས་བྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmadattā

An eminent daughter in Dhanyākara.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­29
g.­207

Brahmadeva

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa’i lha
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པའི་ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmadeva

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­208

Brahmaghoṣa

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa’i dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmaghoṣa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­209

Brahmakāyika

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmakāyika

The devas who live in Brahmakāyika, which can mean “the three paradises of Brahmā,” which are the first dhyāna paradises in the form realm, or more specifically, the lowest of these paradises, also known as Brahmapārṣada.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 7.­11
g.­210

Brahmakāyika

Wylie:
  • tshangs ris
  • tshangs pa’i ris
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་རིས།
  • ཚངས་པའི་རིས།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmakāyika

Brahmā’s paradise, the lowest of the three paradises that form the paradises of the first dhyāna in the form realm. Also called Brahmapārṣada.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­43
  • 3.­1
  • 5.­7
  • 6.­11
  • 7.­6
  • 7.­13-15
  • 7.­19
  • 9.­31
  • 10.­13-14
  • 27.­12
  • 43.­115
  • g.­209
  • g.­212
g.­211

Brahmaketu

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmaketu

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­212

Brahmapārṣada

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa kun ris
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པ་ཀུན་རིས།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmapārṣada

The lowest of the three paradises that correspond to the first dhyāna in the form realm. Also called Brahmakāyika.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 36.­20
  • g.­209
  • g.­210
g.­213

Brahmaprabha

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmaprabha

“Light of Brahmā.” The name of a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­90
g.­214

Brahmaprabha

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmaprabha

The sixty-first buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­147
g.­215

Brahmapurohita

Wylie:
  • tshangs lha nye phan
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་ལྷ་ཉེ་ཕན།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmapurohita

The second highest of the three paradises that correspond to the first dhyāna in the form realm.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­20
g.­216

Brahmaśuddha

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa dag pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པ་དག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmaśuddha

A buddha in the past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 10.­24
g.­217

Brahmendracuḍa

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa’i dbang po’i gtsug phud
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པའི་དབང་པོའི་གཙུག་ཕུད།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmendracuḍa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­218

Brahmendrarāja

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa’i dbang po’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པའི་དབང་པོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmendrarāja

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­219

brahmin

Wylie:
  • bram ze
Tibetan:
  • བྲམ་ཟེ།
Sanskrit:
  • brāhmaṇa

A member of the priestly class or caste from the four social divisions of India.

Located in 44 passages in the translation:

  • i.­9
  • i.­76-77
  • i.­88
  • i.­116-117
  • 3.­34
  • 5.­15
  • 9.­7-8
  • 11.­7-8
  • 11.­18
  • 12.­2-5
  • 12.­18
  • 12.­21
  • 12.­27-28
  • 12.­32
  • 12.­34
  • 23.­2
  • 31.­6
  • 34.­34
  • 41.­46
  • 43.­235
  • 51.­3
  • 52.­1-2
  • 52.­5
  • 54.­71
  • 54.­406
  • 54.­410
  • 54.­413
  • n.­710
  • n.­743
  • n.­1311
  • g.­262
  • g.­546
  • g.­946
  • g.­1175
  • g.­1190
g.­220

Brahmottama

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa’i dam pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པའི་དམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmottama

A bhikṣu who was a pupil of Śāriputra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­4
g.­221

Bṛhatphala

Wylie:
  • ’bras bu che ba
Tibetan:
  • འབྲས་བུ་ཆེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • bṛhatphala

In the Sarvāstivada tradition, the highest of the three paradises that correspond to the fourth dhyāna in the form realm.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­18
g.­222

broth

Wylie:
  • khur ba dang skyo ma
Tibetan:
  • ཁུར་བ་དང་སྐྱོ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • sūpa

The Sanskrit term can refer any kind of soup or broth, but especially those made with peas, lentils, etc., with salt and flavoring. The Tibetan appears to have used two words to cover the range of meaning: the obscure khur ba, which, according to the Mahāvyutpatti, is the equivalent of the Sanskrit maṇḍa, though that refers to the scum from boiled rice, and skyo ma, which is a soup or broth made with flour and water.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 17.­14
g.­223

Brother

Wylie:
  • tshe dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚེ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • āyuśman

A respectful form of address between monks, and also between lay companions of equal standing. It literally means “one who has a [long] life.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­3
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­10
  • 3.­13
g.­224

buddha realm

Wylie:
  • sangs rgyas kyi zhing
Tibetan:
  • སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་ཞིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • buddhakṣetra

A pure realm manifested by a buddha or advanced bodhisattva through the power of their great merit and aspirations.

Located in 315 passages in the translation:

  • i.­66-67
  • i.­73-74
  • i.­76
  • i.­84
  • i.­87
  • 1.­1
  • 1.­5
  • 1.­8-9
  • 1.­12-15
  • 1.­17
  • 1.­19
  • 1.­21
  • 1.­23
  • 1.­25
  • 1.­27
  • 1.­29
  • 1.­31
  • 1.­37
  • 1.­108
  • 2.­2-5
  • 2.­7
  • 2.­12
  • 2.­24-26
  • 2.­31
  • 2.­33
  • 2.­35-36
  • 2.­38
  • 2.­53-54
  • 3.­16
  • 3.­86
  • 4.­10-12
  • 4.­14
  • 4.­22
  • 6.­14
  • 6.­16
  • 6.­20
  • 6.­22-23
  • 8.­9-12
  • 8.­15
  • 8.­28-29
  • 8.­32
  • 8.­34
  • 9.­1
  • 9.­5-6
  • 9.­13-32
  • 10.­31
  • 10.­39
  • 10.­42
  • 10.­55-56
  • 11.­12
  • 11.­14
  • 13.­1
  • 13.­15
  • 14.­13
  • 14.­18
  • 16.­25
  • 16.­29
  • 16.­32
  • 16.­34
  • 16.­36
  • 18.­12
  • 18.­14
  • 19.­11
  • 19.­15
  • 19.­23
  • 22.­49
  • 23.­10
  • 24.­1
  • 26.­6
  • 27.­48
  • 27.­53
  • 28.­14
  • 29.­6-7
  • 29.­9-10
  • 29.­12
  • 29.­16
  • 30.­41
  • 31.­9-11
  • 33.­10
  • 34.­72
  • 35.­5
  • 36.­10
  • 36.­14-15
  • 36.­36
  • 36.­142-143
  • 37.­4
  • 37.­35-36
  • 37.­58
  • 37.­65
  • 37.­68
  • 37.­96
  • 37.­100-101
  • 37.­104-106
  • 37.­115
  • 37.­117
  • 37.­121
  • 37.­133
  • 37.­158
  • 38.­9
  • 38.­12-27
  • 38.­49
  • 38.­65-66
  • 38.­71-72
  • 38.­77
  • 39.­10
  • 39.­39
  • 39.­47
  • 40.­16
  • 40.­178
  • 41.­2
  • 41.­4-7
  • 41.­21-22
  • 41.­62
  • 41.­69
  • 41.­74
  • 41.­81-82
  • 41.­101
  • 42.­15
  • 42.­30
  • 42.­33
  • 42.­36
  • 42.­67
  • 42.­73
  • 42.­77
  • 42.­79
  • 42.­87-89
  • 42.­92
  • 42.­103
  • 42.­105
  • 42.­119
  • 43.­13
  • 43.­50-51
  • 43.­60
  • 43.­64
  • 43.­174
  • 43.­238
  • 43.­253
  • 43.­258
  • 43.­279
  • 43.­282
  • 43.­285
  • 43.­292
  • 43.­295
  • 44.­19
  • 44.­23
  • 44.­31
  • 44.­46
  • 44.­49
  • 44.­53
  • 44.­55
  • 44.­60
  • 44.­76
  • 45.­6
  • 53.­18-19
  • 54.­10
  • 54.­182
  • 54.­207
  • 54.­332
  • 54.­352
  • 54.­356-357
  • 54.­359
  • 54.­397
  • 56.­1
  • 56.­3
  • 56.­11-12
  • 56.­14-16
  • 56.­19-28
  • 56.­32
  • 56.­37
  • 56.­42
  • 56.­44
  • 56.­48-49
  • 56.­51-54
  • 56.­56-58
  • 56.­62-66
  • 56.­68-69
  • 56.­71
  • n.­92
  • n.­181
  • n.­205
  • n.­395
  • n.­1266
  • n.­1491
  • n.­1830
  • n.­2203
  • g.­9
  • g.­43
  • g.­44
  • g.­138
  • g.­139
  • g.­315
  • g.­466
  • g.­469
  • g.­470
  • g.­471
  • g.­541
  • g.­598
  • g.­609
  • g.­715
  • g.­717
  • g.­932
  • g.­940
  • g.­1081
  • g.­1098
  • g.­1111
  • g.­1119
  • g.­1134
  • g.­1141
  • g.­1142
  • g.­1285
  • g.­1380
  • g.­1388
  • g.­1394
  • g.­1421
g.­225

Buddhabhadra

Wylie:
  • byang chub bzang po
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • buddhabhadra

359−429 ᴄᴇ. He was from North India and came to China in 408 and translated extensively. The Tibetan would more literally be sangs rgyas bzang po.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­13
  • i.­16-18
  • i.­34
  • i.­56
  • c.­5
g.­226

Buddha­gagana­prabhāsa­cūḍa

Wylie:
  • sangs rgyas nam mkha’ snang ba’i gtsug phud
Tibetan:
  • སངས་རྒྱས་ནམ་མཁའ་སྣང་བའི་གཙུག་ཕུད།
Sanskrit:
  • buddha­gagana­prabhāsa­cūḍa

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­269
g.­227

Buddhamati

Wylie:
  • sangs rgyas yod pa
Tibetan:
  • སངས་རྒྱས་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • buddhamati

A realm in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­95
g.­228

Buddha­prabhā­maṇḍala­śrī­pradīpā

Wylie:
  • sangs rgyas kyi ’od kyi dkyil ’khor dpal gyi sgron ma
Tibetan:
  • སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་འོད་ཀྱི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་དཔལ་གྱི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • buddha­prabhā­maṇḍala­śrī­pradīpā

A world realm in the eastern direction.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­253
g.­229

Butön Rinpoché

Wylie:
  • bu ston rin po che
Tibetan:
  • བུ་སྟོན་རིན་པོ་ཆེ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Butön Rinchen Drup (bu ston rin chen grub, 1290−364). A master of the Sakya school, he was an influential scholar, historian, and compiler and cataloger of the canon.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • c.­4
  • n.­2242
g.­230

caitya

Wylie:
  • mchod rten
Tibetan:
  • མཆོད་རྟེན།
Sanskrit:
  • caitya

Sometimes synonymous with stūpa, however, caitya can also in certain contexts refer to a temple that may or may not contain a stūpa, or to any place or thing that is worthy of veneration. The Tibetan translates both stūpa and caitya with the same word‍—mchod rten (“basis” or “recipient” of offerings). Pali: cetiya.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­12
  • 21.­14
  • 43.­249
  • 54.­5
  • 54.­210
  • 54.­358
  • 54.­377
g.­231

Cakravāla

Wylie:
  • khor yug
  • ’khor yug
Tibetan:
  • ཁོར་ཡུག
  • འཁོར་ཡུག
Sanskrit:
  • cakravāla

“Circular Mass.” There are at least four interpretations of what this name refers to. In the Kṣiti­garbha Sūtra it is a mountain that contains the hells. It is also equivalent to the Vaḍaba submarine mountain of fire, which is also said to be the entrance to the hells. The term cakravāla is also used to mean “the entire disk of a world,” including Meru and the paradises above it. More commonly, as in this sūtra, it is the name of the outer ring of mountains at the edge of the flat disk of a world, with Sumeru in the center. Yet it is has the nature of heat, like the Mountain Vaḍaba, in that the heat of the ring of mountains evaporates the ocean so that it does not overflow. Also called Cakravāḍa.

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • i.­95
  • 9.­29
  • 11.­8
  • 14.­25
  • 16.­42
  • 30.­39
  • 36.­62
  • 37.­37-38
  • 37.­67
  • 39.­26
  • 43.­193
  • 44.­69
  • 53.­26
  • 54.­210
  • 56.­30
  • 56.­65
  • c.­12
  • n.­488
  • n.­1384
  • n.­1811
g.­232

cakravartin

Wylie:
  • ’khor los sgyur ba
Tibetan:
  • འཁོར་ལོས་སྒྱུར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • cakravartin

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

An ideal monarch or emperor who, as the result of the merit accumulated in previous lifetimes, rules over a vast realm in accordance with the Dharma. Such a monarch is called a cakravartin because he bears a wheel (cakra) that rolls (vartate) across the earth, bringing all lands and kingdoms under his power. The cakravartin conquers his territory without causing harm, and his activity causes beings to enter the path of wholesome actions. According to Vasubandhu’s Abhidharmakośa, just as with the buddhas, only one cakravartin appears in a world system at any given time. They are likewise endowed with the thirty-two major marks of a great being (mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇa), but a cakravartin’s marks are outshined by those of a buddha. They possess seven precious objects: the wheel, the elephant, the horse, the wish-fulfilling gem, the queen, the general, and the minister. An illustrative passage about the cakravartin and his possessions can be found in The Play in Full (Toh 95), 3.3–3.13.

Vasubandhu lists four types of cakravartins: (1) the cakravartin with a golden wheel (suvarṇacakravartin) rules over four continents and is invited by lesser kings to be their ruler; (2) the cakravartin with a silver wheel (rūpyacakravartin) rules over three continents and his opponents submit to him as he approaches; (3) the cakravartin with a copper wheel (tāmracakravartin) rules over two continents and his opponents submit themselves after preparing for battle; and (4) the cakravartin with an iron wheel (ayaścakravartin) rules over one continent and his opponents submit themselves after brandishing weapons.

Located in 71 passages in the translation:

  • i.­101-102
  • i.­104-105
  • i.­109
  • 5.­7
  • 9.­17
  • 22.­52
  • 24.­13
  • 34.­65
  • 36.­58
  • 36.­63
  • 36.­140-141
  • 37.­41
  • 37.­43-45
  • 37.­74
  • 37.­78
  • 37.­81
  • 37.­92
  • 37.­94
  • 37.­111
  • 37.­117
  • 39.­29
  • 39.­32-34
  • 40.­54
  • 40.­89
  • 41.­84
  • 43.­113
  • 43.­126
  • 43.­199
  • 43.­244-245
  • 43.­252
  • 43.­259
  • 44.­69
  • 44.­71-72
  • 44.­75
  • 54.­238
  • 54.­299
  • 54.­333
  • 54.­347
  • 54.­373
  • 54.­377
  • 56.­57
  • n.­1460
  • n.­1463
  • n.­1790
  • g.­28
  • g.­176
  • g.­687
  • g.­699
  • g.­772
  • g.­782
  • g.­783
  • g.­825
  • g.­849
  • g.­1003
  • g.­1054
  • g.­1089
  • g.­1154
  • g.­1158
  • g.­1390
  • g.­1419
  • g.­1483
  • g.­1489
g.­233

Cakravicitra

Wylie:
  • ’khor lo sna tshogs
Tibetan:
  • འཁོར་ལོ་སྣ་ཚོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • cakravicitra

A world realm in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 18.­14
g.­234

Campaka­vimala­prabha

Wylie:
  • tsam pa ka dri ma med pa’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཙམ་པ་ཀ་དྲི་མ་མེད་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • campaka­vimala­prabha

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­235

caṇḍāla

Wylie:
  • gdol ba
Tibetan:
  • གདོལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • caṇḍāla

The lowest of the untouchables in the Indian caste system.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 53.­26
g.­236

Candana­megha

Wylie:
  • tsan dan gyi sprin
Tibetan:
  • ཙན་དན་གྱི་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit:
  • candana­megha

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­237

Candana­śrī­candra

Wylie:
  • tsan dan dpal gyi zla ba
Tibetan:
  • ཙན་དན་དཔལ་གྱི་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • candana­śrī­candra

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­238

Candana­vatī

Wylie:
  • tsan dan yod pa
Tibetan:
  • ཙན་དན་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • candana­vatī

Realm of the Buddha Vajrābha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 8.­29
g.­239

Candra­buddhi

Wylie:
  • blo gros zla ba
Tibetan:
  • བློ་གྲོས་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • candra­buddhi

Name of a buddha.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­29
  • g.­24
g.­240

Candra­dhvajā

Wylie:
  • zla ba’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • candra­dhvajā

A realm in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 33.­8
g.­241

Candra­dhvaja­śrī­ketu

Wylie:
  • zla ba’i rgyal mtshan dpal gyi dpal
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན་དཔལ་གྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • candra­dhvaja­śrī­ketu

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 37.­109
  • 37.­113
g.­242

Candra­prabhāsā

Wylie:
  • zla ba’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • candra­prabhāsā

An upāsikā in Dhanyākara.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­27
g.­243

Candra­skandha

Wylie:
  • zla ba’i phung po
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བའི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • candra­skandha

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­244

Candra­śrī

Wylie:
  • zla ba’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • candra­śrī

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­245

candrodgata

Wylie:
  • zla ba shar ba
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བ་ཤར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • candrodgata

A magical tree, the name of which means “rising moon.”

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 27.­3
g.­246

Candrodgata

Wylie:
  • zla ba ’phags pa
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བ་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • candrodgata

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­247

Candrolkā­dhārin

Wylie:
  • zla ba sgron ma ’dzin pa
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བ་སྒྲོན་མ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • candrolkā­dhārin

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­248

Candrottara­jñānin

Wylie:
  • zla ba dam pa’i ye shes
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བ་དམ་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • candrottara­jñānin

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­249

Caryāgata

Wylie:
  • spyod pas grub pa
Tibetan:
  • སྤྱོད་པས་གྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • caryāgata

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­250

cat’s eye

Wylie:
  • skar ma’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • སྐར་མའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • jyotirdhvaja

One of the three main varieties of chrysoberyl, the third-hardest gemstone. The cat’s-eye gem (cymophane) is light green or yellow and contains the distinctive appearance of a band of light, resembling a cat’s eye. It has been mined since ancient times in India and particularly in Sri Lanka. Jyoti can mean both “light” and “star,” and in describing this jewel the Sanskrit more likely means “banner of light.” However, the Tibetan translates the term as “banner of stars.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­32
  • g.­1211
  • g.­1531
g.­251

Caturmahārājika

Wylie:
  • rgyal po chen po bzhi’i ris
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་པོ་ཆེན་པོ་བཞིའི་རིས།
Sanskrit:
  • caturmahā­rājika

A deity in the paradises of the Four Mahārājas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­36
g.­252

chaste tree

Wylie:
  • sin+du ba ra
  • sin du ba ra
Tibetan:
  • སིནྡུ་བ་ར།
  • སིན་དུ་བ་ར།
Sanskrit:
  • sindhuvara

Vitex negundo. A member of the verbena family. Also known in English as the Chinese chaste tree, the five-leaved chaste tree, and horseshoe vitex.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 19.­19
  • 24.­16
g.­253

Chim Tsöndrü Sengé

Wylie:
  • mchims brtson seng
Tibetan:
  • མཆིམས་བརྩོན་སེང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Late-eleventh to early-twelfth century. The text gives the shortened version of his name, which in full is mchims brtson ’grus seng ge. A disciple of Bari Lotsawa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • c.­7
g.­254

Chokden

Wylie:
  • mchog ldan
Tibetan:
  • མཆོག་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Chokden Lekpé Lodrö (mchog ldan legs pa’i blo gros), a Sakya master of the thirteenth century.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • c.­6
g.­255

Chökyi Jungné

Wylie:
  • chos kyi ’byung gnas
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་འབྱུང་གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

The eighth Tai Situpa in the Karma Kagyü tradition (1700−1777), he oversaw the creation of the Degé Kangyur.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­31
  • n.­2254
g.­256

Cintārāja

Wylie:
  • bsam pa’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • བསམ་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • cintārāja

A bodhisattva in a southern realm.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 8.­19
g.­257

Citra­mañjari­prabhāsa

Wylie:
  • yal ga sna tshogs kyi ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཡལ་ག་སྣ་ཚོགས་ཀྱི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • citra­mañjari­prabhāsa

A bodhimaṇḍa in another world in the distant past.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 44.­69-70
  • 44.­73
g.­258

Citrārthendra

Wylie:
  • sna tshogs don dbang
Tibetan:
  • སྣ་ཚོགས་དོན་དབང་།
Sanskrit:
  • citrārthendra

The twenty-third buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Citrārtha-indra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­139
g.­259

coral tree

Wylie:
  • sus kyang mi tshugs pa
  • man da ra ba
  • man+dAra ba
Tibetan:
  • སུས་ཀྱང་མི་ཚུགས་པ།
  • མན་ད་ར་བ།
  • མནྡཱར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • māndārava
  • pāriyātraka

Erythrina indica or Erythrina variegate. Also known in English as flame tree, or tiger’s claw. In the summer the plant is covered in large crimson flowers believed to also grow in Indra’s paradise. The coral tree is the most widespread species of Erythrina or māndārava, and is taller than the others.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 12.­14
  • 21.­7
  • 54.­253-254
  • n.­1156
g.­260

cotton tree

Wylie:
  • shal ma li
Tibetan:
  • ཤལ་མ་ལི།
Sanskrit:
  • śālmalī

Bombax ceiba. Also known as the red cotton tree. It has red flowers and ripened capsules that contain cotton-like fibers. In particular, the trunk is covered in spikes to deter climbing animals, and therefore it is an iron version of this tree that is found in the hells.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 54.­384
g.­261

courtesan

Wylie:
  • bcom pa ma
Tibetan:
  • བཅོམ་པ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhāgavatī

This term is used for a female devotee of Viṣṇu (bhagavat), but here is used as an honorific term for a courtesan. Bhaga can also mean “vulva” and is therefore also used in that way in compounds. This English is also used as a translation for gaṇika in chapter 43 (see n.­1786).

Located in 27 passages in the translation:

  • i.­1
  • i.­92-93
  • i.­108
  • 27.­54
  • 28.­1-5
  • 28.­7
  • 28.­11
  • 28.­21
  • 43.­110
  • 43.­113
  • 43.­140
  • 43.­174
  • 43.­207
  • 43.­256-257
  • 43.­316
  • g.­892
  • g.­1050
  • g.­1227
  • g.­1232
  • g.­1253
  • g.­1442
g.­262

dānava

Wylie:
  • gsod ’phrog
Tibetan:
  • གསོད་འཕྲོག
Sanskrit:
  • dānava

A class of beings, literally, in Sanskrit, “the sons of Danu.” They are enemies of the devas and often associated with the asuras. Under the leadership of Bali, they took over the world, creating a golden age, until they were tricked by Viṣṇu in the form of a brahmin dwarf. A version of that legend is described in a prominent passage in the Kāraṇḍa­vyūha Sūtra (The Basket’s Display, Toh 116), the principal Avalokiteśvara sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 54.­339
g.­263

Daṇḍapāṇi

Wylie:
  • lag na khar ba
Tibetan:
  • ལག་ན་ཁར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • daṇḍapāṇi

One of the fathers-in-law of Śākyamuni: the father of Gopā, one of Śākyamuni’s wives.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­256
g.­264

Daśa­dikprabha­parisphuṭa

Wylie:
  • phyogs bcu snang bas rgyas par ’gengs pa’i gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱོགས་བཅུ་སྣང་བས་རྒྱས་པར་འགེངས་པའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • daśa­dikprabha­parisphuṭa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­265

defilement

Wylie:
  • zag pa
Tibetan:
  • ཟག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • āśrava

A term of Jain origin, meaning “inflow.” It refers to having uncontrolled thoughts as a result of being influenced by sensory objects and thus being sullied or defiled. It is also defined as “outflows,” hence the Tibetan zag pa, “leak,” as the mind flows out toward the sensory objects.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 37.­6
  • 37.­30
  • 40.­36
  • 43.­63
  • 43.­182
  • 43.­240
  • 44.­16
  • n.­1576
  • n.­1822
  • g.­1325
g.­266

demon

Wylie:
  • gdon
Tibetan:
  • གདོན།
Sanskrit:
  • graha

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 15.­8
  • 34.­23
  • 54.­388
g.­267

dependent origination

Wylie:
  • rten cing ’brel par ’byung ba
Tibetan:
  • རྟེན་ཅིང་འབྲེལ་པར་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • pratītya­samutpāda

The teaching that everything arises in dependence on something else, which is also applied to the entire process of life and death. This became standardized into twelve sequences of dependent origination, beginning with ignorance, followed by formation, and concluding in death. In the Pali suttas, this was more often taught as a greater number of successive sequences, commencing with ignorance and formation being simultaneous and codependent, like two sticks leaning against each other.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­14
  • 9.­17
  • 14.­1
  • 54.­13
  • 54.­348
  • n.­2001
g.­268

desire realm

Wylie:
  • ’dod pa’i khams
Tibetan:
  • འདོད་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • kāmadhātu

One of the three realms of saṃsāra, characterized by a prevalence of desire.

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • 22.­18
  • 26.­5
  • 28.­7
  • 37.­8
  • 42.­56
  • 42.­60
  • 43.­12
  • 54.­13
  • 54.­238
  • 54.­240
  • 54.­262
  • 56.­18
  • 56.­30
  • n.­1062
  • g.­723
  • g.­775
  • g.­800
  • g.­1264
  • g.­1332
  • g.­1349
  • g.­1436
  • g.­1437
  • g.­1537
g.­269

destructible aggregation

Wylie:
  • ’jig tshogs
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་ཚོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • satkāya

The Tibetan is literally “the destructible aggregation,” and the Sanskrit is “the existing body.” It implies the view that identifies the existence of a self in relation to the skandhas. Thhe term is also translated here as “destructible accumulation.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 40.­29
  • 54.­203
  • 54.­210
g.­270

deva

Wylie:
  • lha
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • deva

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In the most general sense the devas‍—the term is cognate with the English divine‍—are a class of celestial beings who frequently appear in Buddhist texts, often at the head of the assemblies of nonhuman beings who attend and celebrate the teachings of the Buddha Śākyamuni and other buddhas and bodhisattvas. In Buddhist cosmology the devas occupy the highest of the five or six “destinies” (gati) of saṃsāra among which beings take rebirth. The devas reside in the devalokas, “heavens” that traditionally number between twenty-six and twenty-eight and are divided between the desire realm (kāmadhātu), form realm (rūpadhātu), and formless realm (ārūpyadhātu). A being attains rebirth among the devas either through meritorious deeds (in the desire realm) or the attainment of subtle meditative states (in the form and formless realms). While rebirth among the devas is considered favorable, it is ultimately a transitory state from which beings will fall when the conditions that lead to rebirth there are exhausted. Thus, rebirth in the god realms is regarded as a diversion from the spiritual path.

Located in 199 passages in the translation:

  • i.­41
  • i.­79
  • 1.­3
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­47
  • 1.­55
  • 2.­26
  • 2.­43
  • 2.­54
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­7
  • 3.­22-23
  • 5.­7
  • 5.­15
  • 6.­2-3
  • 6.­12
  • 7.­6-7
  • 7.­11
  • 7.­13-15
  • 7.­19
  • 8.­12
  • 9.­11
  • 9.­13
  • 9.­19
  • 9.­31
  • 9.­45
  • 10.­2
  • 10.­11-14
  • 12.­11-15
  • 12.­26
  • 14.­4-6
  • 15.­2-3
  • 16.­8
  • 16.­13
  • 16.­15
  • 16.­38
  • 16.­41
  • 17.­6
  • 18.­14
  • 20.­17-19
  • 21.­15
  • 21.­45
  • 22.­3
  • 22.­8
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­52
  • 23.­7
  • 24.­5
  • 24.­14-15
  • 24.­17
  • 26.­5
  • 27.­3
  • 27.­6-7
  • 27.­11-17
  • 27.­48-49
  • 28.­7
  • 28.­13
  • 28.­15-16
  • 30.­18
  • 30.­33
  • 30.­40
  • 31.­6
  • 32.­2
  • 32.­7
  • 32.­16
  • 33.­3
  • 34.­18
  • 34.­40
  • 34.­70
  • 35.­17
  • 36.­8
  • 36.­18-22
  • 36.­29-30
  • 36.­34
  • 36.­37
  • 36.­67
  • 36.­81
  • 36.­119
  • 36.­142
  • 37.­5
  • 37.­35
  • 37.­40
  • 37.­77
  • 37.­110
  • 37.­119
  • 38.­8
  • 38.­18
  • 38.­65
  • 38.­95
  • 40.­23
  • 40.­52
  • 40.­80
  • 40.­83
  • 40.­89
  • 40.­113
  • 40.­122-123
  • 40.­141
  • 41.­42
  • 41.­61
  • 41.­65
  • 41.­85-87
  • 42.­56
  • 42.­60
  • 42.­75
  • 42.­80
  • 42.­92
  • 43.­14
  • 43.­114-115
  • 43.­232
  • 43.­315
  • 44.­31
  • 44.­57-58
  • 44.­76
  • 44.­79
  • 45.­1-2
  • 45.­13
  • 54.­71
  • 54.­90
  • 54.­113
  • 54.­200
  • 54.­210
  • 54.­232
  • 54.­245
  • 54.­254
  • 54.­256
  • 54.­262
  • 54.­284
  • 54.­308
  • 54.­334
  • 54.­338-339
  • 54.­347
  • 54.­361
  • 54.­369
  • 54.­373
  • 54.­385
  • 54.­410
  • 54.­415
  • 56.­16-18
  • 56.­30
  • 56.­89
  • 56.­118
  • n.­440
  • n.­956
  • n.­1062
  • n.­1177
  • n.­1376
  • n.­1418
  • n.­1735
  • g.­209
  • g.­262
  • g.­279
  • g.­283
  • g.­522
  • g.­723
  • g.­775
  • g.­973
  • g.­1179
  • g.­1238
g.­271

Devadatta

Wylie:
  • lha sbyin
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • devadatta

A cousin of the Buddha Śākyamuni who broke with him and established his own community. He is portrayed as engendering evil schemes against the Buddha and even succeeding in wounding him. He is usually identified with wicked beings in accounts of previous lifetimes.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­106
  • 41.­73
g.­272

Devamakuṭa

Wylie:
  • lha yi cod pan
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་ཡི་ཅོད་པན།
Sanskrit:
  • devamakuṭa

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­108
g.­273

Deva­mukuṭa

Wylie:
  • lha’i cod pan
Tibetan:
  • ལྷའི་ཅོད་པན།
Sanskrit:
  • deva­mukuṭa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­274

Devaprabha

Wylie:
  • lha’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • ལྷའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • devaprabha

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­275

Devaśrī

Wylie:
  • lha’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • ལྷའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • devaśrī

“Divine Splendor.” The name of a past kalpa. BHS: Devaśiri.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­86
g.­276

Devaśrī

Wylie:
  • lha’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • ལྷའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • devaśrī

A bhikṣu who was a pupil of Śāriputra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­4
g.­277

Deva­śrī­garbha

Wylie:
  • lha yi dpal gyi mchog
  • lha yi snying po’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་ཡི་དཔལ་གྱི་མཆོག
  • ལྷ་ཡི་སྙིང་པོའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • deva­śrī­garbha

The names of two buddhas in the distant past. One may have been Devaśrīvara, where the last part of the compound was translated into mchog. BHS: Devaśirigarbha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­122
g.­278

Devaśuddha

Wylie:
  • dag pa’i lha
Tibetan:
  • དག་པའི་ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • devaśuddha

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­279

Devendra

Wylie:
  • lha’i dbang po
Tibetan:
  • ལྷའི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • devendra

Another name for Śakra, or Indra, literally “Lord of Devas.”

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­18
  • 1.­20
  • 10.­13
  • 21.­12
  • n.­1026
  • n.­1729
g.­280

Devendracūḍa

Wylie:
  • lha dbang gtsug phud
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་དབང་གཙུག་ཕུད།
Sanskrit:
  • devendracūḍa

A buddha in the distant past in chapter 36, and another buddha in the distant past in chapter 41.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 36.­118
  • 41.­95
g.­281

Devendragarbha

Wylie:
  • lha dbang snying po
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་དབང་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • devendragarbha

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­85
g.­282

Devendrarāja

Wylie:
  • lha’i dbang po’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ལྷའི་དབང་པོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • devendrarāja

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­283

devī

Wylie:
  • lha’i bu mo
Tibetan:
  • ལྷའི་བུ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • devakanyā

Literally “daughter of a deva.” A female deva.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 27.­14-17
  • n.­1735
g.­284

Dhanapati

Wylie:
  • nor gyi bdag po
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་གྱི་བདག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dhanapati

A king in another world in the distant past.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • i.­108
  • 43.­65-66
  • 43.­113
  • 43.­232-234
  • 43.­237
  • 43.­239
  • 43.­241-243
  • 43.­253
  • 43.­255
  • g.­907
g.­285

Dhanyākara

Wylie:
  • skyid pa’i ’byung gnas
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱིད་པའི་འབྱུང་གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • dhanyākara

In this ninth-century Tibetan translation, Dhanyākara is translated as “Source of Happiness.” More common is the translation ’bras spung, meaning “Rice Heap.” The famous Gelugpa monastery Drepung takes its name from this city, which was the capital of the kingdom of the Satavahana dynasty that ruled South India from the first to third century ᴄᴇ. Known primarily as Dhānyakaṭaka, the present remains are in the village of Dharaṇikoṭa, a few miles from the site of the great Amarāvatī stupa, in Andhra Pradesh on the southeastern coast of India. Before 1953 this was in the state of Madras.

Located in 43 passages in the translation:

  • i.­7
  • i.­68
  • 3.­22
  • 3.­24-25
  • 3.­30
  • 3.­38
  • 54.­201
  • g.­8
  • g.­175
  • g.­178
  • g.­179
  • g.­206
  • g.­242
  • g.­421
  • g.­615
  • g.­676
  • g.­680
  • g.­681
  • g.­863
  • g.­879
  • g.­1183
  • g.­1185
  • g.­1196
  • g.­1201
  • g.­1216
  • g.­1217
  • g.­1226
  • g.­1230
  • g.­1234
  • g.­1244
  • g.­1250
  • g.­1253
  • g.­1262
  • g.­1269
  • g.­1270
  • g.­1295
  • g.­1301
  • g.­1308
  • g.­1310
  • g.­1440
  • g.­1466
  • g.­1543
g.­286

dharaṇa

Wylie:
  • srang
Tibetan:
  • སྲང་།
Sanskrit:
  • dharaṇa

Though its precise units varied, one dharaṇa was generally equivalent to ten palas or forty karṣa, and roughly equivalent to 350 grams, or near to a pound. The Tibetan translates both pala and dharaṇa as srang in this sūtra. Pala is said to be srang in the Mahāvyutpatti, but that dictionary has no equivalent for dharaṇa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 54.­250
g.­287

dhāraṇī

Wylie:
  • gzungs
Tibetan:
  • གཟུངས།
Sanskrit:
  • dhāraṇī

Sentences or phrases that were said to hold the essence of a teaching or meaning. According to context, the term can also mean an exceptional power of mental retention. Also used as a healing spell. This term is also rendered in this translation as “retention.”

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­36
  • 37.­26
  • 43.­238-240
  • 43.­243
  • 54.­210
  • n.­1017
  • g.­944
g.­288

Dhāraṇīgarbha

Wylie:
  • sa’i snying po
Tibetan:
  • སའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dhāraṇīgarbha

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­289

Dharaṇī­nirghoṣa­svara

Wylie:
  • sa’i dbyangs kyi sgra
Tibetan:
  • སའི་དབྱངས་ཀྱི་སྒྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharaṇī­nirghoṣa­svara

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­290

Dharaṇī­nirnāda­ghoṣa

Wylie:
  • sa sgra’i dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • ས་སྒྲའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharaṇī­nirnāda­ghoṣa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­291

Dharaṇī­śrī­parvata­tejas

Wylie:
  • sa’i dpal ri bo’i gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • སའི་དཔལ་རི་བོའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • dharaṇī­śrī­parvata­tejas

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­85
g.­292

Dharaṇi­tejas

Wylie:
  • gzungs kyi ’od
Tibetan:
  • གཟུངས་ཀྱི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • dharaṇi­tejas

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­93
g.­293

Dharaṇi­teja­śrī

Wylie:
  • sa yi gzi brjid dpal
Tibetan:
  • ས་ཡི་གཟི་བརྗིད་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharaṇi­teja­śrī

The fifty-fifth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Dharaṇi­teja­śirī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­145
g.­294

Dharma

Wylie:
  • chos
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma

A village in South India.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­116
  • 51.­3
  • 52.­1
g.­295

Dharma body

Wylie:
  • chos kyi sku
  • chos kyi lus
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྐུ།
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་ལུས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­kāya
  • dharma­śarīra

Distinct from the rūpakāya or “form body” of a buddha. In origin it was a term for the presence of the Dharma, which would continue after the Buddha’s passing. It also came to refer to someone who was an embodiment of the Dharma, and also the eternal, imperceptible realization of a buddha, and therefore became synonymous with the true nature. In the context of the teaching of the three kāyas of a buddha, only the term dharmakāya (chos kyi sku), rather than dharmaśarīra, (chos kyi lus) was used.

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­31
  • 3.­36
  • 19.­13
  • 24.­2
  • 34.­55
  • 34.­78
  • 36.­45
  • 38.­7
  • 38.­98
  • 39.­67
  • 41.­1
  • 42.­49
  • 43.­13
  • 43.­30
  • 44.­33
  • 44.­38
  • 56.­58
  • n.­243
  • g.­444
g.­296

Dharma­bala­prabha

Wylie:
  • chos stobs ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་སྟོབས་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­bala­prabha

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­93
g.­297

Dharma­bala­śrī­kūṭa

Wylie:
  • chos kyi stobs kyi dpal brtsegs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྟོབས་ཀྱི་དཔལ་བརྩེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­bala­śrī­kūṭa

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­298

Dharma­bala­śūla­dhvaja

Wylie:
  • chos kyi stobs kyi dpa’ ba’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྟོབས་ཀྱི་དཔའ་བའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­bala­śūla­dhvaja

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­299

dharmabhāṇaka

Wylie:
  • chos smra ba
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་སྨྲ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmabhāṇaka

Speaker or reciter of scriptures. In early Buddhism a section of the saṅgha would consist of bhāṇakas, who, particularly before the teachings were written down and were only transmitted orally, were a key factor in the preservation of the teachings. Various groups of dharmabhāṇakas specialized in memorizing and reciting a certain set of sūtras or vinaya.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 39.­7
  • 43.­243
  • 54.­2
  • 54.­87
  • 54.­377
g.­300

Dharma­bhāskara­śrī­megha

Wylie:
  • chos kyi nyi ma dpal gyi sprin
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་ཉི་མ་དཔལ་གྱི་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­bhāskara­śrī­megha

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­301

Dharma­cakra­candrodgata­śrī

Wylie:
  • chos kyi ’khor lo zla bas ’phags pa’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་འཁོར་ལོ་ཟླ་བས་འཕགས་པའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­cakra­candrodgata­śrī

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­302

Dharma­cakra­jvalana­tejas

Wylie:
  • chos kyi ’khor lo rab tu ’bar ba’i gzi brjid rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་འཁོར་ལོ་རབ་ཏུ་འབར་བའི་གཟི་བརྗིད་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­cakra­jvalana­tejas

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­303

Dharma­cakra­nirghoṣa­gagana­megha­pradīpa­rāja

Wylie:
  • chos kyi ’khor lo’i sgra nam mkha’i sprin gyi sgron ma rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་འཁོར་ལོའི་སྒྲ་ནམ་མཁའི་སྤྲིན་གྱི་སྒྲོན་མ་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­cakra­nirghoṣa­gagana­megha­pradīpa­rāja

A buddha in the distant past. In verse he is called Saddharma­ghoṣāmbara­dīpa­rāja.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • i.­106
  • 41.­42-43
  • 41.­45
  • 41.­61-63
  • 41.­66-67
  • 41.­71
  • 41.­79
  • 41.­84
g.­304

Dharma­cakra­nirmāṇa­prabhā

Wylie:
  • chos kyi ’khor los sprul pa’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་འཁོར་ལོས་སྤྲུལ་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­cakra­nirmāṇa­prabhā

A bhikṣuṇī in another world in the distant past. A previous life of the night goddess Sarva­nagara­rakṣā­saṃbhava­tejaḥ­śrī.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 39.­32
  • 39.­34
g.­305

Dharma­cakra­nirmāṇa­samanta­pratibhāsa­nirghoṣa

Wylie:
  • chos kyi ’khor lo sprul pa kun tu snang ba’i dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་འཁོར་ལོ་སྤྲུལ་པ་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­cakra­nirmāṇa­samanta­pratibhāsa­nirghoṣa

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­88
g.­306

Dharma­cakra­prabha­nirghoṣa

Wylie:
  • chos kyi ’khor lo’i ’od kyi dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་འཁོར་ལོའི་འོད་ཀྱི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­cakra­prabha­nirghoṣa

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­307

Dharma­cakra­prabha­nirghoṣa­rāja

Wylie:
  • chos kyi ’khor lo’i ’od rab tu bsgrags pa’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་འཁོར་ལོའི་འོད་རབ་ཏུ་བསྒྲགས་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­cakra­prabha­nirghoṣa­rāja

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­86
g.­308

Dharma­candra­prabhu­rāja

Wylie:
  • ’od rgyal chos kyi zla
Tibetan:
  • འོད་རྒྱལ་ཆོས་ཀྱི་ཟླ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­candra­prabhu­rāja

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­83
g.­309

Dharma­candra­samanta­jñānāvabhāsa­rāja

Wylie:
  • chos kyi ’khor lo’i ye shes kun tu snang ba’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་འཁོར་ལོའི་ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­candra­samanta­jñānāvabhāsa­rāja

A buddha in a southwestern realm.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­25
g.­310

Dharma­dhana­śikharābha­skandha

Wylie:
  • chos kyi dbyig ri bo snang ba’i phung po
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིག་རི་བོ་སྣང་བའི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­dhana­śikharābha­skandha

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­311

Dharmadhara

Wylie:
  • chos ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmadhara

The ninety-first buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­153
g.­312

Dharma­dhātu­diksamavasaraṇa­garbha

Wylie:
  • chos kyi phyogs su yang dag par gzhol ba’i snying po
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་ཕྱོགས་སུ་ཡང་དག་པར་གཞོལ་བའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­dhātu­diksamavasaraṇa­garbha

A kūṭāgāra that miraculously appears in a lotus, within which is the Buddha’s mother.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­30
g.­313

Dharma­dhātu­gagana­pratibhāsa­megha

Wylie:
  • chos kyi dbyings nam mkha’i gzugs brnyan gyi sprin
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་ནམ་མཁའི་གཟུགས་བརྙན་གྱི་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­dhātu­gagana­pratibhāsa­megha

An ocean of world realms in the eastern direction.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 43.­253-254
g.­314

Dharma­dhātu­gagana­pūrṇa­ratna­śikhara­śrī­pradīpa

Wylie:
  • chos kyi dbyings nam mkha’ mdzod spus yongs su rgyas pa’i rtse mo dpal gyi sgron ma
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་ནམ་མཁའ་མཛོད་སྤུས་ཡོངས་སུ་རྒྱས་པའི་རྩེ་མོ་དཔལ་གྱི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­dhātu­gagana­pūrṇa­ratna­śikhara­śrī­pradīpa

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­124
g.­315

Dharma­dhātu­gagana­śrī­vairocana

Wylie:
  • chos kyi dbyings nam mkha’i dpal rnam par snang ba
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་ནམ་མཁའི་དཔལ་རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­dhātu­gagana­śrī­vairocana

A buddha in a northern buddha realm.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­19
g.­316

Dharma­dhātu­jñāna­pradīpa

Wylie:
  • chos kyi dbyings kyi ye shes sgron ma
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་ཀྱི་ཡེ་ཤེས་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­dhātu­jñāna­pradīpa

A buddha in a western realm.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­17
g.­317

Dharma­dhātu­kusuma

Wylie:
  • chos dbyings me tog
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་དབྱིངས་མེ་ཏོག
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­dhātu­kusuma

The twentieth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­138
g.­318

Dharma­dhātu­nagarābha­jñāna­pradīpa­rāja

Wylie:
  • chos kyi dbyings kyi grong khyer ye shes kyi ’od kyis rab tu snang ba’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་ཀྱི་གྲོང་ཁྱེར་ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱི་འོད་ཀྱིས་རབ་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­dhātu­nagarābha­jñāna­pradīpa­rāja

The last of a series of countless buddhas in a past kalpa. The form of his name in prose. In verse he is called Dharma­megha­nagarābha­pradīpa­rāja.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 39.­37-38
  • g.­353
g.­319

Dharma­dhātu­naya­jñāna­gati

Wylie:
  • chos dbyings tshul gyi ye shes stabs
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་དབྱིངས་ཚུལ་གྱི་ཡེ་ཤེས་སྟབས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­dhātu­naya­jñāna­gati

The eighty-ninth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­152
g.­320

Dharma­dhātu­nayāvabhāsa­buddhi

Wylie:
  • chos kyi dbyings su snang ba’i blo
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་སུ་སྣང་བའི་བློ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­dhātu­nayāvabhāsa­buddhi

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­321

Dharma­dhātu­padma

Wylie:
  • chos dbyings pad+mo
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་དབྱིངས་པདྨོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­dhātu­padma

The thirtieth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Dharma­dhātu­padumo.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­140
g.­322

Dharma­dhātu­prabhava­sarva­ratna­maṇi­śākhā­pralamba

Wylie:
  • chos kyi dbyings las byung ba’i rin po che thams cad kyi yal ga dang lhun du ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་ལས་བྱུང་བའི་རིན་པོ་ཆེ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ཡལ་ག་དང་ལྷུན་དུ་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­dhātu­prabhava­sarva­ratna­maṇi­śākhā­pralamba

A bodhi tree in the distant past, the name of which means “Having Trunk and Branches of All Jewels That Appear in the Realm of Phenomena.”

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­95
g.­323

Dharma­dhātu­praṇidhi­sunirmita­candra­rāja

Wylie:
  • chos kyi dbyings su smon lam rab tu ’phrul ba’i zla ba’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་སུ་སྨོན་ལམ་རབ་ཏུ་འཕྲུལ་བའི་ཟླ་བའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­dhātu­praṇidhi­sunirmita­candra­rāja

A bodhisattva from a northeastern realm. Also known as Dharma­dhātu­sunirmita­praṇidhi­candra.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­66
  • 1.­103
  • g.­329
g.­324

Dharma­dhātu­praṇidhi­tala­nirbheda

Wylie:
  • chos kyi dbyings kyi smon lam gyi gzhi rab tu rtogs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་ཀྱི་སྨོན་ལམ་གྱི་གཞི་རབ་ཏུ་རྟོགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­dhātu­praṇidhi­tala­nirbheda
  • dharma­dhātu­tala­bheda­jñānābhijñā­rāja

A bodhisattva from a realm in the downward direction.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­66
  • 1.­31
  • 1.­158
g.­325

Dharma­dhātu­pratibhāsa

Wylie:
  • chos nyid gzugs brnyan
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཉིད་གཟུགས་བརྙན།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­dhātu­pratibhāsa

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­102
g.­326

Dharma­dhātu­pratibhāsa­maṇi­mukuṭa

Wylie:
  • chos kyi dbyings snang ba’i blo gros cod pan
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་སྣང་བའི་བློ་གྲོས་ཅོད་པན།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­dhātu­pratibhāsa­maṇi­mukuṭa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­327

Dharma­dhātu­pratibhāsa­śri

Wylie:
  • chos kyi dbyings ni gzugs brnyan dpal
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་ནི་གཟུགས་བརྙན་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­dhātu­pratibhāsa­śri

The sixty-third buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Dharma­dhātu­pratibhāsa­śiri.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­147
g.­328

Dharma­dhātu­siṃha­prabha

Wylie:
  • chos kyi dbyings kyi seng ge’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་ཀྱི་སེང་གེའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­dhātu­siṃha­prabha

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­329

Dharma­dhātu­sunirmita­praṇidhi­candra

Wylie:
  • chos kyi dbyings su shin tu ’phrul ba’i smon lam zla ba
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་སུ་ཤིན་ཏུ་འཕྲུལ་བའི་སྨོན་ལམ་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­dhātu­sunirmita­praṇidhi­candra

A bodhisattva from a northeastern realm. Also known as Dharma­dhātu­praṇidhi­sunirmita­candra­rāja.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­21
  • g.­323
g.­330

Dharma­dhātu­svara­ghoṣa

Wylie:
  • chos dbyings gsung dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་དབྱིངས་གསུང་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­dhātu­svara­ghoṣa

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­126
g.­331

Dharma­dhātu­svara­ketu

Wylie:
  • chos dbyings dbyangs kyi dpal
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་དབྱིངས་དབྱངས་ཀྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­dhātu­svara­ketu

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­92
g.­332

Dharma­dhātu­vidyotita­raśmi

Wylie:
  • ’od zer chos kyi dbyings su snang ba
Tibetan:
  • འོད་ཟེར་ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་སུ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­dhātu­vidyotita­raśmi

A buddha in a realm in the downward direction.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 8.­26
g.­333

Dharma­dhātu­viṣaya­mati­candra

Wylie:
  • chos kyi dbyings kyi yul gyi blo gros zla ba
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་ཀྱི་ཡུལ་གྱི་བློ་གྲོས་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­dhātu­viṣaya­mati­candra

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­267
g.­334

Dharma­dhātvarcirvairocana­saṃbhava­mati

Wylie:
  • chos kyi dbyings ’od ’phro zhing rnam par snang bar byung ba’i blo gros
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་འོད་འཕྲོ་ཞིང་རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བར་བྱུང་བའི་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­dhātvarcirvairocana­saṃbhava­mati

A bodhisattva in a realm in the downward direction.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 8.­26
g.­335

Dharmadhvaja

Wylie:
  • chos kyi rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmadhvaja

The name of four different buddhas in the distant past. They are mentioned, separately, at 36.­93, 36.­119, 37.­135, and 43.­302.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 36.­93
  • 36.­119
  • 37.­135
  • 43.­302
g.­336

Dharmāditya­jñāna­maṇḍala­pradīpa

Wylie:
  • chos kyi nyi ma’i dkyil ’khor ye shes kyi sgron ma
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་ཉི་མའི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmāditya­jñāna­maṇḍala­pradīpa

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­337

Dharma­druma­parvata­tejas

Wylie:
  • chos kyi sdong po ri bo gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྡོང་པོ་རི་བོ་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­druma­parvata­tejas

A buddha in a world in the eastern direction in a past kalpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 38.­55-56
g.­338

Dharma­gaganābhyudgata­śrī­rāja

Wylie:
  • chos kyi nam mkha’ la dpal shin tu ’phags pa’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་ནམ་མཁའ་ལ་དཔལ་ཤིན་ཏུ་འཕགས་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­gaganābhyudgata­śrī­rāja

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­84
g.­339

Dharma­gagana­kānta­siṃha­prabha

Wylie:
  • chos kyi nam mkha’ la seng ge’i ’od shin tu mdzes pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་ནམ་མཁའ་ལ་སེང་གེའི་འོད་ཤིན་ཏུ་མཛེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­gagana­kānta­siṃha­prabha

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­340

Dharma­jāla­vibuddha­śrī­candra

Wylie:
  • chos kyi dra ba rnam par sangs rgyas pa’i dpal gyi zla ba
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དྲ་བ་རྣམ་པར་སངས་རྒྱས་པའི་དཔལ་གྱི་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­jāla­vibuddha­śrī­candra

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­341

Dharma­jñāna­saṃbhava­samanta­pratibhāsa­garbha

Wylie:
  • chos kyi ye shes yang dag par ’byung
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་ཡེ་ཤེས་ཡང་དག་པར་འབྱུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­jñāna­saṃbhava­samanta­pratibhāsa­garbha

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­342

Dharma­jvalanārciḥ­sāgara­ghoṣa

Wylie:
  • chos ’bar ba’i ’od ’phro rgya mtsho’i dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་འབར་བའི་འོད་འཕྲོ་རྒྱ་མཚོའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­jvalanārciḥ­sāgara­ghoṣa

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­343

Dharmaketu

Wylie:
  • chos kyi dpal
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmaketu

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­344

Dharma­kusuma­ketu­dhvaja­megha

Wylie:
  • chos kyi me tog dpal gyi rgyal mtshan gyi sprin
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་མེ་ཏོག་དཔལ་གྱི་རྒྱལ་མཚན་གྱི་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­kusuma­ketu­dhvaja­megha

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­345

Dharma­maṇḍala­paṭala­megha

Wylie:
  • chos kyi dkyil ’khor na bun sprin
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་ན་བུན་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­maṇḍala­paṭala­megha

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­346

Dharma­maṇḍala­prabhāsa

Wylie:
  • chos kyi dkyil ’khor snang ba
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­maṇḍala­prabhāsa

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­103
g.­347

Dharma­maṇḍala­śrī­śikharābha­prabha

Wylie:
  • chos kyi dkyil ’khor dpal gyi ri bo snang ba’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་དཔལ་གྱི་རི་བོ་སྣང་བའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­maṇḍala­śrī­śikharābha­prabha

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­348

Dharma­maṇḍalāvabhāsa­prabha­cūḍa

Wylie:
  • chos kyi dkyil ’khor gyi ’od rab tu snang ba
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་གྱི་འོད་རབ་ཏུ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­maṇḍalāvabhāsa­prabha­cūḍa

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa. See n.­1540.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­349

Dharma­maṇḍala­vibuddha­śrī­candra

Wylie:
  • chos kyi dkyil ’khor rnam par sangs rgyas pa’i dpal gyi zla ba
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་རྣམ་པར་སངས་རྒྱས་པའི་དཔལ་གྱི་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­maṇḍala­vibuddha­śrī­candra

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­350

Dharmamati

Wylie:
  • chos dpal blo
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་དཔལ་བློ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmamati

The eighty-fifth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. The syllable dpal appears to actually belong to the previous name in the list of buddhas, Smṛti­ketu­rāja­śri.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 37.­151
  • g.­1178
g.­351

Dharma­mati­candrā

Wylie:
  • chos kyi blo gros zla ba
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་བློ་གྲོས་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­mati­candrā

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 34.­65
  • 34.­67
g.­352

Dharma­megha­dhvaja­pradīpa

Wylie:
  • chos kyi sprin gyi rgyal mtshan sgron ma
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྤྲིན་གྱི་རྒྱལ་མཚན་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­megha­dhvaja­pradīpa

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­353

Dharma­megha­nagarābha­pradīpa­rāja

Wylie:
  • chos sprin grong khyer ’od snang rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་སྤྲིན་གྲོང་ཁྱེར་འོད་སྣང་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­megha­nagarābha­pradīpa­rāja

The last in a series of countless buddhas in a past kalpa. The form of his name in verse. In prose he is called Dharma­dhātu­nagarābha­jñāna­pradīpa­rāja.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 39.­49
  • g.­318
g.­354

Dharma­megha­nirghoṣa­rāja

Wylie:
  • chos kyi sprin sgra’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྤྲིན་སྒྲའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­megha­nirghoṣa­rāja

A buddha in a past world in the eastern direction.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 38.­60
g.­355

Dharma­megha­vighuṣṭa­kīrti­rāja

Wylie:
  • chos kyi sprin snyan pa rnam par grags pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྤྲིན་སྙན་པ་རྣམ་པར་གྲགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­megha­vighuṣṭa­kīrti­rāja

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­356

Dharma­meghodgata­prabhā

Wylie:
  • chos kyi sprin shin tu sdug pa’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྤྲིན་ཤིན་ཏུ་སྡུག་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­meghodgata­prabhā

The bodhimaṇḍa of the Buddha Sūrya­gātra­pravara in another world in the distant past, as given in the prose passages, where it is also called Dharmodgata­prabhāsa. In verse it is called Sudharma­megha­prabhā.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 43.­115
  • 43.­232
  • g.­402
  • g.­1239
g.­357

Dharma­nagara­prabha­śrī

Wylie:
  • chos kyi grong khyer rab tu snang ba’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་གྲོང་ཁྱེར་རབ་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­nagara­prabha­śrī

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­358

Dharma­nārāyaṇa­ketu

Wylie:
  • chos mthu bo che’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་མཐུ་བོ་ཆེའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­nārāyaṇa­ketu

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­276
g.­359

Dharma­naya­gambhīra­śrī­candra

Wylie:
  • chos kyi tshul zab mo dpal gyi zla ba
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་ཚུལ་ཟབ་མོ་དཔལ་གྱི་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­naya­gambhīra­śrī­candra

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­360

Dharma­padma­phulla­gātra

Wylie:
  • sku chos kyi pad+mo’i me tog shin tu rgyas pa
Tibetan:
  • སྐུ་ཆོས་ཀྱི་པདྨོའི་མེ་ཏོག་ཤིན་ཏུ་རྒྱས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­padma­phulla­gātra

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­361

Dharma­padma­praphullita­śrī­megha

Wylie:
  • chos kyi pad+mo rab tu rgyas pa’i dpal gyi sprin
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་པདྨོ་རབ་ཏུ་རྒྱས་པའི་དཔལ་གྱི་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­padma­praphullita­śrī­megha

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­362

Dharma­padma­śrī­kuśalā

Wylie:
  • chos kyi pad mo dpal gyi dkyil ’khor
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་པད་མོ་དཔལ་གྱི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­padma­śrī­kuśalā

A body goddess.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­109
  • 44.­21
g.­363

Dharma­padma­vairocana­vibuddha­ketu

Wylie:
  • chos kyi pad+mo rnam par snang bas rnam par sangs rgyas pa’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་པདྨོ་རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བས་རྣམ་པར་སངས་རྒྱས་པའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­padma­vairocana­vibuddha­ketu

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­364

Dharmaprabha (the bodhisattva)

Wylie:
  • chos kyi ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmaprabha

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­365

Dharmaprabha (the buddha)

Wylie:
  • chos kyi ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmaprabha

The name of the thirty-third buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­141
g.­366

Dharma­pradīpa­megha­śrī

Wylie:
  • pad ma’i sgron ma sprin gyi dpal
Tibetan:
  • པད་མའི་སྒྲོན་མ་སྤྲིན་གྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­pradīpa­megha­śrī

A realm in the distant past. BHS: Dharma­pradīpa­megha­śiri.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­90
g.­367

Dharma­pradīpa­śrī

Wylie:
  • chos kyi sgron ma
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­pradīpa­śrī

A buddha in the distant past. BHS verse: Dharma­pradīpa­śiri.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­122
g.­368

Dharma­pradīpa­vikrama­jñāna­siṃha

Wylie:
  • chos kyi sgron ma ye shes kyi rnam par gnon pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྒྲོན་མ་ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱི་རྣམ་པར་གནོན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­pradīpa­vikrama­jñāna­siṃha

A buddha in a world in the eastern direction in the past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 38.­63
g.­369

Dharma­rāja­bhavana­pratibhāsa

Wylie:
  • chos kyi rgyal po’i pho brang rab tu snang ba
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ་པོའི་ཕོ་བྲང་རབ་ཏུ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­rāja­bhavana­pratibhāsa

A bodhimaṇḍa in another world in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­28
g.­370

Dharma­ratna­kusuma­śrī­megha

Wylie:
  • chos rin po che’i me tog dpal gyi sprin
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་མེ་ཏོག་དཔལ་གྱི་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­ratna­kusuma­śrī­megha

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­371

Dharmārciḥ­parvata­ketu­rāja

Wylie:
  • chos kyi ’od ’phro ri bo dpal gyi rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་འོད་འཕྲོ་རི་བོ་དཔལ་གྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmārciḥ­parvata­ketu­rāja

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­372

Dharmārci­megha­nagara

Wylie:
  • chos ’od sprin gyi grong khyer dpal
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་འོད་སྤྲིན་གྱི་གྲོང་ཁྱེར་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmārci­megha­nagara

A world realm in the distant past in the form given in verse. In prose it is called Dharmārci­nagara­meghā.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 39.­47
  • g.­374
g.­373

Dharmārci­meru­śikha­rābha

Wylie:
  • chos ’od ri bo spo mthon
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་འོད་རི་བོ་སྤོ་མཐོན།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmārci­meru­śikha­rābha

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­93
g.­374

Dharmārci­nagara­meghā

Wylie:
  • chos kyi ’od ’phro ba’i grong khyer dpal gyi sprin
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་འོད་འཕྲོ་བའི་གྲོང་ཁྱེར་དཔལ་གྱི་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmārci­nagara­meghā

A world realm in the distant past. In verse it is called Dharmārci­megha­nagara.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 39.­26-27
  • g.­372
g.­375

Dharmārci­parvata­śrī

Wylie:
  • chos kyi ’od ’phro ri bo dpal
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་འོད་འཕྲོ་རི་བོ་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmārci­parvata­śrī

The seventeenth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Dharmārci­parvata­śirī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­137
g.­376

Dharmārciṣmattejorāja

Wylie:
  • chos kyi ’od ’phro ba dang ldan pa’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་འོད་འཕྲོ་བ་དང་ལྡན་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmārciṣmattejorāja

A bodhisattva in a southeastern realm.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­66
  • 1.­23
  • 1.­114
g.­377

Dharma­sāgara­nigarjita­ghoṣa

Wylie:
  • chos rgya mtsho’i ’brug sgra sgrog pa’i dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་རྒྱ་མཚོའི་འབྲུག་སྒྲ་སྒྲོག་པའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­sāgara­nigarjita­ghoṣa

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­269
g.­378

Dharma­sāgara­nirdeśa­ghoṣa

Wylie:
  • chos rgya mtsho shin tu bstan pa’i dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་རྒྱ་མཚོ་ཤིན་ཏུ་བསྟན་པའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­sāgara­nirdeśa­ghoṣa

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­379

Dharma­sāgara­nirghoṣa­mati

Wylie:
  • chos kyi rgya mtsho dbyangs kyi blo gros
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་རྒྱ་མཚོ་དབྱངས་ཀྱི་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­sāgara­nirghoṣa­mati

The fifty-seventh buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­146
g.­380

Dharma­sāgara­nirnāda­nirghoṣa

Wylie:
  • chos rgya mtsho’i nga ro rab tu sgrog pa’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་རྒྱ་མཚོའི་ང་རོ་རབ་ཏུ་སྒྲོག་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­sāgara­nirnāda­nirghoṣa

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­381

Dharma­sāgara­padma

Wylie:
  • chos rgya mtsho’i pad mo
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་རྒྱ་མཚོའི་པད་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­sāgara­padma

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­276
g.­382

Dharma­samudra

Wylie:
  • chos kyi rgya mtsho
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་རྒྱ་མཚོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­samudra

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­98
g.­383

Dharma­samudra­garbha

Wylie:
  • chos rgya mtsho’i snying po
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་རྒྱ་མཚོའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­samudra­garbha

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­384

Dharma­samudra­garjana

Wylie:
  • chos rab rgya mtsho sgrog pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་རབ་རྒྱ་མཚོ་སྒྲོག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­samudra­garjana

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­92
g.­385

Dharma­samudra­mati­jñāna­śri

Wylie:
  • chos kyi rgya mtsho blo gros ye shes dpal
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་རྒྱ་མཚོ་བློ་གྲོས་ཡེ་ཤེས་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­samudra­mati­jñāna­śri

The ninetieth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Dharma­samudra­mati­jñāna­śiri.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­152
g.­386

Dharma­samudra­prabha­garjita­rāja

Wylie:
  • chos kyi rgya mtsho ’od dbyangs rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་རྒྱ་མཚོ་འོད་དབྱངས་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­samudra­prabha­garjita­rāja

The first of countless buddhas in a past kalpa. The form of his name as given in verse. In prose he is called Sarva­dharma­sāgara­nirghoṣa­prabha­rāja.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 39.­48
  • 39.­50
  • g.­1091
g.­387

Dharma­samudra­saṃbhava­ruta

Wylie:
  • chos kyi rgya mtsho yongs byung sgra dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་རྒྱ་མཚོ་ཡོངས་བྱུང་སྒྲ་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­samudra­saṃbhava­ruta

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­126
g.­388

Dharma­samudra­vega­śrī­rāja

Wylie:
  • chos kyi rgya mtsho shugs drag dpal gyi rgyal
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་རྒྱ་མཚོ་ཤུགས་དྲག་དཔལ་གྱི་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­samudra­vega­śrī­rāja

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­108
g.­389

Dharma­śikhara­dhvaja­megha

Wylie:
  • chos kyi ri bo rgyal mtshan sprin
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་རི་བོ་རྒྱལ་མཚན་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­śikhara­dhvaja­megha

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­390

Dharmaśrī

Wylie:
  • chos kyi dpal
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmaśrī

A bodhisattva present with the Buddha at Śrāvastī, and also the name of a buddha in the distant past. BHS verse: Dharmaśiri.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 36.­108
g.­391

Dharma­sūrya­megha­pradīpa

Wylie:
  • chos kyi nyi ma’i sprin rab tu snang ba
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་ཉི་མའི་སྤྲིན་རབ་ཏུ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­sūrya­megha­pradīpa

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­392

Dharma­sūrya­tejas

Wylie:
  • chos kyi nyi ma’i gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་ཉི་མའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­sūrya­tejas

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­393

Dharmāvabhāsa­svara

Wylie:
  • chos snang ba’i sgra
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་སྣང་བའི་སྒྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmāvabhāsa­svara

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­394

Dharma­vikurvita­vega­dhvaja­śrī

Wylie:
  • chos rnam par ’phrul pa’i shugs kyi rgyal mtshan dpal
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་རྣམ་པར་འཕྲུལ་པའི་ཤུགས་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ་མཚན་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­vikurvita­vega­dhvaja­śrī

A buddha in a world in the eastern direction in the past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 38.­62
g.­395

Dharma­vimāna­nirghoṣa­rāja

Wylie:
  • chos kyi gzhal med khang gi dbyangs kyi rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་གཞལ་མེད་ཁང་གི་དབྱངས་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­vimāna­nirghoṣa­rāja

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­273
g.­396

Dharmendrarāja

Wylie:
  • chos kyi dbang po’i rgyal po
  • chos dbang rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབང་པོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
  • ཆོས་དབང་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmendrarāja

A bodhisattva present with the Buddha at Śrāvastī (translated as chos kyi dbang po’i rgyal po), and also the name of two buddhas in the distant past (translated as chos dbang rgyal po).

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 36.­108
  • 36.­114
g.­397

Dharmeśvara

Wylie:
  • chos dbang
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་དབང་།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmeśvara

The hundred-and-first buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­155
g.­398

Dharmeśvara­rāja

Wylie:
  • chos kyi dbang phyug
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབང་ཕྱུག
Sanskrit:
  • dharmeśvara­rāja

A king in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 18.­14
g.­399

Dharmodgata

Wylie:
  • chos kyis ’phags pa
  • chos ’phags
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱིས་འཕགས་པ།
  • ཆོས་འཕགས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmodgata

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī. Also the seventy-sixth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 37.­150
g.­400

Dharmodgata­kīrti

Wylie:
  • chos kyis ’phags pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱིས་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmodgata­kīrti

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­95
g.­401

Dharmodgata­nabheśvara

Wylie:
  • chos kyis ’phags pa’i nam mkha’i dbang phyug
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱིས་འཕགས་པའི་ནམ་མཁའི་དབང་ཕྱུག
Sanskrit:
  • dharmodgata­nabheśvara

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­275
g.­402

Dharmodgata­prabhāsa

Wylie:
  • chos kyis ’phags pa’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱིས་འཕགས་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmodgata­prabhāsa

The bodhimaṇḍa of the Buddha Sūrya­gātra­pravara in another world in the distant past, as given in the prose passages, where it is also called Dharma­meghodgata­prabhā. In verse it is called Sudharma­megha­prabhā.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 43.­218
  • g.­356
g.­403

Dharmolkā­jvalana­śrī­candra

Wylie:
  • chos kyi sgron ma rab tu ’bar ba’i dpal gyi zla ba
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྒྲོན་མ་རབ་ཏུ་འབར་བའི་དཔལ་གྱི་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmolkā­jvalana­śrī­candra

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­404

Dharmolkā­ratna­vitāna­ghoṣa

Wylie:
  • chos kyi sgron ma rin chen bla re’i dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྒྲོན་མ་རིན་ཆེན་བླ་རེའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmolkā­ratna­vitāna­ghoṣa

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­405

dhātu (eighteen)

Wylie:
  • khams
Tibetan:
  • ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • dhātu

The six sensory objects, six sensory faculties, and six consciousnesses.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 34.­34
  • 36.­46
  • 40.­29
  • 54.­204
  • 54.­411
  • n.­2001
  • n.­2163
g.­406

Dhṛtamatitejas

Wylie:
  • mos pa’i blo gros mnga’ ba’i gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • མོས་པའི་བློ་གྲོས་མངའ་བའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • dhṛtamatitejas

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­407

Dhṛtarāṣṭra

Wylie:
  • gnas srung po
Tibetan:
  • གནས་སྲུང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dhṛtarāṣṭra

One of the Four Mahārājas, he is the guardian deity for the east and lord of the gandharvas. Also the name of the king of the geese that was a previous life of the Buddha as described in the Jātakas. In other sūtras, more commonly translated as yul ’khor srung.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 27.­20
  • 36.­23
  • 43.­70
  • g.­683
g.­408

Dhūtarajas

Wylie:
  • rdul rnam par bstsal ba
Tibetan:
  • རྡུལ་རྣམ་པར་བསྩལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • dhūtarajas

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­409

Dhvajāgravatī

Wylie:
  • rgyal mtshan gyi dam pa dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་མཚན་གྱི་དམ་པ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dhvajāgravatī

A royal city in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­69
g.­410

dhyāna

Wylie:
  • bsam gtan
Tibetan:
  • བསམ་གཏན།
Sanskrit:
  • dhyāna

Generally, one of the synonyms for meditation referring to a state of mental stability. The specific four dhyānas are four successively subtler states of meditation that are said to lead to rebirth into the corresponding four levels of the form realm, which are composed of seventeen paradises.

Located in 44 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­31
  • 2.­43
  • 2.­54
  • 3.­63
  • 12.­9
  • 35.­7-11
  • 36.­11
  • 40.­4
  • 40.­39
  • 42.­24
  • 43.­6
  • 43.­12
  • 43.­60
  • 44.­6
  • 44.­38
  • 54.­8
  • 54.­13
  • 54.­17
  • 54.­40
  • 54.­334
  • 54.­341
  • 54.­345
  • 54.­348
  • 54.­358
  • g.­3
  • g.­56
  • g.­107
  • g.­109
  • g.­209
  • g.­210
  • g.­212
  • g.­215
  • g.­221
  • g.­666
  • g.­806
  • g.­807
  • g.­811
  • g.­868
  • g.­1219
  • g.­1325
g.­411

diamond

Wylie:
  • rdo rje
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajra

See “vajra.”

Located in 52 passages in the translation:

  • i.­62
  • 3.­32
  • 3.­66
  • 5.­7-8
  • 10.­8
  • 13.­6
  • 17.­4
  • 20.­4
  • 21.­4
  • 21.­7
  • 21.­9
  • 21.­31
  • 27.­6
  • 28.­6-7
  • 30.­2
  • 30.­18
  • 37.­4
  • 37.­36
  • 37.­49
  • 38.­52
  • 40.­77
  • 40.­80
  • 40.­140
  • 42.­56
  • 43.­102
  • 44.­29
  • 44.­31
  • 54.­300
  • 54.­302-318
  • n.­369
  • g.­1154
  • g.­1333
  • g.­1402
  • g.­1419
g.­412

Digvairocana­mukuṭa

Wylie:
  • phyogs rnam par snang ba’i cod pan
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱོགས་རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བའི་ཅོད་པན།
Sanskrit:
  • digvairocana­mukuṭa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­413

Dīpaṅkara

Wylie:
  • mar me mdzad
Tibetan:
  • མར་མེ་མཛད།
Sanskrit:
  • dīpaṅkara

The previous buddha who gave Śākyamuni the prophecy of his buddhahood.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­98
  • 10.­24
  • 33.­7
  • g.­1410
  • g.­1476
g.­414

Dīpaśrī

Wylie:
  • mar me’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • མར་མེའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • dīpaśrī

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­415

Diśabheda­jñāna­prabha­ketu­mati

Wylie:
  • tha dad phyogs mkhyen ye shes blo gros
Tibetan:
  • ཐ་དད་ཕྱོགས་མཁྱེན་ཡེ་ཤེས་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit:
  • diśabheda­jñāna­prabha­ketu­mati

The sixty-fifth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­147
g.­416

Diśadeśā­mukha­jaga

Wylie:
  • phyogs yul ’gro ba mngon sum
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱོགས་ཡུལ་འགྲོ་བ་མངོན་སུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • diśadeśā­mukha­jaga

The hundred-and-seventh buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­156
g.­417

Diśasaṃbhava

Wylie:
  • phyogs su yongs byung
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱོགས་སུ་ཡོངས་བྱུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • diśasaṃbhava

The thirteenth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­137
g.­418

discernment

Wylie:
  • so so yang dag par rig pa
Tibetan:
  • སོ་སོ་ཡང་དག་པར་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pratisaṃvida

When given as an enumeration, this refers to the four: the discernments of meaning, phenomena, definitions, and eloquence.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­30
  • 3.­59
  • 5.­11
  • 7.­3
  • 8.­14
  • 9.­49
  • 10.­31
  • 32.­1
  • 38.­9
  • 39.­56
  • 41.­97
  • 43.­243
  • 47.­21
  • 54.­348
  • 56.­42
  • 56.­70
g.­419

doors to liberation

Wylie:
  • rnam par thar pa
  • rnam par thar pa’i mgo
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པ།
  • རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པའི་མགོ
Sanskrit:
  • vimokṣa
  • vimokṣamukha

There are three doors to liberation: emptiness, the absence of characteristics, and the absence of aspiration.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 54.­13
g.­420

Draviḍa

Wylie:
  • dra byi la
Tibetan:
  • དྲ་བྱི་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • dramiḍa

Draviḍa was the name for the region in the south of India where the Dravidian languages were spoken, including Telugu, Kannada, Malayalam, and Tamil. The Dravidians were the indigenous population of India before the arrival of people who spoke Indo-European languages, specifically early forms of Sanskrit.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • i.­71
  • 6.­27
  • 7.­2-4
  • 7.­10-13
  • 7.­22
  • g.­730
  • g.­1418
g.­421

Dṛḍhamatī

Wylie:
  • brtan pa’i blo gros
Tibetan:
  • བརྟན་པའི་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit:
  • dṛḍhamatī

An eminent daughter in Dhanyākara.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­29
g.­422

Dṛḍhaprabha

Wylie:
  • ’od brtan pa
Tibetan:
  • འོད་བརྟན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dṛḍhaprabha

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­423

Druma

Wylie:
  • sdong po
Tibetan:
  • སྡོང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • druma

One of the four kings of the kinnaras. Translated in other sūtras as ljon pa and shing rlon.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 27.­23
  • 36.­25
g.­424

Druma­meru­śrī

Wylie:
  • sdong po ri bo’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • སྡོང་པོ་རི་བོའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • druma­meru­śrī

A royal capital in another world in the distant past.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 43.­64-65
  • 43.­101
  • 43.­110-111
  • 43.­232
g.­425

Druma­parvata

Wylie:
  • shing gi ri bo
Tibetan:
  • ཤིང་གི་རི་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • druma­parvata

The fiftieth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­144
g.­426

Druma­parvata­tejas

Wylie:
  • shing gi ri bo gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • ཤིང་གི་རི་བོ་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • druma­parvata­tejas

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­427

Druma­rāja

Wylie:
  • shing rgyal
  • shing gi rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཤིང་རྒྱལ།
  • ཤིང་གི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • druma­rāja

In chapter 36 the name of a buddha in the distant past (shing rgyal). In chapter 44 the name of one of the future buddhas in this kalpa (shing gi rgyal po).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 36.­97
  • 44.­63
g.­428

Drumāvatī

Wylie:
  • sdong po ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • སྡོང་པོ་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • drumāvatī

A royal capital in another world in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­308
g.­429

Durga

Wylie:
  • bgrod dka’ ba
Tibetan:
  • བགྲོད་དཀའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • durga

A land in the south of India.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­93
  • 27.­54
  • 28.­1
g.­430

Duryodhana­vīrya­vega­rāja

Wylie:
  • brtson ’grus kyi shugs thub par dka’ ba’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • བརྩོན་འགྲུས་ཀྱི་ཤུགས་ཐུབ་པར་དཀའ་བའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • duryodhana­vīrya­vega­rāja

A bodhisattva from a southern realm.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­66
  • 1.­15
  • 1.­70
g.­431

Dvāra­svara­prabhūta­kośa

Wylie:
  • chos kyi sgo’i dbyangs mang po’i mdzod
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྒོའི་དབྱངས་མང་པོའི་མཛོད།
Sanskrit:
  • dvāra­svara­prabhūta­kośa

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­432

Dvāravatī

Wylie:
  • sgo dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • སྒོ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dvāravatī

A city in South India.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­97
  • 31.­15
  • 32.­2
g.­433

eight unfavorable existences

Wylie:
  • mi khom pa brgyad
Tibetan:
  • མི་ཁོམ་པ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭākṣaṇa

Being reborn in hell, as a preta, as an animal, or as a long-lived deity (of the formless realms); or being a human in a time without a Buddha’s teaching, in a land without the teaching, with a defective mind, or without faith.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­6
g.­434

eightfold path

Wylie:
  • ’phags pa’i lam gyi yan lag brgyad
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་པའི་ལམ་གྱི་ཡན་ལག་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • āryāṣṭāṅga­mārga

The Buddhist path as presented in the Śrāvakayāna: right view, right intention, right speech, right conduct, right livelihood, right effort, right recollection, and right samādhi.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 54.­13
  • n.­994
  • n.­1221
  • n.­1322
  • n.­1664
  • n.­1734
  • n.­1787
  • n.­1823
  • g.­1341
g.­435

Ekārtha­darśin

Wylie:
  • don gcig tu ston pa
Tibetan:
  • དོན་གཅིག་ཏུ་སྟོན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ekārtha­darśin

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­436

Ekottara

Wylie:
  • gcig tu ’phags pa
Tibetan:
  • གཅིག་ཏུ་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ekottara

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­437

fathom

Wylie:
  • ’dom
Tibetan:
  • འདོམ།
Sanskrit:
  • vyāma

The span between the tips of two arms extended to either side.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 14.­3
  • 20.­5
  • 43.­95
  • 54.­369
g.­438

features (of a great being)

Wylie:
  • dpe byad bzang po
Tibetan:
  • དཔེ་བྱད་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • anuvyañjana

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The eighty secondary physical characteristics of a buddha and of other great beings (mahāpuruṣa), which include such details as the redness of the fingernails and the blackness of the hair. They are considered “minor” in terms of being secondary to the thirty-two major marks or signs of a great being.

Located in 34 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­27
  • 1.­31
  • 1.­127
  • 2.­38
  • 2.­44
  • 3.­7
  • 3.­36
  • 5.­10
  • 9.­21
  • 9.­31
  • 11.­12
  • 14.­3
  • 17.­17
  • 19.­11
  • 20.­5
  • 21.­15
  • 22.­29-30
  • 22.­32
  • 30.­7
  • 36.­58
  • 37.­2
  • 37.­15
  • 37.­67
  • 38.­16
  • 41.­5
  • 41.­21
  • 41.­62
  • 42.­77
  • 43.­5
  • 56.­3
  • 56.­66
  • n.­477
  • n.­1507
g.­439

female blackbuck

Wylie:
  • e ne ya
Tibetan:
  • ཨེ་ནེ་ཡ།
Sanskrit:
  • aiṇeya

Antilope cervicapra, also known as the Indian antelope. The male is called eṇa and the female eṇī. Aiṇeya therefore means “an attribute of the female black antelope.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 14.­3
  • 20.­5
  • 43.­74
g.­440

fig flower

Wylie:
  • u dum bA ra
Tibetan:
  • ཨུ་དུམ་བཱ་ར།
Sanskrit:
  • udumbara

The mythological flower of the fig tree said to appear on rare occasions, such as the birth of a buddha. The actual fig tree flower is contained within the fruit. The flower also came to be portrayed as a kind of lotus.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 14.­25
g.­441

first-week embryo

Wylie:
  • mar mer
Tibetan:
  • མར་མེར།
Sanskrit:
  • kalala

The Gaṇḍa­vyūha uses the same terminology as the Jain text Tandulaveyāliyua and differs from other sūtras. In the The Teaching to the Venerable Nanda on Dwelling in the Womb, kalala is translated as mer mer po. In other texts the first stage is translated as nur nur po.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 54.­111
g.­442

five degenerations

Wylie:
  • rnyog pa lnga
Tibetan:
  • རྙོག་པ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañcakaṣaya

Degeneration of lifespan, views, [increase of] kleśas, beings, and era. The more common translation of pañcakaṣaya (as in the Mahāvyutpatti) is snyigs ma lnga.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 21.­33
  • 40.­55
g.­443

five precepts

Wylie:
  • bslab pa’i gnas lnga
Tibetan:
  • བསླབ་པའི་གནས་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañcaśikṣā­pada

Five vows taken by upāsakas and upāsikās: to not kill, steal, commit sexual misconduct, lie, or take intoxicants.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 54.­377
g.­444

form body

Wylie:
  • gzugs kyi sku
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་ཀྱི་སྐུ།
Sanskrit:
  • rūpakāya

The form or physical body of a buddha, as opposed to the Dharma body or dharmakāya. In Buddhist philosophy, the form body was eventually divided into two kinds: the nirmāṇa­kāya (“emanation body”), which is a physical body, and the saṃbhogkāya (“enjoyment body”), which is an immaterial body seen only by enlightened beings.

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­150-152
  • 2.­31
  • 38.­7
  • 38.­10
  • 39.­67
  • 41.­5
  • 44.­33
  • 56.­58
  • 56.­62
  • n.­1882-1886
  • g.­295
g.­445

form realm

Wylie:
  • gzugs la spyod pa
  • gzugs kyi khams
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་ལ་སྤྱོད་པ།
  • གཟུགས་ཀྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • rūpāvacara

Eighteen paradises that comprise the realm of form, into which beings are reborn through the power of meditation. It is higher than the realm of desire, where beings are reborn through karma.

Located in 31 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­31
  • 26.­5
  • 42.­56
  • 42.­60
  • 54.­13
  • 56.­16
  • 56.­30
  • n.­1062
  • g.­3
  • g.­41
  • g.­56
  • g.­107
  • g.­109
  • g.­149
  • g.­166
  • g.­205
  • g.­209
  • g.­210
  • g.­212
  • g.­215
  • g.­221
  • g.­410
  • g.­666
  • g.­806
  • g.­807
  • g.­868
  • g.­1219
  • g.­1233
  • g.­1235
  • g.­1242
  • g.­1332
g.­446

formless realm

Wylie:
  • gzugs med pa’i khams
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་མེད་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • ārūpyadhātu

One of the three realms of saṃsāra, where beings have only subtle mental form.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 54.­13
  • 56.­30
  • g.­167
  • g.­433
  • g.­1332
g.­447

fourth-week embryo

Wylie:
  • ’khregs
Tibetan:
  • འཁྲེགས།
Sanskrit:
  • ghana

The Gaṇḍa­vyūha uses the same terminology as the Jain text Tandulaveyāliyua and differs from other sūtras. In the The Teaching to the Venerable Nanda on Dwelling in the Womb, ghana is translated as mkhrad ’gyur. Elsewhere it is gor gor.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 54.­111
g.­448

Gagana­buddhi

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’i blo
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའི་བློ།
Sanskrit:
  • gagana­buddhi

A bodhisattva present with the Buddha at Śrāvastī, and also the name of a buddha in the distant past.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 36.­93
g.­449

Gagana­citta

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’i thugs
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའི་ཐུགས།
Sanskrit:
  • gagana­citta

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­125
g.­450

Gagana­garbha

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’i snying po
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • gagana­garbha

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­451

Gagana­ghoṣa

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’i dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • gagana­ghoṣa

The eighth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past, and also the name of the sixty-second buddha in another kalpa. The Tibetan has dbyings in error for dbyangs for the sixty-second buddha.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 36.­109
  • 37.­147
g.­452

Gagana­kānta­rāja

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’ mdzes pa’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའ་མཛེས་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • gagana­kānta­rāja

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­86
g.­453

Gaganālaya

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’i gzhi
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའི་གཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • gaganālaya

The eleventh buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­137
g.­454

Gagana­megha­śrī

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’i sprin gyi dpal
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའི་སྤྲིན་གྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • gagana­megha­śrī

The forty-third buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Gagana­megha­śirī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­143
g.­455

Gagana­netra

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’i myig
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའི་མྱིག
Sanskrit:
  • gagana­netra

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­456

Gagana­nirghoṣa­svara

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’i dbyangs kyi sgra
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའི་དབྱངས་ཀྱི་སྒྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • gagana­nirghoṣa­svara

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­457

Gagana­pradīpa

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’i sgron ma
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • gagana­pradīpa

The sixty-sixth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­148
g.­458

Gagana­prajña

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’i shes rab po
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའི་ཤེས་རབ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • gagana­prajña

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­82
g.­459

Gagana­śrī

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • gagana­śrī

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­460

Gambhīra­dharma­guṇa­rāja­śrī

Wylie:
  • zab chos ’od kyi rgyal po dpal
Tibetan:
  • ཟབ་ཆོས་འོད་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • gambhīra­dharma­guṇa­rāja­śrī

The fifty-sixth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Gambhīra­dharma­guṇa­rāja­śirī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­146
g.­461

Gambhīra­dharma­śrī­samudra­prabha

Wylie:
  • chos zab mo’i dpal rgya mtshos yang dag par ’byung ba’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཟབ་མོའི་དཔལ་རྒྱ་མཚོས་ཡང་དག་པར་འབྱུང་བའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • gambhīra­dharma­śrī­samudra­prabha

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­120
g.­462

Gambhīreśvara

Wylie:
  • dbyangs zab mo
Tibetan:
  • དབྱངས་ཟབ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • gambhīreśvara

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­463

Gandhadhvajā

Wylie:
  • spos kyi rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • སྤོས་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • gandhadhvajā

A royal city in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­57
g.­464

Gandhālaṃkāra­rucira­śubha­garbhā

Wylie:
  • spos kyi rgyan yid du ’ong ba’i dge ba’i snying po
Tibetan:
  • སྤོས་ཀྱི་རྒྱན་ཡིད་དུ་འོང་བའི་དགེ་བའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • gandhālaṃkāra­rucira­śubha­garbhā

A world realm in the northwest.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 8.­25
g.­465

Gandhamādana

Wylie:
  • spos kyi ngad ldang ba
Tibetan:
  • སྤོས་ཀྱི་ངད་ལྡང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • gandhamādana

A legendary mountain north of the Himalayas, with Lake Anavatapta, the source of the world’s great rivers, at its base. It is said to be south of Mount Kailash, though both have been identified with Mount Tise in western Tibet. In other sūtras translated as spos ngad can, spos ngad ldang, and spos nad ldan.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 54.­210
g.­466

Gandha­megha­vyūha­dhvajā

Wylie:
  • spos kyi sprin gyis brgyan pa’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • སྤོས་ཀྱི་སྤྲིན་གྱིས་བརྒྱན་པའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • gandha­megha­vyūha­dhvajā

A buddha realm in the southeastern direction.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­23
g.­467

Gandhāṅkura­prabha­megha

Wylie:
  • spos kyi myu gu’i rtse mo las ’od kyi sprin ’byung ba
Tibetan:
  • སྤོས་ཀྱི་མྱུ་གུའི་རྩེ་མོ་ལས་འོད་ཀྱི་སྤྲིན་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • gandhāṅkura­prabha­megha

A park in another world in the distant past.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 43.­101
  • 43.­115
  • 43.­174
  • 43.­218
g.­468

Gandhaprabha

Wylie:
  • spos kyi ’od
Tibetan:
  • སྤོས་ཀྱི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • gandhaprabha

The thirty-sixth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­142
g.­469

Gandhapradīpa

Wylie:
  • spos kyi mar me
Tibetan:
  • སྤོས་ཀྱི་མར་མེ།
Sanskrit:
  • gandhapradīpa

A buddha in a southeastern buddha realm.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 8.­23
g.­470

Gandha­pradīpa­megha­śrī

Wylie:
  • spos sgron sprin gyi dpal
Tibetan:
  • སྤོས་སྒྲོན་སྤྲིན་གྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • gandha­pradīpa­megha­śrī

A buddha realm in the distant past. BHS verse: Gandha­pradīpa­megha­śiri.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­106
g.­471

Gandhārciḥ­prabhā­svarā

Wylie:
  • spos kyi ’od zer rab tu snang ba
Tibetan:
  • སྤོས་ཀྱི་འོད་ཟེར་རབ་ཏུ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • gandhārciḥ­prabhā­svarā

A southeastern buddha realm.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 8.­23
g.­472

Gandhārci­megha­śrī­rāja

Wylie:
  • spos ’od ’phro ba’i sprin phun sum tshogs pa’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • སྤོས་འོད་འཕྲོ་བའི་སྤྲིན་ཕུན་སུམ་ཚོགས་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • gandhārci­megha­śrī­rāja

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­473

Gandhārciravabhāsa­rāja

Wylie:
  • spos kyi ’od ’phro ba rab tu snang ba’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • སྤོས་ཀྱི་འོད་འཕྲོ་བ་རབ་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • gandhārciravabhāsa­rāja

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­474

gandharva

Wylie:
  • dri za
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་ཟ།
Sanskrit:
  • gandharva

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of generally benevolent nonhuman beings who inhabit the skies, sometimes said to inhabit fantastic cities in the clouds, and more specifically to dwell on the eastern slopes of Mount Meru, where they are ruled by the Great King Dhṛtarāṣṭra. They are most renowned as celestial musicians who serve the gods. In the Abhidharma, the term is also used to refer to the mental body assumed by sentient beings during the intermediate state between death and rebirth. Gandharvas are said to live on fragrances (gandha) in the desire realm, hence the Tibetan translation dri za, meaning “scent eater.”

Located in 50 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­54
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­22
  • 5.­7
  • 5.­15
  • 7.­11
  • 7.­13-15
  • 8.­12
  • 9.­16
  • 9.­31
  • 10.­13
  • 12.­19
  • 14.­5
  • 15.­2-3
  • 16.­38
  • 16.­41
  • 22.­8
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­28
  • 23.­7
  • 24.­5
  • 26.­5
  • 27.­20
  • 27.­48-49
  • 28.­13
  • 30.­40
  • 36.­23
  • 36.­34
  • 37.­5
  • 38.­21
  • 38.­65
  • 41.­61
  • 41.­95
  • 42.­56
  • 42.­60
  • 42.­75
  • 42.­80
  • 43.­115
  • 54.­71
  • 54.­339
  • 54.­347
  • 54.­369
  • 54.­373
  • 54.­392
  • g.­111
  • g.­407
g.­475

Gandharva­kāya­prabha­rāja

Wylie:
  • dri za lus ’od rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་ཟ་ལུས་འོད་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • gandharva­kāya­prabha­rāja

The thirty-eighth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­142
g.­476

Gandharva­rāja

Wylie:
  • dri za’i rgyal
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་ཟའི་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit:
  • gandharva­rāja

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 36.­97
  • n.­1407
g.­477

Gandhavatī

Wylie:
  • spos dri yod pa
Tibetan:
  • སྤོས་དྲི་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • gandhavatī

Realm of the Buddha Ratnābha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 8.­29
g.­478

Gaṇendrarāja

Wylie:
  • tshogs kyi dbang po’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཚོགས་ཀྱི་དབང་པོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • gaṇendrarāja

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­479

Ganges

Wylie:
  • gang gA
Tibetan:
  • གང་གཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • gaṅgā

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The Gaṅgā, or Ganges in English, is considered to be the most sacred river of India, particularly within the Hindu tradition. It starts in the Himalayas, flows through the northern plains of India, bathing the holy city of Vārāṇasī, and meets the sea at the Bay of Bengal, in Bangladesh. In the sūtras, however, this river is mostly mentioned not for its sacredness but for its abundant sands‍—noticeable still today on its many sandy banks and at its delta‍—which serve as a common metaphor for infinitely large numbers.

According to Buddhist cosmology, as explained in the Abhidharmakośa, it is one of the four rivers that flow from Lake Anavatapta and cross the southern continent of Jambudvīpa‍—the known human world or more specifically the Indian subcontinent.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­46
  • 10.­25
  • 13.­13
  • 14.­11
  • 45.­3
  • 45.­5
  • 45.­7-10
  • 54.­175
  • g.­160
  • g.­700
  • g.­1194
g.­480

gardenia

Wylie:
  • par shi ka
Tibetan:
  • པར་ཤི་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • vārṣika

Gardenia gummifera. A white fragrant flower that blooms in the rainy season. In other texts transliterated as bar sha ka or par sha ka.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 54.­253
g.­481

Garjita­dharma­sāgara­nirghoṣa

Wylie:
  • rgya mtsho chos kyi sprin sgra sgrogs pa’i dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱ་མཚོ་ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྤྲིན་སྒྲ་སྒྲོགས་པའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • garjita­dharma­sāgara­nirghoṣa

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­125
g.­482

garuḍa

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’ lding
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའ་ལྡིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • garuḍa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In Indian mythology, the garuḍa is an eagle-like bird that is regarded as the king of all birds, normally depicted with a sharp, owl-like beak, often holding a snake, and with large and powerful wings. They are traditionally enemies of the nāgas. In the Vedas, they are said to have brought nectar from the heavens to earth. Garuḍa can also be used as a proper name for a king of such creatures.

Located in 54 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­26
  • 2.­54
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­22
  • 5.­7
  • 5.­15
  • 6.­8
  • 7.­11
  • 7.­13-15
  • 9.­31
  • 10.­13
  • 12.­17
  • 12.­21
  • 14.­5
  • 16.­38
  • 16.­41
  • 22.­8
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­28
  • 22.­52
  • 23.­7
  • 24.­5
  • 26.­5
  • 27.­22
  • 27.­48-49
  • 28.­13
  • 30.­31
  • 30.­40
  • 34.­16
  • 36.­26
  • 36.­34
  • 37.­5
  • 38.­23
  • 41.­61
  • 42.­56
  • 42.­60
  • 42.­75
  • 42.­80
  • 43.­115
  • 54.­30
  • 54.­71
  • 54.­267
  • 54.­339
  • 54.­347
  • 54.­369
  • 54.­373
  • n.­383
  • n.­1293
  • n.­1731
  • g.­664
  • g.­690
g.­483

Gati­candra­netra­nayana

Wylie:
  • ’gro ba’i zla ba spyan tshul
Tibetan:
  • འགྲོ་བའི་ཟླ་བ་སྤྱན་ཚུལ།
Sanskrit:
  • gati­candra­netra­nayana

The thirty-fifth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­141
g.­484

Gatipravara

Wylie:
  • ’gro ba’i mchog
Tibetan:
  • འགྲོ་བའི་མཆོག
Sanskrit:
  • gatipravara

The name of a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­64
g.­485

Ghoṣaśrī

Wylie:
  • dbyangs kyi dpal
Tibetan:
  • དབྱངས་ཀྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • ghoṣaśrī

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­486

Gopā

Wylie:
  • go pa
Tibetan:
  • གོ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • gopā

A wife of Śākyamuni and the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 43.

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • i.­107-108
  • 42.­131
  • 43.­27-28
  • 43.­31
  • 43.­36
  • 43.­49-50
  • 43.­64
  • 43.­299
  • 43.­331
  • g.­183
  • g.­263
  • g.­1050
  • g.­1227
  • g.­1259
  • g.­1300
g.­487

Gopālaka

Wylie:
  • sa skyong
Tibetan:
  • ས་སྐྱོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • gopālaka

A merchant in Maitreya’s birthplace.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 54.­406
g.­488

great kalpa

Wylie:
  • bskal pa chen po
  • bskal pa che ba
Tibetan:
  • བསྐལ་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
  • བསྐལ་པ་ཆེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahākalpa

The name of a certain kind of kalpa. The number of years in this kalpa differs in the various sūtras that give it a number, although it is said to equal four asaṃkhyeya (“incalculable”) kalpas.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 34.­69
  • 41.­25
  • 56.­49-54
  • n.­1685
  • g.­127
g.­489

Guṇa­cakravāla­śri­megha

Wylie:
  • yon tan khor yug dpal gyi sprin
Tibetan:
  • ཡོན་ཏན་ཁོར་ཡུག་དཔལ་གྱི་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit:
  • guṇa­cakravāla­śri­megha

The ninety-third buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Guṇa­cakravāla­śiri­megha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­153
g.­490

Guṇa­cakravāla­śri­rāja

Wylie:
  • yon tan ’khor yug dpal gyi rgyal
Tibetan:
  • ཡོན་ཏན་འཁོར་ཡུག་དཔལ་གྱི་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit:
  • guṇa­cakravāla­śri­rāja

The forty-eighth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Guṇa­cakravāla­śiri­rāja.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­144
g.­491

Guṇa­candra

Wylie:
  • yon tan zla ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡོན་ཏན་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • guṇa­candra

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­492

Guṇa­ghoṣa

Wylie:
  • yon tan sprin
Tibetan:
  • ཡོན་ཏན་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit:
  • guṇa­ghoṣa

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­108
g.­493

Guṇa­keśarīśvara

Wylie:
  • yon tan seng ge’i dbang po
Tibetan:
  • ཡོན་ཏན་སེང་གེའི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • guṇa­keśarīśvara

The fourth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­135
g.­494

Guṇa­kusuma­śrī­sāgara

Wylie:
  • yon tan me tog dpal gyi rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • ཡོན་ཏན་མེ་ཏོག་དཔལ་གྱི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • guṇa­kusuma­śrī­sāgara

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­495

Guṇa­maṇḍala

Wylie:
  • yon tan ’khor
Tibetan:
  • ཡོན་ཏན་འཁོར།
Sanskrit:
  • guṇa­maṇḍala

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­113
g.­496

Guṇa­padma­śrī­garbha

Wylie:
  • yon tan pad+mo dpal gyi snying po
Tibetan:
  • ཡོན་ཏན་པདྨོ་དཔལ་གྱི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • guṇa­padma­śrī­garbha

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­497

Guṇa­parvata­tejas

Wylie:
  • yon tan ri bo’i gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • ཡོན་ཏན་རི་བོའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • guṇa­parvata­tejas

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­498

Guṇa­prabhāvodgata

Wylie:
  • yon tan gyi tshogs kyis ’phags pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡོན་ཏན་གྱི་ཚོགས་ཀྱིས་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • guṇa­prabhāvodgata

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­499

Guṇa­pradīpa

Wylie:
  • yon tan sgron ma
Tibetan:
  • ཡོན་ཏན་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • guṇa­pradīpa

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­82
g.­500

Guṇa­rāja

Wylie:
  • yon tan bdag
Tibetan:
  • ཡོན་ཏན་བདག
Sanskrit:
  • guṇa­rāja

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 36.­114
  • n.­1413
g.­501

Guṇa­raśmi­dhvaja

Wylie:
  • yon tan ’od gzer rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • ཡོན་ཏན་འོད་གཟེར་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • guṇa­raśmi­dhvaja

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­264
g.­502

Guṇa­sāgara­śrī­pradīpa

Wylie:
  • yon tan rgya mtsho dpal gyi sgron
Tibetan:
  • ཡོན་ཏན་རྒྱ་མཚོ་དཔལ་གྱི་སྒྲོན།
Sanskrit:
  • guṇa­sāgara­śrī­pradīpa

A buddha in the distant past. BHS verse: Guṇa­sāgaraḥ Giripradīpo. See n.­1419

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­127
g.­503

Guṇa­saṃcaya

Wylie:
  • yon tan bstsags pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡོན་ཏན་བསྩགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • guṇa­saṃcaya

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­504

Guṇa­samudra

Wylie:
  • yon tan rgya mtsho
Tibetan:
  • ཡོན་ཏན་རྒྱ་མཚོ།
Sanskrit:
  • guṇa­samudra

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­92
g.­505

Guṇa­samudra­śrī

Wylie:
  • yon tan rgya mtsho dpal
Tibetan:
  • ཡོན་ཏན་རྒྱ་མཚོ་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • guṇa­samudra­śrī

The thirty-second buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Guṇa­samudra­śirī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­141
g.­506

Guṇa­samudrāvabhāsa­maṇḍala­śrī

Wylie:
  • yon tan rgya mtsho snang ba’i dkyil ’khor gyi dpal
Tibetan:
  • ཡོན་ཏན་རྒྱ་མཚོ་སྣང་བའི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་གྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • guṇa­samudrāvabhāsa­maṇḍala­śrī

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­122
g.­507

Guṇa­sumeru

Wylie:
  • yon tan ri
Tibetan:
  • ཡོན་ཏན་རི།
Sanskrit:
  • guṇa­sumeru

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­97
g.­508

Guṇa­sumeru­prabha­tejas

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • guṇa­sumeru­prabha­tejas

A buddha in a world in the eastern direction in the past. See n.­1514.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 38.­59
  • n.­1514
g.­509

Guṇa­sumeru­śrī

Wylie:
  • yon tan ri rab dpal
Tibetan:
  • ཡོན་ཏན་རི་རབ་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • guṇa­sumeru­śrī

The eighth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Guṇa­sumeru­śirī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­136
g.­510

Guṇa­tejas

Wylie:
  • yon tan gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • ཡོན་ཏན་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • guṇa­tejas

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­511

Guṇa­viśuddhi­garbha

Wylie:
  • yon tan rnam dag snying po
Tibetan:
  • ཡོན་ཏན་རྣམ་དག་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • guṇa­viśuddhi­garbha

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­512

Gying-ju

Wylie:
  • gying ju
Tibetan:
  • གྱིང་ཇུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Unidentified.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • c.­6
g.­513

Harisumeruśrī

Wylie:
  • seng ge ri rab dpal
Tibetan:
  • སེང་གེ་རི་རབ་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • harisumeruśrī

The eighty-third buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Harisumeruśirī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­151
g.­514

head merchant

Wylie:
  • tshong dpon
Tibetan:
  • ཚོང་དཔོན།
Sanskrit:
  • śreṣṭhin

Located in 324 passages in the translation:

  • i.­49-52
  • i.­55
  • i.­72
  • i.­82
  • i.­90
  • i.­93
  • i.­99
  • 3.­28
  • 3.­30-31
  • 3.­33
  • 3.­35-37
  • 3.­39
  • 3.­77
  • 3.­80
  • 3.­91
  • 3.­95
  • 4.­1
  • 4.­5
  • 4.­37
  • 5.­1
  • 5.­3
  • 5.­19
  • 6.­1
  • 6.­13
  • 6.­15
  • 6.­28
  • 7.­1
  • 7.­3-5
  • 7.­10
  • 7.­13
  • 7.­21-22
  • 8.­1-3
  • 8.­9-10
  • 8.­16-17
  • 8.­36
  • 9.­1
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­11
  • 9.­39-44
  • 9.­51-52
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­16
  • 10.­67
  • 11.­1
  • 11.­8
  • 11.­10-12
  • 11.­15
  • 11.­19
  • 12.­1
  • 12.­4
  • 12.­6
  • 12.­18
  • 12.­27-28
  • 12.­30
  • 12.­34
  • 13.­1
  • 13.­18
  • 14.­1
  • 14.­7
  • 14.­27-28
  • 15.­1
  • 15.­4
  • 15.­18
  • 16.­1
  • 16.­10
  • 16.­21
  • 16.­42
  • 17.­1
  • 17.­7
  • 17.­9
  • 17.­23
  • 17.­25
  • 18.­1
  • 18.­3
  • 18.­20
  • 19.­1
  • 19.­4
  • 19.­26
  • 20.­1
  • 20.­4
  • 20.­19
  • 20.­21-22
  • 20.­25
  • 20.­33
  • 21.­1
  • 21.­3
  • 21.­13
  • 21.­21
  • 21.­57
  • 21.­61
  • 22.­1
  • 22.­5
  • 22.­7
  • 22.­20
  • 22.­23-24
  • 22.­28
  • 22.­49-50
  • 22.­54
  • 23.­1
  • 23.­19-20
  • 24.­1-2
  • 24.­20
  • 25.­15-16
  • 26.­1-4
  • 26.­11
  • 27.­1
  • 27.­3
  • 27.­9
  • 27.­44
  • 27.­55
  • 28.­1
  • 28.­5
  • 28.­11
  • 28.­17
  • 28.­21
  • 29.­22
  • 30.­1
  • 30.­4-5
  • 30.­43
  • 30.­45
  • 31.­1
  • 31.­16
  • 32.­4
  • 32.­7-8
  • 32.­16
  • 33.­1
  • 33.­4-5
  • 33.­13
  • 34.­1
  • 34.­10
  • 34.­42
  • 34.­64
  • 34.­70
  • 34.­76
  • 34.­87
  • 35.­1
  • 35.­20
  • 35.­34
  • 36.­1
  • 36.­3
  • 36.­39
  • 36.­42
  • 36.­54
  • 36.­145
  • 37.­1-3
  • 37.­11
  • 37.­14
  • 37.­34
  • 37.­118
  • 37.­130
  • 37.­162
  • 38.­1
  • 38.­4
  • 38.­47
  • 38.­79
  • 38.­92
  • 38.­103
  • 39.­1
  • 39.­5
  • 39.­44
  • 39.­56
  • 39.­68
  • 40.­1-3
  • 40.­96-97
  • 40.­151
  • 40.­156-157
  • 40.­161
  • 40.­165
  • 40.­179
  • 41.­1-2
  • 41.­6-7
  • 41.­20-21
  • 41.­60
  • 41.­99
  • 41.­137
  • 42.­1
  • 42.­42
  • 42.­91
  • 42.­132
  • 43.­1
  • 43.­4
  • 43.­8
  • 43.­15
  • 43.­26-27
  • 43.­30-31
  • 43.­49
  • 43.­64
  • 43.­311
  • 43.­331
  • 44.­1
  • 44.­3
  • 44.­21-24
  • 44.­27
  • 44.­29
  • 44.­38-39
  • 44.­68
  • 44.­80
  • 45.­2
  • 45.­13
  • 46.­2
  • 47.­1-2
  • 47.­27
  • 48.­1
  • 48.­5
  • 49.­1
  • 49.­6
  • 50.­5
  • 51.­4
  • 52.­5
  • 53.­2
  • 53.­14
  • 53.­41
  • 54.­1
  • 54.­3
  • 54.­6
  • 54.­14
  • 54.­70
  • 54.­72
  • 54.­197
  • 54.­201
  • 54.­208
  • 54.­322
  • 54.­324
  • 54.­328-329
  • 54.­347
  • 54.­353
  • 54.­360
  • 54.­373
  • 54.­378
  • 54.­381
  • 54.­383
  • 54.­387-391
  • 54.­395-397
  • 54.­406
  • 54.­420
  • 55.­1-3
  • 56.­1-2
  • 56.­5
  • 56.­29
  • 56.­43-47
  • 56.­65
  • 56.­67-68
  • n.­291
  • g.­547
  • g.­832
  • g.­920
  • g.­1161
  • g.­1216
  • g.­1226
  • g.­1230
  • g.­1262
  • g.­1295
  • g.­1300
  • g.­1301
  • g.­1308
  • g.­1310
  • g.­1367
  • g.­1470
g.­515

heshang

Wylie:
  • hwa shang
Tibetan:
  • ཧྭ་ཤང་།
Sanskrit:
  • upādhyāya

From the Chinese 和上 (heshang) derived from the Sanskrit upādhyāya, a senior, learned monk.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • c.­6
g.­516

Hetupadma

Wylie:
  • rgyu pad+mo
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱུ་པདྨོ།
Sanskrit:
  • hetupadma

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­517

higher cognition

Wylie:
  • mngon par shes pa
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhijñā

The higher cognitions are usually listed as five or six. In this sūtra they are listed as five and ten. The five are clairvoyance, clairaudience, knowledge of the minds of others, remembrance of past lives, and the ability to perform miracles.

Located in 37 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­6
  • 12.­1
  • 32.­1
  • 33.­7
  • 35.­12
  • 36.­11
  • 37.­9
  • 37.­122
  • 38.­7
  • 39.­56
  • 40.­13
  • 40.­153-154
  • 41.­5
  • 41.­80
  • 42.­5
  • 42.­30
  • 43.­243
  • 53.­19
  • 53.­40
  • 54.­3
  • 54.­8
  • 54.­17
  • 54.­42
  • 54.­144
  • 54.­146
  • 54.­199
  • 54.­301
  • 54.­341
  • 54.­345
  • 54.­348
  • 54.­356
  • 54.­360
  • 54.­405
  • 55.­3
  • 56.­58
  • n.­723
g.­518

Himalaya

Wylie:
  • kha ba can
Tibetan:
  • ཁ་བ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • himālaya

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­49
  • 14.­3
  • 16.­4
  • 24.­12
  • 27.­3
  • 53.­25
  • 53.­38
  • 54.­210
  • 54.­266
  • g.­70
  • g.­465
g.­519

Hrī­śrī­mañjari­prabhāvā

Wylie:
  • ngo tsha shes pa’i dpal gyi dog pa’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • ངོ་ཚ་ཤེས་པའི་དཔལ་གྱི་དོག་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • hrī­śrī­mañjari­prabhāvā

A body goddess.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­109
  • 44.­21
g.­520

Illuminating Light of the Realm of the Dharma

Wylie:
  • chos kyi dbyings rab tu snang ba’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་རབ་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­dhātu­pratibhāsa­prabha

An assembly hall of the bodhisattvas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 43.­2
  • 43.­27-28
g.­521

immeasurables

Wylie:
  • tshad med pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚད་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • aparamāṇa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The four meditations on love (maitrī), compassion (karuṇā), joy (muditā), and equanimity (upekṣā), as well as the states of mind and qualities of being that result from their cultivation. They are also called the four abodes of Brahmā (caturbrahmavihāra).

In the Abhidharmakośa, Vasubandhu explains that they are called apramāṇa‍—meaning “infinite” or “limitless”‍—because they take limitless sentient beings as their object, and they generate limitless merit and results. Love is described as the wish that beings be happy, and it acts as an antidote to malice (vyāpāda). Compassion is described as the wish for beings to be free of suffering, and acts as an antidote to harmfulness (vihiṃsā). Joy refers to rejoicing in the happiness beings already have, and it acts as an antidote to dislike or aversion (arati) toward others’ success. Equanimity is considering all beings impartially, without distinctions, and it is the antidote to attachment to both pleasure and malice (kāmarāgavyāpāda).

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 54.­13
  • 54.­345
  • 54.­348
g.­522

Indra

Wylie:
  • dbang po
Tibetan:
  • དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • indra

The deity, also called Mahendra (“Lord of the Devas”), who dwells on the summit of Mount Sumeru and wields the thunderbolt. He is also known as Śakra (Tib. brgya byin, “Hundred Offerings”). Śakra is an abbreviation of śata-kratu (“one who has performed a hundred sacrifices”). The highest Vedic sacrifice was the horse-sacrifice ritual, and there is a tradition that Indra became the lord of the gods through performing them.

Located in 25 passages in the translation:

  • i.­4
  • i.­46
  • 2.­53
  • 8.­12
  • 27.­4
  • 27.­7
  • 32.­14
  • 44.­31
  • 54.­210
  • n.­705
  • n.­792
  • n.­1016
  • n.­2132
  • g.­36
  • g.­111
  • g.­258
  • g.­259
  • g.­279
  • g.­747
  • g.­973
  • g.­1333
  • g.­1338
  • g.­1402
  • g.­1415
  • g.­1533
g.­523

Indramati

Wylie:
  • dbang po’i blo gros
Tibetan:
  • དབང་པོའི་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit:
  • indramati

A bhikṣu who was a pupil of Śāriputra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­4
g.­524

Indraśrī

Wylie:
  • dbang po’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • དབང་པོའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • indraśrī

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­525

Indriyeśvara

Wylie:
  • dbang po’i dbang phyug
Tibetan:
  • དབང་པོའི་དབང་ཕྱུག
Sanskrit:
  • indriyeśvara

A young boy, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 15.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • i.­79-80
  • 14.­26
  • 15.­3-5
  • 15.­7
  • 15.­11
  • 15.­19
g.­526

intermediate kalpa

Wylie:
  • bskal pa bar ma
Tibetan:
  • བསྐལ་པ་བར་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • antarakalpa

This kalpa is one cycle of the increase and decrease of the lifespan of beings. It is also called a “small kalpa.” It consists of four ages, or yugas.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 14.­11
  • 39.­30
  • 40.­49
  • 40.­55
  • 56.­30
  • g.­127
  • g.­593
g.­527

Īṣāṇa

Wylie:
  • yongs su tshol ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་སུ་ཚོལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • īṣāṇa

A land in the south of India.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­76
  • 11.­18
  • 12.­2
g.­528

Īśvara

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • īśvara

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa. See n.­1899.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­529

Īśvaradeva

Wylie:
  • dbang phyug lha
Tibetan:
  • དབང་ཕྱུག་ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • īśvaradeva

The names of two of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­530

Īśvara­guṇāparājita­dhvaja

Wylie:
  • dbang phyug gi yon tan gzhan gyis mi thub pa’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • དབང་ཕྱུག་གི་ཡོན་ཏན་གཞན་གྱིས་མི་ཐུབ་པའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • īśvara­guṇāparājita­dhvaja

A buddha in the distant past. His name as given in prose. In verse he is called Īśvarājita­guṇa­dhvaja.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­107
  • 42.­92
  • 42.­94-96
  • 42.­100
  • g.­531
g.­531

Īśvarājita­guṇa­dhvaja

Wylie:
  • phyug yon tan mi thub rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱུག་ཡོན་ཏན་མི་ཐུབ་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • īśvarājita­guṇa­dhvaja

A buddha in the distant past. His name as given in verse. In the prose he is called Īśvara­guṇāparājita­dhvaja.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 42.­109
  • g.­530
g.­532

Jagadindrarāja

Wylie:
  • ’gro ba’i dbang po’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • འགྲོ་བའི་དབང་པོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • jagadindrarāja

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­533

Jaga­mantra­sāgara

Wylie:
  • ’gro skad rgya mtsho
Tibetan:
  • འགྲོ་སྐད་རྒྱ་མཚོ།
Sanskrit:
  • jaga­mantra­sāgara

The hundred-and-third buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­155
g.­534

Jaganmitra

Wylie:
  • ’gro ba’i bshes gnyen
Tibetan:
  • འགྲོ་བའི་བཤེས་གཉེན།
Sanskrit:
  • jaganmitra

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­535

Jain

Wylie:
  • zhags pa ’thub pa
Tibetan:
  • ཞགས་པ་འཐུབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nirgrantha
  • pāṣaṇḍa

A religious tradition derived from Śākyamuni’s elder contemporary Mahāvīra.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • i.­9
  • i.­106
  • 41.­60
  • 41.­78
  • 41.­109
  • g.­265
  • g.­441
  • g.­447
  • g.­808
  • g.­1152
  • g.­1153
  • g.­1329
  • g.­1334
g.­536

Jambu River

Wylie:
  • ’dzam bu’i chu klung
Tibetan:
  • འཛམ་བུའི་ཆུ་ཀླུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • jambunadī

Legendary river carrying the golden fruit fallen from the legendary jambu (“rose apple”) tree. This term is used as an adjective for the gold found in rivers. When used as an adjective, the Sanskrit is jāmbūnada.

Located in 35 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­23
  • 5.­7
  • 9.­31
  • 10.­3
  • 10.­5
  • 14.­25
  • 17.­5
  • 18.­4
  • 20.­6-7
  • 21.­4
  • 21.­7
  • 21.­14
  • 27.­3
  • 28.­6
  • 37.­43
  • 37.­76
  • 40.­82
  • 40.­140
  • 43.­95
  • 43.­102
  • 43.­147
  • 43.­201
  • 43.­244
  • 44.­30
  • 54.­210
  • 54.­247
  • 54.­262
  • 54.­275
  • 54.­324
  • 54.­363-364
  • n.­368
  • n.­1871
  • n.­2135
g.­537

Jambu River

Wylie:
  • ’dzam bu chu klung
Tibetan:
  • འཛམ་བུ་ཆུ་ཀླུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • jambūnada

Legendary river carrying the remains of the golden fruit of a legendary jambu (rose apple) tree.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­7
  • 1.­17
  • 30.­7
g.­538

Jambudhvaja

Wylie:
  • ’dzam bu rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • འཛམ་བུ་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • jambudhvaja

An alternative name for Jambudvīpa (“Rose-Apple Continent”), which means “Rose-Apple Banner.”

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 14.­6
  • 36.­59
  • 40.­122
  • 40.­131
  • 40.­144
  • 43.­148
  • 43.­161
  • 43.­303
  • 44.­30
  • n.­368
g.­539

Jambudvīpa

Wylie:
  • ’dzam bu gling
Tibetan:
  • འཛམ་བུ་གླིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • jambudvīpa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The name of the southern continent in Buddhist cosmology, which can signify either the known human world, or more specifically the Indian subcontinent, literally “the jambu island/continent.” Jambu is the name used for a range of plum-like fruits from trees belonging to the genus Szygium, particularly Szygium jambos and Szygium cumini, and it has commonly been rendered “rose apple,” although “black plum” may be a less misleading term. Among various explanations given for the continent being so named, one (in the Abhidharmakośa) is that a jambu tree grows in its northern mountains beside Lake Anavatapta, mythically considered the source of the four great rivers of India, and that the continent is therefore named from the tree or the fruit. Jambudvīpa has the Vajrāsana at its center and is the only continent upon which buddhas attain awakening.

Located in 57 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­9
  • 5.­8
  • 8.­35
  • 9.­2
  • 11.­14
  • 12.­23
  • 16.­28
  • 16.­32
  • 16.­34
  • 18.­15
  • 22.­33
  • 22.­45
  • 23.­16-17
  • 24.­11
  • 25.­7
  • 25.­12
  • 29.­6
  • 32.­15
  • 33.­12
  • 37.­39
  • 37.­74-75
  • 37.­81
  • 37.­118
  • 40.­53-55
  • 40.­71
  • 40.­155
  • 40.­162
  • 41.­45
  • 41.­84
  • 41.­136
  • 42.­56
  • 42.­62
  • 42.­86-87
  • 42.­93
  • 43.­64
  • 43.­240
  • 43.­248
  • 44.­39
  • 44.­44
  • 44.­59
  • 44.­67
  • 45.­7
  • 54.­222
  • 54.­244
  • 54.­253
  • 54.­269
  • 54.­351-352
  • 54.­377
  • 54.­382
  • 54.­413
  • g.­538
g.­540

jambul tree

Wylie:
  • ’dzam bu’i shing
Tibetan:
  • འཛམ་བུའི་ཤིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • jambāvṛkṣa

Syzygium cumini. At present mainly called the jambul tree, it is the Indian version among the various species of rose apple trees.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 11.­2
g.­541

Jāmbū­nada­prabhāsa­vatī

Wylie:
  • ’dzam bu chu klung gi mdog dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • འཛམ་བུ་ཆུ་ཀླུང་གི་མདོག་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • jāmbū­nada­prabhāsa­vatī

An eastern buddha realm.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 8.­18
g.­542

Jāmbū­nada­tejorāja

Wylie:
  • ’dzam bu chu klung gi gzi brjid rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • འཛམ་བུ་ཆུ་ཀླུང་གི་གཟི་བརྗིད་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • jāmbū­nada­tejorāja

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­261
g.­543

jasmine

Wylie:
  • su ma na
Tibetan:
  • སུ་མ་ན།
Sanskrit:
  • sumana

Jasminum sambac.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 54.­253
  • 54.­255
  • n.­1156
  • g.­948
g.­544

Jayaṃgama

Wylie:
  • rgyal bar gyur pa
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་བར་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • jayaṃgama

The name of a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 45.­9
g.­545

Jayaprabha

Wylie:
  • rgyal ba’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་བའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • jayaprabha

Presumably a member of the royal dynasty in Kaliṅgavana. He is said to have donated the parkland that Bhikṣuṇī Siṃha­vijṛmbhitā dwells in. Also the name of a king in another world realm in the distant past.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 27.­2
  • 41.­46-47
  • 41.­49-50
  • 41.­53-54
  • 41.­58
  • 41.­73
  • 41.­77-78
  • 41.­104
g.­546

Jayoṣmāyatana

Wylie:
  • rgyal ba’i drod kyi skye mched
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་བའི་དྲོད་ཀྱི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit:
  • jayoṣmāyatana

A brahmin, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 12.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • i.­9
  • i.­76-77
  • 11.­18
  • 12.­2-5
  • 12.­18
  • 12.­27-28
  • 12.­32
  • 12.­34
  • 20.­17
g.­547

Jayottama

Wylie:
  • rgyal ba dam pa
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་བ་དམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • jayottama

A head merchant who is the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 26.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • i.­55
  • i.­90-91
  • 25.­15
  • 26.­2-4
  • 26.­11
g.­548

Jeta

Wylie:
  • dze ta
Tibetan:
  • ཛེ་ཏ།
Sanskrit:
  • jeta

A short form of Jetavana, a park in Śrāvastī, the capital of Kosala, which had been owned by Prince Jeta. Anāthapiṇḍada bought it from him at a high price in order to offer it to the Buddha as a place to house the monks during the monsoon period, thus creating the first Buddhist monastery. See also “Jetavana, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­64
  • 1.­74
  • g.­64
  • g.­549
  • g.­550
g.­549

Jetadhvaja

Wylie:
  • dze ta’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • ཛེ་ཏའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • jetadhvaja

An alternative name for Jetavana Park in Śrāvastī, the capital of Kosala, which had been owned by Prince Jeta. Anāthapiṇḍada bought it from him at a high price in order to offer it to the Buddha as a place to house the monks during the monsoon period, thus creating the first Buddhist monastery. See also “Jetavana, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­60
  • g.­550
g.­550

Jetavana, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park

Wylie:
  • dze ta’i tshal skyabs myed pa la zas sbyin gyi kun dga’ ra ba
Tibetan:
  • ཛེ་ཏའི་ཚལ་སྐྱབས་མྱེད་པ་ལ་ཟས་སྦྱིན་གྱི་ཀུན་དགའ་ར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • jetavanam anāthapiṇḍadasyārāmaḥ AO

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

One of the first Buddhist monasteries, located in a park outside Śrāvastī, the capital of the ancient kingdom of Kośala in northern India. This park was originally owned by Prince Jeta, hence the name Jetavana, meaning Jeta’s grove. The wealthy merchant Anāthapiṇḍada, wishing to offer it to the Buddha, sought to buy it from him, but the prince, not wishing to sell, said he would only do so if Anāthapiṇḍada covered the entire property with gold coins. Anāthapiṇḍada agreed, and managed to cover all of the park except the entrance, hence the name Anāthapiṇḍadasyārāmaḥ, meaning Anāthapiṇḍada’s park. The place is usually referred to in the sūtras as “Jetavana, Anāthapiṇḍada’s park,” and according to the Saṃghabhedavastu the Buddha used Prince Jeta’s name in first place because that was Prince Jeta’s own unspoken wish while Anāthapiṇḍada was offering the park. Inspired by the occasion and the Buddha’s use of his name, Prince Jeta then offered the rest of the property and had an entrance gate built. The Buddha specifically instructed those who recite the sūtras to use Prince Jeta’s name in first place to commemorate the mutual effort of both benefactors.

Anāthapiṇḍada built residences for the monks, to house them during the monsoon season, thus creating the first Buddhist monastery. It was one of the Buddha’s main residences, where he spent around nineteen rainy season retreats, and it was therefore the setting for many of the Buddha’s discourses and events. According to the travel accounts of Chinese monks, it was still in use as a Buddhist monastery in the early fifth century ᴄᴇ, but by the sixth century it had been reduced to ruins.

Located in 30 passages in the translation:

  • i.­5
  • i.­66
  • 1.­1
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­13
  • 1.­34-35
  • 1.­41
  • 1.­43
  • 1.­45-46
  • 1.­49
  • 1.­51
  • 1.­53
  • 1.­58
  • 2.­25
  • 2.­36-38
  • 2.­40
  • 2.­45-46
  • 2.­52
  • 2.­55
  • 3.­3
  • n.­256
  • g.­64
  • g.­548
  • g.­549
  • g.­1194
g.­551

jina

Wylie:
  • rgyal ba
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • jina

An epithet for a buddha meaning “victorious one.”

Located in 185 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 1.­60
  • 1.­64-65
  • 1.­79
  • 1.­99
  • 1.­108
  • 1.­111
  • 1.­118
  • 1.­124
  • 1.­133
  • 1.­155
  • 1.­165-167
  • 2.­14
  • 2.­16-17
  • 2.­19
  • 2.­22
  • 2.­47
  • 3.­5
  • 3.­35
  • 3.­56
  • 3.­86
  • 30.­21
  • 34.­45
  • 34.­52
  • 34.­59
  • 35.­22
  • 35.­24-25
  • 35.­27-28
  • 35.­30
  • 36.­43
  • 36.­65-67
  • 36.­69-73
  • 36.­76-77
  • 36.­82-84
  • 36.­91-92
  • 36.­94
  • 36.­97
  • 36.­102-103
  • 36.­107-109
  • 36.­114-115
  • 36.­117-118
  • 36.­126-127
  • 36.­129-130
  • 36.­138
  • 37.­18
  • 37.­26
  • 37.­29-30
  • 37.­32-33
  • 37.­135-137
  • 37.­139-140
  • 37.­142-147
  • 37.­149
  • 37.­151-158
  • 39.­45
  • 39.­48-49
  • 39.­51
  • 39.­54-55
  • 39.­63
  • 40.­27
  • 40.­30
  • 40.­34
  • 40.­40
  • 40.­42
  • 40.­166-167
  • 41.­45
  • 41.­102
  • 41.­118
  • 41.­122
  • 41.­124-127
  • 41.­131
  • 42.­43
  • 42.­52
  • 42.­107-108
  • 42.­114
  • 42.­119
  • 42.­121
  • 42.­127
  • 42.­129
  • 43.­16
  • 43.­41
  • 43.­43-44
  • 43.­181
  • 43.­184
  • 43.­201
  • 43.­204
  • 43.­305
  • 43.­307
  • 43.­309
  • 43.­319
  • 43.­321
  • 43.­329
  • 44.­38
  • 54.­15-16
  • 54.­22
  • 54.­35
  • 54.­41
  • 54.­50-52
  • 54.­61
  • 54.­69
  • 54.­77
  • 54.­81
  • 54.­94
  • 54.­126
  • 54.­134
  • 54.­145
  • 54.­150
  • 56.­73-78
  • 56.­80
  • 56.­85
  • 56.­88
  • 56.­96-97
  • 56.­101-102
  • 56.­105
  • 56.­112-113
  • 56.­118
  • 56.­127
  • 56.­130
  • n.­144
  • n.­174
  • n.­185
  • n.­1377
  • n.­1401
  • n.­1821
  • n.­2211
  • n.­2223
  • g.­553
g.­552

Jinamitra

Wylie:
  • dzi na mi tra
Tibetan:
  • ཛི་ན་མི་ཏྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • jinamitra

Jinamitra was invited to Tibet during the reign of King Trisong Detsen (khri srong lde btsan, r. 742–98 ᴄᴇ) and was involved with the translation of nearly two hundred texts, continuing into the reign of King Ralpachen (ral pa can, r. 815–38 ᴄᴇ). He was one of the small group of paṇḍitas responsible for the Mahāvyutpatti Sanskrit–Tibetan dictionary.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­24
  • c.­1
g.­553

jinaputra

Wylie:
  • rgyal ba’i sras
  • rgyal ba’i sras po
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་བའི་སྲས།
  • རྒྱལ་བའི་སྲས་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • jinaputra

An epithet for a bodhisattva meaning “child of the jinas.”

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­12
  • 34.­46-47
  • 34.­53-54
  • 34.­60
  • 36.­139
  • 54.­60-61
  • 54.­83
  • 54.­159-160
  • 54.­164
  • 54.­180
  • 54.­194
  • n.­174
g.­554

Jñāna­bala­parvata­tejas

Wylie:
  • ye shes kyi stobs kyi ri bo’i gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱི་སྟོབས་ཀྱི་རི་བོའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • jñāna­bala­parvata­tejas

A buddha in a world in the eastern direction in the past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 38.­64
g.­555

Jñāna­bhāskara­tejas

Wylie:
  • ye shes nyi ma’i gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་ཉི་མའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • jñāna­bhāskara­tejas

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­265
g.­556

Jñānabuddhi

Wylie:
  • ye shes ri bo’i blo
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་རི་བོའི་བློ།
Sanskrit:
  • jñānabuddhi

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­557

Jñānākaracūḍa

Wylie:
  • ye shes ’byung gnas gtsug phud
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་འབྱུང་གནས་གཙུག་ཕུད།
Sanskrit:
  • jñānākaracūḍa

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­558

Jñānaketu (the bodhisattva)

Wylie:
  • ye shes dpal
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • jñānaketu

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­559

Jñānaketu (the buddha)

Wylie:
  • ye shes dpal
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • jñānaketu

The name of a buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­276
g.­560

Jñāna­maṇḍala­prabhāsa

Wylie:
  • ye shes dkyil ’khor snang ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • jñāna­maṇḍala­prabhāsa

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­83
g.­561

Jñānamati

Wylie:
  • ye shes blo
  • ye shes blo gros
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་བློ།
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit:
  • jñānamati

A buddha in the distant past in chapter 36 (translated ye shes blo), and the twenty-second buddha in a kalpa in the distant past in chapter 37 (translated ye shes blo gros).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 36.­119
  • 37.­139
g.­562

Jñāna­parvata­dharma­dhātu­dikpratapana­tejorāja

Wylie:
  • ye shes ri bo’i ’od chos kyi dbyings su snang ba’i gzi brjid rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་རི་བོའི་འོད་ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་སུ་སྣང་བའི་གཟི་བརྗིད་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • jñāna­parvata­dharma­dhātu­dikpratapana­tejorāja

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 40.­48
g.­563

Jñāna­raśmi­jvalana­cūḍa

Wylie:
  • ’od zer ’bar ba’i gtsug phud
Tibetan:
  • འོད་ཟེར་འབར་བའི་གཙུག་ཕུད།
Sanskrit:
  • jñāna­raśmi­jvalana­cūḍa

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­264
g.­564

Jñāna­raśmi­megha­prabha

Wylie:
  • ye shes ’od gzer gyi sprin gyi ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་འོད་གཟེར་གྱི་སྤྲིན་གྱི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • jñāna­raśmi­megha­prabha

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­266
g.­565

Jñānārci­jvalita­śarīra

Wylie:
  • ye shes ’od ’phro ’bar ba’i sku
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་འོད་འཕྲོ་འབར་བའི་སྐུ།
Sanskrit:
  • jñānārci­jvalita­śarīra

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­566

Jñānārci­sāgara­śrī

Wylie:
  • ye shes ’od ’phro rgya mtsho dpal
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་འོད་འཕྲོ་རྒྱ་མཚོ་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • jñānārci­sāgara­śrī

The hundredth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS in verse: Jñānārci­sāgara­śiri.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­154
g.­567

Jñānārci­śrī­sāgara

Wylie:
  • ye shes ’od ’phro ba dpal gyi rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་འོད་འཕྲོ་བ་དཔལ་གྱི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • jñānārci­śrī­sāgara

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­568

Jñānārci­teja­śrī

Wylie:
  • ye shes ’od ’phro gzi brjid dpal
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་འོད་འཕྲོ་གཟི་བརྗིད་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • jñānārci­teja­śrī

A buddha in the distant past. BHS verse: Jñānārci­teja­śiri.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­109
g.­569

Jñāna­saṃbhārodgata

Wylie:
  • ye shes rgya mtshos ’phags pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་རྒྱ་མཚོས་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • jñāna­saṃbhārodgata

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­570

Jñāna­śikharārci­megha

Wylie:
  • ye shes spo’i ’od ’phro sprin
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་སྤོའི་འོད་འཕྲོ་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit:
  • jñāna­śikharārci­megha

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­571

Jñāna­siṃha­ketu­dhvaja­rāja

Wylie:
  • ye shes seng ge’i dpal gyi rgyal mtshan rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་སེང་གེའི་དཔལ་གྱི་རྒྱལ་མཚན་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • jñāna­siṃha­ketu­dhvaja­rāja

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­572

Jñāna­śrī (the bodhisattva)

Wylie:
  • ye shes kyi dpal
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • jñāna­śrī

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­573

Jñāna­śrī (the buddha)

Wylie:
  • ye shes dpal
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • jñāna­śrī

The name of the twenty-sixth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Jñāna­śirī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­139
g.­574

Jñāna­śrī­puṇya­prabhā

Wylie:
  • ye shes phun sum tshogs pa’i bsod nams ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་ཕུན་སུམ་ཚོགས་པའི་བསོད་ནམས་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • jñāna­śrī­puṇya­prabhā

A night goddess in a world in the eastern direction in a past kalpa. A previous life of the night goddess Praśanta­ruta­sāgara­vatī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 38.­55
g.­575

Jñāna­sūrya­tejas

Wylie:
  • ye shes nyi ma’i gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་ཉི་མའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • jñāna­sūrya­tejas

A bodhisattva in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 18.­14
g.­576

Jñānāvabhāsa­tejas

Wylie:
  • ye shes snang ba’i gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་སྣང་བའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • jñānāvabhāsa­tejas

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­577

Jñānavairocana

Wylie:
  • ye shes rnam par snang ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • jñānavairocana

A śrāvaka in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 18.­14
g.­578

Jñāna­vajra­tejas

Wylie:
  • ye shes rdo rje’i gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་རྡོ་རྗེའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • jñāna­vajra­tejas

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­579

Jñānodgata

Wylie:
  • ye shes kyis ’phags pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱིས་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • jñānodgata

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­580

Jñānolkāvabhāsa­rāja

Wylie:
  • ye shes skar mda’ snang ba’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་སྐར་མདའ་སྣང་བའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • jñānolkāvabhāsa­rāja

A buddha in a world in the eastern direction in the past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 38.­61
g.­581

Jñānottara­jñānin

Wylie:
  • shes pa dam pa’i ye shes
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་པ་དམ་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • jñānottara­jñānin

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­582

Jvalanārciḥ­parvata­śrī­vyūha

Wylie:
  • me’i ’od ’phro ri’i dpal gyi rnam par brgyan pa
Tibetan:
  • མེའི་འོད་འཕྲོ་རིའི་དཔལ་གྱི་རྣམ་པར་བརྒྱན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • jvalanārciḥ­parvata­śrī­vyūha

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­118
g.­583

Jvalanaśrīśa

Wylie:
  • me yi dpal
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཡི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • jvalanaśrīśa

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­88
g.­584

Jvalitatejas

Wylie:
  • gzi brjid ’bar ba
Tibetan:
  • གཟི་བརྗིད་འབར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • jvalitatejas

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­585

Jyotidhvaja

Wylie:
  • snang ba’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • སྣང་བའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • jyotidhvaja

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­87
g.­586

Jyotiḥprabha

Wylie:
  • skar ’od
Tibetan:
  • སྐར་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • jyotiḥprabha

Refers to the king Jyotiṣprabha in verse.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 40.­136
  • g.­590
g.­587

Jyotirarci­nayanā

Wylie:
  • snang ba ’od ’phro mig
Tibetan:
  • སྣང་བ་འོད་འཕྲོ་མིག
Sanskrit:
  • jyotirarci­nayanā

Refers to night goddess Pramudita­nayana­jagad­virocanā.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 35.­33
  • g.­836
g.­588

Jyotirdhvaja

Wylie:
  • skar ma’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • སྐར་མའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • jyotirdhvaja

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­589

Jyotiṣprabha (the bodhisattva)

Wylie:
  • skar ma’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • སྐར་མའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • jyotiṣprabha

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­590

Jyotiṣprabha (the king)

Wylie:
  • skar ma’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • སྐར་མའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • jyotiṣprabha

A king in another world in the distant past. A past life of King Śuddhodana. Also called Jyotiḥprabha in verse.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­105
  • 40.­124
  • 40.­159-160
  • g.­586
g.­591

kākhorda

Wylie:
  • byad stems
Tibetan:
  • བྱད་སྟེམས།
Sanskrit:
  • kākhorda

A generally malevolent class of nonhuman being.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 47.­25
g.­592

Kaliṅgavana

Wylie:
  • ka ling ga’i nags tshal
Tibetan:
  • ཀ་ལིང་གའི་ནགས་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • kaliṅgavana

A town in South India.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­92
  • 26.­10
  • 27.­1-2
  • g.­545
  • g.­1287
g.­593

kalpa

Wylie:
  • bskal pa
Tibetan:
  • བསྐལ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kalpa

The Indian concept of a period of millions of years, sometimes equivalent to the time when a world appears, exists, and disappears. There are also the intermediate kalpas during the existence of a world, the longest of which is called asamkhyeya, (literally “incalculable,” even though the number of its years is calculated).

Located in 802 passages in the translation:

  • i.­1
  • i.­76
  • i.­87
  • i.­96
  • i.­98-99
  • i.­101-102
  • i.­104-110
  • 1.­1
  • 1.­12
  • 1.­119-120
  • 1.­141
  • 1.­148
  • 1.­150
  • 1.­161-162
  • 1.­165
  • 2.­3
  • 2.­9
  • 2.­20
  • 2.­28
  • 2.­34
  • 2.­36
  • 2.­52
  • 3.­16
  • 3.­74
  • 3.­88-89
  • 4.­20
  • 5.­9
  • 5.­17
  • 6.­14
  • 6.­16
  • 6.­20
  • 8.­32
  • 9.­29
  • 9.­41
  • 10.­25
  • 10.­28
  • 10.­48
  • 10.­59
  • 11.­14
  • 14.­11
  • 15.­13
  • 18.­14
  • 18.­19
  • 19.­11
  • 19.­14
  • 22.­28
  • 22.­33
  • 22.­37
  • 22.­45
  • 23.­18
  • 24.­1
  • 26.­3
  • 27.­53
  • 30.­16
  • 30.­34
  • 31.­10
  • 33.­8-9
  • 34.­44
  • 34.­65
  • 34.­68-69
  • 34.­72
  • 34.­85-86
  • 35.­30
  • 36.­3
  • 36.­14-15
  • 36.­17
  • 36.­32
  • 36.­43
  • 36.­49
  • 36.­55
  • 36.­71
  • 36.­86
  • 36.­90
  • 36.­95
  • 36.­101
  • 36.­106-107
  • 36.­112
  • 36.­117
  • 36.­120
  • 36.­124
  • 36.­142-143
  • 37.­1
  • 37.­31
  • 37.­35-36
  • 37.­52
  • 37.­83
  • 37.­85-87
  • 37.­98
  • 37.­105
  • 37.­109
  • 37.­116
  • 37.­125
  • 37.­133-134
  • 37.­157-159
  • 38.­49
  • 38.­53
  • 38.­65-66
  • 38.­76-77
  • 38.­81-82
  • 38.­89-90
  • 38.­95
  • 39.­25-28
  • 39.­31
  • 39.­36
  • 39.­39
  • 39.­47-48
  • 39.­55
  • 39.­65
  • 40.­17
  • 40.­26
  • 40.­43
  • 40.­45
  • 40.­47
  • 40.­49
  • 40.­88-89
  • 40.­120
  • 40.­170-171
  • 40.­176
  • 41.­5
  • 41.­11
  • 41.­19
  • 41.­24-25
  • 41.­28
  • 41.­30
  • 41.­33
  • 41.­38
  • 41.­40-42
  • 41.­74-76
  • 41.­78
  • 41.­89-98
  • 41.­101-102
  • 41.­115
  • 41.­117-118
  • 41.­120
  • 41.­122
  • 41.­131
  • 41.­136
  • 42.­18
  • 42.­33
  • 42.­39
  • 42.­41
  • 42.­54-55
  • 42.­67
  • 42.­91-92
  • 42.­97
  • 42.­106
  • 42.­108-109
  • 42.­116
  • 42.­129-130
  • 43.­2
  • 43.­17
  • 43.­23
  • 43.­44
  • 43.­50-61
  • 43.­64
  • 43.­139
  • 43.­174-175
  • 43.­180
  • 43.­184
  • 43.­193
  • 43.­195
  • 43.­258
  • 43.­279
  • 43.­282
  • 43.­285
  • 43.­295
  • 43.­297-298
  • 43.­301
  • 43.­314
  • 43.­316
  • 43.­319
  • 43.­326
  • 43.­330
  • 44.­62
  • 44.­64
  • 44.­67
  • 44.­69
  • 44.­73
  • 45.­3
  • 45.­5-10
  • 53.­19-20
  • 54.­2
  • 54.­10
  • 54.­32-34
  • 54.­36-38
  • 54.­40
  • 54.­50
  • 54.­52
  • 54.­54-55
  • 54.­59
  • 54.­62-64
  • 54.­67
  • 54.­151
  • 54.­161
  • 54.­169
  • 54.­175
  • 54.­207
  • 54.­210
  • 54.­225
  • 54.­227
  • 54.­255
  • 54.­260
  • 54.­265
  • 54.­267
  • 54.­285
  • 54.­312
  • 54.­316
  • 54.­329
  • 54.­349
  • 54.­357
  • 54.­359
  • 54.­378
  • 54.­389
  • 54.­411
  • 56.­1
  • 56.­6
  • 56.­30
  • 56.­32
  • 56.­42
  • 56.­48
  • 56.­54-57
  • 56.­59
  • 56.­62
  • 56.­69-71
  • 56.­82
  • 56.­93
  • 56.­96-97
  • 56.­100
  • 56.­103
  • 56.­111
  • 56.­115
  • 56.­118
  • c.­12
  • n.­248
  • n.­439
  • n.­512
  • n.­758
  • n.­958
  • n.­1389
  • n.­1409-1411
  • n.­1467
  • n.­1476
  • n.­1580
  • n.­1660
  • n.­1685
  • n.­1696
  • n.­1737
  • g.­2
  • g.­6
  • g.­10
  • g.­11
  • g.­12
  • g.­13
  • g.­14
  • g.­16
  • g.­17
  • g.­21
  • g.­22
  • g.­26
  • g.­27
  • g.­33
  • g.­34
  • g.­35
  • g.­39
  • g.­40
  • g.­46
  • g.­47
  • g.­48
  • g.­55
  • g.­58
  • g.­60
  • g.­62
  • g.­65
  • g.­67
  • g.­68
  • g.­71
  • g.­72
  • g.­73
  • g.­74
  • g.­75
  • g.­78
  • g.­80
  • g.­81
  • g.­82
  • g.­83
  • g.­84
  • g.­85
  • g.­86
  • g.­88
  • g.­89
  • g.­90
  • g.­91
  • g.­92
  • g.­93
  • g.­95
  • g.­96
  • g.­97
  • g.­98
  • g.­99
  • g.­101
  • g.­102
  • g.­103
  • g.­104
  • g.­106
  • g.­114
  • g.­116
  • g.­117
  • g.­118
  • g.­119
  • g.­121
  • g.­127
  • g.­135
  • g.­145
  • g.­150
  • g.­151
  • g.­153
  • g.­154
  • g.­156
  • g.­158
  • g.­163
  • g.­168
  • g.­170
  • g.­174
  • g.­180
  • g.­185
  • g.­189
  • g.­193
  • g.­202
  • g.­207
  • g.­213
  • g.­214
  • g.­234
  • g.­236
  • g.­237
  • g.­243
  • g.­246
  • g.­247
  • g.­249
  • g.­258
  • g.­275
  • g.­278
  • g.­293
  • g.­297
  • g.­298
  • g.­300
  • g.­301
  • g.­302
  • g.­306
  • g.­310
  • g.­311
  • g.­317
  • g.­318
  • g.­319
  • g.­321
  • g.­327
  • g.­328
  • g.­336
  • g.­337
  • g.­339
  • g.­340
  • g.­341
  • g.­342
  • g.­344
  • g.­345
  • g.­347
  • g.­348
  • g.­349
  • g.­350
  • g.­351
  • g.­352
  • g.­353
  • g.­355
  • g.­357
  • g.­359
  • g.­360
  • g.­361
  • g.­363
  • g.­365
  • g.­370
  • g.­371
  • g.­375
  • g.­378
  • g.­379
  • g.­380
  • g.­385
  • g.­386
  • g.­389
  • g.­391
  • g.­397
  • g.­399
  • g.­403
  • g.­404
  • g.­406
  • g.­408
  • g.­414
  • g.­415
  • g.­416
  • g.­417
  • g.­422
  • g.­425
  • g.­426
  • g.­427
  • g.­431
  • g.­435
  • g.­436
  • g.­451
  • g.­453
  • g.­454
  • g.­457
  • g.­460
  • g.­462
  • g.­468
  • g.­472
  • g.­473
  • g.­475
  • g.­483
  • g.­484
  • g.­485
  • g.­488
  • g.­489
  • g.­490
  • g.­491
  • g.­493
  • g.­494
  • g.­496
  • g.­497
  • g.­503
  • g.­505
  • g.­509
  • g.­510
  • g.­513
  • g.­516
  • g.­524
  • g.­526
  • g.­528
  • g.­529
  • g.­533
  • g.­534
  • g.­544
  • g.­557
  • g.­561
  • g.­565
  • g.­566
  • g.­567
  • g.­570
  • g.­571
  • g.­573
  • g.­574
  • g.­584
  • g.­595
  • g.­596
  • g.­597
  • g.­599
  • g.­608
  • g.­610
  • g.­613
  • g.­614
  • g.­621
  • g.­623
  • g.­625
  • g.­628
  • g.­629
  • g.­636
  • g.­644
  • g.­645
  • g.­648
  • g.­649
  • g.­656
  • g.­657
  • g.­669
  • g.­671
  • g.­672
  • g.­673
  • g.­677
  • g.­682
  • g.­685
  • g.­692
  • g.­693
  • g.­694
  • g.­695
  • g.­697
  • g.­699
  • g.­707
  • g.­711
  • g.­714
  • g.­725
  • g.­733
  • g.­739
  • g.­748
  • g.­757
  • g.­764
  • g.­768
  • g.­769
  • g.­770
  • g.­771
  • g.­773
  • g.­774
  • g.­776
  • g.­778
  • g.­786
  • g.­793
  • g.­794
  • g.­796
  • g.­797
  • g.­798
  • g.­799
  • g.­801
  • g.­803
  • g.­804
  • g.­805
  • g.­806
  • g.­819
  • g.­820
  • g.­821
  • g.­826
  • g.­827
  • g.­828
  • g.­829
  • g.­831
  • g.­833
  • g.­837
  • g.­840
  • g.­842
  • g.­844
  • g.­845
  • g.­852
  • g.­854
  • g.­860
  • g.­864
  • g.­866
  • g.­874
  • g.­886
  • g.­887
  • g.­888
  • g.­889
  • g.­890
  • g.­891
  • g.­899
  • g.­903
  • g.­911
  • g.­918
  • g.­919
  • g.­922
  • g.­925
  • g.­928
  • g.­929
  • g.­937
  • g.­939
  • g.­946
  • g.­951
  • g.­960
  • g.­968
  • g.­969
  • g.­972
  • g.­977
  • g.­978
  • g.­981
  • g.­987
  • g.­993
  • g.­994
  • g.­996
  • g.­999
  • g.­1001
  • g.­1006
  • g.­1011
  • g.­1012
  • g.­1013
  • g.­1017
  • g.­1019
  • g.­1023
  • g.­1025
  • g.­1026
  • g.­1027
  • g.­1028
  • g.­1037
  • g.­1039
  • g.­1041
  • g.­1043
  • g.­1044
  • g.­1052
  • g.­1069
  • g.­1071
  • g.­1073
  • g.­1074
  • g.­1077
  • g.­1079
  • g.­1084
  • g.­1091
  • g.­1093
  • g.­1095
  • g.­1099
  • g.­1101
  • g.­1103
  • g.­1110
  • g.­1122
  • g.­1125
  • g.­1129
  • g.­1131
  • g.­1146
  • g.­1150
  • g.­1159
  • g.­1162
  • g.­1170
  • g.­1172
  • g.­1173
  • g.­1174
  • g.­1178
  • g.­1180
  • g.­1182
  • g.­1184
  • g.­1195
  • g.­1197
  • g.­1198
  • g.­1206
  • g.­1210
  • g.­1218
  • g.­1221
  • g.­1222
  • g.­1224
  • g.­1228
  • g.­1247
  • g.­1252
  • g.­1256
  • g.­1261
  • g.­1268
  • g.­1271
  • g.­1275
  • g.­1276
  • g.­1277
  • g.­1290
  • g.­1291
  • g.­1293
  • g.­1299
  • g.­1304
  • g.­1305
  • g.­1311
  • g.­1313
  • g.­1320
  • g.­1323
  • g.­1335
  • g.­1343
  • g.­1346
  • g.­1350
  • g.­1352
  • g.­1354
  • g.­1358
  • g.­1364
  • g.­1365
  • g.­1366
  • g.­1369
  • g.­1370
  • g.­1371
  • g.­1373
  • g.­1374
  • g.­1382
  • g.­1395
  • g.­1400
  • g.­1403
  • g.­1405
  • g.­1406
  • g.­1407
  • g.­1409
  • g.­1420
  • g.­1423
  • g.­1424
  • g.­1426
  • g.­1427
  • g.­1429
  • g.­1433
  • g.­1434
  • g.­1438
  • g.­1439
  • g.­1441
  • g.­1443
  • g.­1444
  • g.­1445
  • g.­1450
  • g.­1451
  • g.­1452
  • g.­1453
  • g.­1455
  • g.­1456
  • g.­1457
  • g.­1458
  • g.­1459
  • g.­1460
  • g.­1461
  • g.­1462
  • g.­1464
  • g.­1469
  • g.­1471
  • g.­1474
  • g.­1478
  • g.­1492
  • g.­1493
  • g.­1494
  • g.­1495
  • g.­1497
  • g.­1498
  • g.­1503
  • g.­1506
  • g.­1512
  • g.­1515
  • g.­1516
  • g.­1519
  • g.­1520
  • g.­1523
  • g.­1524
  • g.­1525
  • g.­1527
  • g.­1529
  • g.­1539
  • g.­1540
  • g.­1541
  • g.­1542
g.­594

kalyāṇamitra

Wylie:
  • dge ba’i bshes gnyen
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བའི་བཤེས་གཉེན།
Sanskrit:
  • kalyāṇamitra

The Sanskrit can mean “good friend” or “beneficial friend.” The Tibetan can mean “virtuous friend” or “friend of virtue.” A title for a teacher of the spiritual path.

Located in 262 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­1
  • i.­3
  • i.­6
  • i.­11
  • i.­15
  • i.­23
  • i.­68
  • i.­108-109
  • i.­113
  • i.­118
  • 1.­3
  • 3.­35
  • 3.­77-78
  • 3.­93-95
  • 4.­36
  • 5.­1
  • 5.­4
  • 6.­1
  • 7.­1
  • 7.­8
  • 7.­22
  • 8.­2
  • 8.­4-5
  • 8.­36
  • 9.­38-39
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­18
  • 10.­67
  • 11.­5
  • 11.­16
  • 12.­2
  • 12.­6-7
  • 12.­27
  • 13.­1
  • 14.­27
  • 15.­18
  • 16.­1-8
  • 17.­3
  • 17.­10
  • 17.­25
  • 18.­18
  • 19.­2
  • 20.­1
  • 20.­16-18
  • 21.­3
  • 21.­14
  • 22.­1-3
  • 22.­27
  • 22.­34
  • 22.­46
  • 23.­2
  • 24.­1
  • 25.­1-2
  • 30.­3-4
  • 31.­7-8
  • 32.­9
  • 34.­3
  • 34.­9-11
  • 34.­38
  • 34.­68
  • 34.­72
  • 35.­14
  • 36.­1-3
  • 36.­12
  • 36.­17
  • 36.­32
  • 37.­1
  • 37.­8
  • 37.­80
  • 37.­103
  • 37.­105
  • 38.­3-4
  • 38.­93
  • 39.­7
  • 40.­23
  • 40.­32
  • 40.­45
  • 40.­88
  • 40.­91-92
  • 40.­97-98
  • 41.­2-3
  • 41.­7
  • 41.­17
  • 42.­67
  • 43.­7
  • 43.­19
  • 43.­25
  • 43.­33-35
  • 43.­172
  • 44.­1
  • 44.­20
  • 44.­24-28
  • 44.­42
  • 47.­26
  • 48.­1-2
  • 48.­5
  • 53.­15
  • 53.­17-18
  • 53.­20-41
  • 54.­1-3
  • 54.­5
  • 54.­10
  • 54.­15
  • 54.­76
  • 54.­87-89
  • 54.­92-94
  • 54.­96
  • 54.­98
  • 54.­115
  • 54.­156
  • 54.­173
  • 54.­176-177
  • 54.­183-184
  • 54.­195-196
  • 54.­201
  • 54.­204-207
  • 54.­209
  • 54.­329
  • 54.­357
  • 54.­377
  • 54.­379-380
  • 54.­398
  • 54.­408-409
  • 54.­415-416
  • 54.­418-419
  • 55.­2
  • 56.­1
  • 56.­58
  • 56.­68
  • 56.­134-135
  • n.­400
  • n.­428
  • n.­430
  • n.­702
  • n.­755
  • n.­953
  • n.­955
  • n.­968
  • n.­1267
  • n.­1343-1344
  • n.­1434-1435
  • n.­1602
  • n.­1630
  • n.­1792-1793
  • n.­2016
  • n.­2178
  • g.­15
  • g.­38
  • g.­63
  • g.­181
  • g.­190
  • g.­486
  • g.­525
  • g.­546
  • g.­547
  • g.­652
  • g.­678
  • g.­698
  • g.­730
  • g.­733
  • g.­749
  • g.­750
  • g.­824
  • g.­898
  • g.­957
  • g.­961
  • g.­990
  • g.­1008
  • g.­1097
  • g.­1166
  • g.­1175
  • g.­1200
  • g.­1203
  • g.­1229
  • g.­1231
  • g.­1274
  • g.­1280
  • g.­1296
  • g.­1367
  • g.­1375
  • g.­1447
  • g.­1468
  • g.­1524
g.­595

Kanaka­jāla­kāya­vibhūṣita

Wylie:
  • gser gyi dra bas sku rnam par brgyan pa
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་གྱི་དྲ་བས་སྐུ་རྣམ་པར་བརྒྱན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kanaka­jāla­kāya­vibhūṣita

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­596

Kanaka­maṇi­parvata­ghoṣa

Wylie:
  • gser rin po che’i ri’i dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་རིའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • kanaka­maṇi­parvata­ghoṣa

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­597

Kanaka­maṇi­parvata­tejobhadra

Wylie:
  • gser rin po che’i ri bo gzi brjid bzang po
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་རི་བོ་གཟི་བརྗིད་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kanaka­maṇi­parvata­tejobhadra

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­598

Kanaka­megha­pradīpa­dhvajā

Wylie:
  • gser gyi sprin sgron ma’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་གྱི་སྤྲིན་སྒྲོན་མའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • kanaka­megha­pradīpa­dhvajā

A buddha realm in the east.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­14
g.­599

Kanaka­muni

Wylie:
  • gser thub
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་ཐུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • kanaka­muni

The second buddha in our Bhadra kalpa.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 29.­6
  • 38.­69
  • 44.­62
  • g.­794
  • g.­874
  • g.­1335
  • g.­1545
g.­600

Kanaka­vatī

Wylie:
  • gser yod pa
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kanaka­vatī

The realm of the Buddha Śantābha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 8.­29
g.­601

Kanaka­vimala­prabhā

Wylie:
  • gser ltar dri ma med pa’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་ལྟར་དྲི་མ་མེད་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • kanaka­vimala­prabhā

A world realm in the eastern direction. Also called Kanaka­vimala­prabhā­vyūha.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 38.­77-78
  • g.­602
g.­602

Kanaka­vimala­prabhā­vyūha

Wylie:
  • gser ltar dri ma med pa’i ’od kyi rgyan
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་ལྟར་དྲི་མ་མེད་པའི་འོད་ཀྱི་རྒྱན།
Sanskrit:
  • kanaka­vimala­prabhā­vyūha

A world realm in the eastern direction. Also called Kanaka­vimala­prabhā.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­103
  • 38.­52
  • 38.­65
  • g.­601
g.­603

Kāñcanaparvata

Wylie:
  • gser gyi ri bo
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་གྱི་རི་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kāñcanaparvata

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­118
g.­604

Kapilavastu

Wylie:
  • ser skya’i gnas
Tibetan:
  • སེར་སྐྱའི་གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • kapilavastu

The Buddha’s hometown. Also translated elsewhere as ser skya’i grong.

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • i.­5
  • i.­98-99
  • i.­107-108
  • i.­110-111
  • 33.­12
  • 34.­1-3
  • 42.­58
  • 42.­131
  • 43.­1
  • 44.­45
  • 45.­12
  • 46.­1
  • g.­144
  • g.­913
g.­605

Kapphiṇa

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • kapphiṇa

A principal teacher of the monastic saṅgha during the Buddha’s lifetime. Described as pale skinned and with a prominent nose. See n.­118.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­35
g.­606

karṣa

Wylie:
  • zho
Tibetan:
  • ཞོ།
Sanskrit:
  • karṣa

An ancient Indian weight that is the equivalent of about nine grams or around one third of an ounce.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 54.­250
  • g.­286
  • g.­795
g.­607

Karuṇatejas

Wylie:
  • thugs rje’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཐུགས་རྗེའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • karuṇatejas

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­103
g.­608

Kāruṇika

Wylie:
  • thugs rje che mnga’
Tibetan:
  • ཐུགས་རྗེ་ཆེ་མངའ།
Sanskrit:
  • kāruṇika

The eighteenth (nineteenth in the Sanskrit) buddha in a kalpa in the distant past

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 37.­138
  • n.­1494
g.­609

Kāṣāyadhvajā

Wylie:
  • ngur smrig gi rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • ངུར་སྨྲིག་གི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • kāṣāyadhvajā

A buddha realm in the north.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 8.­21
g.­610

Kāśyapa

Wylie:
  • bsod skyabs
Tibetan:
  • བསོད་སྐྱབས།
Sanskrit:
  • kāśyapa

The third buddha in the present Bhadra kalpa who preceded Śākyamuni. Also called Mahākāśyapa. The common translation, including in the Mahāvyutpatti, is ’od srung.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 29.­6
  • 38.­70
  • 44.­62
  • g.­673
g.­611

kaṭapūtana

Wylie:
  • lus srul po
Tibetan:
  • ལུས་སྲུལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kaṭapūtana

A class of malevolent nonhuman beings who are often identified as the source of illness.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­18
g.­612

Kātyāyana

Wylie:
  • ka tya’i bu
Tibetan:
  • ཀ་ཏྱའི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • kātyāyana

One of the ten principal pupils of the Buddha. He was foremost in explaining the Dharma.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­35
g.­613

Keśaranandin

Wylie:
  • ze ba dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • ཟེ་བ་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • keśaranandin

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­614

Ketu

Wylie:
  • dpal
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • ketu

In chapter 10 the name of a buddha in the past. In chapter 44 the name of one of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­24
  • 44.­63
g.­615

Ketuprabhā

Wylie:
  • dpal gyi ’od
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་གྱི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • ketuprabhā

An upāsikā in Dhanyākara.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­27
g.­616

Ketuśrī

Wylie:
  • dpal gyi dpal
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་གྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • ketuśrī

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­617

Kevalaka

Wylie:
  • dag pa
Tibetan:
  • དག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kevalaka

A region in Magadha.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 47.­26
  • 48.­1
g.­618

King Senalek

Wylie:
  • sad na legs
Tibetan:
  • སད་ན་ལེགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Also commonly known by the names Senalek Jingyön (sad na legs mjing yon) and Mutik Tenpo (mu tig bstan po), he was a Tibetan king who reigned ca 800/804–15. He was the youngest son of King Trisong Detsen (khri srong lde btsan, r. 742–98).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­24
  • i.­33
g.­619

kinnara

Wylie:
  • mi’am ci
Tibetan:
  • མིའམ་ཅི།
Sanskrit:
  • kinnara
  • kiṃnara

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of nonhuman beings that resemble humans to the degree that their very name‍—which means “is that human?”‍—suggests some confusion as to their divine status. Kinnaras are mythological beings found in both Buddhist and Brahmanical literature, where they are portrayed as creatures half human, half animal. They are often depicted as highly skilled celestial musicians.

Located in 48 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­26
  • 2.­54
  • 3.­22
  • 5.­7
  • 5.­15
  • 6.­5
  • 7.­6
  • 7.­11
  • 7.­13-15
  • 9.­16
  • 9.­31
  • 10.­13
  • 12.­22
  • 14.­5
  • 16.­38
  • 16.­41
  • 22.­8
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­28
  • 23.­7
  • 24.­5
  • 26.­5
  • 27.­23
  • 27.­48-49
  • 28.­13
  • 30.­18
  • 30.­40
  • 34.­16
  • 36.­25
  • 36.­34
  • 37.­5
  • 38.­24
  • 38.­65
  • 41.­61
  • 42.­56
  • 42.­60
  • 42.­75
  • 42.­80
  • 43.­115
  • 54.­71
  • 54.­339
  • 54.­347
  • 54.­369
  • 54.­373
  • g.­423
g.­620

kleśa

Wylie:
  • nyon mongs
Tibetan:
  • ཉོན་མོངས།
Sanskrit:
  • kleśa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The essentially pure nature of mind is obscured and afflicted by various psychological defilements, which destroy the mind’s peace and composure and lead to unwholesome deeds of body, speech, and mind, acting as causes for continued existence in saṃsāra. Included among them are the primary afflictions of desire (rāga), anger (dveṣa), and ignorance (avidyā). It is said that there are eighty-four thousand of these negative mental qualities, for which the eighty-four thousand categories of the Buddha’s teachings serve as the antidote.

Kleśa is also commonly translated as “negative emotions,” “disturbing emotions,” and so on. The Pāli kilesa, Middle Indic kileśa, and Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit kleśa all primarily mean “stain” or “defilement.” The translation “affliction” is a secondary development that derives from the more general (non-Buddhist) classical understanding of √kliś (“to harm,“ “to afflict”). Both meanings are noted by Buddhist commentators.

Located in 148 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­54
  • 3.­45
  • 3.­50-51
  • 3.­68
  • 8.­13
  • 9.­5
  • 9.­13
  • 9.­22
  • 9.­28
  • 10.­15
  • 10.­50
  • 10.­59-60
  • 10.­63
  • 10.­65
  • 11.­7
  • 12.­8
  • 12.­11
  • 12.­32
  • 13.­15
  • 18.­16
  • 19.­8
  • 19.­24
  • 21.­20
  • 21.­26
  • 22.­17-18
  • 22.­31-32
  • 22.­46
  • 22.­52
  • 24.­2
  • 24.­6
  • 24.­18
  • 25.­1
  • 26.­1
  • 26.­8
  • 27.­10
  • 30.­41
  • 32.­14
  • 34.­12
  • 34.­19
  • 34.­38
  • 34.­70
  • 34.­85
  • 35.­11
  • 35.­27
  • 36.­9
  • 36.­11
  • 36.­15
  • 36.­101
  • 36.­106
  • 36.­116
  • 36.­132
  • 37.­8
  • 38.­49
  • 38.­87
  • 39.­8
  • 39.­30-31
  • 39.­64
  • 40.­4
  • 40.­11
  • 40.­19
  • 40.­23
  • 40.­28
  • 40.­61
  • 40.­92
  • 40.­120
  • 41.­1
  • 41.­21
  • 41.­35
  • 41.­38
  • 41.­51
  • 41.­62
  • 41.­129
  • 41.­135
  • 42.­21
  • 42.­60
  • 43.­8
  • 43.­10
  • 43.­14
  • 43.­39
  • 43.­138
  • 43.­183
  • 43.­234
  • 44.­8
  • 44.­38
  • 47.­15
  • 53.­4
  • 53.­19
  • 53.­23-26
  • 54.­8
  • 54.­13
  • 54.­27-29
  • 54.­116
  • 54.­121
  • 54.­127-128
  • 54.­139
  • 54.­199
  • 54.­204
  • 54.­210
  • 54.­215
  • 54.­217
  • 54.­220-221
  • 54.­229
  • 54.­248-249
  • 54.­251
  • 54.­257
  • 54.­260
  • 54.­265
  • 54.­274
  • 54.­277-278
  • 54.­289
  • 54.­293
  • 54.­295-296
  • 54.­316-317
  • 54.­411
  • 56.­21-22
  • 56.­91
  • 56.­109
  • 56.­117
  • n.­264
  • n.­465
  • n.­699
  • n.­733
  • n.­1009
  • n.­1062
  • n.­1080
  • n.­1995
  • n.­2049
  • n.­2111
  • g.­442
  • g.­722
  • g.­967
g.­621

Krakucchanda

Wylie:
  • log par dad sel
Tibetan:
  • ལོག་པར་དད་སེལ།
Sanskrit:
  • krakucchanda

The first of the buddhas in this kalpa, with Śākyamuni as the fourth. Also listed as the fourth of the seven buddhas, with Śākyamuni as the seventh. The Tibetan translation in this sūtra and in others, such as the Kāraṇḍa­vyūha Sūtra (The Basket’s Display, Toh 116), means “elimination of incorrect faith.” This version is also found in the Mahāvyutpatti, whereas the later standard Tibetan translation is ’khor ba ’jig (“destruction of saṃsāra”). Krakucchanda is a Sanskritization of the Middle-Indic name Kakusaṃdha. Kaku may mean “summit,” and saṃdha is “inner meaning” or “hidden meaning.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 29.­6
  • 38.­68
  • 38.­77
  • 41.­76
  • 44.­62
g.­622

Kṣānti­maṇḍala­pradīpa

Wylie:
  • bzod ’khor sgron ma
Tibetan:
  • བཟོད་འཁོར་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣānti­maṇḍala­pradīpa

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­103
g.­623

Kṣānti­pradīpa­śrī

Wylie:
  • bzod pa’i sgron ma dpal
Tibetan:
  • བཟོད་པའི་སྒྲོན་མ་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣānti­pradīpa­śrī

The ninety-fourth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS in verse: Kṣānti­pradīpa­śirī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­153
g.­624

kṣatriya

Wylie:
  • rgyal rigs
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་རིགས།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣatriya

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The ruling caste in the traditional four-caste hierarchy of India, associated with warriors, the aristocracy, and kings.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­8
  • 43.­235
  • g.­1190
g.­625

Kṣemaṃkara

Wylie:
  • bde ba mdzad pa
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བ་མཛད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣemaṃkara

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­626

Kṣemāvatī

Wylie:
  • bde ba yod pa
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བ་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣemāvatī

A four-continent world in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­64
g.­627

kumbhāṇḍa

Wylie:
  • grul bum
Tibetan:
  • གྲུལ་བུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • kumbhāṇḍa

Dwarf spirits said to have either large stomachs or huge pot-sized testicles.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­1
  • 10.­13
  • 12.­18
  • 26.­5
  • 36.­23
  • 40.­146
  • 41.­96
  • 44.­37
  • 56.­89
  • g.­1510
g.­628

Kundaśrī

Wylie:
  • me tog kun da’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཏོག་ཀུན་དའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • kundaśrī

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­629

Kusuma

Wylie:
  • me tog
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཏོག
Sanskrit:
  • kusuma

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­630

Kusumadhvaja

Wylie:
  • me tog rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཏོག་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • kusumadhvaja

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­631

Kusumagarbha

Wylie:
  • me tog mchog
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཏོག་མཆོག
Sanskrit:
  • kusumagarbha

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­83
g.­632

Kusumaketu

Wylie:
  • me tog dpal
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཏོག་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • kusumaketu

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­633

kusuma­kośa

Wylie:
  • me tog gi mdzod
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཏོག་གི་མཛོད།
Sanskrit:
  • kusuma­kośa

A magical tree, the name of which means “treasure of flowers.”

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 27.­3
g.­634

Kusumarāśi

Wylie:
  • me tog brtsegs
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཏོག་བརྩེགས།
Sanskrit:
  • kusumarāśi

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­118
g.­635

Kusumārci­sāgara­pradīpa

Wylie:
  • me tog ’od ’phro rgya mtsho sgron
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཏོག་འོད་འཕྲོ་རྒྱ་མཚོ་སྒྲོན།
Sanskrit:
  • kusumārci­sāgara­pradīpa

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­88
g.­636

Kusumaśrī

Wylie:
  • me tog dpal
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཏོག་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • kusumaśrī

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­637

Kusuma­tala­garbha­vyūhālaṃkāra

Wylie:
  • gzhi me tog gi snying po’i rgyan gyis brgyan pa
Tibetan:
  • གཞི་མེ་ཏོག་གི་སྙིང་པོའི་རྒྱན་གྱིས་བརྒྱན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kusuma­tala­garbha­vyūhālaṃkāra

An ocean of universes that includes our Sahā universe of a thousand million worlds and the even greater assembly of universes called Prabhāsa­vairocana. It has elsewhere been interpreted to be an alternative name for the Sahā universe.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 38.­52
  • 38.­67
  • 43.­58
  • 43.­60
  • 44.­67
g.­638

Kusumottara­jñānin

Wylie:
  • me tog dam pa’i ye shes
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཏོག་དམ་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • kusumottara­jñānin

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­639

kūṭāgāra

Wylie:
  • pho brang brtsegs pa
  • khang pa brtsegs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕོ་བྲང་བརྩེགས་པ།
  • ཁང་པ་བརྩེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kūṭāgāra

Distinctive Indian assembly hall or temple with one ground-floor room and a high ornamental roof, sometimes a barrel shape with apses but more usually a tapering roof, tower, or spire, it contains at least one additional upper room within the structure. Kūṭāgāra literally means “upper chamber” and is short for kūṭāgāraśala, “hall with an upper chamber or chambers.” The Mahābodhi temple in Bodhgaya is an example of a kūṭāgāra.

Located in 100 passages in the translation:

  • i.­22
  • i.­66
  • i.­105
  • i.­107
  • i.­109
  • i.­118-119
  • 1.­1
  • 1.­7
  • 1.­10-11
  • 1.­14
  • 1.­16
  • 1.­18
  • 1.­20-22
  • 1.­24
  • 1.­26
  • 1.­28
  • 1.­30
  • 1.­32
  • 2.­38
  • 2.­56
  • 3.­1
  • 10.­3
  • 15.­8
  • 17.­23
  • 19.­22
  • 20.­23
  • 21.­7
  • 21.­9-10
  • 21.­12-13
  • 21.­31
  • 21.­37
  • 27.­3
  • 27.­6-7
  • 28.­6
  • 34.­3
  • 37.­38
  • 37.­51
  • 37.­95
  • 38.­52
  • 40.­1
  • 40.­79
  • 42.­3
  • 42.­59
  • 42.­75
  • 42.­96
  • 44.­30-31
  • 44.­53
  • 53.­14
  • 54.­3
  • 54.­6-7
  • 54.­70-71
  • 54.­321-329
  • 54.­331
  • 54.­333
  • 54.­335-342
  • 54.­344-346
  • 54.­349-351
  • 54.­372
  • 54.­376
  • 54.­379
  • 54.­381
  • 54.­396
  • 54.­414
  • n.­104
  • n.­1000
  • n.­1026
  • n.­1174
  • n.­2140
  • g.­312
  • g.­1223
  • g.­1398
g.­640

Kūṭāgāra

Wylie:
  • khang pa brtsegs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཁང་པ་བརྩེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kūṭāgāra

A seaside town in South India.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­90
  • 24.­19
  • 25.­1
  • 25.­3
  • 25.­6
  • 25.­8
g.­641

Kuṭi

Wylie:
  • khang khyim can
Tibetan:
  • ཁང་ཁྱིམ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • kuṭi

The hamlet from which Maitreya comes.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 54.­406
  • 54.­413
g.­642

Lakṣaṇa­bhūṣita­gātra

Wylie:
  • sku mtshan gyis rnam par brgyan pa
Tibetan:
  • སྐུ་མཚན་གྱིས་རྣམ་པར་བརྒྱན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • lakṣaṇa­bhūṣita­gātra

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­261
g.­643

Lakṣaṇa­meru

Wylie:
  • mtshan gyi
Tibetan:
  • མཚན་གྱི།
Sanskrit:
  • lakṣaṇa­meru

A buddha in the distant past. See n.­1414.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­113
g.­644

Lakṣaṇa­parvata­vairocana

Wylie:
  • mtshan gyi ri bo rnam par snang ba
Tibetan:
  • མཚན་གྱི་རི་བོ་རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • lakṣaṇa­parvata­vairocana

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­645

Lakṣaṇa­rucira­supuṣpitāṅga

Wylie:
  • mtshan yid du ’ong ba’i me tog gi yan lag shin tu rgyas pa
Tibetan:
  • མཚན་ཡིད་དུ་འོང་བའི་མེ་ཏོག་གི་ཡན་ལག་ཤིན་ཏུ་རྒྱས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • lakṣaṇa­rucira­supuṣpitāṅga

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­646

Lakṣaṇa­śrī­parvata

Wylie:
  • mtshan gyi dpal ri bo
Tibetan:
  • མཚན་གྱི་དཔལ་རི་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • lakṣaṇa­śrī­parvata

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­91
g.­647

Lakṣaṇa­sumeru

Wylie:
  • mtshan nyid ri rab
Tibetan:
  • མཚན་ཉིད་རི་རབ།
Sanskrit:
  • lakṣaṇa­sumeru

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­93
g.­648

Lakṣaṇa­sūrya­cakra­samanta­prabha

Wylie:
  • mtshan gyi nyi ma’i ’khor lo kun tu snang ba
Tibetan:
  • མཚན་གྱི་ཉི་མའི་འཁོར་ལོ་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • lakṣaṇa­sūrya­cakra­samanta­prabha

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­649

Lakṣaṇa­vibhūṣita­dhvaja­candra

Wylie:
  • mtshan gyi rnam par brgyan pa’i rgyal mtshan zla ba
Tibetan:
  • མཚན་གྱི་རྣམ་པར་བརྒྱན་པའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • lakṣaṇa­vibhūṣita­dhvaja­candra

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­650

Laṅka

Wylie:
  • lang ka
Tibetan:
  • ལང་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • laṅka

The island presently called Sri Lanka, it was known as Ceylon while it was a British colony.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­18
  • 6.­1
  • g.­965
g.­651

level

Wylie:
  • sa
Tibetan:
  • ས།
Sanskrit:
  • bhūmi

See “bhūmi.”

Located in 93 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­4-5
  • 1.­37
  • 1.­46
  • 1.­48
  • 1.­68
  • 2.­31
  • 2.­54
  • 3.­16-17
  • 3.­55
  • 3.­74
  • 3.­87
  • 4.­36
  • 5.­14
  • 7.­8
  • 8.­2
  • 9.­30
  • 9.­45
  • 10.­22-23
  • 11.­5
  • 15.­8
  • 16.­36
  • 17.­14
  • 18.­19
  • 22.­25-26
  • 22.­37
  • 22.­46-47
  • 22.­51
  • 24.­6
  • 25.­5
  • 26.­9
  • 28.­14
  • 32.­1
  • 34.­35
  • 34.­41
  • 34.­62
  • 35.­1-2
  • 36.­13
  • 36.­38-39
  • 37.­8
  • 37.­70
  • 38.­7
  • 38.­57
  • 38.­75-76
  • 39.­7
  • 39.­42
  • 40.­23
  • 40.­29
  • 40.­35
  • 40.­60
  • 40.­173
  • 41.­5
  • 41.­16
  • 41.­23
  • 41.­132
  • 42.­5
  • 42.­10
  • 42.­33
  • 42.­38
  • 42.­40
  • 43.­30
  • 43.­63-64
  • 43.­184
  • 43.­297
  • 44.­6
  • 44.­53
  • 44.­76
  • 45.­10
  • 47.­14
  • 53.­14
  • 54.­3
  • 54.­13
  • 54.­15
  • 54.­154
  • 54.­270-271
  • 54.­279
  • 54.­354
  • 54.­381
  • 56.­1
  • 56.­6
  • n.­352
  • n.­1524
  • n.­1965
  • n.­2193
g.­652

liberations

Wylie:
  • rnam par thar ba
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་ཐར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vimokṣa

This can include any method for liberation. There are numerous liberations described in this sūtra, each kalyāṇamitra having a specific liberation.

Located in 50 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­54
  • 4.­6
  • 8.­32
  • 9.­1
  • 9.­31
  • 11.­17
  • 12.­1
  • 21.­3
  • 22.­48
  • 22.­51
  • 32.­1
  • 34.­53
  • 35.­12
  • 36.­32
  • 38.­9
  • 40.­164
  • 40.­177
  • 41.­21
  • 41.­135
  • 43.­6
  • 43.­51
  • 43.­60
  • 43.­63
  • 43.­282
  • 43.­284
  • 43.­297-298
  • 43.­324
  • 44.­6
  • 44.­47
  • 50.­3
  • 53.­16
  • 54.­8
  • 54.­21
  • 54.­40
  • 54.­144
  • 54.­160
  • 54.­199
  • 54.­253
  • 54.­265
  • 54.­277
  • 54.­341
  • 54.­345
  • 54.­360
  • 54.­417
  • 54.­419
  • 56.­1
  • 56.­47
  • 56.­70
  • 56.­98
g.­653

limbs of enlightenment

Wylie:
  • byang chub kyi yan lag
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག
Sanskrit:
  • bodhyaṅga

The seven limbs of enlightenment are mindfulness, analysis of phenomena, diligence, joy, tranquility, and samādhi. Also translated here as “aspects of enlightenment.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 54.­111
  • 54.­298
  • g.­146
g.­654

Lokāyata

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten rgyang phen
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་རྒྱང་ཕེན།
Sanskrit:
  • lokāyata

Also called the Cārvāka school, it was an ancient Indian school with a materialistic viewpoint accepting only the evidence of the senses and rejecting the existence of a creator deity or other lifetimes. Their teachings now survive only in quotations by opponents.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­30
g.­655

Lokendra­ghoṣa

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten dbang po’i dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་དབང་པོའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • lokendra­ghoṣa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­656

Lokendra­kāya­pratibhāsa­prabha

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten dbang po’i lus ni snang ba’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་དབང་པོའི་ལུས་ནི་སྣང་བའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • lokendra­kāya­pratibhāsa­prabha

The fifty-second buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­145
g.­657

Lokendra­pravara­prabha­ghoṣa

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten gyi dbang po dam pa’i ’od kyi dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་དབང་པོ་དམ་པའི་འོད་ཀྱི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • lokendra­pravara­prabha­ghoṣa

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­658

Lokendra­teja­śrī­bhadra

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten dbang po ’od bzang dpal
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་དབང་པོ་འོད་བཟང་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • lokendra­teja­śrī­bhadra

A buddha in the distant past. BHS verse: Lokendra­teja­śiri­bhadra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­98
g.­659

lotus

Wylie:
  • pad mo
  • pad+mo
  • pad ma
  • pad+ma
Tibetan:
  • པད་མོ།
  • པདྨོ།
  • པད་མ།
  • པདྨ།
Sanskrit:
  • nalinī
  • padma

See “red lotus.”

Located in 125 passages in the translation:

  • i.­70
  • i.­102
  • i.­104-105
  • i.­109
  • 1.­10-11
  • 1.­13-14
  • 1.­16
  • 1.­18
  • 1.­20-24
  • 1.­26
  • 1.­28
  • 1.­30
  • 1.­32
  • 1.­73
  • 2.­15
  • 2.­34
  • 2.­36
  • 4.­33
  • 5.­7
  • 5.­9-10
  • 5.­14
  • 9.­11
  • 10.­4
  • 10.­6
  • 10.­10
  • 14.­6
  • 16.­5
  • 20.­4
  • 21.­14
  • 21.­43
  • 21.­52
  • 24.­11
  • 27.­3-4
  • 27.­6
  • 27.­10
  • 29.­20
  • 30.­4
  • 30.­18
  • 30.­26
  • 34.­3
  • 34.­32
  • 36.­59
  • 37.­17
  • 37.­41
  • 37.­51-53
  • 37.­68
  • 37.­93
  • 37.­109
  • 37.­113
  • 37.­121-122
  • 37.­161
  • 39.­2
  • 39.­26
  • 40.­3
  • 40.­125
  • 40.­127
  • 40.­129-131
  • 40.­137
  • 40.­139
  • 41.­21
  • 41.­43
  • 41.­65
  • 42.­3
  • 42.­56
  • 42.­59
  • 42.­79
  • 42.­130
  • 43.­28
  • 43.­59
  • 43.­93
  • 43.­140
  • 43.­142
  • 43.­147
  • 43.­149
  • 43.­151
  • 43.­210
  • 43.­213
  • 43.­222
  • 43.­298
  • 44.­29-31
  • 44.­60
  • 53.­38
  • 54.­83
  • 54.­210
  • 54.­225
  • 54.­324
  • 54.­352
  • 54.­415
  • 56.­1
  • 56.­3
  • 56.­7
  • 56.­35-37
  • 56.­91
  • 56.­130
  • n.­364
  • n.­1254
  • n.­1465
  • n.­1617
  • n.­1665
  • n.­1820
  • n.­2122
  • n.­2188
  • g.­312
  • g.­440
  • g.­767
  • g.­943
  • g.­1140
g.­660

Lumbinī

Wylie:
  • lum bi ni
Tibetan:
  • ལུམ་བི་ནི།
Sanskrit:
  • lumbinī

The place where the Buddha Śākyamuni was born.

Located in 33 passages in the translation:

  • i.­1
  • i.­106-107
  • 41.­136
  • 42.­1-5
  • 42.­42
  • 42.­56
  • 42.­58-59
  • 42.­61
  • 42.­63
  • 42.­66
  • 42.­68
  • 42.­70
  • 42.­72-76
  • 42.­78
  • 42.­81-82
  • 42.­85
  • 42.­91
  • 42.­99
  • 42.­106
  • 42.­132
  • 43.­1
  • g.­1296
g.­661

madder

Wylie:
  • leb rgan
Tibetan:
  • ལེབ་རྒན།
Sanskrit:
  • māñjiṣṭha

A distinctive shade of red now known as “rose madder,” common in ancient India and derived from the root of the madder plant (Rubia manjista/Rubia tinctorum). According to the Mahāvyutpatti, the Tibetan should be btsod.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 17.­22
g.­662

Magadha

Wylie:
  • ma ga dha
Tibetan:
  • མ་ག་དྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • magadha

The ancient kingdom in what is now southern Bihar, within which the Buddha attained enlightenment. During most of the life of the Buddha it was ruled by King Bimbisāra. During the Buddha’s later years it began to expand greatly under the reign of King Ajātaśatru, and in the third century, during the reign of Aśoka, it become an empire that controlled most of India.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • i.­97-98
  • i.­112
  • 32.­15
  • 33.­1
  • 33.­12
  • 34.­75
  • 47.­26
  • g.­617
  • g.­1194
  • g.­1430
g.­663

magnolia

Wylie:
  • tsam pa ka
Tibetan:
  • ཙམ་པ་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • campaka

Magnolia campaca.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 54.­255
  • 54.­374
g.­664

Mahā­bala­vega­sthāma

Wylie:
  • shugs drag stobs chen
Tibetan:
  • ཤུགས་དྲག་སྟོབས་ཆེན།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­bala­vega­sthāma

Lord of the garuḍas. Also called Mahāvegadhārin.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 36.­26
  • g.­690
g.­665

Mahābrahmā

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa chen po
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahābrahmā

The principal deity in the Brahmā paradises. Also called Brahmā.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­20
  • 10.­13-14
  • 22.­18
  • 23.­2
  • 27.­7
  • 27.­10
  • 54.­352
  • 54.­390
  • n.­1062
  • g.­205
  • g.­1106
g.­666

Mahābrahma

Wylie:
  • tshangs chen
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་ཆེན།
Sanskrit:
  • mahābrahma

The highest of the three paradises that correspond to the first dhyāna in the form realm.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­20
g.­667

Mahādeva

Wylie:
  • lha chen po
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahādeva

An epithet of Śiva.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • i.­9
  • i.­96-97
  • 31.­15
  • 32.­2-4
  • 32.­7-8
  • 32.­16
g.­668

Mahā­karuṇa­megha­dhvaja

Wylie:
  • thugs rje chen po’i sprin gyi rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • ཐུགས་རྗེ་ཆེན་པོའི་སྤྲིན་གྱི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­karuṇa­megha­dhvaja

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­116
g.­669

Mahā­karuṇa­megha­śrī

Wylie:
  • snying rje chen po’i sprin gyi dpal
Tibetan:
  • སྙིང་རྗེ་ཆེན་པོའི་སྤྲིན་གྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­karuṇa­megha­śrī

The seventieth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS in verse: Mahā­karuṇa­megha­śirī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­148
g.­670

Mahā­karuṇānaya­megha­nigarjita­ghoṣa

Wylie:
  • snying rje chen po’i tshul gyi sprin rab tu sgrog pa’i dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • སྙིང་རྗེ་ཆེན་པོའི་ཚུལ་གྱི་སྤྲིན་རབ་ཏུ་སྒྲོག་པའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­karuṇānaya­megha­nigarjita­ghoṣa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­671

Mahā­karuṇā­siṃha

Wylie:
  • thugs rje chen po’i seng ge
Tibetan:
  • ཐུགས་རྗེ་ཆེན་པོའི་སེང་གེ
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­karuṇā­siṃha

The third of five hundred buddhas in a future kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­75
g.­672

Mahākāruṇika

Wylie:
  • thugs rje chen po mnga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • ཐུགས་རྗེ་ཆེན་པོ་མངའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahākāruṇika

The first of five hundred buddhas in a future kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­75
g.­673

Mahākāśyapa

Wylie:
  • ’od srungs chen po
Tibetan:
  • འོད་སྲུངས་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahākāśyapa

One of the Buddha’s principal pupils, he became the Buddha’s successor on his passing. Also the preceding Buddha, the third in this kalpa, with Śākyamuni as the fourth. He is also called Kāśyapa. Elsewhere often spelled ’od srung chen po.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­35
  • g.­610
g.­674

Mahā­maitryudgata

Wylie:
  • byams pa chen pos ’phags pa
Tibetan:
  • བྱམས་པ་ཆེན་པོས་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­maitryudgata

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­675

Mahāmati (the king)

Wylie:
  • blo gros chen po
Tibetan:
  • བློ་གྲོས་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāmati

A king in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­91
g.­676

Mahāmati (the upāsaka)

Wylie:
  • blo gros chen po
Tibetan:
  • བློ་གྲོས་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāmati

An upāsaka in Dhanyākara.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­26
g.­677

Mahāprabha

Wylie:
  • ’od chen po
Tibetan:
  • འོད་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāprabha

“Great Light.” A kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 37.­116
  • 37.­125
g.­678

Mahāprabha

Wylie:
  • rgya chen po’i ’od
  • ’od chen po
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱ་ཆེན་པོའི་འོད།
  • འོད་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāprabha

The name of one of the bodhisattvas in the Buddha Śākyamuni’s presence in Śrāvastī in chapter 1 (where it is translated as rgya chen po’i ’od), and the name of the king, one of Sudhana’s kalyāṇamitras, in chapter 22 (where it is translated as ’od chen po).

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • i.­85-86
  • 1.­1
  • 20.­32
  • 21.­2
  • 21.­10
  • 21.­12
  • 21.­15-16
  • 21.­21
  • 21.­23
  • 21.­35
  • 21.­37-43
  • 21.­45
  • 21.­53-54
  • 21.­57
  • 21.­61
  • 22.­1
  • n.­1026
g.­679

Mahāprabhasa

Wylie:
  • ’od chen po
Tibetan:
  • འོད་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāprabhasa

A city in South India.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­74
  • 9.­50
g.­680

Mahāprajña

Wylie:
  • shes rab chen po
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་རབ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāprajña

An upāsaka in Dhanyākara.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­49
  • 3.­25-26
  • 3.­29
g.­681

Mahāprajñā

Wylie:
  • shes rab chen mo
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་རབ་ཆེན་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāprajñā

An upāsikā in Dhanyākara.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­27
g.­682

Mahā­praṇidhi­vega­śrī

Wylie:
  • smon lam chen po shugs kyi dpal
Tibetan:
  • སྨོན་ལམ་ཆེན་པོ་ཤུགས་ཀྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­praṇidhi­vega­śrī

The ninety-eighth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS in verse: Mahā­praṇidhi­vega­śiri.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­154
g.­683

mahārāja

Wylie:
  • rgyal po chen po
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་པོ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahārāja

Literally means “great king.” In addition to referring to human kings, this is also the epithet for the four deities on the base of Mount Meru, each one the guardian of his direction: Vaiśravaṇa in the north, Dhṛtarāṣṭra in the east, Virūpākṣa in the west, and Virūḍhaka in the south.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 27.­19
  • 44.­57
  • 54.­338
  • g.­251
  • g.­407
  • g.­1401
  • g.­1510
  • g.­1511
g.­684

Mahāsaṃbhava

Wylie:
  • ’byung ba chen po
Tibetan:
  • འབྱུང་བ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāsaṃbhava

A town in the south of India.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­81
  • 16.­43
  • 17.­2
  • 17.­6
g.­685

Mahāsanārcis

Wylie:
  • ’od ’phro chen pos bzhugs pa
Tibetan:
  • འོད་འཕྲོ་ཆེན་པོས་བཞུགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāsanārcis

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­686

Mahāsudata

Wylie:
  • legs par byin pa chen po
Tibetan:
  • ལེགས་པར་བྱིན་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāsudata

A bhikṣu who was a pupil of Śāriputra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­4
g.­687

Mahā­tejaḥ­parākrama

Wylie:
  • gzi brjid chen po’i mthu
Tibetan:
  • གཟི་བརྗིད་ཆེན་པོའི་མཐུ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­tejaḥ­parākrama

A cakravartin king in the distant past.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 44.­69
  • 44.­71-72
  • 44.­75
g.­688

Mahātejas

Wylie:
  • blo gros chen po’i gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • བློ་གྲོས་ཆེན་པོའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • mahātejas

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­689

Mahāvatsa

Wylie:
  • bu chen po
Tibetan:
  • བུ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāvatsa

A bhikṣu who was a pupil of Śāriputra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­4
g.­690

Mahāvegadhārin

Wylie:
  • shugs chen po ’dzin pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤུགས་ཆེན་པོ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāvegadhārin

A garuḍa lord. Also called Mahā­bala­vega­sthāma.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 12.­21
  • 27.­22
  • g.­664
g.­691

Mahāvyūha

Wylie:
  • rgyan chen po
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱན་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāvyūha

A great park in South India.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 53.­14
g.­692

Mahāyaśas

Wylie:
  • grags pa chen po
Tibetan:
  • གྲགས་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāyaśas

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­693

Mahendradeva

Wylie:
  • dbang phyug lha
Tibetan:
  • དབང་ཕྱུག་ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahendradeva

The name of a future buddha in this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­694

Maheśvara

Wylie:
  • dbang phyug chen po
Tibetan:
  • དབང་ཕྱུག་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • maheśvara

A name for Śiva. In chapter 44 it is the name of one of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 27.­11
  • 44.­63
g.­695

Maholkādhārin

Wylie:
  • sgron ma chen po ’dzin pa
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲོན་མ་ཆེན་པོ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • maholkādhārin

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­696

mahoraga

Wylie:
  • lto ’phye chen po
Tibetan:
  • ལྟོ་འཕྱེ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahoraga

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Literally “great serpents,” mahoragas are supernatural beings depicted as large, subterranean beings with human torsos and heads and the lower bodies of serpents. Their movements are said to cause earthquakes, and they make up a class of subterranean geomantic spirits whose movement through the seasons and months of the year is deemed significant for construction projects.

Located in 49 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­26
  • 2.­54
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­22
  • 5.­7
  • 5.­15
  • 6.­6
  • 7.­11
  • 7.­13-15
  • 9.­31
  • 10.­13
  • 14.­5
  • 16.­38
  • 16.­41
  • 21.­54
  • 22.­8
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­28
  • 23.­7
  • 24.­5
  • 26.­5
  • 27.­24
  • 27.­48-49
  • 28.­13
  • 30.­40
  • 34.­16
  • 36.­25
  • 36.­34
  • 37.­5
  • 38.­25
  • 38.­65
  • 41.­61
  • 42.­56
  • 42.­60
  • 42.­75
  • 42.­80
  • 43.­115
  • 44.­37
  • 54.­71
  • 54.­339
  • 54.­347
  • 54.­369
  • 54.­373
  • n.­1293
  • g.­191
  • g.­1253
g.­697

Maitraśrī

Wylie:
  • byams pa’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • བྱམས་པའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • maitraśrī

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­698

Maitrayaṇī

Wylie:
  • byams ma
Tibetan:
  • བྱམས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • maitrayaṇī

A princess, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 13.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • i.­77-78
  • 12.­33
  • 13.­2-3
  • 13.­5
  • 13.­7-8
  • 13.­11-12
  • 13.­14
  • 13.­18
g.­699

Maitreya

Wylie:
  • byams pa
Tibetan:
  • བྱམས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • maitreya

The bodhisattva who became Śākyamuni’s regent and is prophesied to be the next buddha, the fifth buddha in the Bhadra kalpa. In early Buddhism he appears as the human disciple sent to pay his respects by his teacher; the Buddha gives him the gift a of a robe and prophesies that he will be the next buddha, while his companion Ajita will be the next cakravartin. As a bodhisattva he has both these names.

Located in 65 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­5
  • i.­11
  • i.­13
  • i.­22-23
  • i.­41
  • i.­102
  • i.­118-119
  • 29.­9
  • 37.­111
  • 44.­62-64
  • 44.­66
  • 53.­14
  • 53.­16
  • 54.­15
  • 54.­69-72
  • 54.­189
  • 54.­191
  • 54.­193
  • 54.­197-198
  • 54.­201
  • 54.­208
  • 54.­322-323
  • 54.­329
  • 54.­331
  • 54.­333
  • 54.­335-336
  • 54.­338-342
  • 54.­344-345
  • 54.­352
  • 54.­377-379
  • 54.­383
  • 54.­389
  • 54.­395-398
  • 54.­400-401
  • 54.­404
  • 54.­407
  • 54.­420
  • n.­2155
  • g.­487
  • g.­641
  • g.­701
  • g.­1162
  • g.­1398
g.­700

makara

Wylie:
  • chu srin
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་སྲིན།
Sanskrit:
  • makara

A fabled sea monster, the front part of which is a mammal. It is said to be the largest animal in the world, with the strongest bite. Its head is said to be a combination of the features of an elephant, a crocodile, and a boar. The name is also applied to the dugong, the crocodile (in particular the Mugger crocodile, whose name is even derived from makara), and the dolphin, particularly the Ganges dolphin, because the Ganges goddess is said to ride on a makara.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 25.­14
  • 54.­278
  • n.­1123
g.­701

Māladas

Wylie:
  • phreng ba stobs
Tibetan:
  • ཕྲེང་བ་སྟོབས།
Sanskrit:
  • māladāḥ

The name of the people in the land where Maitreya was born. The sūtra states that it is in the south of India.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 54.­406
  • 54.­413
g.­702

Malaya

Wylie:
  • ma la ya
Tibetan:
  • མ་ལ་ཡ།
Sanskrit:
  • malaya

The range of mountains in West India, also called the Western ghats, known for its sandalwood forests.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 24.­9
g.­703

Manasya

Wylie:
  • yid du ’ong ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་དུ་འོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • manasya

Nāga king.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 27.­18
g.­704

Maṇi­cakra­vicitra­pratimaṇḍita­vyūhā

Wylie:
  • rin chen ’khor lo sna tshogs kyis klubs shing brgyan pa
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་འཁོར་ལོ་སྣ་ཚོགས་ཀྱིས་ཀླུབས་ཤིང་བརྒྱན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇi­cakra­vicitra­pratimaṇḍita­vyūhā

A world realm in the distant past. Also the name of a world realm in the distant future in which five hundred buddhas will appear.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 37.­116
  • 37.­125
g.­705

Maṇi­dhvaja­vyūha­rāja

Wylie:
  • rin po che rgyal mtshan rgyan gyis mdzes pa
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེ་རྒྱལ་མཚན་རྒྱན་གྱིས་མཛེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇi­dhvaja­vyūha­rāja

A park in another world realm in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 18.­14
g.­706

Maṇi­garbha

Wylie:
  • rin chen gtso
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་གཙོ།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇi­garbha

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­118
g.­707

Maṇi­garbha­rāja­śri­teja­vatin

Wylie:
  • rin chen snying po rgyal dpal gzi brjid ldan
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་སྙིང་པོ་རྒྱལ་དཔལ་གཟི་བརྗིད་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇi­garbha­rāja­śri­teja­vatin

The thirty-ninth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­142
g.­708

Maṇi­kanaka­parvata­śikhara­vairocana

Wylie:
  • gser rin po che’i ri spo rnam par snang ba
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་རི་སྤོ་རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇi­kanaka­parvata­śikhara­vairocana

A vast array of many masses of world realms in the distant past.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 40.­47-50
  • n.­1579
g.­709

Maṇiketu

Wylie:
  • rin po che’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇiketu

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­710

Maṇi­prabha­sukhābha

Wylie:
  • rin chen mdog bde
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་མདོག་བདེ།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇi­prabha­sukhābha

A universe of world realms in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­55
g.­711

Maṇirāja

Wylie:
  • rin chen rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇirāja

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­712

Maṇi­śikhara­tejas

Wylie:
  • rin po che rtse mo’i gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེ་རྩེ་མོའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇi­śikhara­tejas

A city in another world in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 40.­79
g.­713

Maṇisumeru

Wylie:
  • rin chen ri bo
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་རི་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇisumeru

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­87
g.­714

Maṇisumeruśrī

Wylie:
  • rin chen ri rab dpal
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་རི་རབ་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇisumeruśrī

The thirty-seventh buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Maṇisumeruśirī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­142
g.­715

Maṇi­sumerūvirocana­dhvaja­pradīpā

Wylie:
  • rin po che’i ri rab rnam par snang ba’i rgyal mtshan mar mye
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་རི་རབ་རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན་མར་མྱེ།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇi­sumerūvirocana­dhvaja­pradīpā

A buddha realm in the western direction.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­17
g.­716

Maṇi­sūrya­candra­vidyotita­prabhā

Wylie:
  • rin chen nyi ma’i ’khor lo rnam par snang ba’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་ཉི་མའི་འཁོར་ལོ་རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇi­sūrya­candra­vidyotita­prabhā

A world realm in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­109
g.­717

Maṇi­sūrya­pratibhāsa­garbhā

Wylie:
  • rin po che nyi ma rab tu snang ba’i snying po
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེ་ཉི་མ་རབ་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇi­sūrya­pratibhāsa­garbhā

A buddha realm in the southwestern direction.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­25
g.­718

Mañjuśrī

Wylie:
  • ’jam dpal
Tibetan:
  • འཇམ་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • mañjuśrī

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Mañjuśrī is one of the “eight close sons of the Buddha” and a bodhisattva who embodies wisdom. He is a major figure in the Mahāyāna sūtras, appearing often as an interlocutor of the Buddha. In his most well-known iconographic form, he is portrayed bearing the sword of wisdom in his right hand and a volume of the Prajñā­pāramitā­sūtra in his left. To his name, Mañjuśrī, meaning “Gentle and Glorious One,” is often added the epithet Kumārabhūta, “having a youthful form.” He is also called Mañjughoṣa, Mañjusvara, and Pañcaśikha.

Located in 41 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­1
  • i.­5
  • i.­13
  • i.­15
  • i.­22-23
  • i.­49
  • i.­67-68
  • i.­80
  • i.­93
  • i.­119-120
  • 1.­1
  • 2.­39
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­10
  • 3.­13
  • 30.­4
  • 34.­77
  • 54.­83
  • 54.­97
  • 54.­152
  • 54.­188
  • 54.­192
  • 54.­194
  • 54.­196
  • 54.­209
  • 54.­415-416
  • 54.­419
  • 56.­115
  • 56.­126
  • c.­6
  • n.­1254
  • n.­2041
  • n.­2231
  • g.­719
  • g.­1269
g.­719

Mañjuśrī Kumāra­bhūta

Wylie:
  • ’jam dpal gzhon nur gyur pa
Tibetan:
  • འཇམ་དཔལ་གཞོན་ནུར་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • mañjuśrī kumāra­bhūta

See “Mañjuśrī.”

Located in 38 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­1
  • 3.­3-5
  • 3.­11
  • 3.­13-16
  • 3.­20-30
  • 3.­36-37
  • 3.­39
  • 3.­77
  • 3.­80
  • 3.­91
  • 3.­95
  • 8.­9
  • 15.­7
  • 28.­18
  • 36.­140
  • 44.­42
  • 54.­201
  • 54.­417
  • 54.­419
  • 55.­1-3
g.­720

Mañjuśrīkīrti

Wylie:
  • ’jam dpal grags pa
Tibetan:
  • འཇམ་དཔལ་གྲགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • mañjuśrīkīrti

A disciple of Āryadeva.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • c.­7
g.­721

mantra

Wylie:
  • sngags
Tibetan:
  • སྔགས།
Sanskrit:
  • mantra

Literally “an instrument of thought,” it is usually a brief verbal formula used with multiple repetitions, usually beginning with oṃ and in essence a salutation to a particular deity. It can also be used as a healing spell, which is the meaning here.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­49
  • 19.­5
  • 30.­30
  • 47.­25
  • 54.­210
  • 54.­272-273
  • 54.­295
  • 54.­395
  • 54.­403
  • n.­109
  • n.­284
  • n.­1747
g.­722

māra

Wylie:
  • bdud
Tibetan:
  • བདུད།
Sanskrit:
  • māra

The deities ruled over by Māra, who attempted to prevent the Buddha’s enlightenment; they do not wish any being to escape from saṃsāra. Also, they are symbolic of the defects within a person that prevents enlightenment. These four personifications are devaputra māra (lha’i bu’i bdud) the “divine māra,” which is the distraction of pleasures; mṛtyumāra (’chi bdag gi bdud) the “māra of death”; skandhamāra (phung po’i bdud) the “māra of the aggregates,” which is the body; and kleśamāra (nyon mongs pa’i bdud) the “māra of the kleśas.”

Located in 61 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­33
  • 2.­36
  • 2.­54
  • 3.­17
  • 3.­42
  • 3.­49
  • 3.­68
  • 5.­2
  • 5.­12
  • 7.­9
  • 9.­13
  • 9.­29
  • 9.­37
  • 11.­1
  • 12.­7
  • 12.­10
  • 14.­25
  • 17.­17
  • 24.­18
  • 26.­5
  • 27.­9
  • 28.­2
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­10
  • 36.­10
  • 36.­15
  • 40.­92
  • 43.­7
  • 43.­14
  • 44.­8
  • 44.­70-71
  • 44.­75
  • 53.­19
  • 53.­23
  • 53.­39
  • 54.­10
  • 54.­12-13
  • 54.­49
  • 54.­116
  • 54.­127
  • 54.­199
  • 54.­203
  • 54.­207
  • 54.­218
  • 54.­226
  • 54.­269
  • 54.­280
  • 54.­284
  • 54.­318
  • 54.­352
  • 54.­410-411
  • 56.­109
  • 56.­123
  • n.­516
  • n.­1235
  • n.­1997
  • g.­723
  • g.­1297
g.­723

Māra

Wylie:
  • bdud
Tibetan:
  • བདུད།
Sanskrit:
  • māra

The deity that attempted to prevent the Buddha’s enlightenment, also one of the names of Kāma, the god of desire, in the Vedic tradition. Sometimes portrayed as the lord of the highest paradise in the desire realm, and the devas he rules are therefore all called “māras”; he does not wish any being to escape from that realm. He is also symbolic of the defects within a person that prevent enlightenment.

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­29
  • 8.­12
  • 9.­31
  • 12.­7
  • 12.­22
  • 16.­31-34
  • 34.­34
  • 36.­11
  • 36.­15
  • 37.­88
  • 40.­23
  • 41.­51
  • 41.­74
  • 43.­7
  • 44.­34
  • 44.­38
  • 53.­24
  • 54.­26
  • 54.­334
  • 54.­338
  • 56.­91
  • 56.­124
  • g.­722
g.­724

Māra­maṇḍala­nirghoṣa­svara

Wylie:
  • bdud kyi dkyil ’khor bcom zhing myed par byed pa’i sgra
Tibetan:
  • བདུད་ཀྱི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་བཅོམ་ཞིང་མྱེད་པར་བྱེད་པའི་སྒྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • māra­maṇḍala­nirghoṣa­svara

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­725

Mativajra

Wylie:
  • blo gros rdo rje
Tibetan:
  • བློ་གྲོས་རྡོ་རྗེ།
Sanskrit:
  • mativajra

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa. See n.­1904.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­726

Maudgalyāyana

Wylie:
  • mo’u dgal gyi bu
Tibetan:
  • མོའུ་དགལ་གྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • maudgalyāyana

One of the two principal pupils of the Buddha, renowned for miraculous powers; he was assassinated during the Buddha’s lifetime.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­35
  • n.­126
g.­727

Māyādevī

Wylie:
  • lha mo sgyu ma
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་མོ་སྒྱུ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • māyādevī

The queen who was the mother of Śākyamuni Buddha.

Located in 36 passages in the translation:

  • i.­5
  • i.­105
  • i.­108-109
  • 40.­159
  • 42.­58
  • 42.­60
  • 42.­62
  • 42.­64-65
  • 42.­67
  • 42.­69
  • 42.­71
  • 42.­73
  • 42.­75
  • 42.­77
  • 42.­79
  • 42.­83-84
  • 42.­94
  • 42.­100
  • 43.­255
  • 43.­298
  • 44.­1
  • 44.­21
  • 44.­32-34
  • 44.­38-40
  • 44.­42-43
  • 44.­68-69
  • 44.­80
g.­728

meditation walkway

Wylie:
  • ’chag pa
  • ’chag pa’i gnas
  • ’chag sa
Tibetan:
  • འཆག་པ།
  • འཆག་པའི་གནས།
  • འཆག་ས།
Sanskrit:
  • caṃkrama

This is a straight walkway used for walking meditation, usually around forty feet long and often raised above the level of the ground. Monks walk up and down the length of it.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­74
  • 9.­3
  • 14.­4
  • 14.­15
g.­729

meditative state of totality

Wylie:
  • rgyas pa’i skye mched
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱས་པའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit:
  • kṛtsnāyatana

There are ten of these meditative states in the Śrāvakayāna: through meditating individually on the four elements of earth, water, fire, and air, on the four colors blue, yellow, red, and white, on space, and on consciousness, one meditates that everything that exists becomes that element, or that color, or space, or consciousness. Elsewhere, including the Mahāvyutpatti, this is translated as zad par gyi skye mched. The Sanskrit kṛtsna means “totality,” while rgyas pa means “spread,” or “pervade,” and zad par means cessation, in that everything ceases within that element, color, etc.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 54.­391
g.­730

Megha

Wylie:
  • sprin
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit:
  • megha

A Dravidian, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 7.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • i.­71-72
  • 6.­27
  • 7.­2-4
  • 7.­10-13
  • 7.­22
  • n.­428
  • n.­430
g.­731

Megha­nirghoṣa­svara

Wylie:
  • sprin gyi dbyangs kyi sgra
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲིན་གྱི་དབྱངས་ཀྱི་སྒྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • megha­nirghoṣa­svara

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­732

Megharutaghoṣa

Wylie:
  • sprin sgra dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲིན་སྒྲ་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • megharutaghoṣa

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­113
g.­733

Meghaśrī

Wylie:
  • sprin gyi dpal
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲིན་གྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • meghaśrī

In chapter 4, the kalyāṇamitra bhikṣu in South India. In chapter 36, the name of a buddha in the distant past. In chapter 44, this is the name of a future buddha in this kalpa. BHS verse: Meghaśiri.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • i.­68-69
  • 3.­94
  • 4.­1-3
  • 4.­5
  • 4.­37
  • 36.­93
  • 44.­63
g.­734

Meghavilambita

Wylie:
  • rnam par sprin mched
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་སྤྲིན་མཆེད།
Sanskrit:
  • meghavilambita

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­121
g.­735

mercury

Wylie:
  • dngul chu
Tibetan:
  • དངུལ་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • rasa
  • rasajāta

The silvery liquid metal.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 54.­257
  • n.­2103-2104
  • g.­1154
g.­736

Meru

Wylie:
  • ri rab
Tibetan:
  • རི་རབ།
Sanskrit:
  • meru

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

According to ancient Buddhist cosmology, this is the great mountain forming the axis of the universe. At its summit is Sudarśana, home of Śakra and his thirty-two gods, and on its flanks live the asuras. The mount has four sides facing the cardinal directions, each of which is made of a different precious stone. Surrounding it are several mountain ranges and the great ocean where the four principal island continents lie: in the south, Jambudvīpa (our world); in the west, Godānīya; in the north, Uttarakuru; and in the east, Pūrvavideha. Above it are the abodes of the desire realm gods. It is variously referred to as Meru, Mount Meru, Sumeru, and Mount Sumeru.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­95
  • 3.­50
  • 10.­65
  • 12.­16
  • 34.­77
  • 37.­19
  • 38.­37
  • 39.­50
  • 54.­210
  • 56.­77
  • n.­2051
  • g.­111
  • g.­231
  • g.­270
  • g.­683
  • g.­1254
g.­737

Merūdgataśrī

Wylie:
  • ri bo shin tu mtho ba’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • རི་བོ་ཤིན་ཏུ་མཐོ་བའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • merūdgataśrī

A world realm of ten thousand million worlds in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­69
g.­738

Merudhvaja

Wylie:
  • ri rab rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • རི་རབ་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • merudhvaja

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­739

Merudhvajaśri

Wylie:
  • ri rab rgyal mtshan dpal
Tibetan:
  • རི་རབ་རྒྱལ་མཚན་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • merudhvajaśri

The fifty-eighth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Merudhvajaśiri.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­146
g.­740

Meruprabhā

Wylie:
  • ri bo’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • རི་བོའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • meruprabhā

A world realm in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­301
g.­741

Meru­pradīpa­rāja

Wylie:
  • ri rab mar me’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • རི་རབ་མར་མེའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • meru­pradīpa­rāja

A buddha in a western realm.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 8.­20
g.­742

Meruśrī

Wylie:
  • ri rab dpal
Tibetan:
  • རི་རབ་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • meruśrī

A buddha in the past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 10.­24
g.­743

Meru­viśuddha­vyūha­dhvajā

Wylie:
  • ri rab rnam par dag pa’i rgyan gyi rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • རི་རབ་རྣམ་པར་དག་པའི་རྒྱན་གྱི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • meru­viśuddha­vyūha­dhvajā

A royal city in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 42.­93
g.­744

Mervarciśrī

Wylie:
  • dpal gyi ri ’od ’phro’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་གྱི་རི་འོད་འཕྲོའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • mervarciśrī

A buddha in the distant past. BHS verse: Meruarciśiri.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­122
g.­745

methods of gathering pupils

Wylie:
  • bsdu ba’i dngos po
  • yongs su bsdu ba’i tshul
Tibetan:
  • བསྡུ་བའི་དངོས་པོ།
  • ཡོངས་སུ་བསྡུ་བའི་ཚུལ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃgrahavastu

The four methods of attracting pupils are generosity, pleasant speech, beneficial conduct, and conduct that accords with the wishes of pupils.

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­51
  • 2.­29
  • 3.­61
  • 9.­1
  • 9.­8
  • 21.­32
  • 22.­52
  • 23.­9
  • 25.­14
  • 32.­8
  • 40.­7
  • 40.­15
  • 40.­162
  • 43.­294
  • 54.­210
  • 54.­348
  • 54.­408
  • n.­454
g.­746

Milaspharaṇa

Wylie:
  • rgyas par ’gengs pa
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱས་པར་འགེངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • milaspharaṇa

A place at the southernmost tip of India.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­73-74
  • 8.­35
  • 9.­2
g.­747

Miśrakavana

Wylie:
  • dres pa’i nags tshal
Tibetan:
  • དྲེས་པའི་ནགས་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • miśrakavana

Indra’s pleasure grove on the summit of Sumeru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 27.­6
g.­748

Moha­dharmeśvara

Wylie:
  • don yod pa’i chos la mnga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • དོན་ཡོད་པའི་ཆོས་ལ་མངའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • moha­dharmeśvara

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­749

Muktaka

Wylie:
  • btang brjod
Tibetan:
  • བཏང་བརྗོད།
Sanskrit:
  • muktaka

A merchant, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 8.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • i.­49
  • i.­51
  • i.­72-73
  • 7.­21
  • 8.­3
  • 8.­9-10
  • 8.­17
  • 8.­36
  • 9.­1
  • g.­1377
  • g.­1380
g.­750

Muktāsāra

Wylie:
  • gces pa gtong ba
Tibetan:
  • གཅེས་པ་གཏོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • muktāsāra

A goldsmith, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 49.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­113-114
  • 48.­4
  • 49.­1
  • 49.­3
  • 49.­6
g.­751

Nābhigarbha

Wylie:
  • gtsug gi snying po
Tibetan:
  • གཙུག་གི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • nābhigarbha

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­752

nāga

Wylie:
  • klu
Tibetan:
  • ཀླུ།
Sanskrit:
  • nāga

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of nonhuman beings who live in subterranean aquatic environments, where they guard wealth and sometimes also teachings. Nāgas are associated with serpents and have a snakelike appearance. In Buddhist art and in written accounts, they are regularly portrayed as half human and half snake, and they are also said to have the ability to change into human form. Some nāgas are Dharma protectors, but they can also bring retribution if they are disturbed. They may likewise fight one another, wage war, and destroy the lands of others by causing lightning, hail, and flooding.

Located in 91 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­25
  • 1.­113
  • 2.­26
  • 2.­38
  • 2.­54
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­22-23
  • 5.­7
  • 5.­15
  • 6.­4
  • 7.­6
  • 7.­11
  • 7.­13-15
  • 8.­12
  • 9.­11
  • 9.­31
  • 10.­13
  • 12.­17
  • 14.­5
  • 15.­2-3
  • 16.­38
  • 16.­41
  • 21.­44
  • 22.­8
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­28
  • 23.­7
  • 24.­5
  • 24.­7
  • 25.­10
  • 26.­5
  • 27.­4
  • 27.­18
  • 27.­48-49
  • 28.­13
  • 30.­18
  • 30.­31
  • 30.­40
  • 33.­3
  • 36.­24
  • 36.­34
  • 36.­67
  • 37.­5
  • 37.­8
  • 37.­95
  • 37.­120
  • 38.­19
  • 38.­65
  • 41.­61
  • 42.­56
  • 42.­60
  • 42.­75
  • 42.­80
  • 43.­115
  • 44.­53
  • 53.­30
  • 54.­71
  • 54.­109
  • 54.­172
  • 54.­210
  • 54.­231
  • 54.­236
  • 54.­248
  • 54.­339
  • 54.­347
  • 54.­369
  • 54.­373
  • 54.­389
  • 54.­402
  • 56.­30
  • 56.­89
  • n.­440
  • n.­954-955
  • n.­1093
  • n.­1180
  • g.­37
  • g.­69
  • g.­482
  • g.­703
  • g.­758
  • g.­809
  • g.­955
  • g.­1148
  • g.­1356
  • g.­1511
g.­753

Nāgārjuna

Wylie:
  • klu sgrub
Tibetan:
  • ཀླུ་སྒྲུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • nāgārjuna

The second- or third-century master whose teaching forms the basis of the Madhyamaka tradition.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • c.­5-7
  • g.­124
g.­754

Nāgendracūḍa

Wylie:
  • klu’i dbang po’i gtsug phud
Tibetan:
  • ཀླུའི་དབང་པོའི་གཙུག་ཕུད།
Sanskrit:
  • nāgendracūḍa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­755

Nāgeśvararāja

Wylie:
  • klu dbang gi rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཀླུ་དབང་གི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • nāgeśvararāja

A buddha in a southeastern realm.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­23
g.­756

Nālayu

Wylie:
  • chu ba gtsang ma
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་བ་གཙང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • nālayu

A place in the south of India.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­75-76
  • 10.­66
  • 11.­1
g.­757

Nānā­raśmi­śrī­meru­garbha

Wylie:
  • ’od gzer dpal gyi ri bo’i snying po
Tibetan:
  • འོད་གཟེར་དཔལ་གྱི་རི་བོའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • nānā­raśmi­śrī­meru­garbha

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­758

Nanda

Wylie:
  • dga’ bo
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • nanda

The nāga king usually associated with Upananda.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 12.­17
  • 27.­18
  • g.­1356
g.­759

Nandīdhvaja

Wylie:
  • dga’ ba’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • nandīdhvaja

A town in another world in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­311
g.­760

Nandihāra

Wylie:
  • dga’ ba’i phreng ba
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བའི་ཕྲེང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • nandihāra

A town in South India.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­91
  • 25.­15
  • 26.­2
  • g.­1463
g.­761

Nandika

Wylie:
  • mos pa
Tibetan:
  • མོས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nandika

One of the great śrāvakas present in Śrāvastī. Also called Vasunandi. In other sūtras translated as dga’ byed.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­35
g.­762

Nārāyaṇa

Wylie:
  • mthu bo che
Tibetan:
  • མཐུ་བོ་ཆེ།
Sanskrit:
  • nārāyaṇa

An alternate name for Viṣṇu (khyab ’jug), which is also used for Brahmā and for Kṛṣṇa. The Sanskrit is variously interpreted as “the path of human beings” and “the son of man.” In Buddhist texts it is used for powerful beings such as Śakra. The usual Tibetan translation is sred med kyi bu, meaning “the son of Nāra,” with Nāra translated as “one without craving.” However, here it appears to be translated as mthu bo che (“great power”).

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­1
  • 12.­32
  • 54.­311
  • n.­705
g.­763

Nārāyaṇa­vajra­vīrya

Wylie:
  • rdo rje mthu bo che’i brtson ’grus
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་མཐུ་བོ་ཆེའི་བརྩོན་འགྲུས།
Sanskrit:
  • nārāyaṇa­vajra­vīrya

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­262
g.­764

Nārāyaṇa­vrata­sumeru­śrī

Wylie:
  • mthu chen brtul zhugs ri rab dpal mnga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • མཐུ་ཆེན་བརྟུལ་ཞུགས་རི་རབ་དཔལ་མངའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • nārāyaṇa­vrata­sumeru­śrī

The forty-seventh buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS in verse: Nārāyaṇa­vrata­sumeru­śirī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­144
g.­765

Netraśrī

Wylie:
  • mig gi dpal
Tibetan:
  • མིག་གི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • netraśrī

A bodhimaṇḍa goddess in another world in the distant past.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 44.­69
  • 44.­72
  • 44.­74
g.­766

Ngorchen Könchok Lhundrup

Wylie:
  • ngor chen dkon mchog lhun grub
Tibetan:
  • ངོར་ཆེན་དཀོན་མཆོག་ལྷུན་གྲུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1497−1557). The tenth abbot of Ngor Monastery and a prominent master of the Sakya tradition who wrote a history of Buddhism.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­26
  • i.­32
  • n.­2233-2234
g.­767

night lotus

Wylie:
  • ku mu ta
Tibetan:
  • ཀུ་མུ་ཏ།
Sanskrit:
  • kumuda

Nymphaea pubescens. This night-blossoming water lily, which can be red, pink, or white, is not actually a lotus. It does not have the lotus’s distinctive pericarp. Nevertheless, it is commonly called the “night lotus.” It is also known as “hairy water lily,” because of the hairs on the stem and the underside of the leaves.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­2
  • 21.­4
  • 21.­11
  • 22.­52
  • 27.­3
  • 28.­5
  • 43.­64
  • 54.­369
  • g.­943
g.­768

Nihata­dhīra

Wylie:
  • brtson ’grus ma nyams pa
Tibetan:
  • བརྩོན་འགྲུས་མ་ཉམས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nihata­dhīra

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­769

Nihata­rāga­rajas

Wylie:
  • ’dod chags rdul bcom pa
Tibetan:
  • འདོད་ཆགས་རྡུལ་བཅོམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nihata­rāga­rajas

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­770

Nihata­tejas

Wylie:
  • gzi brjid mnyam pa
Tibetan:
  • གཟི་བརྗིད་མཉམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nihata­tejas

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­771

Nihita­guṇodita

Wylie:
  • ma nyams pa’i yon tan ’byung ba
Tibetan:
  • མ་ཉམས་པའི་ཡོན་ཏན་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • nihita­guṇodita

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­772

Nīla­giryanila­vega

Wylie:
  • ri sngo rlung gi shugs
Tibetan:
  • རི་སྔོ་རླུང་གི་ཤུགས།
Sanskrit:
  • nīla­giryanila­vega

“The Power of a Blue Mountain of Wind,” the name of a precious horse of a cakravartin in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­244
g.­773

Nirghautālaya

Wylie:
  • gzhi shin tu sbyangs pa
Tibetan:
  • གཞི་ཤིན་ཏུ་སྦྱངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nirghautālaya

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­774

Nirghoṣamati

Wylie:
  • dbyangs kyi blo gros
Tibetan:
  • དབྱངས་ཀྱི་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit:
  • nirghoṣamati

The hundred-and-fourth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­155
g.­775

Nirmāṇarati

Wylie:
  • ’phrul dga’
Tibetan:
  • འཕྲུལ་དགའ།
Sanskrit:
  • nirmāṇarati

“Delighting in Emanations.” The second highest paradise in the desire realm, so named because the devas there delight in emanations.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­31
  • 10.­13
  • 26.­5
  • 27.­14
  • g.­1264
g.­776

Nirmita

Wylie:
  • sprul pa bzang po
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲུལ་པ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • nirmita

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­777

Nirmita­megha­susvara­śrī

Wylie:
  • sprul pa’i sprin sgra snyan pa’i dpal mnga’
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲུལ་པའི་སྤྲིན་སྒྲ་སྙན་པའི་དཔལ་མངའ།
Sanskrit:
  • nirmita­megha­susvara­śrī

A buddha in the distant past. BHS in verse: Nirmita­megha­susvara­śiri.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­126
g.­778

Nirodhanimna

Wylie:
  • ’gog par gzhol ba
Tibetan:
  • འགོག་པར་གཞོལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • nirodhanimna

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­779

nirvāṇa

Wylie:
  • mya ngan las ’das pa
Tibetan:
  • མྱ་ངན་ལས་འདས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nirvāṇa

The Sanskrit means “extinguishment,” for the causes for saṃsāra are “extinguished.” The Tibetan means “the transcendence of suffering.”

Located in 31 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­58
  • 1.­76
  • 2.­36
  • 4.­6
  • 4.­25
  • 5.­2
  • 8.­12
  • 8.­34
  • 9.­16
  • 9.­27
  • 12.­22
  • 13.­11
  • 13.­15
  • 19.­24
  • 22.­49
  • 27.­49
  • 29.­4
  • 36.­13
  • 39.­29
  • 39.­33
  • 40.­174
  • 41.­132
  • 42.­126
  • 44.­49
  • 54.­204
  • 54.­357
  • 56.­82
  • 56.­106
  • n.­123
  • n.­296
  • n.­1350
g.­780

Nityaujohara­druma­rāja

Wylie:
  • rtag tu mdangs ’phrog pa sdong po’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • རྟག་ཏུ་མདངས་འཕྲོག་པ་སྡོང་པོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • nityaujohara­druma­rāja

A rākṣasa lord.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 27.­26
g.­781

orchid tree

Wylie:
  • kun nas ’du ba
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ནས་འདུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • kovidāra

Bauhinia variegata, Phaneria variegata. In other sūtras kovidāra is translated as sa brtol.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 54.­253-255
g.­782

Padma­bhadrābhirāma­netra­śrī

Wylie:
  • pad+mo bzang mo mig yid du ’ong ba’i dpal gyi zla ba
Tibetan:
  • པདྨོ་བཟང་མོ་མིག་ཡིད་དུ་འོང་བའི་དཔལ་གྱི་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • padma­bhadrābhirāma­netra­śrī

Refers to Padma­bhadrābhirāma­netra­śrī­candrā, a cakravartin’s princess in the distant past. Also called Samanta­jñānārci­padma­bhadrābhirāma­netra­śrī­candrā.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 37.­45
  • g.­783
  • g.­1003
g.­783

Padma­bhadrābhirāma­netra­śrī­candrā

Wylie:
  • pad+mo bzang mo mig yid du ’ong ba’i dpal gyi zla ba
Tibetan:
  • པདྨོ་བཟང་མོ་མིག་ཡིད་དུ་འོང་བའི་དཔལ་གྱི་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • padma­bhadrābhirāma­netra­śrī­candrā

A cakravartin’s princess in the distant past. Also called Samanta­jñānārci­padma­bhadrābhirāma­netra­śrī­candrā and Padma­bhadrābhirāma­netra­śrī.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­102
  • 37.­45
  • 37.­94
  • g.­782
  • g.­1003
g.­784

Padma­garbha (the bodhisattva)

Wylie:
  • pad+ma’i snying po
Tibetan:
  • པདྨའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • padma­garbha

A bodhisattva in the presence of Śākyamuni at Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­785

Padma­garbha (the buddha)

Wylie:
  • pad mo’i snying po
Tibetan:
  • པད་མོའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • padma­garbha

A buddha in the past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 10.­24
g.­786

Padma­garbha­śrī

Wylie:
  • pad+mo snying po dpal
Tibetan:
  • པདྨོ་སྙིང་པོ་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • padma­garbha­śrī

The name of the thirty-fourth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Padumagarbhaśirī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­141
g.­787

Padmaprabhā

Wylie:
  • pad+mo’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • པདྨོའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • padmaprabhā

A queen in another world in the distant past. In the Tibetan verse it is shortened to pad+mo.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­105
  • 40.­124
  • 40.­159
g.­788

Padmaprabhā

Wylie:
  • pad mo’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • པད་མོའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • padmaprabhā

A capital city in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 34.­65
g.­789

Padmaśrī

Wylie:
  • pad mo’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • པད་མོའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • padmaśrī

A world realm in the eastern direction.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 56.­35
g.­790

Padma­śrī­garbha

Wylie:
  • pad+mo dpal gyi snying po
Tibetan:
  • པདྨོ་དཔལ་གྱི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • padma­śrī­garbha

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­791

Padma­śrī­garbha­saṃbhavā

Wylie:
  • pad mo dpal gyi snying po ’byung ba
  • pad+mo’i dpal dam pa ’byung ba
Tibetan:
  • པད་མོ་དཔལ་གྱི་སྙིང་པོ་འབྱུང་བ།
  • པདྨོའི་དཔལ་དམ་པ་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • padma­śrī­garbha­saṃbhavā

A queen in another world in the distant past.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 43.­66
  • 43.­255
g.­792

Padmavatī

Wylie:
  • pad mo yod pa
Tibetan:
  • པད་མོ་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • padmavatī

Realm of the Buddha Ratnapadmābha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 8.­29
g.­793

Padmodgata

Wylie:
  • pad+mos ’phags
Tibetan:
  • པདྨོས་འཕགས།
Sanskrit:
  • padmodgata

The nineteenth (eighteenth in the Sanskrit) buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­138
g.­794

Padmottara

Wylie:
  • pad mo’i bla
  • pad mo dam pa
Tibetan:
  • པད་མོའི་བླ།
  • པད་མོ་དམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • padmottara

In chapter 29 it is the name of the ninth buddha in a list that begins with Kanaka­muni (pad mo’i bla). In chapter 44 it is the name of a future buddha in this kalpa (pad mo dam pa).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 29.­6
  • 44.­63
g.­795

pala

Wylie:
  • srang
Tibetan:
  • སྲང་།
Sanskrit:
  • pala

A specific Indian weight equal to four karṣa, and equivalent to around thirty-five grams or an ounce.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 54.­257
  • g.­286
g.­796

Para­gaṇa­mathana

Wylie:
  • pha rol gyi tshogs ’joms pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕ་རོལ་གྱི་ཚོགས་འཇོམས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • para­gaṇa­mathana

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­797

Parākrama­vikrama

Wylie:
  • mthus rnam par gnon pa
Tibetan:
  • མཐུས་རྣམ་པར་གནོན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • parākrama­vikrama

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­798

Paramārtha­vikrāmin

Wylie:
  • don dam pa rnam par gnon pa
Tibetan:
  • དོན་དམ་པ་རྣམ་པར་གནོན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • paramārtha­vikrāmin

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­799

Pāraṃgata

Wylie:
  • pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pāraṃgata

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­800

Para­nirmita­vaśa­vartin

Wylie:
  • gzhan ’phrul dbang byed
Tibetan:
  • གཞན་འཕྲུལ་དབང་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • para­nirmita­vaśa­vartin

“Ruling Others’ Emanations.” The highest paradise in the desire realm, so named because the inhabitants have power over the emanations of others. Also called Vaśavartin.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • i.­4
  • i.­46
  • 9.­31
  • 10.­13-14
  • 26.­5
  • 27.­13
  • g.­942
  • g.­1436
  • g.­1437
g.­801

Parārtha­savihāra­śrī

Wylie:
  • gnas dang bcas pa’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • གནས་དང་བཅས་པའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • parārtha­savihāra­śrī

The hundred-and-ninth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS in verse: Parārtha­savihāra­śirī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­156
g.­802

parinirvāṇa

Wylie:
  • yongs su mya ngan las ’das pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་སུ་མྱ་ངན་ལས་འདས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • parinirvāṇa

The passing away of a buddha as the cessation of rebirth.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 41.­84
  • 43.­51
  • 43.­260
  • 43.­303
g.­803

Paripūrṇa­manoratha

Wylie:
  • dgongs pa yongs su rdzogs pa
Tibetan:
  • དགོངས་པ་ཡོངས་སུ་རྫོགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • paripūrṇa­manoratha

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­804

Paripūrṇa­śubha

Wylie:
  • dge ba yongs su rdzogs pa
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བ་ཡོངས་སུ་རྫོགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • paripūrṇa­śubha

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­805

Pariśuddha

Wylie:
  • yongs su dag pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་སུ་དག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pariśuddha

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­806

Parīttābha

Wylie:
  • snang ba chung ngu
Tibetan:
  • སྣང་བ་ཆུང་ངུ།
Sanskrit:
  • parīttābha

The lowest of the three paradises that correspond to the second dhyāna in the form realm. The lowest of the paradises that are never destroyed at the end of the kalpa but continue through all kalpas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­19
g.­807

Parītta­śubha

Wylie:
  • dge ba chung ba
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བ་ཆུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • parītta­śubha

The lowest of the three paradises that correspond to the third dhyāna in the form realm.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­19
g.­808

parivrājaka

Wylie:
  • kun tu rgyu
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་རྒྱུ།
Sanskrit:
  • parivrājaka

A general term for homeless religious mendicants who literally “roam around”; in Buddhist usage the term refers to non-Buddhist peripatetic ascetics, including Jains and others.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­87
  • 22.­53
  • 23.­2
  • 23.­20
  • g.­1097
g.­809

Pātāla

Wylie:
  • sa’i ’og
Tibetan:
  • སའི་འོག
Sanskrit:
  • pātāla

The underworlds, of which there are said to be seven, include the realms of the daityas and yakṣas. The lowest is the realm of the nāgas. They are said to be pleasant and free from distress and even more beautiful than the higher realms.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 54.­210
g.­810

path of the ten bad actions

Wylie:
  • mi dge ba bcu’i las kyi lam
  • mi dge ba’i las kyi lam bcu
  • mi dge ba bcu’i lam
Tibetan:
  • མི་དགེ་བ་བཅུའི་ལས་ཀྱི་ལམ།
  • མི་དགེ་བའི་ལས་ཀྱི་ལམ་བཅུ།
  • མི་དགེ་བ་བཅུའི་ལམ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Killing, taking what is not given, sexual misconduct, lying, uttering divisive talk, speaking harsh words, gossiping, covetousness, ill will, and wrong views.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 20.­28
  • 21.­33
  • 40.­55
  • 41.­44
g.­811

perfections

Wylie:
  • pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pāramitā

The six perfections of generosity, conduct, patience, diligence, dhyāna, and wisdom.

Located in 66 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 1.­29
  • 1.­33
  • 1.­37
  • 2.­31
  • 3.­11
  • 3.­16
  • 3.­19
  • 4.­36
  • 8.­5
  • 9.­13
  • 9.­21
  • 9.­31
  • 9.­45
  • 14.­12
  • 14.­14
  • 15.­16
  • 17.­12
  • 22.­46
  • 23.­9
  • 25.­1
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­10
  • 32.­13
  • 34.­41
  • 35.­1
  • 35.­17
  • 36.­5
  • 36.­17
  • 36.­137
  • 37.­70
  • 38.­17
  • 40.­20
  • 41.­16
  • 41.­33
  • 42.­5
  • 42.­47
  • 42.­59
  • 43.­29
  • 43.­51
  • 43.­174
  • 43.­181
  • 43.­289
  • 43.­291
  • 53.­15-16
  • 53.­18-19
  • 53.­24
  • 53.­40
  • 54.­12
  • 54.­95
  • 54.­199
  • 54.­207
  • 54.­210
  • 54.­264
  • 54.­332
  • 54.­341
  • 54.­348
  • 54.­356
  • 54.­360
  • 54.­378
  • 54.­408
  • 56.­90
  • n.­2000
  • n.­2126
g.­812

pippala tree

Wylie:
  • blag sha
Tibetan:
  • བླག་ཤ།
Sanskrit:
  • plakṣa

A general name for the Ficus religiosa under which the buddha attained enlightenment and is therefore also called the Bodhi tree and Bo tree. Variations of the name include pipal, pippal, peepul, and ashwata.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 42.­56
  • 42.­60
g.­813

piśāca

Wylie:
  • sha za
Tibetan:
  • ཤ་ཟ།
Sanskrit:
  • piśāca

A class of semidivine beings traditionally associated with the wild, remote places of the earth. They are considered particularly violent and known to devour flesh.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 21.­54
  • 30.­31
  • 40.­146
g.­814

poṣadha

Wylie:
  • gso sbyin
Tibetan:
  • གསོ་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • poṣadha

The eight vows kept by laypeople on the four sacred days of the month: full, new, and half-moon days. Alternate form is upoṣadha (gso sbyong).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 54.­377
g.­815

Potalaka

Wylie:
  • gru ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • གྲུ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • potalaka

A mountain in South India, presently known as Potikai, that was of great importance to both Tamil Buddhists and Śaivists (who saw it as the residence of Śiva, known as Lokeśvara). This is the first mention in a sūtra that has identified Avalokiteśvara with this mountain as his residence rather than the pure realm of Sukhāvatī. However, in this sūtra the verse appears to locate it in the ocean, while the prose appears to describe it on land. In Tibet and China, Potalaka was believed to be an island. In Tibet it is usually referred to by the shortened form Potala.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­10
  • i.­18
  • i.­95
  • 29.­19-20
  • 30.­1
  • g.­162
g.­816

power over necessities

Wylie:
  • yo byad la dbang ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡོ་བྱད་ལ་དབང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • pariṣkāra­vaśitā

Missing from the Tibetan translation. Appears in the list of ten powers of bodhisattvas that prevent ten calamities that beings are susceptible to. This refers to being able to supply beings with what they need. The tshig mdzod chen mo (Chinese–Tibetan dictionary) even defines it in accordance with this passage.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 9.­21
g.­817

Prabha­ketu

Wylie:
  • ’od kyi dpal
Tibetan:
  • འོད་ཀྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • prabha­ketu

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­88
g.­818

Prabhāketu

Wylie:
  • ’od kyi dpal
Tibetan:
  • འོད་ཀྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • prabhāketu

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­819

Prabha­ketu­rāja­mati

Wylie:
  • ’od dpal rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • འོད་དཔལ་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • prabha­ketu­rāja­mati

The twenty-first buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­139
g.­820

Prabha­ketu­śrī

Wylie:
  • ’od kyi rgyal mtshan dpal
Tibetan:
  • འོད་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ་མཚན་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • prabha­ketu­śrī

The twenty-eighth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past, and also the eighty-seventh in the same kalpa. BHS in verse: Prabha­ketu­śirī.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 37.­139
  • 37.­152
g.­821

Prabhāsamati

Wylie:
  • blo gros snang
Tibetan:
  • བློ་གྲོས་སྣང་།
Sanskrit:
  • prabhāsamati

The fifty-ninth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­146
g.­822

Prabhāsa­vairocana

Wylie:
  • ’od rnam par snang ba
Tibetan:
  • འོད་རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • prabhāsa­vairocana

A vast family of world realms that contains our Sahā universe of a thousand million worlds.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 43.­56-58
  • g.­637
g.­823

Prabhāśrī

Wylie:
  • ’od kyi dpal
Tibetan:
  • འོད་ཀྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • prabhāśrī

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­824

Prabhūtā

Wylie:
  • phul du byung ba
Tibetan:
  • ཕུལ་དུ་བྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • prabhūtā

An upāsikā, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 16.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • i.­80-81
  • 15.­17
  • 16.­9-13
  • 16.­21-22
  • 16.­36
  • 16.­39
  • 16.­42
  • 16.­44
g.­825

Prabhūta­ghana­skandha

Wylie:
  • nor kyi phung po mang po
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་ཀྱི་ཕུང་པོ་མང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • prabhūta­ghana­skandha

“Great mass of wealth.” A precious householder of a cakravartin in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­244
g.­826

Prabhūta­raśmi

Wylie:
  • ’od zer mang po
Tibetan:
  • འོད་ཟེར་མང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • prabhūta­raśmi

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­827

Pradyota

Wylie:
  • rab tu snang ba
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • pradyota

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­828

Praharṣita­tejas

Wylie:
  • bzhad pa’i gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • བཞད་པའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • praharṣita­tejas

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­829

Prahasitanetra

Wylie:
  • rab tu bzhad pa’i spyan
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་བཞད་པའི་སྤྱན།
Sanskrit:
  • prahasitanetra

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­830

Prajñā

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • prajñā

Prajñā (般若, 734–?) was a translator from Jibin (罽賓), an ancient kingdom in present-day Kashmir. He translated the fourth Chinese version of the Gaṇḍa­vyūha, which he completed in 798 based on a longer Sanskrit version of the text sent to the Chinese Emperor by the king of Orissa.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­12
  • i.­20
  • i.­36
  • i.­56
  • n.­1380
g.­831

Prajñāpradīpa

Wylie:
  • shes rab sgron ma
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་རབ་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • prajñāpradīpa

The eighty-sixth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­152
g.­832

Prajñāvabhāsa­śrī

Wylie:
  • shes rab snang ba’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་རབ་སྣང་བའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • prajñāvabhāsa­śrī

A head merchant’s daughter in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 34.­70
g.­833

Prakṛtīśarīra­śrī­bhadra

Wylie:
  • rang bzhin lus dpal bzang po
Tibetan:
  • རང་བཞིན་ལུས་དཔལ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • prakṛtīśarīra­śrī­bhadra

The hundred-and-tenth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS in verse: Prakṛtīśarīra­śiri­bhadra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­156
g.­834

Pralambabāhu

Wylie:
  • phyag rab tu brkyang pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱག་རབ་ཏུ་བརྐྱང་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pralambabāhu

A buddha in the distant past in both chapter 22 and chapter 43.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­87
  • 22.­28-29
  • 22.­31-32
  • 43.­274
g.­835

pramodana

Wylie:
  • dga’ ba skyed pa
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བ་སྐྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pramodana

A magical tree. The name means “bringing joy.”

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 27.­3
g.­836

Pramudita­nayana­jagad­virocanā

Wylie:
  • rab tu dga’ ba’i mig ’gro bar rnam par snang ba
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་དགའ་བའི་མིག་འགྲོ་བར་རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • pramudita­nayana­jagad­virocanā

A night goddess. Also called Jyotirarci­nayanā.

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • i.­100-101
  • 35.­19
  • 36.­1-4
  • 36.­17
  • 36.­32
  • 36.­34-35
  • 36.­41-42
  • 36.­53-54
  • 36.­145
  • 37.­1
  • 37.­4
  • n.­1435
  • g.­176
  • g.­587
g.­837

Praṇidhāna­sāgara­prabhāsa­śrī

Wylie:
  • smon lam rgya mtsho rab tu snang dpal
Tibetan:
  • སྨོན་ལམ་རྒྱ་མཚོ་རབ་ཏུ་སྣང་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • praṇidhāna­sāgara­prabhāsa­śrī

The name of the eighty-first buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Praṇidhāna­sāgara­prabhāsa­śirī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­151
g.­838

prasādana

Wylie:
  • dga’ ba byed pa
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • prasādana

A magical tree. The name means “bestowing delight.”

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 27.­3
g.­839

Praśama­gandha­sunābha

Wylie:
  • rab tu zhi ba’i spos kyi gtsug bzang po
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་ཞི་བའི་སྤོས་ཀྱི་གཙུག་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • praśama­gandha­sunābha

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­268
g.­840

Praśama­rūpa­gati

Wylie:
  • zhi ba’i gzugs kyi stabs
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་བའི་གཟུགས་ཀྱི་སྟབས།
Sanskrit:
  • praśama­rūpa­gati

The fortieth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­142
g.­841

Prasannagātra

Wylie:
  • sku shin tu dang ba
Tibetan:
  • སྐུ་ཤིན་ཏུ་དང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • prasannagātra

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­260
g.­842

Praśantaghoṣa

Wylie:
  • zhi ba’i dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་བའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • praśantaghoṣa

“Sound of Peace.” The name of a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­55
g.­843

Praśānta­mati

Wylie:
  • zhi ba’i blo gros
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་བའི་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit:
  • praśānta­mati

A bhikṣu who was a pupil of Śāriputra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­4
g.­844

Praśānta­mati­tejas

Wylie:
  • rab zhi blo gros ’od
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཞི་བློ་གྲོས་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • praśānta­mati­tejas

“The Brilliance of Peaceful Realization.” The name of a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­101
g.­845

Praśantaprabha

Wylie:
  • zhi ba’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་བའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • praśantaprabha

“Peaceful Light.” The name of a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 34.­65
g.­846

Praśānta­prabha­rāja

Wylie:
  • zhi ba’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་བའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • praśānta­prabha­rāja

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­104
g.­847

Praśanta­ruta­sāgara­vatī

Wylie:
  • sgra rgya mtsho rab tu zhi ba dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲ་རྒྱ་མཚོ་རབ་ཏུ་ཞི་བ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • praśanta­ruta­sāgara­vatī

A night goddess.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • i.­102-103
  • 37.­112
  • 37.­161
  • 38.­1-2
  • 38.­4
  • 38.­47
  • 38.­79
  • 38.­92
  • 38.­103
  • 39.­1
  • g.­574
  • g.­866
  • g.­867
g.­848

Praśānta­svara

Wylie:
  • rab tu zhi ba’i sgra
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་ཞི་བའི་སྒྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • praśānta­svara

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­849

Pratihatavega

Wylie:
  • shugs la thogs pa med pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤུགས་ལ་ཐོགས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pratihatavega

“Unimpeded Power.” The name of a cakravartin’s precious wheel.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­244
g.­850

pratyeka­buddha

Wylie:
  • rang sangs rgyas
Tibetan:
  • རང་སངས་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit:
  • pratyeka­buddha
  • pratyekajina
  • pratyekasaṃbuddha

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Literally, “buddha for oneself” or “solitary realizer.” Someone who, in his or her last life, attains awakening entirely through their own contemplation, without relying on a teacher. Unlike the awakening of a fully realized buddha (samyaksambuddha), the accomplishment of a pratyeka­buddha is not regarded as final or ultimate. They attain realization of the nature of dependent origination, the selflessness of the person, and a partial realization of the selflessness of phenomena, by observing the suchness of all that arises through interdependence. This is the result of progress in previous lives but, unlike a buddha, they do not have the necessary merit, compassion or motivation to teach others. They are named as “rhinoceros-like” (khaḍgaviṣāṇakalpa) for their preference for staying in solitude or as “congregators” (vargacārin) when their preference is to stay among peers.

Located in 76 passages in the translation:

  • i.­81
  • i.­108
  • 1.­27
  • 1.­39
  • 1.­58
  • 1.­67
  • 1.­116
  • 3.­17
  • 9.­14
  • 13.­15
  • 16.­28-29
  • 16.­37
  • 22.­32
  • 22.­44
  • 25.­5
  • 26.­6
  • 27.­9
  • 29.­14
  • 34.­5
  • 36.­13
  • 36.­28
  • 36.­38
  • 37.­8
  • 37.­29
  • 37.­35
  • 37.­70
  • 38.­7
  • 40.­23
  • 43.­30
  • 43.­51
  • 43.­63
  • 53.­10
  • 53.­23
  • 54.­5
  • 54.­12-13
  • 54.­199
  • 54.­210
  • 54.­222
  • 54.­228
  • 54.­241
  • 54.­243
  • 54.­245
  • 54.­250
  • 54.­253
  • 54.­255
  • 54.­262
  • 54.­264-267
  • 54.­270
  • 54.­275
  • 54.­277-279
  • 54.­282
  • 54.­289-290
  • 54.­292-293
  • 54.­305
  • 54.­311-313
  • 54.­339
  • 54.­347
  • 54.­357
  • 54.­361
  • 54.­369
  • 54.­377
  • 56.­80
  • n.­2210
  • g.­851
  • g.­1061
g.­851

Pratyeka­buddhayāna

Wylie:
  • rang sangs rgyas kyi theg pa
Tibetan:
  • རང་སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་ཐེག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pratyeka­buddhayāna

The yāna of the pratyeka­buddhas.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 15.­8
  • 23.­7
  • 27.­28
  • 34.­12
  • 54.­348
g.­852

Pravaraśrī

Wylie:
  • mchog gi dpal
Tibetan:
  • མཆོག་གི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • pravaraśrī

In chapter 1 the name of a bodhisattva in the presence of Śākyamuni at Śrāvastī. In chapter 44 the name of one of the future buddhas in this kalpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 44.­63
g.­853

Pravarendra­rāja

Wylie:
  • mchog gi dbang po’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • མཆོག་གི་དབང་པོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • pravarendra­rāja

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­854

Pravṛddha­kāya­rāja

Wylie:
  • sku mchog tu ’khrungs pa
Tibetan:
  • སྐུ་མཆོག་ཏུ་འཁྲུངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pravṛddha­kāya­rāja

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­855

predisposition

Wylie:
  • bag chags
Tibetan:
  • བག་ཆགས།
Sanskrit:
  • vāsana

A tendency toward certain actions and thoughts as the result of a lasting impression on one’s being from previous lives.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 2.­54
  • 8.­1
  • 8.­13
  • 10.­63
  • 43.­12
  • 53.­19
  • 54.­210
  • 54.­268
  • n.­264
g.­856

preta

Wylie:
  • yi dwags
Tibetan:
  • ཡི་དྭགས།
Sanskrit:
  • preta

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

One of the five or six classes of sentient beings, into which beings are born as the karmic fruition of past miserliness. As the term in Sanskrit means “the departed,” they are analogous to the ancestral spirits of Vedic tradition, the pitṛs, who starve without the offerings of descendants. It is also commonly translated as “hungry ghost” or “starving spirit,” as in the Chinese 餓鬼 e gui.

They are sometimes said to reside in the realm of Yama, but are also frequently described as roaming charnel grounds and other inhospitable or frightening places along with piśācas and other such beings. They are particularly known to suffer from great hunger and thirst and the inability to acquire sustenance. Detailed descriptions of their realm and experience, including a list of the thirty-six classes of pretas, can be found in The Application of Mindfulness of the Sacred Dharma, Toh 287, 2.­1281– 2.1482.

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • i.­41
  • 1.­46
  • 2.­54
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­44
  • 10.­13
  • 15.­8
  • 16.­37
  • 26.­5
  • 30.­33
  • 34.­68
  • 40.­102
  • 40.­111
  • 54.­336
  • 54.­361
  • 54.­384
  • n.­267
  • n.­414
  • n.­510
  • g.­433
  • g.­1331
  • g.­1536
g.­857

propensity

Wylie:
  • bag la nyal ba
Tibetan:
  • བག་ལ་ཉལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • anuśaya

The BHS anuśaya differs from its meaning in Sanskrit but is the same as the Pali anusaya. It can also mean “tendency” and “disposition,” and the meaning can be positive as well as negative.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­13
  • 10.­5
  • 10.­49
  • 10.­63
  • 13.­15
  • 18.­16
  • 54.­210
g.­858

Pṛthurāṣṭra

Wylie:
  • khams chen po
Tibetan:
  • ཁམས་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • pṛthurāṣṭra

A region in South India.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­89
  • 23.­19
  • 24.­2
  • 24.­7
g.­859

Puṇya­ketu

Wylie:
  • bsod nams dpal
Tibetan:
  • བསོད་ནམས་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • puṇya­ketu

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­860

Puṇya­megha­cūḍa

Wylie:
  • bsod nams sna tshogs kyi sprin
Tibetan:
  • བསོད་ནམས་སྣ་ཚོགས་ཀྱི་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit:
  • puṇya­megha­cūḍa

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­861

Puṇya­parvata­tejas

Wylie:
  • bsod nams ri bo’i gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • བསོད་ནམས་རི་བོའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • puṇya­parvata­tejas

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­862

Puṇya­prabha

Wylie:
  • bsod nams kyi ’od
Tibetan:
  • བསོད་ནམས་ཀྱི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • puṇya­prabha

A bhikṣu who was a pupil of Śāriputra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­4
g.­863

Puṇya­prabha

Wylie:
  • bsod nams ’od
Tibetan:
  • བསོད་ནམས་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • puṇya­prabha

An upāsaka in Dhanyākara.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­26
g.­864

Puṇya­prabhāsa­śri­śānta­śrī

Wylie:
  • bsod nams rab tu snang dpal zhi ba’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • བསོད་ནམས་རབ་ཏུ་སྣང་དཔལ་ཞི་བའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • puṇya­prabhāsa­śri­śānta­śrī

The sixty-ninth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS in verse: Puṇya­prabhāsa­śiri­śānta­śirī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­148
g.­865

Puṇya­pradīpa­dhvaja

Wylie:
  • bsod nams sgron ma’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • བསོད་ནམས་སྒྲོན་མའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • puṇya­pradīpa­dhvaja

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­265
g.­866

Puṇya­pradīpa­saṃpatketu­prabhā

Wylie:
  • bsod nams sgron ma phun sum tshogs pa kun nas dpal gyi ’od
Tibetan:
  • བསོད་ནམས་སྒྲོན་མ་ཕུན་སུམ་ཚོགས་པ་ཀུན་ནས་དཔལ་གྱི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • puṇya­pradīpa­saṃpatketu­prabhā

A bodhimaṇḍa goddess in a world in the eastern direction in a past kalpa, a previous life of the night goddess Praśanta­ruta­sāgara­vatī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 38.­54
g.­867

Puṇya­pradīpa­saṃpatsamanta­ketu­prabhā

Wylie:
  • bsod nams sgron ma phun sum tshogs pa kun nas dpal gyi ’od
Tibetan:
  • བསོད་ནམས་སྒྲོན་མ་ཕུན་སུམ་ཚོགས་པ་ཀུན་ནས་དཔལ་གྱི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • puṇya­pradīpa­saṃpatsamanta­ketu­prabhā

A bodhi-tree goddess, a past life of Praśanta­ruta­sāgara­vatī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 38.­77
g.­868

Puṇya­prasava

Wylie:
  • bsod nams ’phel ba
Tibetan:
  • བསོད་ནམས་འཕེལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • puṇya­prasava

In the Sarvāstivada tradition, the second highest of the three paradises that correspond to the fourth dhyāna in the form realm.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­18
g.­869

Puṇya­sumeru

Wylie:
  • bsod nams ri rab
Tibetan:
  • བསོད་ནམས་རི་རབ།
Sanskrit:
  • puṇya­sumeru

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­114
g.­870

Puṇya­sumerūdgata

Wylie:
  • bsod nams ri bos ’phags pa
Tibetan:
  • བསོད་ནམས་རི་བོས་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • puṇya­sumerūdgata

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­871

Pūrṇa Maitrāyaṇī­putra

Wylie:
  • byams gang gi bu
Tibetan:
  • བྱམས་གང་གི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • pūrṇa maitrāyaṇī­putra

One of the ten principal students of the Buddha, he was the greatest in his ability to teach the Dharma. The name has not been translated correctly in this instance; in the translations of other sūtras it is byams ma’i bu gang po.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­35
g.­872

Pūrva­praṇidhāna­saṃcodana­svara

Wylie:
  • sngon gyi smon lam yongs su bskul ba’i sgra
Tibetan:
  • སྔོན་གྱི་སྨོན་ལམ་ཡོངས་སུ་བསྐུལ་བའི་སྒྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • pūrva­praṇidhāna­saṃcodana­svara

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­873

Pūrva­praṇidhi­nirmāṇa­candra

Wylie:
  • sngon gyi smon lam gyi ’phrul pa’i zla ba
Tibetan:
  • སྔོན་གྱི་སྨོན་ལམ་གྱི་འཕྲུལ་པའི་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • pūrva­praṇidhi­nirmāṇa­candra

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­274
g.­874

Puṣya

Wylie:
  • rdzogs mdzad
Tibetan:
  • རྫོགས་མཛད།
Sanskrit:
  • puṣya

In chapter 29 it is the name of the sixth buddha in a list that begins with Kanaka­muni. In chapter 44 it is the name of a future buddha in this kalpa. Mahāvyutpatti and other sūtras translate puṣya as rgyal.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 29.­6
  • 44.­63
  • g.­1545
g.­875

pūtana

Wylie:
  • srul po
Tibetan:
  • སྲུལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • pūtana

Ugly and foul-smelling spirits, they can be good or cause harm to humans and animals.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 30.­31
g.­876

quintillion

Wylie:
  • bye ba khrag khrig brgya stong phrag
Tibetan:
  • བྱེ་བ་ཁྲག་ཁྲིག་བརྒྱ་སྟོང་ཕྲག
Sanskrit:
  • koṭi­nayuta­śata­sahasra

Quintillion (a million million million) is here derived from the classical meaning of nayuta as a million. The Tibetan gives nayuta a value of a hundred thousand million, so that the entire number would mean a hundred thousand quintillion.

Located in 52 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­47
  • 1.­54
  • 1.­150
  • 3.­23
  • 4.­8
  • 4.­10
  • 6.­19
  • 7.­18
  • 9.­17
  • 10.­13
  • 10.­22
  • 10.­32
  • 11.­14
  • 14.­11
  • 16.­24
  • 16.­28
  • 16.­32
  • 16.­34
  • 21.­19
  • 21.­24
  • 21.­46
  • 21.­56
  • 26.­6
  • 33.­3
  • 36.­56-57
  • 36.­76
  • 36.­120
  • 37.­37
  • 37.­39
  • 37.­43
  • 37.­50
  • 39.­26
  • 40.­79
  • 40.­85
  • 40.­89
  • 41.­19
  • 42.­77
  • 42.­92
  • 42.­94
  • 42.­105
  • 42.­129
  • 43.­102
  • 45.­6
  • 53.­39
  • 54.­161
  • 54.­207
  • 54.­378
  • 54.­389
  • 54.­417
  • 56.­59
  • n.­1381
g.­877

Racanārci­parvata­pradīpa

Wylie:
  • rin chen ’od ’phro ri sgron
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་འོད་འཕྲོ་རི་སྒྲོན།
Sanskrit:
  • racanārci­parvata­pradīpa

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­84
g.­878

Rāhu

Wylie:
  • sgra gcan
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲ་གཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • rāhu

A powerful asura said to cause eclipses.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­50
  • 27.­21
  • 36.­26
g.­879

Rāhulabhadra

Wylie:
  • sgra gcan bzang po
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲ་གཅན་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • rāhulabhadra

An upāsaka in Dhanyākara.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­26
g.­880

Rajovimala­tejaḥśrī

Wylie:
  • gzi brjid rdul gyi dri ma myed pa
Tibetan:
  • གཟི་བརྗིད་རྡུལ་གྱི་དྲི་མ་མྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • rajovimala­tejaḥśrī

A world realm in the distant past.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 34.­69-70
g.­881

rākṣasa

Wylie:
  • srin po
Tibetan:
  • སྲིན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • rākṣasa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of nonhuman beings that are often, but certainly not always, considered demonic in the Buddhist tradition. They are often depicted as flesh-eating monsters who haunt frightening places and are ugly and evil-natured with a yearning for human flesh, and who additionally have miraculous powers, such as being able to change their appearance.

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • i.­109
  • 5.­7
  • 6.­10
  • 7.­6
  • 9.­15
  • 12.­18
  • 21.­53
  • 24.­13
  • 25.­10
  • 26.­5
  • 27.­26
  • 30.­18
  • 30.­31
  • 32.­11
  • 44.­24
  • 44.­26
  • 44.­28-29
  • 54.­339
  • n.­2148
  • g.­780
  • g.­1263
g.­882

rākṣasī

Wylie:
  • srin mo
Tibetan:
  • སྲིན་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • rākṣasī

The female members of a class of nonhuman beings who are often, but not always, considered demonic in the Buddhist tradition.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 35.­13
  • 54.­377
  • g.­169
g.­883

Ralpachen

Wylie:
  • ral pa can
Tibetan:
  • རལ་པ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A king of Tibet, born circa 806, who reigned from 815 to 838. His formal name was Tritsuk Detsen (khri gtsug lde btsan).

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­24
  • g.­552
  • g.­1281
g.­884

Rāmāvarānta

Wylie:
  • mi mo gya nom mchog
Tibetan:
  • མི་མོ་གྱ་ནོམ་མཆོག
Sanskrit:
  • rāmāvarānta

A land in South India.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­68-69
  • 3.­94
  • 4.­1
g.­885

Raśmi­candrorṇa­megha

Wylie:
  • ’od gzer zla ba mdzod spu’i sprin
Tibetan:
  • འོད་གཟེར་ཟླ་བ་མཛོད་སྤུའི་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit:
  • raśmi­candrorṇa­megha

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­270
g.­886

Raśmi­guṇa­makuṭa­jñāna­prajñā­prabha

Wylie:
  • ’od gzer yon tan gyi cod pan ye shes dang shes rab kyi ’od
Tibetan:
  • འོད་གཟེར་ཡོན་ཏན་གྱི་ཅོད་པན་ཡེ་ཤེས་དང་ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • raśmi­guṇa­makuṭa­jñāna­prajñā­prabha

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­887

Raśmi­maṇḍala­śikhara­rāja

Wylie:
  • ’od gzer gyi dkyil ’khor spo’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • འོད་གཟེར་གྱི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་སྤོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • raśmi­maṇḍala­śikhara­rāja

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­888

Raśmi­mukha

Wylie:
  • ’od zer gyi zhal
Tibetan:
  • འོད་ཟེར་གྱི་ཞལ།
Sanskrit:
  • raśmi­mukha

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­889

Raśmi­netra­pratibhāsa­prabha­candra

Wylie:
  • ’od gzer gyi tshul rab tu snang ba’i ’od kyi zla ba
Tibetan:
  • འོད་གཟེར་གྱི་ཚུལ་རབ་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་འོད་ཀྱི་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • raśmi­netra­pratibhāsa­prabha­candra

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­890

Raśmi­parvata­vidyotita­megha

Wylie:
  • ’od gzer gyi ri bo rnam par snang ba’i sprin
Tibetan:
  • འོད་གཟེར་གྱི་རི་བོ་རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བའི་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit:
  • raśmi­parvata­vidyotita­megha

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­891

Raśmi­saṃkusumita­pradīpa

Wylie:
  • ’od gzer gyi me tog kun tu rgyas pa’i sgron ma
Tibetan:
  • འོད་གཟེར་གྱི་མེ་ཏོག་ཀུན་ཏུ་རྒྱས་པའི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • raśmi­saṃkusumita­pradīpa

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­892

Ratiprabhā

Wylie:
  • dga’ ba’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • ratiprabhā

A goddess in another world in the distant past who informs a courtesan’s daughter of the presence of a buddha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­202
g.­893

Rativyūhā

Wylie:
  • dga’ bas brgyan pa
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བས་བརྒྱན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • rativyūhā

A royal capital in another world realm in the distant past.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 41.­43
  • 41.­46
  • 41.­59
  • 41.­84
  • 41.­103
g.­894

Ratnābha

Wylie:
  • ’od snang rin chen
Tibetan:
  • འོད་སྣང་རིན་ཆེན།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnābha

A buddha.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­29
  • g.­477
g.­895

Ratnabuddhi

Wylie:
  • rin po che’i blo
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་བློ།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnabuddhi

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­896

Ratna­candra­dhvaja

Wylie:
  • rin chen zla ba’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་ཟླ་བའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • ratna­candra­dhvaja

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­272
g.­897

Ratna­candra­pradīpa­prabhā

Wylie:
  • rin chen zla ba sgron ma’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་ཟླ་བ་སྒྲོན་མའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • ratna­candra­pradīpa­prabhā

A four-continent world in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 34.­65
g.­898

Ratnacūḍa

Wylie:
  • rin chen gtsug phud
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་གཙུག་ཕུད།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnacūḍa

A wealthy merchant and Dharma patron, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 18.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • i.­52
  • i.­82-83
  • 17.­24
  • 18.­2-3
  • 18.­13-14
  • 18.­21
g.­899

Ratnadānaśri

Wylie:
  • rin chen sbyin
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnadānaśri

The ninety-second buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Ratanadānaśiri.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­153
g.­900

Ratnadhvaja

Wylie:
  • rin chen rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnadhvaja

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­901

Ratna­dhvajāgra­mati

Wylie:
  • rin chen rgyal mtshan blo gros mchog
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་རྒྱལ་མཚན་བློ་གྲོས་མཆོག
Sanskrit:
  • ratna­dhvajāgra­mati

A realm in the distant past. BHS verse: Ratana­dhvajāgra­mati.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­111
g.­902

Ratnagarbha

Wylie:
  • rin po che’i snying po
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnagarbha

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­903

Ratna­gātra­śrī

Wylie:
  • rin chen lus kyi dpal
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་ལུས་ཀྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • ratna­gātra­śrī

The seventy-ninth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Ratana­gātra­śirī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­150
g.­904

Ratnāgra­prabha­tejas

Wylie:
  • rin chen mchog gi ’od kyi gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་མཆོག་གི་འོད་ཀྱི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnāgra­prabha­tejas

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­272
g.­905

Ratnaketu

Wylie:
  • rin chen dpal
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnaketu

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­82
g.­906

Ratna­kusuma­megha

Wylie:
  • rin po che’i me tog gi sprin
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་མེ་ཏོག་གི་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit:
  • ratna­kusuma­megha

A bodhimaṇḍa in another world in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­43
g.­907

Ratna­kusuma­prabha

Wylie:
  • rin po che’i me tog gi ’od
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་མེ་ཏོག་གི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • ratna­kusuma­prabha

A buddha of the present time in a world realm in the eastern directions, who had been King Dhanapati in the distant past.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 43.­253-254
g.­908

Ratna­kusuma­pradīpā

Wylie:
  • rin chen me tog sgron ma
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་མེ་ཏོག་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • ratna­kusuma­pradīpā

A capital city in the distant past.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 37.­39
  • 37.­49
  • 37.­73
  • 37.­78
  • 37.­81
g.­909

Ratna­kusuma­pradīpa­dhvajā

Wylie:
  • rin chen me tog sgron ma’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་མེ་ཏོག་སྒྲོན་མའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • ratna­kusuma­pradīpa­dhvajā

A four-continent world in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­38
g.­910

Ratna­kusuma­vidyuddharma­nigarjita­megha­ghoṣa

Wylie:
  • rin po che’i me tog dang glog dang chos kyi ’brug sgra’i sprin gyi dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་མེ་ཏོག་དང་གློག་དང་ཆོས་ཀྱི་འབྲུག་སྒྲའི་སྤྲིན་གྱི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • ratna­kusuma­vidyuddharma­nigarjita­megha­ghoṣa

“The Voice of Clouds of Precious Flowers, Lightning, and Dharma Thunder.” A lake in the distant past.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 37.­50-52
g.­911

Ratna­lakṣaṇa­vibhūṣita­meru

Wylie:
  • mtshan rin po ches rnam par brgyan pa’i ri bo
Tibetan:
  • མཚན་རིན་པོ་ཆེས་རྣམ་པར་བརྒྱན་པའི་རི་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • ratna­lakṣaṇa­vibhūṣita­meru

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­912

Ratnameru

Wylie:
  • rin chen ri
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་རི།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnameru

A buddha in the distant past. BHS: Ratanameru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­92
g.­913

Ratnanetrā

Wylie:
  • rin chen mig
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་མིག
Sanskrit:
  • ratnanetrā

The goddess of Kapilavastu.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­109
  • 44.­2
g.­914

Ratnanetra (the bodhisattva)

Wylie:
  • rin po che’i myig
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་མྱིག
Sanskrit:
  • ratnanetra

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­915

Ratnanetra (the buddha)

Wylie:
  • rin chen spyan
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་སྤྱན།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnanetra

The name of a buddha in the distant past. BHS in verse: Ratananetra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­97
g.­916

Ratnapadmābha

Wylie:
  • ’od snang rin chen pad mo
Tibetan:
  • འོད་སྣང་རིན་ཆེན་པད་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnapadmābha

A buddha.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­29
  • g.­792
g.­917

Ratna­padma­praphullita­gātra

Wylie:
  • sku rin po che’i pad mo shin tu rgyas pa
Tibetan:
  • སྐུ་རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་པད་མོ་ཤིན་ཏུ་རྒྱས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ratna­padma­praphullita­gātra

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­265
g.­918

Ratna­padmāvabhāsa­garbha

Wylie:
  • rin chen pad+mo snang ba’i snying po
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་པདྨོ་སྣང་བའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • ratna­padmāvabhāsa­garbha

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­919

Ratnaprabha

Wylie:
  • rin po che’i ’od
  • rin chen ’od
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་འོད།
  • རིན་ཆེན་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnaprabha

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī (translated as rin po che’i ’od), and also the name of the forty-second buddha in a kalpa in the distant past (translated as rin chen ’od).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 37.­143
g.­920

Ratnaprabhā

Wylie:
  • rin chen ’od
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnaprabhā

A head merchant’s daughter in another world in the distant past.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • i.­105
  • 40.­96-97
  • 40.­151-152
  • 40.­156-157
  • 40.­161
g.­921

Ratnaprabhā

Wylie:
  • rin po che’i ’od
  • rin chen ’od
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་འོད།
  • རིན་ཆེན་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnaprabhā

A world realm in the distant past. Also the name of a world realm in the distant future in which five hundred buddhas will appear.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 41.­40-41
  • 41.­75
  • 41.­89
  • 41.­101
g.­922

Ratnarājaśri

Wylie:
  • rin chen rgyal po dpal
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་རྒྱལ་པོ་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnarājaśri

The sixtieth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Ratanarājaśiri.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­146
g.­923

Ratnaraśi

Wylie:
  • rin chen brtsegs pa
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་བརྩེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnaraśi

A buddha in the distant past. BHS verse: Ratanarāśi.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­118
g.­924

Ratna­raśmi­pradīpa­dhvaja­rāja

Wylie:
  • rin po che’i ’od gzer sgron ma’i rgyal mtshan rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་འོད་གཟེར་སྒྲོན་མའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • ratna­raśmi­pradīpa­dhvaja­rāja

A buddha in a world in the eastern direction in the past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 38.­58
g.­925

Ratnārciḥ­parvata

Wylie:
  • rin po che ’od ’phro ba’i ri bo
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེ་འོད་འཕྲོ་བའི་རི་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnārciḥ­parvata

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­926

Ratnārciḥ­parvata­śrī­tejorāja

Wylie:
  • rin chen ’od ’phro ba’i ri bo dpal gyi gzi brjid rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་འོད་འཕྲོ་བའི་རི་བོ་དཔལ་གྱི་གཟི་བརྗིད་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnārciḥ­parvata­śrī­tejorāja

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­271
g.­927

Ratnārci­netra­prabha

Wylie:
  • rin po che ’od ’phro ba’i mig gi ’od
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེ་འོད་འཕྲོ་བའི་མིག་གི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnārci­netra­prabha

A king in the distant past.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 42.­93
  • 42.­101
g.­928

Ratnārci­parvata­śrī

Wylie:
  • rin chen ’od ’phro ri dpal
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་འོད་འཕྲོ་རི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnārci­parvata­śrī

The thirty-first buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Ratnārci­parvata­śirī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­141
g.­929

Ratna­rucira­śrī­rāja

Wylie:
  • rin po che yid du ’ong ba’i dpal gyi rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེ་ཡིད་དུ་འོང་བའི་དཔལ་གྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • ratna­rucira­śrī­rāja

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­930

Ratna­sāla­vyūha­megha­pradīpā

Wylie:
  • rin po che’i sa las rnam par brgyan pa sprin gyi sgron ma
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་ས་ལས་རྣམ་པར་བརྒྱན་པ་སྤྲིན་གྱི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • ratna­sāla­vyūha­megha­pradīpā

A royal capital in another world realm in the distant past. Its short form in verse is Sāla­vyūha­megha.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 40.­53-54
  • 40.­56
  • 40.­79
  • g.­976
g.­931

Ratna­śikharārciḥ­parvata­pradīpa

Wylie:
  • rin chen ri bo’i spo’i ’od zer sgron ma
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་རི་བོའི་སྤོའི་འོད་ཟེར་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • ratna­śikharārciḥ­parvata­pradīpa

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­121
g.­932

Ratna­siṃhāvabhāsa­jvalanā

Wylie:
  • rin po che’i seng ge snang zhing ’bar ba
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་སེང་གེ་སྣང་ཞིང་འབར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • ratna­siṃhāvabhāsa­jvalanā

A buddha realm in the downward direction.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 8.­26
g.­933

Ratnaśrī

Wylie:
  • rin po che’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnaśrī

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­934

Ratna­śrī­haṃsa­citrā

Wylie:
  • rin chen dpal gyi dad pas brgyan pa
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་དཔལ་གྱི་དད་པས་བརྒྱན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ratna­śrī­haṃsa­citrā

The realm of a buddha named Vairocana. See n.­446.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 8.­29
g.­935

Ratna­śrī­pradīpa­guṇa­ketu

Wylie:
  • rin chen dpal sgron yon tan dpal
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་དཔལ་སྒྲོན་ཡོན་ཏན་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • ratna­śrī­pradīpa­guṇa­ketu

A buddha in the distant past. BHS verse: Ratana­śirī­pradīpa­guṇa­ketu.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­101
  • 36.­127-128
  • 36.­142
g.­936

Ratna­śrī­saṃbhava

Wylie:
  • rin chen dpal ’byung
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་དཔལ་འབྱུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • ratna­śrī­saṃbhava

“The Source of Glorious Jewels.” The name of a world realm in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 34.­65
g.­937

Ratna­śrī­śikhara­megha­pradīpa

Wylie:
  • rin chen dpal gyi rtse mo’i sprin rab tu snang ba
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་དཔལ་གྱི་རྩེ་མོའི་སྤྲིན་རབ་ཏུ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • ratna­śrī­śikhara­megha­pradīpa

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­938

Ratnatejas

Wylie:
  • rin chen gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnatejas

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­939

Ratnavara

Wylie:
  • rin chen mchog
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་མཆོག
Sanskrit:
  • ratnavara

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­940

Ratna­vastrāvabhāsa­dhvajā

Wylie:
  • rin po che’i gos yongs su snang ba
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་གོས་ཡོངས་སུ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • ratna­vastrāvabhāsa­dhvajā

A buddha realm in the northern direction.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­19
g.­941

Ratnavyūha

Wylie:
  • rin po che’i rgyan
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་རྒྱན།
Sanskrit:
  • ratnavyūha

A city in South India.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­93
  • 27.­54
  • 28.­1
  • g.­1442
g.­942

realm of desire

Wylie:
  • ’dod pa’i khams
Tibetan:
  • འདོད་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • kāmadhātu

The worlds where beings are reborn through their karma, from the hells up to the Para­nirmita­vaśa­vartin paradise.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • i.­4
  • i.­46
  • 10.­63
  • 12.­26
  • 24.­18
  • 54.­231
  • 54.­415
  • n.­1062
  • g.­445
  • g.­1235
g.­943

red lotus

Wylie:
  • pad mo
  • pad+mo
  • pad ma
  • pad+ma
Tibetan:
  • པད་མོ།
  • པདྨོ།
  • པད་མ།
  • པདྨ།
Sanskrit:
  • nalinī
  • padma

Nelumbo nucifera. The true lotus that has a central pericarp, while the “night lotus” and the “blue lotus” are actually lilies. Padma or nalinī refers to the red variety of the lotus, while the white lotus is called puṇḍarīka.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­2
  • 21.­4
  • 28.­5
  • 43.­64
  • 54.­369
  • g.­659
  • g.­1532
g.­944

retention

Wylie:
  • gzungs
Tibetan:
  • གཟུངས།
Sanskrit:
  • dhāraṇī

According to context this term can also mean sentences or phrases for recitation that are said to hold the essence of a teaching or meaning. This term is also rendered in this translation as “dhāraṇī.”

Located in 60 passages in the translation:

  • i.­72-73
  • i.­104
  • 2.­36
  • 3.­59
  • 3.­64
  • 3.­73
  • 4.­7
  • 5.­14
  • 7.­3
  • 7.­13
  • 7.­20
  • 8.­1
  • 8.­9
  • 8.­14
  • 9.­49
  • 10.­15
  • 10.­29
  • 11.­13
  • 13.­14-15
  • 14.­19
  • 18.­7-8
  • 20.­31
  • 22.­2
  • 22.­25
  • 22.­30
  • 22.­46-47
  • 22.­51
  • 23.­8
  • 24.­2
  • 28.­1
  • 32.­1
  • 34.­35
  • 36.­130
  • 38.­75
  • 39.­12-13
  • 39.­32
  • 39.­34
  • 39.­41-42
  • 39.­56
  • 41.­5
  • 41.­80
  • 41.­97
  • 43.­60
  • 53.­19
  • 53.­22
  • 53.­40
  • 54.­40
  • 54.­199
  • 54.­348
  • 55.­3
  • n.­790-791
  • n.­1536
  • g.­287
g.­945

Revata

Wylie:
  • nam ’gru
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་འགྲུ།
Sanskrit:
  • revata

A śrāvaka, the youngest brother of Śāriputra. Also known as Khadiravanīya. Elsewhere translated as nam gru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­35
g.­946

Roca

Wylie:
  • snang ba
Tibetan:
  • སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • roca

The last buddha of the Bhadra kalpa, which according to The White Lotus of Compassion Sūtra (Toh 111, Mahā­karuṇā­puṇḍarīka­sūtra, where it was translated as gsal mdzad) is the thousand-and-fifth buddha. The Buddha Ratnagarbha prophesied that the youngest of the thousand Vedapāṭhaka pupils of Brahmin Samudrarenu would be the Buddha Roca. In present times it is most commonly translated as mos pa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­66
g.­947

Roruka

Wylie:
  • ri dags gnas
Tibetan:
  • རི་དགས་གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • roruka

A town in South India.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­115
  • 50.­4
  • 51.­1
g.­948

royal jasmine

Wylie:
  • dza ti
Tibetan:
  • ཛ་ཏི།
Sanskrit:
  • jāti

Jasminum grandiflorum. Also known as Spanish or Catalonian jasmine, even though it originates in South India. Particularly used as offerings in both Buddhist and Hindu temples. In other sūtras, jāti is translated as sna ma.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 54.­253
g.­949

Ṛṣabhendrarāja

Wylie:
  • khyu mchog gi dbang po’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཁྱུ་མཆོག་གི་དབང་པོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • ṛṣabhendrarāja

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­950

ṛṣi

Wylie:
  • drang srong
Tibetan:
  • དྲང་སྲོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • ṛṣi

“Sage.” An ancient Indian spiritual title, especially for divinely inspired individuals credited with creating the foundations for all Indian culture.

Located in 30 passages in the translation:

  • i.­7
  • i.­9
  • i.­75-76
  • 1.­115
  • 9.­9
  • 9.­38
  • 10.­66
  • 11.­2-5
  • 11.­7
  • 11.­9-12
  • 11.­15-17
  • 11.­19
  • 14.­2
  • 20.­17
  • 30.­17
  • 36.­28
  • 37.­122
  • 40.­31
  • 43.­318
  • 54.­377
  • g.­190
g.­951

Rucira­bhadra­yaśas

Wylie:
  • grags pa yid du ’ong bas bzang ba
Tibetan:
  • གྲགས་པ་ཡིད་དུ་འོང་བས་བཟང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • rucira­bhadra­yaśas

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­952

Rucira­brahmā

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa yid du ’ong ba
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པ་ཡིད་དུ་འོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • rucira­brahmā

Literally “Attractive Brahmā,” an epithet for Brahmā, one of the epithets that in the non-Buddhist tradition designated him as the primordial creator.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 27.­12
g.­953

Rucira­dhvaja

Wylie:
  • mdzes pa’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • མཛེས་པའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • rucira­dhvaja

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­954

Saddharma­ghoṣāmbara­dīpa­rāja

Wylie:
  • dam chos dbyangs mchog sgron ma’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • དམ་ཆོས་དབྱངས་མཆོག་སྒྲོན་མའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • saddharma­ghoṣāmbara­dīpa­rāja

A buddha in the distant past, as rendered in verse. In prose he is called Dharma­cakra­nirghoṣa­gagana­pradīpa­rāja.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 41.­111
  • g.­303
g.­955

Sāgara

Wylie:
  • gang chen mtsho
Tibetan:
  • གང་ཆེན་མཚོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sāgara

One of the eight principal nāga kings. More commonly translated in other sūtras as rgya mtsho.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 27.­18
  • 44.­53
g.­956

Sāgara­buddhi

Wylie:
  • rgya mtsho’i blo
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱ་མཚོའི་བློ།
Sanskrit:
  • sāgara­buddhi

A bhikṣu who was a pupil of Śāriputra.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­68
  • 3.­4
  • 3.­6
g.­957

Sāgara­dhvaja

Wylie:
  • rgya mtsho’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱ་མཚོའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • sāgara­dhvaja

A bhikṣu, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 9.

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • i.­73-74
  • 8.­35
  • 9.­2
  • 9.­4
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­8-9
  • 9.­11
  • 9.­13-21
  • 9.­31-32
  • 9.­44-46
  • 9.­48
  • 9.­51-52
g.­958

Sāgara­garbha

Wylie:
  • rgya mtsho’i snying po
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱ་མཚོའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sāgara­garbha

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­118
g.­959

Sāgara­ghoṣa

Wylie:
  • rgya mtsho’i dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱ་མཚོའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • sāgara­ghoṣa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­960

Sāgara­mati

Wylie:
  • blo gros rgya mtsho
Tibetan:
  • བློ་གྲོས་རྒྱ་མཚོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sāgara­mati

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­961

Sāgara­megha

Wylie:
  • rgya mtsho’i sprin
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱ་མཚོའི་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit:
  • sāgara­megha

A bhikṣu, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 5.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­1
  • i.­69-70
  • 4.­35
  • 5.­2-3
  • 5.­19
g.­962

Sāgara­mukha

Wylie:
  • rgya mtsho’i sgo
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱ་མཚོའི་སྒོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sāgara­mukha

An area in the south of India.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­69
  • 4.­35
  • 5.­2
  • 5.­6
g.­963

Sāgara­nigarjita­svara

Wylie:
  • rgya mtsho’i ’brug gi sgra
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱ་མཚོའི་འབྲུག་གི་སྒྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • sāgara­nigarjita­svara

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­964

Sāgara­śrī

Wylie:
  • rgya mtsho phun sum tshogs
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱ་མཚོ་ཕུན་སུམ་ཚོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • sāgara­śrī

A buddha in the distant past. BHS verse: Sāgara­śiri.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 36.­113
  • n.­1419
g.­965

Sāgara­tīra

Wylie:
  • rgya mtsho’i ngogs
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱ་མཚོའི་ངོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • sāgara­tīra

An area in the Laṅka region of South India.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­70
  • 5.­18
  • 6.­1
g.­966

sage

Wylie:
  • thub pa
Tibetan:
  • ཐུབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • muni

A title that, like buddha, is given to those who have attained realization through their own contemplation and not by divine revelation.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­84
  • 1.­152-153
  • 1.­159
  • 40.­32
  • 41.­102
  • 41.­115
  • 41.­121
  • 43.­198
  • 43.­302-303
  • n.­150
  • n.­1578
  • n.­1816
g.­967

Sahā

Wylie:
  • mi mjed
Tibetan:
  • མི་མཇེད།
Sanskrit:
  • sahā

Indian Buddhist name for either the four-continent world in which the Buddha Śākyamuni appeared, or a universe of a thousand million such worlds. The White Lotus of Compassion Sūtra (Toh 111, Mahā­karuṇā­puṇḍarīka­sūtra) describes it as a world of ordinary beings in which the kleśas and so on are “powerful” (Sanskrit sahas), hence the name. The Tibetan translation mi mjed (literally “no suffering”) is usually defined as meaning “endurance,” because beings there are able to endure suffering.

Located in 25 passages in the translation:

  • i.­103
  • 1.­14-15
  • 1.­17
  • 1.­19
  • 1.­21
  • 1.­23
  • 1.­25
  • 1.­27
  • 1.­29
  • 1.­31
  • 30.­39
  • 38.­67
  • 38.­77
  • 40.­3
  • 42.­103
  • 43.­52-56
  • 56.­32
  • 56.­45
  • g.­637
  • g.­822
g.­968

Sahasraśrī

Wylie:
  • stong gi dpal
Tibetan:
  • སྟོང་གི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • sahasraśrī

“Thousand Splendors.” The name of a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Sahasraśiri.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­120
g.­969

Śaila­śikharābhyudgata­tejas

Wylie:
  • ri’i rtse mo mngon par ’phags pa’i gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • རིའི་རྩེ་མོ་མངོན་པར་འཕགས་པའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • śaila­śikharābhyudgata­tejas

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­970

Śailendra­rāja

Wylie:
  • ri’i dbang po’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • རིའི་དབང་པོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • śailendra­rāja

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­971

Śailendra­rāja­saṃghaṭṭana­ghoṣa

Wylie:
  • ri dbang rgyal po ’thab pa’i dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • རི་དབང་རྒྱལ་པོ་འཐབ་པའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • śailendra­rāja­saṃghaṭṭana­ghoṣa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­972

Śailendra­śrī­garbha­rāja

Wylie:
  • ri’i dbang po dpal gyi snying po’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • རིའི་དབང་པོ་དཔལ་གྱི་སྙིང་པོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • śailendra­śrī­garbha­rāja

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­973

Śakra

Wylie:
  • brgya byin
Tibetan:
  • བརྒྱ་བྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • śakra

Also commonly known as Indra, he is the deity, called “lord of the devas,” who dwells on the summit of Mount Sumeru and wields the thunderbolt. The Tibetan translation is based on an etymology that śakra is an abbreviation of śata-kratu: one who has performed a hundred sacrifices. The highest Vedic sacrifice was the horse sacrifice, and there is a tradition that he became the lord of the gods through performing them.

Located in 35 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­47
  • 3.­50
  • 9.­31
  • 10.­8
  • 10.­65
  • 12.­15
  • 14.­5
  • 16.­8
  • 21.­45
  • 27.­17
  • 30.­40
  • 36.­22
  • 40.­83
  • 40.­89
  • 41.­85
  • 44.­57
  • 54.­71
  • 54.­90
  • 54.­232
  • 54.­284
  • 54.­334
  • 54.­338
  • 54.­347
  • 54.­352
  • 54.­369
  • 54.­373
  • n.­543
  • g.­36
  • g.­111
  • g.­279
  • g.­522
  • g.­762
  • g.­1338
  • g.­1415
  • g.­1533
g.­974

Śākya

Wylie:
  • shAkya
Tibetan:
  • ཤཱཀྱ།
Sanskrit:
  • śākya

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Name of the ancient tribe in which the Buddha was born as a prince; their kingdom was based to the east of Kośala, in the foothills near the present-day border of India and Nepal, with Kapilavastu as its capital.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­78
  • 1.­109
  • 1.­159
  • 42.­131
  • 43.­27-28
  • 43.­30-31
  • 43.­36
  • 43.­49
  • 43.­64
  • 43.­256
  • 43.­299
  • 43.­331
g.­975

sal

Wylie:
  • sA la
Tibetan:
  • སཱ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • śāla

Shorea robusta. The dominant tree in the forests where it occurs.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 37.­101
  • 42.­56
  • 43.­143
  • n.­288
  • n.­1481
  • g.­1466
g.­976

Sāla­vyūha­megha

Wylie:
  • sa las rnam brgyan sprin
Tibetan:
  • ས་ལས་རྣམ་བརྒྱན་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit:
  • sāla­vyūha­megha

A royal capital in another world realm in the distant past. In prose, its long form is Ratna­sāla­vyūha­megha­pradīpā.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 40.­102
  • g.­930
g.­977

Sālendra­rāja­śri­garbha

Wylie:
  • sA la’i rgyal po dpal gyi mchog
Tibetan:
  • སཱ་ལའི་རྒྱལ་པོ་དཔལ་གྱི་མཆོག
Sanskrit:
  • sālendra­rāja­śri­garbha

The fifty-first buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Sālendra­rāja­śiri­garbha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­145
g.­978

Śālendra­skandha

Wylie:
  • sA la’i dbang po’i lhun
Tibetan:
  • སཱ་ལའི་དབང་པོའི་ལྷུན།
Sanskrit:
  • śālendra­skandha

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­979

samādhi

Wylie:
  • ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • samādhi

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In a general sense, samādhi can describe a number of different meditative states. In the Mahāyāna literature, in particular in the Prajñāpāramitā sūtras, we find extensive lists of different samādhis, numbering over one hundred.

In a more restricted sense, and when understood as a mental state, samādhi is defined as the one-pointedness of the mind (cittaikāgratā), the ability to remain on the same object over long periods of time. The Drajor Bamponyipa (sgra sbyor bam po gnyis pa) commentary on the Mahāvyutpatti explains the term samādhi as referring to the instrument through which mind and mental states “get collected,” i.e., it is by the force of samādhi that the continuum of mind and mental states becomes collected on a single point of reference without getting distracted.

Located in 255 passages in the translation:

  • i.­66-67
  • i.­74
  • i.­77
  • i.­86-88
  • i.­94
  • i.­102-103
  • i.­108-109
  • i.­113
  • i.­119
  • 1.­3
  • 1.­5-6
  • 1.­14
  • 1.­36
  • 1.­41
  • 1.­44
  • 1.­48-49
  • 1.­51
  • 1.­53-55
  • 1.­58
  • 1.­69
  • 2.­1
  • 2.­12-13
  • 2.­24
  • 2.­26-28
  • 2.­31-36
  • 2.­53-54
  • 3.­16
  • 3.­18-19
  • 3.­50
  • 3.­60
  • 3.­63
  • 5.­1
  • 5.­4
  • 7.­3
  • 8.­2
  • 8.­5
  • 8.­7
  • 8.­9-10
  • 8.­16-17
  • 8.­34
  • 9.­1
  • 9.­3
  • 9.­44-49
  • 9.­51-52
  • 10.­15
  • 10.­29
  • 11.­13
  • 11.­17
  • 12.­1
  • 12.­8
  • 12.­30
  • 13.­15
  • 14.­13-14
  • 14.­21
  • 15.­16
  • 18.­7-8
  • 18.­19
  • 20.­31
  • 21.­3
  • 21.­33-36
  • 21.­56-59
  • 22.­1-2
  • 22.­5
  • 22.­7
  • 22.­25-26
  • 22.­30
  • 22.­40
  • 22.­46-51
  • 23.­6
  • 23.­18
  • 24.­1-2
  • 24.­12
  • 25.­5
  • 26.­1-2
  • 27.­29-37
  • 27.­39
  • 27.­48
  • 28.­14
  • 29.­5-6
  • 29.­18
  • 30.­4
  • 30.­16
  • 32.­1
  • 33.­7
  • 34.­1
  • 34.­3
  • 34.­8
  • 34.­72
  • 34.­74
  • 35.­2
  • 35.­5
  • 35.­12
  • 36.­4
  • 36.­11-12
  • 36.­17
  • 36.­32
  • 36.­49
  • 36.­130
  • 37.­1
  • 37.­3
  • 37.­9
  • 37.­26
  • 37.­70
  • 37.­101-102
  • 38.­9
  • 38.­54
  • 38.­56-64
  • 38.­68-70
  • 38.­75
  • 39.­32
  • 39.­34
  • 39.­56
  • 40.­170
  • 41.­5
  • 41.­80
  • 41.­97
  • 41.­135
  • 42.­18
  • 42.­24
  • 42.­27
  • 42.­33
  • 42.­50
  • 42.­97
  • 43.­6
  • 43.­43
  • 43.­49-51
  • 43.­60
  • 43.­62-64
  • 43.­224-230
  • 43.­243
  • 43.­258
  • 43.­278
  • 43.­280
  • 43.­282
  • 43.­321
  • 43.­324
  • 44.­6
  • 44.­25-26
  • 44.­28
  • 44.­41-42
  • 48.­2
  • 53.­19
  • 53.­40
  • 54.­8
  • 54.­40
  • 54.­53
  • 54.­56
  • 54.­107
  • 54.­144
  • 54.­199
  • 54.­210
  • 54.­253
  • 54.­331
  • 54.­341
  • 54.­345-346
  • 54.­348
  • 54.­360
  • 54.­397
  • 55.­3
  • 56.­44
  • 56.­98
  • 56.­108
  • n.­234
  • n.­432
  • n.­1060
  • n.­1203
  • n.­1345
  • n.­1377
  • n.­1440
  • n.­1514
  • n.­1705
  • g.­146
  • g.­173
  • g.­434
  • g.­653
  • g.­1042
  • g.­1325
g.­980

Samādhi­mervabhyudgata­jñāna

Wylie:
  • ting nge ’dzin gyi ri rab mngon par ’phags pa’i ye shes
Tibetan:
  • ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གྱི་རི་རབ་མངོན་པར་འཕགས་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • samādhi­mervabhyudgata­jñāna

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­271
g.­981

Samādhi­mudrā­vipula­makuṭa­prajñā­prabha

Wylie:
  • ting nge ’dzin gyi phyag rgya shin tu yangs pa’i cod pan shes rab kyi ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གྱི་ཕྱག་རྒྱ་ཤིན་ཏུ་ཡངས་པའི་ཅོད་པན་ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • samādhi­mudrā­vipula­makuṭa­prajñā­prabha

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­982

Samanta­bhadra

Wylie:
  • kun tu bzang po
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­bhadra

Presently classed as one of the eight principal bodhisattvas, he is distinct from the primordial buddha with the same name in the Tibetan Nyingma tradition. He is prominent in the Gaṇḍa­vyūha, and also in The White Lotus of the Good Dharma (Toh 113, Saddharma­puṇḍarīka) and The White Lotus of Compassion Sūtra (Toh 111, Mahā­karuṇā­puṇḍarīka­sūtra).

Located in 72 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­5-6
  • i.­13
  • i.­22
  • i.­64
  • i.­67
  • i.­102
  • i.­104
  • i.­121
  • 1.­1
  • 2.­1
  • 2.­13
  • 2.­44
  • 36.­140
  • 37.­73
  • 37.­75-76
  • 37.­78-79
  • 37.­98-99
  • 37.­109-110
  • 37.­113
  • 39.­33
  • 56.­1-6
  • 56.­26-27
  • 56.­29-30
  • 56.­32
  • 56.­34-37
  • 56.­41-48
  • 56.­65
  • 56.­67-71
  • 56.­113
  • 56.­121
  • 56.­126
  • n.­62
  • n.­187
  • n.­259
  • n.­286
  • n.­1427
  • n.­1473
  • n.­1491
  • n.­1631
  • n.­2185
  • n.­2191
  • n.­2193
  • n.­2196
  • n.­2229
  • n.­2231
g.­983

Samantābhaśrī

Wylie:
  • kun tu snang ba’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • samantābhaśrī

A buddha in the distant past. BHS verse: Samantābhaśiri.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­124
g.­984

Samanta­cakṣu

Wylie:
  • kun tu gzigs
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་གཟིགས།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­cakṣu

A buddha in the past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 10.­24
g.­985

Samanta­darśana­netra

Wylie:
  • kun nas lta ba’i myig
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ནས་ལྟ་བའི་མྱིག
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­darśana­netra

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­986

Samanta­dharma­dhātu­gagana­pratibhāsa­mukuṭa

Wylie:
  • chos kyi dbyings nam mkha’ kun nas snang ba’i cod pan
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་ནམ་མཁའ་ཀུན་ནས་སྣང་བའི་ཅོད་པན།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­dharma­dhātu­gagana­pratibhāsa­mukuṭa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­987

Samanta­dharma­dvāra­vahana­śikha­rābha

Wylie:
  • sgo kun nas chos ston pa’i ri bo’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • སྒོ་ཀུན་ནས་ཆོས་སྟོན་པའི་རི་བོའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­dharma­dvāra­vahana­śikha­rābha

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­988

Samanta­digabhimukha­dvāra­dhvaja­vyūha

Wylie:
  • phyogs kun tu sgo mngon par bltas pa rgyal mtshan gyis rnam par brgyan pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱོགས་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྒོ་མངོན་པར་བལྟས་པ་རྒྱལ་མཚན་གྱིས་རྣམ་པར་བརྒྱན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­digabhi­mukha­dvāra­dhvaja­vyūha

A group of world realms in the distant past.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 40.­50-51
g.­989

Samanta­diśa­tejas

Wylie:
  • phyogs kun gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱོགས་ཀུན་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­diśa­tejas

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­126
g.­990

Samanta­gambhīra­śrī­vimala­prabhā

Wylie:
  • kun tu zab pa’i dpal dri ma med pa’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་ཟབ་པའི་དཔལ་དྲི་མ་མེད་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­gambhīra­śrī­vimala­prabhā

A night goddess at the bodhimaṇḍa, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 35.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­99-100
  • 34.­75
  • 35.­1
  • 35.­20
  • 35.­34
g.­991

Samanta­gandha­vitāna

Wylie:
  • spos kun tu rnam par yangs pa
Tibetan:
  • སྤོས་ཀུན་ཏུ་རྣམ་པར་ཡངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­gandha­vitāna

A buddha in a southern realm.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 8.­19
g.­992

Samanta­guṇa­megha

Wylie:
  • yon tan kun tu sprin
Tibetan:
  • ཡོན་ཏན་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­guṇa­megha

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­125
g.­993

Samanta­jñāna­bhadra­maṇḍala

Wylie:
  • ye shes kun tu bzang po’i dkyil ’khor
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀུན་ཏུ་བཟང་པོའི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­jñāna­bhadra­maṇḍala

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­994

Samanta­jñānābha­pravara

Wylie:
  • ye shes kun tu snang ba’i dam pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་དམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­jñānābha­pravara

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­995

Samanta­jñāna­caryāvilamba

Wylie:
  • ye shes kyi spyod pa kun tu thogs pa med pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱི་སྤྱོད་པ་ཀུན་ཏུ་ཐོགས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­jñāna­caryāvilamba

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­273
g.­996

Samanta­jñāna­dhvaja­śūra

Wylie:
  • ye shes rgyal mtshan kun tu dpal
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་རྒྱལ་མཚན་ཀུན་ཏུ་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­jñāna­dhvaja­śūra

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­997

Samanta­jñānāloka­vikrama­siṃha

Wylie:
  • ye shes snang bas rnam par gnon pa’i seng ge
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་སྣང་བས་རྣམ་པར་གནོན་པའི་སེང་གེ
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­jñānāloka­vikrama­siṃha

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­267
g.­998

Samanta­jñāna­maṇḍala­pratibhāsa­nirghoṣa

Wylie:
  • ye shes kyi dkyil ’khor kun tu snang ba’i dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­jñāna­maṇḍala­pratibhāsa­nirghoṣa

A buddha in a realm in the upward direction.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­31
g.­999

Samanta­jñāna­prabhā­meru

Wylie:
  • ye shes kun tu snang ba’i ri bo
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་རི་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­jñāna­prabhā­meru

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­1000

Samanta­jñāna­prabha­rāja

Wylie:
  • ye shes kun snang rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀུན་སྣང་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­jñāna­prabha­rāja

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­88
g.­1001

Samanta­jñāna­prabhāsa

Wylie:
  • ye shes kyi ’od kun tu snang ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱི་འོད་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­jñāna­prabhāsa

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­1002

Samanta­jñāna­ratnārci­śrī­guṇa­ketu­rāja

Wylie:
  • ye shes rin po che’i ’od kun tu ’phro ba’i dpal yon tan dpal gyi rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་འོད་ཀུན་ཏུ་འཕྲོ་བའི་དཔལ་ཡོན་ཏན་དཔལ་གྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­jñāna­ratnārci­śrī­guṇa­ketu­rāja

A buddha in the distant past. See n.­1466.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • i.­102
  • 37.­52
  • 37.­69
  • 37.­93-94
  • 37.­101
  • 37.­107
  • 37.­114
  • 37.­135
g.­1003

Samanta­jñānārci­padma­bhadrābhirāma­netra­śrī­candrā

Wylie:
  • ye shes kyi ’od kun tu ’phro ba pad+mo bzang mo mig yid du ’ong ba’i dpal gyi zla ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱི་འོད་ཀུན་ཏུ་འཕྲོ་བ་པདྨོ་བཟང་མོ་མིག་ཡིད་དུ་འོང་བའི་དཔལ་གྱི་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­jñānārci­padma­bhadrābhirāma­netra­śrī­candrā

A cakravartin’s princess in the distant past. Also called Padma­bhadrābhirāma­netra­śrī­candrā and Padma­bhadrābhirāma­netra­śrī.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 37.­79
  • 37.­109
  • 37.­113
  • g.­782
  • g.­783
g.­1004

Samanta­kusumārciḥ­pralamba­cūḍa

Wylie:
  • me tog gi ’od kun nas ’phro ba gtsug phud rab tu ’phyang ba
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཏོག་གི་འོད་ཀུན་ནས་འཕྲོ་བ་གཙུག་ཕུད་རབ་ཏུ་འཕྱང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­kusumārciḥ­pralamba­cūḍa

A bodhisattva in a southwestern realm.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 8.­24
g.­1005

Samanta­mukha

Wylie:
  • kun nas sgo
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ནས་སྒོ།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­mukha

A town in the south of India.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­83
  • 18.­20
  • 19.­2-3
g.­1006

Samanta­mukha­jñāna­bhadra­meru

Wylie:
  • sgo kun nas mkhyen pa’i ri bzang po
Tibetan:
  • སྒོ་ཀུན་ནས་མཁྱེན་པའི་རི་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­mukha­jñāna­bhadra­meru

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­1007

Samanta­mukha­jñāna­virocana­ghoṣa

Wylie:
  • sgo kun nas ye shes rnam par snang ba’i dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • སྒོ་ཀུན་ནས་ཡེ་ཤེས་རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­mukha­jñāna­virocana­ghoṣa

A buddha in a southwestern realm.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 8.­24
g.­1008

Samanta­netra

Wylie:
  • kun tu lta ba
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­netra

A perfume seller, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 19.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­53
  • i.­83-84
  • 18.­20
  • 19.­4
  • 19.­26
g.­1009

Samantānuravita­śānta­nirghoṣa

Wylie:
  • zhi ba’i dbyangs kun tu bsgrags pa
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་བའི་དབྱངས་ཀུན་ཏུ་བསྒྲགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • samantānuravita­śānta­nirghoṣa

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­268
g.­1010

Samanta­prabha­śrī­tejas

Wylie:
  • kun nas ’od dpal gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ནས་འོད་དཔལ་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­prabha­śrī­tejas

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1011

Samanta­prajñābha­dharma­nagara­pradīpa

Wylie:
  • shes rab kyi ’od kun tu gsal ba chos kyi grong khyer rab tu snang ba
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་འོད་ཀུན་ཏུ་གསལ་བ་ཆོས་ཀྱི་གྲོང་ཁྱེར་རབ་ཏུ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­prajñābha­dharma­nagara­pradīpa

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­1012

Samanta­prajñapti­nirghoṣa­megha

Wylie:
  • shes rab kyi sgra kun tu ’byung ba’i sprin
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་སྒྲ་ཀུན་ཏུ་འབྱུང་བའི་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­prajñapti­nirghoṣa­megha

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­1013

Samanta­pratibhāsa­cūḍa

Wylie:
  • gzugs brnyan kun tu snang ba’i gtsug phud
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་བརྙན་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་གཙུག་ཕུད།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­pratibhāsa­cūḍa

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­1014

Samanta­ratnā

Wylie:
  • kun nas rin po che
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ནས་རིན་པོ་ཆེ།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­ratnā

A world realm in the distant past.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 42.­92-93
g.­1015

Samanta­ratna­kusuma­prabhā

Wylie:
  • rin chen me tog kun tu snang ba
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་མེ་ཏོག་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­ratna­kusuma­prabhā

A royal city in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­27
g.­1016

Samanta­saṃbhava­pradīpa

Wylie:
  • kun tu ’byung ba’i sgron ma
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་འབྱུང་བའི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­saṃbhava­pradīpa

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­109
g.­1017

Samanta­saṃpūrṇa­śrī­garbhā

Wylie:
  • kun nas yongs su rgyas pa’i dpal gyi snying po
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ནས་ཡོངས་སུ་རྒྱས་པའི་དཔལ་གྱི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­saṃpūrṇa­śrī­garbhā

A royal capital in a world in the eastern direction in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 38.­55
g.­1018

Samanta­sattva­trāṇojaḥ­śrī

Wylie:
  • sems can kun tu skyong ba’i gzi brjid dpal
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་ཅན་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྐྱོང་བའི་གཟི་བརྗིད་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­sattva­trāṇojaḥ­śrī

A night goddess.

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • i.­101-102
  • 36.­144
  • 37.­1-2
  • 37.­4
  • 37.­6
  • 37.­11-14
  • 37.­34-35
  • 37.­130
  • 37.­162
  • 38.­1
  • n.­1434
  • n.­1438
g.­1019

Samanta­śrī­kusuma­tejābha

Wylie:
  • dpal gyi me tog kun nas rgyas pa’i gzi brjid snang ba
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་གྱི་མེ་ཏོག་ཀུན་ནས་རྒྱས་པའི་གཟི་བརྗིད་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­śrī­kusuma­tejābha

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­1020

Samanta­śrī­saṃbhava

Wylie:
  • dpal kun nas yang dag par ’byung ba
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་ཀུན་ནས་ཡང་དག་པར་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­śrī­saṃbhava

A buddha in the eastern direction.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­96
  • 31.­9
g.­1021

Samanta­śrī­samudgata­tejorāja

Wylie:
  • dpal kun nas ’phags pa’i gzi brjid rgyal po
  • dpal kun nas ’phags pa’i gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་ཀུན་ནས་འཕགས་པའི་གཟི་བརྗིད་རྒྱལ་པོ།
  • དཔལ་ཀུན་ནས་འཕགས་པའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­śrī­samudgata­tejorāja
  • samanta­śrī­samudgata­rāja

A bodhisattva from a western realm.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­66
  • 1.­17
  • 1.­81
g.­1022

Samanta­śrī­tejas

Wylie:
  • kun nas dpal gyi gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ནས་དཔལ་གྱི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­śrī­tejas

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1023

Samanta­śrī­vairocana­ketu

Wylie:
  • dpal kun tu rnam par snang ba’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་ཀུན་ཏུ་རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­śrī­vairocana­ketu

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­1024

samanta­śubha­vyūha

Wylie:
  • kun tu zhim pas brgyan pa
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་ཞིམ་པས་བརྒྱན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­śubha­vyūha

A magical tree, the name of which means “completely pleasant array.”

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 27.­3
g.­1025

Samanta­sūci­suviśuddha­jñāna­kusuma

Wylie:
  • ye shes kyi me tog kun nas rnam par dag pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱི་མེ་ཏོག་ཀུན་ནས་རྣམ་པར་དག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­sūci­suviśuddha­jñāna­kusuma

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­1026

Samanta­sūryāvabhāsa­prabha­rāja

Wylie:
  • ’od nyi ma kun tu snang ba’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • འོད་ཉི་མ་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­sūryāvabhāsa­prabha­rāja

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­1027

Samantāvabhāsa­dharma­śrī­ghoṣa

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • samantāvabhāsa­dharma­śrī­ghoṣa

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa. Missing in Tibetan.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­1028

Samantāvabhāsa­dhvaja

Wylie:
  • kun tu snang ba’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • samantāvabhāsa­dhvaja

“Shining Banner.” The name of a past kalpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 38.­53
  • 38.­65
g.­1029

Samantāvabhāsa­ketu

Wylie:
  • kun nas snang ba’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ནས་སྣང་བའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • samantāvabhāsa­ketu

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1030

Samantāvabhāsana­dharma­megha­nirghoṣa­dhvaja

Wylie:
  • kun tu grags pa’i chos kyi sprin sgra’i rgyal mtshan
  • kun tu snang ba’i chos kyi sprin gyi sgra dbyangs rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་གྲགས་པའི་ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྤྲིན་སྒྲའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྤྲིན་གྱི་སྒྲ་དབྱངས་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • samantāvabhāsana­dharma­megha­nirghoṣa­dhvaja
  • samanta­dharmāvabhāsa­dharma­megha­nirghoṣa­dhvaja

“The Victory Banner That Resounds Everywhere with the Sound of the Clouds of the Dharma.” A Bodhi tree in the distant past.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 37.­49
  • 37.­78
  • 37.­92
g.­1031

Samantāvabhāsa­śrī­garbha­rāja

Wylie:
  • dpal gyi snying po kun nas snang ba’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་གྱི་སྙིང་པོ་ཀུན་ནས་སྣང་བའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • samantāvabhāsa­śrī­garbha­rāja

A buddha in a southern realm.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­15
g.­1032

Samantāvabhāsodgata

Wylie:
  • kun tu snang bas ’phags pa
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བས་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • samantāvabhāsodgata

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1033

Samanta­vairocana­candra

Wylie:
  • kun tu rnam par snang ba’i zla ba
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བའི་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­vairocana­candra

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­266
g.­1034

Samanta­vairocana­mukuṭa

Wylie:
  • kun nas rnam par snang ba’i cod pan
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ནས་རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བའི་ཅོད་པན།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­vairocana­mukuṭa

 A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1035

Samanta­vairocana­śrī­meru­rāja

Wylie:
  • dpal gyi ri bo kun nas rnam par snang ba’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་གྱི་རི་བོ་ཀུན་ནས་རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­vairocana­śrī­meru­rāja

A buddha in a northwestern realm.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­27
g.­1036

Samantāvaloka­buddhi

Wylie:
  • kun tu snang ba’i blo
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་བློ།
Sanskrit:
  • samantāvaloka­buddhi

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī. 

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1037

Samanta­vighuṣṭa­kīrti­dhvaja

Wylie:
  • snyan pa kun tu rnam par grags pa’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • སྙན་པ་ཀུན་ཏུ་རྣམ་པར་གྲགས་པའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­vighuṣṭa­kīrti­dhvaja

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­1038

Samanta­vilokita­jñāna

Wylie:
  • kun tu rnam par gzigs pa’i ye shes
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་རྣམ་པར་གཟིགས་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­vilokita­jñāna

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­263
g.­1039

Samanta­vīryolkāvabhāsa­megha

Wylie:
  • brtson ’grus kyi sgron ma kun tu snang ba’i sprin
Tibetan:
  • བརྩོན་འགྲུས་ཀྱི་སྒྲོན་མ་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­vīryolkāvabhāsa­megha

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­1040

Samanta­vyūha

Wylie:
  • kun nas rnam par brgyan pa
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ནས་རྣམ་པར་བརྒྱན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • samanta­vyūha

A park in South India.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • i.­75
  • 9.­50
  • 10.­2-3
  • 10.­5
  • 10.­8
  • 10.­16
  • 10.­22
  • g.­1463
g.­1041

Samāpadyata

Wylie:
  • mnyam par gzhag pa
Tibetan:
  • མཉམ་པར་གཞག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • samāpadyata

A kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 42.­92
  • 42.­108
  • n.­1737
g.­1042

samāpatti

Wylie:
  • snyoms par ’jug pa
Tibetan:
  • སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • samāpatti

One of the synonyms for the meditative state. The Tibetan translation interpreted it as sama-āpatti, which brings in the idea of “equal,” or “level,” whereas it may be intended as sam-āpatti, with a meaning similar to “samādhi” or “concentration,” but also to “completion.”

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 36.­11
  • 43.­6
  • 43.­60
  • 44.­6
  • 54.­8
  • 54.­13
  • 54.­341
  • 54.­348
  • 54.­391
  • g.­1325
g.­1043

Samaśarīra

Wylie:
  • zhi ba’i sku yi ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་བའི་སྐུ་ཡི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • samaśarīra

The seventy-fifth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. The equivalent of ’od (“light”) is not in the Sanskrit.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­149
g.­1044

Samataprabha

Wylie:
  • kun nas ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ནས་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • samataprabha

The twelfth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­137
g.­1045

Samatārtha­saṃbhavā

Wylie:
  • mnyam pa nyid kyi don ’byung ba
Tibetan:
  • མཉམ་པ་ཉིད་ཀྱི་དོན་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • samatārtha­saṃbhavā

An earth goddess in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­123
g.­1046

śamatha

Wylie:
  • zhi gnas
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • śamatha

Meditation of peaceful stability.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • i.­100
  • 35.­4
  • 35.­7
  • 35.­12
  • 35.­18
  • 35.­20
  • 44.­32
  • 54.­13
  • 54.­204
  • 54.­348
  • n.­1261
g.­1047

Śamathaketu

Wylie:
  • zhi ba’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་བའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • śamathaketu

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­121
g.­1048

Śamatha­śrī­sambhava

Wylie:
  • zhi ba’i dpal ’byung
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་བའི་དཔལ་འབྱུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • śamatha­śrī­sambhava

A forest in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 34.­65
g.­1049

Saṃbhavagiri

Wylie:
  • yang dag ’byung ba’i mchog
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་འབྱུང་བའི་མཆོག
Sanskrit:
  • saṃbhavagiri

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­118
g.­1050

Saṃcālitā

Wylie:
  • shin tu sbyangs
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་སྦྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃcālitā

The daughter of a courtesan in another world in the distant past. A previous life of Gopā. The name as given in verse. In prose she is called Sucalita­rati­prabhāsa­śrī.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 43.­316
  • g.­1227
g.­1051

Saṃghāta

Wylie:
  • ris gzhom pa
Tibetan:
  • རིས་གཞོམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃghāta

The third of the “hot hells.” Here, beings are perpetually crushed between rocks the size of mountains.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 20.­15
g.­1052

Samitāyus

Wylie:
  • skye bcil ba
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེ་བཅིལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • samitāyus

The sixth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­136
g.­1053

saṃpracchada

Wylie:
  • yongs su ’gengs
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་སུ་འགེངས།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃpracchada

A magical tree, the name of which means “completely covering.”

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 27.­3
g.­1054

Saṃpūrṇa­śrīvakrā

Wylie:
  • dpal gyi bzhin yongs su rgyas pa
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་གྱི་བཞིན་ཡོངས་སུ་རྒྱས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃpūrṇa­śrīvakrā

A cakravartin’s precious queen in the distant past.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 37.­44-45
  • 37.­112
g.­1055

Saṃtuṣita

Wylie:
  • rab dga’ ldan
Tibetan:
  • རབ་དགའ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃtuṣita

The principal deity in the paradise of Tuṣita. Also translated as yongs su dga’ ldan.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­13
  • 12.­13
  • 21.­45
  • 27.­15
  • 36.­21
  • 40.­89
  • 41.­86
  • 44.­35
  • 44.­57
  • 54.­334
  • 54.­338
g.­1056

Samudgataśrī

Wylie:
  • kun tu ’phags pa’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་འཕགས་པའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • samudgataśrī

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1057

Samudrakaccha

Wylie:
  • rgya mtsho’i ’gram
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱ་མཚོའི་འགྲམ།
Sanskrit:
  • samudrakaccha

A province in South India.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 53.­14
g.­1058

Samudra­pratiṣṭhāna

Wylie:
  • rgya mtsho brten pa
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱ་མཚོ་བརྟེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • samudra­pratiṣṭhāna

A town in South India.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­80
  • 15.­17
  • 16.­9
g.­1059

Samudravetāḍī

Wylie:
  • rgya mtsho rnam par rlob pa
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱ་མཚོ་རྣམ་པར་རློབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • samudravetāḍī

An area in the south of India.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­50
  • 10.­2
  • 10.­66
g.­1060

Saṃvṛtaskandha

Wylie:
  • phung po yongs su grub pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕུང་པོ་ཡོངས་སུ་གྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃvṛtaskandha

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­92
g.­1061

samyak­saṃbuddha

Wylie:
  • yang dag par rdzogs pa’i sangs rgyas
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་སངས་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit:
  • samyak­saṃbuddha

“A perfect buddha.” A buddha who teaches the Dharma, as opposed to a pratyeka­buddha, who does not teach.

Located in 36 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­18-28
  • 10.­24
  • 18.­14
  • 22.­28
  • 22.­32
  • 28.­15
  • 33.­10
  • 34.­70
  • 36.­142
  • 37.­78
  • 40.­10
  • 40.­158
  • 41.­42-43
  • 41.­62
  • 41.­71
  • 42.­92
  • 43.­114
  • 43.­220
  • 43.­232
  • 43.­278
  • 44.­64
  • 44.­75
  • 45.­10
  • 54.­318
  • 56.­7
g.­1062

saṅgha

Wylie:
  • dge ’dun
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་འདུན།
Sanskrit:
  • saṅgha

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Though often specifically reserved for the monastic community, this term can be applied to any of the four Buddhist communities‍—monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen‍—as well as to identify the different groups of practitioners, like the community of bodhisattvas or the community of śrāvakas. It is also the third of the Three Jewels (triratna) of Buddhism: the Buddha, the Teaching, and the Community.

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­5
  • 9.­10
  • 10.­23
  • 12.­22
  • 12.­24
  • 18.­15
  • 32.­9
  • 34.­34
  • 34.­66
  • 35.­14
  • 38.­7
  • 54.­130
  • 54.­200
  • 54.­377
  • n.­1311
  • n.­2045
  • g.­23
  • g.­299
  • g.­605
g.­1063

Śantābha

Wylie:
  • ’od snang zhi ba
Tibetan:
  • འོད་སྣང་ཞི་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • śantābha

A buddha.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­29
  • g.­600
g.­1064

Śānta­dhvaja

Wylie:
  • zhi ba’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་བའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • śānta­dhvaja

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­121
g.­1065

Śānta­nirghoṣa

Wylie:
  • zhi ba’i dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་བའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • śānta­nirghoṣa

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­113
g.­1066

Śānta­nirghoṣa­hāra­mati

Wylie:
  • zhing dbyangs phreng ba’i blo gros can
Tibetan:
  • ཞིང་དབྱངས་ཕྲེང་བའི་བློ་གྲོས་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • śānta­nirghoṣa­hāra­mati

A realm in the distant past. See n.­1417.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­116
g.­1067

Śānta­prabha­rāja

Wylie:
  • zhi ba’i ’od kyi rgyal
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་བའི་འོད་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit:
  • śānta­prabha­rāja

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­114
g.­1068

Śānta­pradīpa­megha­śrī­rāja

Wylie:
  • zhi ba’i sgron ma sprin gyi rgyal po’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་བའི་སྒྲོན་མ་སྤྲིན་གྱི་རྒྱལ་པོའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • śānta­pradīpa­megha­śrī­rāja

A buddha in the distant past. BHS in verse: Śānta­pradīpa­megha­śiri­rāja.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­121
g.­1069

Śānta­raśmi

Wylie:
  • zhi ba’i ’od zer
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་བའི་འོད་ཟེར།
Sanskrit:
  • śānta­raśmi

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1070

Śāntendrarāja

Wylie:
  • zhi ba’i dbang po’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་བའི་དབང་པོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • śāntendrarāja

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī. 

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1071

Śānti­dhvaja­jagatpradīpa­śrī

Wylie:
  • zhi ba’i rgyal mtshan ’gro ba’i sgron ma dpal
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་བའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན་འགྲོ་བའི་སྒྲོན་མ་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • śānti­dhvaja­jagatpradīpa­śrī

The ninety-seventh buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Śānti­dhvaja­jaga­pradīpa­śiri.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­154
g.­1072

Śānti­prabha

Wylie:
  • zhi ba’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་བའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • śānti­prabha

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1073

Śānti­prabha­gambhīra­kūṭa

Wylie:
  • ’od zab mo zhi ba brtsegs pa
Tibetan:
  • འོད་ཟབ་མོ་ཞི་བ་བརྩེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śānti­prabha­gambhīra­kūṭa

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­1074

Śānti­rāja

Wylie:
  • zhi ba’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་བའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • śānti­rāja

The fifth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­136
g.­1075

Sarasvatī

Wylie:
  • dbyangs dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • དབྱངས་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarasvatī

The Indian goddess of eloquence and music. Also translated elsewhere as dbyangs can.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­72
  • 7.­13
  • 7.­20
  • 8.­1
g.­1076

Sarasvati­saṃgīti

Wylie:
  • glu snyan pa’i dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • གླུ་སྙན་པའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • sarasvati­saṃgīti

A palace in another world in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­47
g.­1077

Śārdūla

Wylie:
  • —
Tibetan:
  • —
Sanskrit:
  • śārdūla

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa. See n.­1901.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1078

Śāriputra

Wylie:
  • shA ri’i bu
Tibetan:
  • ཤཱ་རིའི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • śāriputra

“The son of Śāri,” the Buddha’s principal pupil, who passed away before the Buddha.

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • i.­68
  • 1.­35
  • 3.­3-6
  • 3.­10-11
  • 3.­13
  • n.­126
  • g.­220
  • g.­276
  • g.­523
  • g.­686
  • g.­689
  • g.­843
  • g.­862
  • g.­945
  • g.­956
  • g.­1454
  • g.­1518
g.­1079

Sārocaya

Wylie:
  • snying po’i tshogs
Tibetan:
  • སྙིང་པོའི་ཚོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • sārocaya

“Accumulation of Essences.” The name of a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­112
g.­1080

Sarva­bala­vegavatī

Wylie:
  • stobs thams cad kyi shugs dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ཤུགས་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­bala­vegavatī

A southern realm.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 8.­19
g.­1081

Sarva­buddha­kṣetra­pariśuddhi­nigarjita­pratibhāsa­vijñāpanā

Wylie:
  • sangs rgyas kyi zhing thams cad yongs su dag par sgra ’byin pa’i gzugs brnyan rnam par dmigs pa
Tibetan:
  • སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་ཞིང་ཐམས་ཅད་ཡོངས་སུ་དག་པར་སྒྲ་འབྱིན་པའི་གཟུགས་བརྙན་རྣམ་པར་དམིགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­buddha­kṣetra­pariśuddhi­nigarjita­pratibhāsa­vijñāpanā

“The Perception of the Speech Emitted by All the Pure Buddha Realms.” The name of a ray of light.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­58
g.­1082

Sarva­buddha­nirmāṇa­pratibhāsa­cūḍa

Wylie:
  • sangs rgyas thams cad kyi sprul pa snang ba’i gtsug phud
Tibetan:
  • སངས་རྒྱས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་སྤྲུལ་པ་སྣང་བའི་གཙུག་ཕུད།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­buddha­nirmāṇa­pratibhāsa­cūḍa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1083

Sarva­buddha­saṃbhūta­garbha­maṇi­mukuṭa

Wylie:
  • sangs rgyas thams cad yang dag par ’byung ba’i snying po
Tibetan:
  • སངས་རྒྱས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཡང་དག་པར་འབྱུང་བའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­buddha­saṃbhūta­garbha­maṇi­mukuṭa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1084

Sarva­dharma­bhāvanārambha­saṃbhava­tejas

Wylie:
  • chos thams cad kyi gnas bsgrub pa yongs su ’grub pa’i gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་གནས་བསྒྲུབ་པ་ཡོངས་སུ་འགྲུབ་པའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­dharma­bhāvanārambha­saṃbhava­tejas

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­1085

Sarva­dharma­dhātu­sāgara­nigarjita­ghoṣa

Wylie:
  • chos rgya mtsho thams cad rab tu sgrog pa’i dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་རྒྱ་མཚོ་ཐམས་ཅད་རབ་ཏུ་སྒྲོག་པའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­dharma­dhātu­sāgara­nigarjita­ghoṣa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1086

Sarva­dharma­dhātu­spharaṇa­ghoṣa

Wylie:
  • chos kyi dbyings kun tu rgyas pa’i dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་ཀུན་ཏུ་རྒྱས་པའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­dharma­dhātu­spharaṇa­ghoṣa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1087

Sarva­dharma­dhātu­tala­bheda­ketu­rāja

Wylie:
  • chos kyi dbyings kyi gzhi tha dad pa’i dpal gyi rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་ཀྱི་གཞི་ཐ་དད་པའི་དཔལ་གྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­dharma­dhātu­tala­bheda­ketu­rāja

A bodhisattva in a southeastern realm.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 8.­23
g.­1088

Sarva­dharma­nigarjita­rāja

Wylie:
  • chos thams cad rab tu sgrog pa’i rgyal po
  • chos thams cad kyi ’brug sgra bsgrags pa’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་རབ་ཏུ་སྒྲོག་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
  • ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་འབྲུག་སྒྲ་བསྒྲགས་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­dharma­nigarjita­rāja

This is a buddha in the distant past in chapter 34, where the name is translated as chos thams cad rab tu sgrog pa’i rgyal po, and a buddha in the distant past in chapter 41, where the name is translated as chos thams cad kyi ’brug sgra bsgrags pa’i rgyal po.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­99
  • 34.­65
  • 41.­87
g.­1089

Sarva­dharma­nirnādacchatra­maṇḍala­nirghoṣa

Wylie:
  • chos thams cad kyi nga ro’i gdugs kyi dkyil ’khor rab tu sgrog pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ང་རོའི་གདུགས་ཀྱི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་རབ་ཏུ་སྒྲོག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­dharma­nirnādacchatra­maṇḍala­nirghoṣa

A cakravartin king in another world realm in the distant past.

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • i.­105
  • 40.­54-56
  • 40.­58-59
  • 40.­81-83
  • 40.­85
  • 40.­89
  • 40.­91-92
  • 40.­97-101
  • 40.­151-152
  • 40.­156-160
  • 40.­162
g.­1090

Sarva­dharma­prabha­rāja

Wylie:
  • chos ’od rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་འོད་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­dharma­prabha­rāja

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­98
g.­1091

Sarva­dharma­sāgara­nirghoṣa­prabha­rāja

Wylie:
  • chos rgya mtsho thams cad kyi dbyangs ’od kyi rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་རྒྱ་མཚོ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་དབྱངས་འོད་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­dharma­sāgara­nirghoṣa­prabha­rāja

A buddha in another world in the distant past, the first of countless buddhas in that kalpa. In verse he is called Dharma­samudra­prabha­garjita­rāja.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • i.­104
  • 39.­28-29
  • 39.­32-34
  • 39.­38
  • g.­386
g.­1092

Sarva­dharma­sāgara­nirghoṣa­rāja

Wylie:
  • chos rgya mtsho thams cad kyi gsung gi rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་རྒྱ་མཚོ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་གསུང་གི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­dharma­sāgara­nirghoṣa­rāja

A buddha in a world in the eastern direction in the past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 38.­57
g.­1093

Sarva­dharma­samādhi­prabha­ghoṣa

Wylie:
  • chos thams cad ting nge ’dzin gyi ’od kyi dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གྱི་འོད་ཀྱི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­dharma­samādhi­prabha­ghoṣa

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­1094

Sarva­dharma­samudrābhyudgata­vega­rāja

Wylie:
  • chos rgya mtsho thams cad kyis mngon par ’phags pa’i shugs kyi rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་རྒྱ་མཚོ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱིས་མངོན་པར་འཕགས་པའི་ཤུགས་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­dharma­samudrābhyudgata­vega­rāja

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­119
g.­1095

Sarva­dharma­vīrya­vega­dhvaja

Wylie:
  • chos thams cad kyi brtson ’grus drag po’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་བརྩོན་འགྲུས་དྲག་པོའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­dharma­vīrya­vega­dhvaja

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­1096

Sarva­diśa­pradīpa­prabha­rāja

Wylie:
  • phyogs rnams kun tu sgron ma gsal ba’i bdag
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱོགས་རྣམས་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྒྲོན་མ་གསལ་བའི་བདག
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­diśa­pradīpa­prabha­rāja

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­102
g.­1097

Sarvagamin

Wylie:
  • thams cad du ’gro ba
Tibetan:
  • ཐམས་ཅད་དུ་འགྲོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarvagamin

A parivrājaka who is the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 23.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • i.­87-88
  • 22.­53
  • 23.­2
  • 23.­5-6
  • 23.­20
  • n.­1090
g.­1098

Sarva­gandha­prabhāsa­vatī

Wylie:
  • spos thams cad kyi ’od dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • སྤོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་འོད་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­gandha­prabhāsa­vatī

A western buddha realm.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 8.­20
g.­1099

Sarva­gandhārci­mukha

Wylie:
  • zhal nas spos thams cad ’od du ’phro ba
Tibetan:
  • ཞལ་ནས་སྤོས་ཐམས་ཅད་འོད་དུ་འཕྲོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­gandhārci­mukha

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1100

Sarva­jagad­abhimukha­pradīpā

Wylie:
  • ’gro ba thams cad la mngon du gyur pa’i sgron ma
Tibetan:
  • འགྲོ་བ་ཐམས་ཅད་ལ་མངོན་དུ་གྱུར་པའི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­jagad­abhimukha­pradīpā

“The Lamp of the Manifestation of All Beings.” The name of a ray of light.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­60
g.­1101

Sarva­jagadabhi­mukha­rūpa

Wylie:
  • ’gro ba thams cad mngon gzugs
Tibetan:
  • འགྲོ་བ་ཐམས་ཅད་མངོན་གཟུགས།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­jagadabhi­mukha­rūpa

The seventy-third buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­149
g.­1102

Sarva­jagad­buddha­darśana­vipāka­kuśala­mūla­saṃbhavā

Wylie:
  • ’gro ba thams cad kyis sangs rgyas mthong ba rnam par smin pa’i dge ba’i rtsa ba las byung ba
Tibetan:
  • འགྲོ་བ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱིས་སངས་རྒྱས་མཐོང་བ་རྣམ་པར་སྨིན་པའི་དགེ་བའི་རྩ་བ་ལས་བྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­jagad­buddha­darśana­vipāka­kuśala­mūla­saṃbhavā

“The Vision of the Buddha by All Beings Arisen from Ripened Roots of Virtue.” The name of a ray of light.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­63
g.­1103

Sarva­jagad­dhita­praṇidhāna­candra

Wylie:
  • ’gro ba thams cad la phan pa’i smon lam zla ba
Tibetan:
  • འགྲོ་བ་ཐམས་ཅད་ལ་ཕན་པའི་སྨོན་ལམ་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­jagad­dhita­praṇidhāna­candra

The second of five hundred buddhas in a kalpa in the distant future.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­75
g.­1104

Sarva­jagad­duḥkha­praśāntyāśvāsana­ghoṣa

Wylie:
  • ’gro ba thams cad sdug bsngal rab tu zhi bar bya ba’i dbugs ’byin pa’i dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • འགྲོ་བ་ཐམས་ཅད་སྡུག་བསྔལ་རབ་ཏུ་ཞི་བར་བྱ་བའི་དབུགས་འབྱིན་པའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­jagad­duḥkha­praśāntyāśvāsana­ghoṣa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1105

Sarva­jagad­rakṣā­praṇidhāna­vīrya­prabhā

Wylie:
  • ’gro ba thams cad bsrung ba’i smon lam la brtson pa’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • འགྲོ་བ་ཐམས་ཅད་བསྲུང་བའི་སྨོན་ལམ་ལ་བརྩོན་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­jagad­rakṣā­praṇidhāna­vīrya­prabhā

A night goddess at the bodhimaṇḍa.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • i.­105-106
  • 40.­178
  • 41.­1-2
  • 41.­4
  • 41.­6-8
  • 41.­20-21
  • 41.­99
  • 41.­137
  • 42.­1
  • n.­1630
g.­1106

Sarva­jagadvara­vyūha­garbha

Wylie:
  • ’gro ba thams cad na rgyan gyi dam pa phul
Tibetan:
  • འགྲོ་བ་ཐམས་ཅད་ན་རྒྱན་གྱི་དམ་པ་ཕུལ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­jagadvara­vyūha­garbha

The palace of Mahābrahmā. The name could be translated as “The Essence of the Array of All Worlds.” Jagad can also mean “beings” and therefore is regularly translated as ’gro ba (“beings”) in this sūtra. Here garbha, usually meaning “essence,” is translated as phul (“perfection”).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 54.­390
g.­1107

Sarvākāśa­talāsaṃbheda­vijñapti­maṇi­ratna­vibhūṣita­cūḍa

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’i dbyings thams cad tha myi dad par rnam par dmyigs pa’i rin chen rgyal pos brgyan pa’i gtsug phud
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའི་དབྱིངས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཐ་མྱི་དད་པར་རྣམ་པར་དམྱིགས་པའི་རིན་ཆེན་རྒྱལ་པོས་བརྒྱན་པའི་གཙུག་ཕུད།
Sanskrit:
  • sarvākāśa­talāsaṃbheda­vijñapti­maṇi­ratna­vibhūṣita­cūḍa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1108

Sarva­kuśala­mūla­saṃbhava­nirghoṣā

Wylie:
  • dge ba’i rtsa ba thams cad yang dag par ’byung ba’i dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བའི་རྩ་བ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཡང་དག་པར་འབྱུང་བའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­kuśala­mūla­saṃbhava­nirghoṣā

“The Voice That Causes the Emergence of All Roots of Merit.” The name of a ray of light.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­56
g.­1109

Sarva­loka­dhātūdgata­mukuṭa

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten thams cad las mngon par ’phags pa’i cod pan
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་ཐམས་ཅད་ལས་མངོན་པར་འཕགས་པའི་ཅོད་པན།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­loka­dhātūdgata­mukuṭa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1110

Sarva­loka­hitaiṣin

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten thams cad la phan par mdzad pa
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་ཐམས་ཅད་ལ་ཕན་པར་མཛད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­loka­hitaiṣin

The fourth of five hundred buddhas in a kalpa in the distant future.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­75
g.­1111

Sarva­mahā­pṛthivī­rāja­maṇi­raśmi­jāla­pramuktā

Wylie:
  • sa chen po thams cad du mdzes pa’i rin po che ’od zer gyi dra ba rab tu ’gyed pa
Tibetan:
  • ས་ཆེན་པོ་ཐམས་ཅད་དུ་མཛེས་པའི་རིན་པོ་ཆེ་འོད་ཟེར་གྱི་དྲ་བ་རབ་ཏུ་འགྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­mahā­pṛthivī­rāja­maṇi­raśmi­jāla­pramuktā

A buddha realm in the northeastern direction.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­21
g.­1112

Sarva­māra­maṇḍala­pramardaṇa­ghoṣa

Wylie:
  • bdud kyi dkyil ’khor thams cad rab tu ’dul ba’i dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • བདུད་ཀྱི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་ཐམས་ཅད་རབ་ཏུ་འདུལ་བའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­māra­maṇḍala­pramardaṇa­ghoṣa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1113

Sarva­māra­maṇḍala­vikiraṇa­jñāna­dhvaja

Wylie:
  • bdud kyi dkyil ’khor thams cad rnam par ’thor ba’i ye shes rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • བདུད་ཀྱི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་ཐམས་ཅད་རྣམ་པར་འཐོར་བའི་ཡེ་ཤེས་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­māra­maṇḍala­vikiraṇa­jñāna­dhvaja

A bodhisattva from a southwestern realm. Also known as Sarva­māra­maṇḍala­vikiraṇa­jñāna­dhvaja­rāja.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­25
  • g.­1114
g.­1114

Sarva­māra­maṇḍala­vikiraṇa­jñāna­dhvaja­rāja

Wylie:
  • bdud kyi dkyil ’khor thams cad rnam par ’thor ba’i ye shes rgyal mtshan gyi rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • བདུད་ཀྱི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་ཐམས་ཅད་རྣམ་པར་འཐོར་བའི་ཡེ་ཤེས་རྒྱལ་མཚན་གྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­māra­maṇḍala­vikiraṇa­jñāna­dhvaja­rāja

A bodhisattva from a southwestern realm. Also known as Sarva­māra­maṇḍala­vikiraṇa­jñāna­dhvaja.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­66
  • 1.­125
  • g.­1113
g.­1115

Sarva­nagara­rakṣā­saṃbhava­tejaḥ­śrī

Wylie:
  • grong khyer thams cad bsrung ba ’byung ba’i gzi brjid dpal
Tibetan:
  • གྲོང་ཁྱེར་ཐམས་ཅད་བསྲུང་བ་འབྱུང་བའི་གཟི་བརྗིད་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­nagara­rakṣā­saṃbhava­tejaḥ­śrī

A night goddess in Bodhgaya.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • i.­103-104
  • 38.­91
  • 39.­1-3
  • 39.­5
  • 39.­44
  • 39.­57
  • 39.­68
  • g.­304
g.­1116

Sarva­praṇidhāna­sāgara­nirghoṣa­maṇi­rāja­cūḍa

Wylie:
  • smon lam rgya mtsho thams cad rab tu sgrog pa’i rin chen rgyal po’i gtsug phud
Tibetan:
  • སྨོན་ལམ་རྒྱ་མཚོ་ཐམས་ཅད་རབ་ཏུ་སྒྲོག་པའི་རིན་ཆེན་རྒྱལ་པོའི་གཙུག་ཕུད།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­praṇidhāna­sāgara­nirghoṣa­maṇi­rāja­cūḍa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1117

Sarvaratnābha

Wylie:
  • rin chen thams cad ’od
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་ཐམས་ཅད་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • sarvaratnābha

A realm in the distant past. BHS: Sarvaratanābha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­86
g.­1118

Sarva­ratna­garbha­vicitrābha

Wylie:
  • rin po che thams cad kyi snying po ’od sna tshogs can
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་སྙིང་པོ་འོད་སྣ་ཚོགས་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­ratna­garbha­vicitrābha

A bodhimaṇḍa in a world realm in the eastern direction.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 38.­53
g.­1119

Sarva­ratna­rucirā

Wylie:
  • rin po che thams cad rab tu ’bar ba
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེ་ཐམས་ཅད་རབ་ཏུ་འབར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­ratna­rucirā

A northeastern buddha realm.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 8.­22
g.­1120

Sarva­ratna­śikhara­dhvaja

Wylie:
  • rin po che sna tshogs kyi rtse mo’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེ་སྣ་ཚོགས་ཀྱི་རྩེ་མོའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­ratna­śikhara­dhvaja

A four-continent world in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 40.­53
g.­1121

Sarva­ratna­varṇa­samanta­prabhāsa­śrī

Wylie:
  • rin po che thams cad kyi mdog kun tu snang ba’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་མདོག་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­ratna­varṇa­samanta­prabhāsa­śrī

A world realm in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 40.­51
g.­1122

Sarva­ratna­vicitra­varṇa­maṇi­kuṇḍala

Wylie:
  • rin po che’i dkyil ’khor rin po che thams cad kyis rnam par brgyan pa’i kha dog
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་རིན་པོ་ཆེ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱིས་རྣམ་པར་བརྒྱན་པའི་ཁ་དོག
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­ratna­vicitra­varṇa­maṇi­kuṇḍala

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1123

Sarva­ratna­vimala­prabhā­vyūha

Wylie:
  • rin po che thams cad kyi dri ma med pa’i ’od rnam par brgyan pa
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་དྲི་མ་མེད་པའི་འོད་རྣམ་པར་བརྒྱན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­ratna­vimala­prabhā­vyūha

A universe of world realms far to the east.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 38.­52
g.­1124

Sarvārtha­siddha

Wylie:
  • don thams cad grub pa
Tibetan:
  • དོན་ཐམས་ཅད་གྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarvārtha­siddha

The personal name of Śākyamuni, which also has the shorter form Siddhārtha.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 43.­296
  • g.­1157
g.­1125

Sarva­samādhi­sāgarāvabhāsa­siṃha

Wylie:
  • ting nge ’dzin rgya mtsho thams cad snang bar mdzad pa’i seng ge
Tibetan:
  • ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་རྒྱ་མཚོ་ཐམས་ཅད་སྣང་བར་མཛད་པའི་སེང་གེ
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­samādhi­sāgarāvabhāsa­siṃha

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­1126

Sarva­sattva­karma­vipāka­nirghoṣa

Wylie:
  • sems can thams cad kyi las rnam par smin pa’i dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་ཅན་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ལས་རྣམ་པར་སྨིན་པའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­sattva­karma­vipāka­nirghoṣa

“The Voice That Ripens the Karma of All Beings.” The name of a ray of light.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­55
g.­1127

Sarva­sattva­kuśala­mūla­nigarjita­svara

Wylie:
  • sems can kun gyi dge ba’i rtsa ba rab tu sgrog pa’i sgra
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་ཅན་ཀུན་གྱི་དགེ་བའི་རྩ་བ་རབ་ཏུ་སྒྲོག་པའི་སྒྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­sattva­kuśala­mūla­nigarjita­svara

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī. 

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1128

Sarva­sattva­praharṣa­prīti­prāmodya­samudaya­nirghoṣā

Wylie:
  • sems can thams cad rab tu dga’ ba dang spro ba dang mos pa yongs su ’byung ba’i dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་ཅན་ཐམས་ཅད་རབ་ཏུ་དགའ་བ་དང་སྤྲོ་བ་དང་མོས་པ་ཡོངས་སུ་འབྱུང་བའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­sattva­praharṣa­prīti­prāmodya­samudaya­nirghoṣā

“The Voice That Gives Rise to Joy, Delight, and Aspiration in All Beings.” The name of a ray of light.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­64
g.­1129

Sarva­sattvāvabhāsa­tejas

Wylie:
  • sems can thams cad tu snang ba’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་ཅན་ཐམས་ཅད་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­sattvāvabhāsa­tejas

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­1130

Sarva­sattva­virajaḥpradīpa

Wylie:
  • sems can thams cad rdul dang ’byed pa’i sgron ma
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་ཅན་ཐམས་ཅད་རྡུལ་དང་འབྱེད་པའི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­sattva­virajaḥpradīpa

“The Lamp That Removes the Dust from All Beings.” The name of a ray of light.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­53
g.­1131

Sarva­svarāṅga­ruta­ghoṣa­śrī

Wylie:
  • thams cad dbyangs kyi yan lag sgra skad dpal
Tibetan:
  • ཐམས་ཅད་དབྱངས་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག་སྒྲ་སྐད་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­svarāṅga­ruta­ghoṣa­śrī

The hundred-and-fifth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Sarva­svarāṅga­ruta­ghoṣa­śirī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­155
g.­1132

Sarva­tathāgata­dharma­cakra­nirghoṣa­cūḍa

Wylie:
  • de bzhin gshegs pa thams cad kyi chos kyi ’khor lo sgrog pa’i gtsug phud
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ཆོས་ཀྱི་འཁོར་ལོ་སྒྲོག་པའི་གཙུག་ཕུད།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­tathāgata­dharma­cakra­nirghoṣa­cūḍa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1133

Sarva­tathāgata­prabhā­maṇḍala­pramuñcana­maṇi­ratna­nigarjita­cūḍa

Wylie:
  • de bzhin gshegs pa thams cad kyi ’od kyi dkyil ’khor rab tu ’gyed pa’i nor bu rin chen ’brug sgra’i gtsug phud
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་འོད་ཀྱི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་རབ་ཏུ་འགྱེད་པའི་ནོར་བུ་རིན་ཆེན་འབྲུག་སྒྲའི་གཙུག་ཕུད།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­tathāgata­prabhā­maṇḍala­pramuñcana­maṇi­ratna­nigarjita­cūḍa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1134

Sarva­tathāgata­prabhā­maṇḍala­vairocanā

Wylie:
  • de bzhin gshegs pa thams cad kyi ’od kyi dkyil ’khor rnam par snang ba
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་འོད་ཀྱི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­tathāgata­prabhā­maṇḍala­vairocanā

A buddha realm in the downward direction.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­29
g.­1135

Sarva­tathāgata­prabhā­praṇidhi­nirghoṣa

Wylie:
  • de bzhin gshegs pa thams cad kyi ’od dang smon lam gyi dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་འོད་དང་སྨོན་ལམ་གྱི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­tathāgata­prabhā­praṇidhi­nirghoṣa

A group of world realms in the eastern direction.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 38.­52
g.­1136

Sarva­tathāgata­siṃhāsana­saṃpratiṣṭhita­maṇi­mukuṭa

Wylie:
  • de bzhin gshegs pa thams cad kyi seng ge’i khri ’dzin pa’i cod pan
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་སེང་གེའི་ཁྲི་འཛིན་པའི་ཅོད་པན།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­tathāgata­siṃhāsana­saṃpratiṣṭhita­maṇi­mukuṭa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1137

Sarva­tathāgata­vikurvita­pratibhāsa­dhvaja­maṇi­rāja­jāla­saṃchādita­cūḍa

Wylie:
  • de bzhin gshegs pa thams cad rnam par ’phrul pa snang ba’i rgyal mtshan dang rin po che’i rgyal po’i dra bas kun nas yog pa’i gtsug phud
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་རྣམ་པར་འཕྲུལ་པ་སྣང་བའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན་དང་རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་རྒྱལ་པོའི་དྲ་བས་ཀུན་ནས་ཡོག་པའི་གཙུག་ཕུད།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­tathāgata­vikurvita­pratibhāsa­dhvaja­maṇi­rāja­jāla­saṃchādita­cūḍa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1138

Sarva­tathāgata­viṣayāsaṃbheda­pradīpā

Wylie:
  • de bzhin gshegs pa thams cad kyi yul tha mi dad pa’i sgron ma
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ཡུལ་ཐ་མི་དད་པའི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­tathāgata­viṣayāsaṃbheda­pradīpā

“The Lamp of the Different Ranges of All the Tathāgatas.” The name of a ray of light.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­59
g.­1139

Sarva­tryadhva­nāma­cakra­nirghoṣa­cūḍa

Wylie:
  • dus gsum gyi mying thams cad rab tu sgrog pa’i gtsug phud
Tibetan:
  • དུས་གསུམ་གྱི་མྱིང་ཐམས་ཅད་རབ་ཏུ་སྒྲོག་པའི་གཙུག་ཕུད།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­tryadhva­nāma­cakra­nirghoṣa­cūḍa

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1140

Sarva­tryadhva­tathāgata­viṣaya­patra­saṃdhi­vidyotita­megha­vyūha

Wylie:
  • lo ma’i mtshams nas dus gsum gyi de bzhin gshegs pa thams cad kyi yul rnam par ston pa’i ’od gzer gyi sprin gyi rgyan
Tibetan:
  • ལོ་མའི་མཚམས་ནས་དུས་གསུམ་གྱི་དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ཡུལ་རྣམ་པར་སྟོན་པའི་འོད་གཟེར་གྱི་སྤྲིན་གྱི་རྒྱན།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­tryadhva­tathāgata­viṣaya­patra­saṃdhi­vidyotita­megha­vyūha

The name of a magical lotus in the distant past; the name means “An Array of the Clouds of the Light Rays from between the Petals That Reveal the Range of All the Tathāgatas of the Three Times.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 37.­52-53
  • 37.­68
g.­1141

Sarvāvaraṇa­vikiraṇa­jñāna­vikrāmin

Wylie:
  • bsgribs pa thams cad rnam par ’thor ba’i ye shes kyis rnam par non pa
Tibetan:
  • བསྒྲིབས་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་རྣམ་པར་འཐོར་བའི་ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱིས་རྣམ་པར་ནོན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarvāvaraṇa­vikiraṇa­jñāna­vikrāmin

A bodhisattva from a buddha realm in the downward direction. Also called Sarvāvaraṇa­vikiraṇa­jñāna­vikrānta­rāja.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­29
  • g.­1142
g.­1142

Sarvāvaraṇa­vikiraṇa­jñāna­vikrānta­rāja

Wylie:
  • sgrib pa thams cad rnam par ’thor ba’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲིབ་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་རྣམ་པར་འཐོར་བའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarvāvaraṇa­vikiraṇa­jñāna­vikrānta­rāja

A bodhisattva from a buddha realm in the downward direction. Also called Sarvāvaraṇa­vikiraṇa­jñāna­vikrāmin.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­66
  • 1.­147
  • g.­1141
g.­1143

Sarva­vaśita­kāya­pratibhāsa

Wylie:
  • thams cad la dbang ba’i lus rab tu snang ba
Tibetan:
  • ཐམས་ཅད་ལ་དབང་བའི་ལུས་རབ་ཏུ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • *sarva­vaśita­kāya­pratibhāsa

A bodhimaṇḍa in a world realm in the eastern direction. The Sanskrit is a reconstruction from the Tibetan. The Chinese and Sanskrit each have a different version of the name. See n.­1828.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­253
g.­1144

Sarva­vṛkṣpraphullana­sukha­saṃvāsā

Wylie:
  • shing thams cad kyi me tog rgyas par bde bar gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤིང་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་མེ་ཏོག་རྒྱས་པར་བདེ་བར་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­vṛkṣpraphullana­sukha­saṃvāsā

A goddess of the night at the bodhimaṇḍa.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • i.­104-105
  • 39.­43
  • 40.­1-3
  • 40.­25
  • 40.­158
  • 40.­165
  • 40.­179
g.­1145

Śaśimaṇḍala

Wylie:
  • zla ba’i dkyil ’khor
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བའི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར།
Sanskrit:
  • śaśimaṇḍala

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­87
g.­1146

Śaśimukha

Wylie:
  • zla zhal
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་ཞལ།
Sanskrit:
  • śaśimukha

The tenth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­136
g.­1147

Śaśivakra

Wylie:
  • zla bzhin
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བཞིན།
Sanskrit:
  • śaśivakra

A night goddess in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­128
g.­1148

Śataraśmin

Wylie:
  • ’od brgya pa
Tibetan:
  • འོད་བརྒྱ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śataraśmin

A nāga king. The name means “having a hundred rays” and may be an alternate name for the nāga king Vasuki, Takṣaka, or Utpalaka.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 27.­18
g.­1149

Sattva­gagana­citta­pratibhāsa­bimba

Wylie:
  • sems can nam mkha’i sems snang ba’i gzugs
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་ཅན་ནམ་མཁའི་སེམས་སྣང་བའི་གཟུགས།
Sanskrit:
  • sattva­gagana­citta­pratibhāsa­bimba

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­267
g.­1150

Sattvāśaya­sama­śarīri­śri

Wylie:
  • sems can bsam par mnyam pa sku yi dpal
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་ཅན་བསམ་པར་མཉམ་པ་སྐུ་ཡི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • sattvāśaya­sama­śarīri­śri

The hundred-and-eighth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: sattvāśayaiḥ sama­śarīri­śiri.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­156
g.­1151

Sattvottara­jñānin

Wylie:
  • brtan pa dam pa’i ye shes
Tibetan:
  • བརྟན་པ་དམ་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • sattvottara­jñānin

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1152

Satyaka

Wylie:
  • bden pa can
Tibetan:
  • བདེན་པ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • satyaka

A Jain who features prominently in the sūtra The Range of the Bodhisattva (Toh 146, Satyaka Sūtra). The Buddha states that he is a bodhisattva who takes on various forms to aid beings. Also translated elsewhere as bden pa po and bden par smra ba. The latter term is reconstructed into Sanskrit as Satyavādin by Lozang Jamspal in his translation of the Satyaka Sūtra.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­9
  • i.­106
  • 41.­77-78
g.­1153

second-week embryo

Wylie:
  • sko
Tibetan:
  • སྐོ།
Sanskrit:
  • arbuda

The Gaṇḍa­vyūha uses the same terminology as the Jain text Tandulaveyāliyua and differs from other sūtras. In the The Teaching to the Venerable Nanda on Dwelling in the Womb, arbuda is translated as mer mer po.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 54.­111
g.­1154

seven jewels

Wylie:
  • rin po che sna bdun
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེ་སྣ་བདུན།
Sanskrit:
  • saptaratna

When associated with the seven heavenly bodies, and therefore the seven days of the week, they are ruby for the sun, moonstone or pearl for the moon, coral for Mars, emerald for Mercury, yellow sapphire for Jupiter, diamond for Venus, and blue sapphire for Saturn. There are variant lists not associated with the heavenly bodies but retaining the number seven, which include gold, silver, and so on. In association with a cakravartin the seven jewels can refer, according to the Abhidharma, to his magical wheel, elephant, horse, wish-fulfilling jewel, queen, minister, and leading householder. In the Tibetan maṇḍala offering practice, the householder is replaced by a general.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­7
  • 9.­17
  • 34.­65
  • 36.­77
  • 37.­41
  • 37.­81
  • 43.­245
  • n.­536
g.­1155

seven precious materials

Wylie:
  • rin po che sna bdun
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེ་སྣ་བདུན།
Sanskrit:
  • saptaratna

Listed in this sūtra as gold, silver, beryl, crystal, red pearls, emeralds, and white coral.

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The set of seven precious materials or substances includes a range of precious metals and gems, but their exact list varies. The set often consists of gold, silver, beryl, crystal, red pearls, emeralds, and white coral, but may also contain lapis lazuli, ruby, sapphire, chrysoberyl, diamonds, etc. The term is frequently used in the sūtras to exemplify preciousness, wealth, and beauty, and can describe treasures, offering materials, or the features of architectural structures such as stūpas, palaces, thrones, etc. The set is also used to describe the beauty and prosperity of buddha realms and the realms of the gods.

In other contexts, the term saptaratna can also refer to the seven precious possessions of a cakravartin or to a set of seven precious moral qualities.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­4
  • 20.­23
  • 21.­4-6
  • 21.­10
  • 27.­3
  • 43.­64
  • n.­292
  • g.­1531
g.­1156

seven prominences

Wylie:
  • bdun shin tu mtho ba
Tibetan:
  • བདུན་ཤིན་ཏུ་མཐོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • saptotsada

One of the thirty-two signs of a great beings, this refers to the two feet, two hands, two shoulders, and the nape of the neck. See 43.­75.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 14.­3
  • 20.­5
  • 43.­75
g.­1157

Siddhārtha

Wylie:
  • don grub
Tibetan:
  • དོན་གྲུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • siddhārtha

The Buddha Śākyamuni’s personal name, which is also given in its longer form: Sarvārtha­siddha.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 44.­45
  • g.­1124
g.­1158

signs (of a great being)

Wylie:
  • mtshan
Tibetan:
  • མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • lakṣaṇa

The thirty-two primary physical characteristics of a “great being,” mahāpuruṣa, which every buddha and cakravartin possesses. See 43.­66 for a complete list according to this sūtra.

Located in 66 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­27
  • 1.­31
  • 1.­127
  • 3.­7
  • 5.­10
  • 9.­31
  • 11.­12
  • 14.­3
  • 17.­17
  • 17.­20
  • 19.­11
  • 20.­5
  • 21.­15
  • 22.­29-30
  • 22.­32
  • 30.­7
  • 34.­49
  • 34.­77
  • 35.­2
  • 35.­22
  • 35.­24
  • 36.­52
  • 36.­58
  • 36.­73
  • 37.­2
  • 37.­13
  • 37.­15
  • 37.­22
  • 37.­41
  • 37.­67
  • 38.­10
  • 38.­15-16
  • 39.­50
  • 40.­81
  • 40.­141
  • 41.­5
  • 41.­21
  • 41.­47
  • 41.­62
  • 41.­104
  • 42.­77
  • 42.­112
  • 43.­5
  • 43.­66
  • 43.­99
  • 43.­113
  • 43.­122
  • 43.­126
  • 43.­128
  • 43.­155
  • 43.­199
  • 43.­306
  • 43.­312
  • 54.­370
  • 54.­374
  • 56.­3
  • 56.­32
  • 56.­34
  • 56.­66
  • n.­477
  • n.­1447
  • g.­1156
  • g.­1361
  • g.­1363
g.­1159

Śikhin

Wylie:
  • gtsug tor can
Tibetan:
  • གཙུག་ཏོར་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • śikhin

In early Buddhism the second of seven buddhas, with Śākyamuni as the seventh. The first three buddhas‍—Vipaśyin, Śikhin, and Viśvabhuk‍—appeared in a kalpa earlier than our Bhadra kalpa, and therefore Śākyamuni is more commonly referred to as the fourth buddha. Also translated elsewhere as gtsug ldan; the Mahāvyutpatti also translates as gtsug tor can.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 29.­6
  • g.­1497
  • g.­1523
g.­1160

Śikṣānanda

Wylie:
  • dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • śikṣānanda

652−710 ᴄᴇ. He went from Khotan to China, where he translated the Avataṃsaka Sūtra. The Tibetan should be bslab pa dga’ ba but translates only the nanda half of the name.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • i.­18-19
  • i.­36
  • i.­56
  • c.­5
  • n.­38
  • n.­537
  • n.­1380
g.­1161

Śilpābhijña

Wylie:
  • bzo mngon par shes pa
Tibetan:
  • བཟོ་མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śilpābhijña

A head merchant’s son.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­111-112
  • 46.­2
  • 47.­1-2
  • 47.­27
g.­1162

Siṃha

Wylie:
  • seng ge
Tibetan:
  • སེང་གེ
Sanskrit:
  • siṃha

The sixth buddha in this kalpa, following Maitreya.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­29
  • 44.­63
  • 44.­66
  • g.­1273
g.­1163

Siṃha­dhvajāgra­tejas

Wylie:
  • seng ge rgyal mtshan dam pa’i gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • སེང་གེ་རྒྱལ་མཚན་དམ་པའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • siṃha­dhvajāgra­tejas

A four-continent world in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­69
g.­1164

Siṃhaketu

Wylie:
  • seng ge dpal
Tibetan:
  • སེང་གེ་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • siṃhaketu

A king in South India.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 12.­33
  • 13.­2-3
g.­1165

Siṃhapota

Wylie:
  • seng ge’i gzugs
Tibetan:
  • སེང་གེའི་གཟུགས།
Sanskrit:
  • siṃhapota

A town in South India.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­82
  • 17.­24
  • 18.­2
g.­1166

Siṃha­vijṛmbhitā

Wylie:
  • seng ge rnam par bsgyings pa
Tibetan:
  • སེང་གེ་རྣམ་པར་བསྒྱིངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • siṃha­vijṛmbhitā

A bhikṣuṇī, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 27.

Located in 45 passages in the translation:

  • i.­91-92
  • 26.­10
  • 27.­1-2
  • 27.­8-44
  • 27.­55
  • n.­1199
  • g.­545
g.­1167

Siṃha­vijṛmbhita

Wylie:
  • seng ge rnam par bsgyings pa
Tibetan:
  • སེང་གེ་རྣམ་པར་བསྒྱིངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • siṃha­vijṛmbhita

A city in the south of India.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­77
  • 12.­33
  • 13.­2-3
g.­1168

Siṃha­vijṛmbhita­prabha

Wylie:
  • seng ge rnam par bsgyings pa’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • སེང་གེ་རྣམ་པར་བསྒྱིངས་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • siṃha­vijṛmbhita­prabha

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­264
g.­1169

Siṃha­vikrānta­gāmin

Wylie:
  • seng ge rnam par gnon pas bzhud pa
Tibetan:
  • སེང་གེ་རྣམ་པར་གནོན་པས་བཞུད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • siṃha­vikrānta­gāmin

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­94
g.­1170

Siṃha­vinardita

Wylie:
  • seng ge rnam par sgrog pa
Tibetan:
  • སེང་གེ་རྣམ་པར་སྒྲོག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • siṃha­vinardita

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1171

Siṃha­vinardita Vidu­pradīpa

Wylie:
  • seng ge’i sgra sgrogs mkhas pa sgron ma
Tibetan:
  • སེང་གེའི་སྒྲ་སྒྲོགས་མཁས་པ་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • siṃha­vinardita vidu­pradīpa

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­122
g.­1172

Sitāṅga

Wylie:
  • mi dkar yan lag
Tibetan:
  • མི་དཀར་ཡན་ལག
Sanskrit:
  • sitāṅga

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1173

Sitaśrī

Wylie:
  • dkar po’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • དཀར་པོའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • sitaśrī

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1174

Sitaviśālākṣa

Wylie:
  • mi dkar rings po’i spyan
Tibetan:
  • མི་དཀར་རིངས་པོའི་སྤྱན།
Sanskrit:
  • sitaviśālākṣa

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1175

Śivarāgra

Wylie:
  • zhi ’dzin mchog
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་འཛིན་མཆོག
Sanskrit:
  • śivarāgra

A brahmin, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 52.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­116-117
  • 51.­3
  • 52.­1-2
  • 52.­5
g.­1176

sixty-four skills

Wylie:
  • sgyu rtsal drug cu rtsa bzhi
Tibetan:
  • སྒྱུ་རྩལ་དྲུག་ཅུ་རྩ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catuḥṣaṣṭi­kalāvidhi

These include writing and mathematics, and also different sports, crafts, dancing, acting, and the playing of various instruments.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 21.­19
g.­1177

skandha

Wylie:
  • phung po
Tibetan:
  • ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • skandha

Literally “heaps” or “aggregates.” These are the five aggregates of forms, sensations, identifications, mental activities, and consciousnesses.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 12.­22
  • 34.­29
  • 34.­34
  • 36.­46
  • 38.­7
  • 38.­96
  • 40.­21
  • 40.­29
  • 54.­6
  • 54.­13
  • 54.­21
  • 54.­204
  • 54.­411
  • n.­2001
  • g.­269
g.­1178

Smṛti­ketu­rāja­śri

Wylie:
  • dran pa’i rgyal mtshan rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • དྲན་པའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • smṛti­ketu­rāja­śri

The eighty-fourth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. In the Tibetan, dpal (śri) has been merged into the following name, Dharmamati. BHS verse: Smṛti­ketu­rāja­śiri.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 37.­151
  • g.­350
g.­1179

Smṛtimat

Wylie:
  • dran pa dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • དྲན་པ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • smṛtimat

A deva in Trāyastriṃśa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 44.­79
  • 45.­1
g.­1180

Smṛti­samudra­mukha

Wylie:
  • dran pa rgya mtsho’i sgo
Tibetan:
  • དྲན་པ་རྒྱ་མཚོའི་སྒོ།
Sanskrit:
  • smṛti­samudra­mukha

The fourteenth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­137
g.­1181

snipe

Wylie:
  • ku na la
Tibetan:
  • ཀུ་ན་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • kuṇāla

Specifically, the greater painted snipe (Rostrature benghalensis).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 27.­6
g.­1182

Śobhanasāgara

Wylie:
  • snying po bzang po
Tibetan:
  • སྙིང་པོ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • śobhanasāgara

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1183

Somanandi

Wylie:
  • zla ba dga’ bo
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བ་དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • somanandi

An upāsaka in Dhanyākara.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­26
g.­1184

Somaśrī

Wylie:
  • zla ba’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • somaśrī

“Moon Glory.” The name of a past kalpa. BHS verse: Somaśiri.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­95
g.­1185

Somaśriti

Wylie:
  • zla ba’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • somaśriti

An upāsaka in Dhanyākara.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­26
g.­1186

son of the buddhas

Wylie:
  • sangs rgyas sras po
Tibetan:
  • སངས་རྒྱས་སྲས་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • buddhaputra

A synonym for bodhisattva.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 30.­21
  • 30.­37
  • 40.­26
  • 43.­200
  • 43.­314
  • 54.­88
  • 54.­151
  • 54.­158
  • n.­2208
g.­1187

śoṣa

Wylie:
  • skem pa
Tibetan:
  • སྐེམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śoṣa

A demon believed to be responsible for tuberculosis.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 15.­8
g.­1188

soul

Wylie:
  • srog
Tibetan:
  • སྲོག
Sanskrit:
  • prāṇa

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 34.­34
g.­1189

sour gruel

Wylie:
  • sran chen
  • sran chan
Tibetan:
  • སྲན་ཆེན།
  • སྲན་ཆན།
Sanskrit:
  • kulmāṣa

Kulmāṣa is a soup or broth in which the rice or other grains have fermented. The Tibetan sran chen just means “cooked pulses.”

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 17.­14
g.­1190

śramaṇa

Wylie:
  • dge sbyong
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་སྦྱོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • śramaṇa

A renunciate who lives his life as a mendicant. In Buddhist contexts the term usually refers to a Buddhist monk, although it can also designate a renunciant practitioner from other spiritual traditions. The epithet Great Śramaṇa is often applied the Buddha.

The common phrase “śramaṇas and brahmins” sometimes refers to Buddhist practitioners but can also mean any religious practitioners, the brahmins being the settled hereditary priestly caste following the ancient Vedic practices while the śramaṇas are the itinerant followers (often of kṣatriya caste) of the newer, non-Vedic spiritual trends.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­56
  • 31.­6
  • 34.­34
  • 54.­410
  • c.­15
g.­1191

Śramaṇa­maṇḍala

Wylie:
  • dge sbyong gi dkyil ’khor
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་སྦྱོང་གི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར།
Sanskrit:
  • śramaṇa­maṇḍala

A land in South India.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 14.­26
  • 15.­2
g.­1192

śrāvaka

Wylie:
  • nyan thos
Tibetan:
  • ཉན་ཐོས།
Sanskrit:
  • śrāvaka

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The Sanskrit term śrāvaka, and the Tibetan nyan thos, both derived from the verb “to hear,” are usually defined as “those who hear the teaching from the Buddha and make it heard to others.” Primarily this refers to those disciples of the Buddha who aspire to attain the state of an arhat seeking their own liberation and nirvāṇa. They are the practitioners of the first turning of the wheel of the Dharma on the four noble truths, who realize the suffering inherent in saṃsāra and focus on understanding that there is no independent self. By conquering afflicted mental states (kleśa), they liberate themselves, attaining first the stage of stream enterers at the path of seeing, followed by the stage of once-returners who will be reborn only one more time, and then the stage of non-returners who will no longer be reborn into the desire realm. The final goal is to become an arhat. These four stages are also known as the “four results of spiritual practice.”

Located in 98 passages in the translation:

  • i.­66
  • i.­81
  • 1.­2-3
  • 1.­27
  • 1.­35
  • 1.­39-42
  • 1.­45-46
  • 1.­48-49
  • 1.­51
  • 1.­53-58
  • 1.­67
  • 1.­115
  • 3.­17
  • 9.­14
  • 13.­15
  • 16.­28-29
  • 16.­37
  • 18.­14-15
  • 22.­32
  • 22.­44
  • 25.­5
  • 26.­6
  • 27.­9
  • 29.­14
  • 34.­5
  • 34.­47
  • 34.­66
  • 36.­13
  • 36.­28
  • 36.­38
  • 37.­8
  • 37.­29
  • 37.­35
  • 37.­70
  • 38.­7
  • 40.­23
  • 43.­30
  • 43.­51
  • 43.­63
  • 53.­10
  • 53.­23
  • 54.­5
  • 54.­12-13
  • 54.­199
  • 54.­210
  • 54.­222
  • 54.­228
  • 54.­241
  • 54.­243
  • 54.­245
  • 54.­250
  • 54.­253
  • 54.­255
  • 54.­262
  • 54.­264-267
  • 54.­270
  • 54.­275
  • 54.­277-279
  • 54.­282
  • 54.­289-293
  • 54.­305
  • 54.­311-313
  • 54.­339
  • 54.­347
  • 54.­357
  • 54.­361
  • 54.­369
  • 54.­377
  • g.­120
  • g.­577
  • g.­761
  • g.­945
  • g.­1193
g.­1193

Śrāvakayāna

Wylie:
  • nyan thos kyi theg pa
Tibetan:
  • ཉན་ཐོས་ཀྱི་ཐེག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śrāvakayāna

The way or vehicle of the śrāvaka.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­42
  • 15.­8
  • 23.­7
  • 27.­27
  • 34.­12
  • 54.­348
  • g.­166
  • g.­434
  • g.­729
g.­1194

Śrāvastī

Wylie:
  • mnyan du yod pa
Tibetan:
  • མཉན་དུ་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śrāvastī

Śrāvastī (Pali: Sāvatthi) was the capital of the kingdom of Kosala in the Ganges plains to the west of Magadha and was incorporated into Magadha in the fourth century ʙᴄᴇ. The area is now the Awadh or Oudh region of Uttar Pradesh. The Buddha Śākyamuni spent twenty-four monsoon retreats there at Jetavana. Also translated as mnyan yod.

Located in 160 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­5
  • i.­66
  • 1.­1
  • g.­5
  • g.­18
  • g.­52
  • g.­64
  • g.­130
  • g.­132
  • g.­137
  • g.­140
  • g.­141
  • g.­161
  • g.­198
  • g.­200
  • g.­201
  • g.­208
  • g.­211
  • g.­217
  • g.­218
  • g.­244
  • g.­248
  • g.­264
  • g.­273
  • g.­274
  • g.­282
  • g.­288
  • g.­289
  • g.­290
  • g.­320
  • g.­326
  • g.­343
  • g.­364
  • g.­383
  • g.­390
  • g.­392
  • g.­393
  • g.­396
  • g.­399
  • g.­412
  • g.­448
  • g.­450
  • g.­455
  • g.­456
  • g.­459
  • g.­478
  • g.­498
  • g.­511
  • g.­532
  • g.­548
  • g.­549
  • g.­550
  • g.­556
  • g.­558
  • g.­569
  • g.­572
  • g.­576
  • g.­578
  • g.­579
  • g.­581
  • g.­588
  • g.­589
  • g.­616
  • g.­630
  • g.­632
  • g.­638
  • g.­655
  • g.­670
  • g.­674
  • g.­678
  • g.­688
  • g.­709
  • g.­724
  • g.­731
  • g.­738
  • g.­751
  • g.­754
  • g.­761
  • g.­784
  • g.­790
  • g.­818
  • g.­823
  • g.­848
  • g.­852
  • g.­853
  • g.­859
  • g.­861
  • g.­870
  • g.­872
  • g.­895
  • g.­900
  • g.­902
  • g.­914
  • g.­919
  • g.­933
  • g.­938
  • g.­949
  • g.­953
  • g.­959
  • g.­963
  • g.­970
  • g.­971
  • g.­985
  • g.­986
  • g.­1010
  • g.­1022
  • g.­1029
  • g.­1032
  • g.­1034
  • g.­1036
  • g.­1056
  • g.­1070
  • g.­1072
  • g.­1082
  • g.­1083
  • g.­1085
  • g.­1086
  • g.­1104
  • g.­1107
  • g.­1109
  • g.­1112
  • g.­1116
  • g.­1127
  • g.­1132
  • g.­1133
  • g.­1136
  • g.­1137
  • g.­1139
  • g.­1151
  • g.­1260
  • g.­1282
  • g.­1283
  • g.­1286
  • g.­1292
  • g.­1303
  • g.­1319
  • g.­1347
  • g.­1368
  • g.­1378
  • g.­1380
  • g.­1391
  • g.­1399
  • g.­1412
  • g.­1425
  • g.­1475
  • g.­1479
  • g.­1481
  • g.­1483
  • g.­1484
  • g.­1487
  • g.­1488
  • g.­1504
  • g.­1505
  • g.­1507
  • g.­1513
  • g.­1514
  • g.­1517
  • g.­1521
  • g.­1544
g.­1195

Śreṣṭhamati

Wylie:
  • blo gros dam pa
Tibetan:
  • བློ་གྲོས་དམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śreṣṭhamati

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1196

Śrībhadrā

Wylie:
  • dpal bzang mo
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་བཟང་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • śrībhadrā

An upāsikā in Dhanyākara; also an eminent daughter in Dhanyākara.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­27
  • 3.­29
g.­1197

Śrīdevamati

Wylie:
  • dpal gyi blo gros lha
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་གྱི་བློ་གྲོས་ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • śrīdevamati

The twenty-fourth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Śiridevamati.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­139
g.­1198

Śrīgarbha

Wylie:
  • dpal gyi snying po
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་གྱི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • śrīgarbha

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1199

Śrīgarbhavatī

Wylie:
  • dpal gyi snying po dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་གྱི་སྙིང་པོ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śrīgarbhavatī

A realm in the eastern direction.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­96
  • 31.­9-10
g.­1200

Śrīmati

Wylie:
  • dpal gyi blo gros ma
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་གྱི་བློ་གྲོས་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • śrīmati

A girl, one of the two kalyāṇamitras in Chapter 53.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­117-118
  • 52.­4
  • 53.­1-2
  • 53.­14
  • 53.­41
g.­1201

Śrīprabhā

Wylie:
  • dpal gyi ’od
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་གྱི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • śrīprabhā

An eminent daughter in Dhanyākara.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­29
g.­1202

Śrīrāja

Wylie:
  • dpal gyi bdag
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་གྱི་བདག
Sanskrit:
  • śrīrāja

A buddha in the distant past. See n.­1413.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 36.­113
  • n.­1413
g.­1203

Śrīsaṃbhava

Wylie:
  • dpal ’byung
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་འབྱུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • śrīsaṃbhava

A boy, one of the two kalyāṇamitras in Chapter 53.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­117-118
  • 52.­4
  • 53.­1-2
  • 53.­14
  • 53.­41
g.­1204

Śrīsamudra

Wylie:
  • dpal gyi mtsho
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་གྱི་མཚོ།
Sanskrit:
  • śrīsamudra

A buddha in the distant past. BHS: Śirisa Mudra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­82
g.­1205

Śrisamudra

Wylie:
  • dpal gyi rgya mtsho
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་གྱི་རྒྱ་མཚོ།
Sanskrit:
  • śrisamudra

A buddha in the distant past. BHS: Śirisamudra.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­101
  • 36.­65
g.­1206

Śrīsumeru

Wylie:
  • ri rab dpal
Tibetan:
  • རི་རབ་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • śrīsumeru

The third buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS: Śirisumeru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­135
g.­1207

Śrītejas

Wylie:
  • dpal gyi gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་གྱི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • śrītejas

A king in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­303
g.­1208

śrīvatsa

Wylie:
  • dpal gyi be’u
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་གྱི་བེའུ།
Sanskrit:
  • śrīvatsa

Literally “the favorite of the glorious one” or (as translated into Tibetan) “the calf of the glorious one.” This is an auspicious mark that in Indian Buddhism was said to be formed from a curl of hair on the breast and was depicted in a shape that resembles the fleur-de-lis. In Tibet it is usually represented as an eternal knot. It is also one of the principal attributes of Viṣṇu.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­13
  • 14.­3
  • 20.­5
g.­1209

Śroṇāparānta

Wylie:
  • shu ma phyi ma’i mtha’
Tibetan:
  • ཤུ་མ་ཕྱི་མའི་མཐའ།
Sanskrit:
  • śroṇāparānta

A region in South India.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­92
  • 26.­10
  • 27.­1
g.­1210

Stainless Light

Wylie:
  • dri ma med pa’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་མ་མེད་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • vimalaprabhā

The name of a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 22.­28
g.­1211

star-banner jewel

Wylie:
  • skar ma’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • སྐར་མའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • jyotirdhvaja

See “cat’s eye.”

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 10.­10
g.­1212

Sthāvarā

Wylie:
  • brtan ma
Tibetan:
  • བརྟན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • sthāvarā

An earth goddess at the bodhimaṇḍa.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • i.­97-98
  • 32.­15
  • 33.­1-2
  • 33.­4-6
  • 33.­13
  • 34.­1
g.­1213

sthavira

Wylie:
  • gnas brtan
Tibetan:
  • གནས་བརྟན།
Sanskrit:
  • sthavira

Literally “one who is stable” and usually translated as “elder,” a senior teacher in the early Buddhist communities. It also became the name of the Buddhist tradition within which the Theravāda developed.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­46
  • 3.­11
g.­1214

Sthirā

Wylie:
  • brtan pa
Tibetan:
  • བརྟན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sthirā

A capital city in South India.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­86-87
  • 21.­60
  • 22.­4-5
g.­1215

strengths

Wylie:
  • stobs
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས།
Sanskrit:
  • bala

See “ten strengths.”

Located in 37 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­3
  • 2.­31
  • 8.­5
  • 8.­7
  • 9.­48
  • 11.­12
  • 13.­15
  • 14.­13
  • 15.­16
  • 16.­36
  • 22.­32
  • 34.­47
  • 36.­14
  • 36.­50
  • 36.­131
  • 37.­46
  • 38.­49
  • 39.­7
  • 40.­32
  • 41.­71
  • 41.­80
  • 42.­9
  • 42.­29-31
  • 42.­49
  • 42.­52
  • 43.­29
  • 43.­60
  • 44.­38
  • 53.­19
  • 54.­348
  • 56.­1
  • n.­487
  • n.­1422
  • n.­1526
  • g.­1325
g.­1216

Subāhu

Wylie:
  • lag pa bzang po
Tibetan:
  • ལག་པ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • subāhu

A head merchant’s son in Dhanyākara.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­28
g.­1217

Subhadrā

Wylie:
  • dge ba yod pa
  • dge ba bzang mo
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བ་ཡོད་པ།
  • དགེ་བ་བཟང་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • subhadrā

An upāsikā in Dhanyākara (translated as dge ba yod pa). Also a daughter in Dhanyākara (translated as dge ba bzang mo).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­27
  • 3.­29
g.­1218

Subhaga

Wylie:
  • grags pa bzang po
Tibetan:
  • གྲགས་པ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • subhaga

The name of a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 45.­6
g.­1219

Śubhakṛtsna

Wylie:
  • dge rgyas
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit:
  • śubhakṛtsna

The highest of the three paradises that correspond to the third dhyāna in the form realm.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 36.­19
  • 40.­89
g.­1220

Śubhapāraṃgama

Wylie:
  • dge ba’i pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བའི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śubhapāraṃgama

A town in South India.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­94
  • 28.­20
  • 29.­1
g.­1221

Śubhaprabha

Wylie:
  • dge ba’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • śubhaprabha

A kalpa in the distant past. The name means “Good Light.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 44.­69
  • 44.­73
g.­1222

Śubharatna

Wylie:
  • rin po che bzang po
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • śubharatna

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1223

Subha­ratna­vicitra­kūṭa

Wylie:
  • rin po che sna tshogs bzang po las brtsegs pa
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེ་སྣ་ཚོགས་བཟང་པོ་ལས་བརྩེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • subha­ratna­vicitra­kūṭa

A kūṭāgāra in another world in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 42.­96
g.­1224

Subhūti

Wylie:
  • sa bzang po
Tibetan:
  • ས་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • subhūti

The name of a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 45.­5
g.­1225

Subhūti

Wylie:
  • rab ’byor
Tibetan:
  • རབ་འབྱོར།
Sanskrit:
  • subhūti

A foremost pupil of the Buddha, known for his wisdom.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­35
g.­1226

Subuddhi

Wylie:
  • blo bzang po
Tibetan:
  • བློ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • subuddhi

A head merchant’s son in Dhanyākara.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­28
g.­1227

Sucalita­rati­prabhāsa­śrī

Wylie:
  • dga’ ba’i ’od kyi dpal shin tu sbyangs pa
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བའི་འོད་ཀྱི་དཔལ་ཤིན་ཏུ་སྦྱངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sucalita­rati­prabhāsa­śrī

The daughter of a courtesan in another world in the distant past, a previous life of Gopā. In verse she is called Saṃcālitā.

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • 43.­110
  • 43.­112
  • 43.­116
  • 43.­127
  • 43.­140
  • 43.­174
  • 43.­178
  • 43.­189-190
  • 43.­205
  • 43.­218
  • 43.­222
  • 43.­230-231
  • 43.­233
  • 43.­244
  • 43.­257
  • g.­1050
g.­1228

Sucandra

Wylie:
  • zla ba bzang po
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sucandra

The name of a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 45.­9
g.­1229

Sucandra

Wylie:
  • zla ba bzang po
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sucandra

A householder, the kalyāṇamitra in chapter 50.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­114-115
  • 49.­5
  • 50.­1-2
  • 50.­5
g.­1230

Sucinti

Wylie:
  • bsam pa bzang po
Tibetan:
  • བསམ་པ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sucinti

A head merchant’s son in Dhanyākara.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­28
g.­1231

Sudarśana

Wylie:
  • lta na sdug pa
Tibetan:
  • ལྟ་ན་སྡུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sudarśana

A bhikṣu, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 14.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • i.­78-79
  • 13.­17
  • 14.­2-3
  • 14.­6-8
  • 14.­10
  • 14.­28
  • 15.­1
g.­1232

Sudarśanā

Wylie:
  • lta na mdzes pa
Tibetan:
  • ལྟ་ན་མཛེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sudarśanā

A courtesan in another world in the distant past.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 43.­110
  • 43.­113
  • 43.­140
  • 43.­174
  • 43.­207
  • 43.­256
  • 43.­316
g.­1233

Sudarśana

Wylie:
  • shin tu mthong ba
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་མཐོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sudarśana

The second highest of the Śuddhāvāsa paradises, the highest paradises in the form realm.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­18
g.­1234

Sudatta

Wylie:
  • bzang pos byin
Tibetan:
  • བཟང་པོས་བྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • sudatta

An upāsaka in Dhanyākara.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­26
g.­1235

Śuddhāvāsa

Wylie:
  • gtsang ma’i ris
  • gnas gtsang ma
Tibetan:
  • གཙང་མའི་རིས།
  • གནས་གཙང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • śuddhāvāsa

The five highest of the paradises that constitute the realm of form, which are above the paradises of the realm of desire in which our world is situated. Also translated as gtsang ris.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­7
  • 6.­12
  • 14.­4
  • 27.­11
  • 36.­18
  • 40.­89
  • g.­41
  • g.­149
  • g.­166
  • g.­1233
  • g.­1242
g.­1236

Śuddhodana

Wylie:
  • zas gtsang ma
Tibetan:
  • ཟས་གཙང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • śuddhodana

The king who was the father of the Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­105
  • 40.­160
  • 42.­101
  • 44.­45-46
  • g.­590
g.­1237

Sudhana

Wylie:
  • nor bzang
  • nor bzangs
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་བཟང་།
  • ནོར་བཟངས།
Sanskrit:
  • sudhana

The son of a prominent upāsaka, he is the main protagonist of the Gaṇḍavyūha Sūtra.

Located in 519 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­1
  • i.­3
  • i.­5-6
  • i.­9
  • i.­11
  • i.­23
  • i.­40-41
  • i.­49-50
  • i.­61
  • i.­68-121
  • 3.­28
  • 3.­30-31
  • 3.­33-37
  • 3.­39
  • 3.­77
  • 3.­79-80
  • 3.­91
  • 3.­95
  • 4.­1
  • 4.­5
  • 4.­37
  • 5.­1
  • 5.­3
  • 5.­19
  • 6.­1
  • 6.­13
  • 6.­15
  • 6.­28
  • 7.­1
  • 7.­3-5
  • 7.­10
  • 7.­13
  • 7.­22
  • 8.­1-2
  • 8.­16-17
  • 8.­36
  • 9.­1
  • 9.­3-4
  • 9.­6-9
  • 9.­11
  • 9.­13-45
  • 9.­48
  • 9.­51-52
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­16
  • 10.­24
  • 10.­32
  • 10.­64
  • 10.­67
  • 11.­1
  • 11.­3-5
  • 11.­8
  • 11.­10-12
  • 11.­15-16
  • 11.­19
  • 12.­1-2
  • 12.­4
  • 12.­6
  • 12.­8
  • 12.­18
  • 12.­27-28
  • 12.­30-31
  • 12.­34
  • 13.­1-5
  • 13.­8-9
  • 13.­11-12
  • 13.­14
  • 13.­18
  • 14.­1
  • 14.­7-8
  • 14.­27-28
  • 15.­1
  • 15.­4
  • 15.­11
  • 15.­18-19
  • 16.­1
  • 16.­10
  • 16.­12
  • 16.­16-17
  • 16.­21
  • 16.­35
  • 16.­42
  • 16.­44
  • 17.­1
  • 17.­7
  • 17.­9
  • 17.­11
  • 17.­23
  • 17.­25-26
  • 18.­1-5
  • 18.­21
  • 19.­1-4
  • 19.­26
  • 20.­1-2
  • 20.­4
  • 20.­9
  • 20.­11-12
  • 20.­16-17
  • 20.­19
  • 20.­21-25
  • 20.­33
  • 21.­1
  • 21.­3-4
  • 21.­13
  • 21.­16-21
  • 21.­57
  • 21.­61
  • 22.­1
  • 22.­5
  • 22.­7-8
  • 22.­20
  • 22.­23-24
  • 22.­26-28
  • 22.­47
  • 22.­49-50
  • 22.­54
  • 23.­1-3
  • 23.­20
  • 24.­1-2
  • 24.­20
  • 25.­1
  • 25.­4
  • 25.­16
  • 26.­1
  • 26.­3-4
  • 26.­11
  • 27.­1
  • 27.­3
  • 27.­9
  • 27.­44
  • 27.­47-48
  • 27.­55
  • 28.­1
  • 28.­5
  • 28.­7
  • 28.­10-11
  • 28.­15
  • 28.­21
  • 29.­1
  • 29.­6
  • 29.­20-22
  • 30.­1
  • 30.­3-5
  • 30.­7
  • 30.­17
  • 30.­19-20
  • 30.­43
  • 30.­45
  • 31.­1
  • 31.­5
  • 31.­8
  • 31.­16
  • 32.­1
  • 32.­3-4
  • 32.­6-8
  • 32.­16
  • 33.­1
  • 33.­4-5
  • 33.­13
  • 34.­1
  • 34.­10
  • 34.­42
  • 34.­44-45
  • 34.­64
  • 34.­76
  • 34.­87
  • 35.­1
  • 35.­20
  • 35.­34
  • 36.­1
  • 36.­3
  • 36.­39
  • 36.­42
  • 36.­53-54
  • 36.­145
  • 37.­1-3
  • 37.­11
  • 37.­14
  • 37.­34
  • 37.­130-131
  • 37.­162
  • 38.­1
  • 38.­4-5
  • 38.­47
  • 38.­51
  • 38.­79-80
  • 38.­92
  • 38.­103
  • 39.­1
  • 39.­3
  • 39.­5
  • 39.­26
  • 39.­44
  • 39.­56
  • 39.­68
  • 40.­1-3
  • 40.­6
  • 40.­22
  • 40.­158
  • 40.­165
  • 40.­179
  • 41.­1-2
  • 41.­6-7
  • 41.­20-21
  • 41.­99
  • 41.­137
  • 42.­1
  • 42.­42
  • 42.­55
  • 42.­91
  • 42.­132
  • 43.­1
  • 43.­4
  • 43.­8
  • 43.­15
  • 43.­26-27
  • 43.­30-31
  • 43.­49-50
  • 43.­64
  • 43.­331
  • 44.­1
  • 44.­3
  • 44.­21-24
  • 44.­27
  • 44.­29
  • 44.­38-39
  • 44.­68
  • 44.­80
  • 45.­1-2
  • 45.­13
  • 46.­1-2
  • 47.­1
  • 47.­27
  • 48.­1
  • 48.­5
  • 49.­1
  • 49.­6
  • 50.­1
  • 50.­5
  • 51.­1
  • 51.­4
  • 52.­1
  • 52.­5
  • 53.­1-2
  • 53.­14
  • 53.­41
  • 54.­1
  • 54.­3
  • 54.­6
  • 54.­14
  • 54.­70-73
  • 54.­84
  • 54.­91
  • 54.­122
  • 54.­133
  • 54.­148-150
  • 54.­162-164
  • 54.­166
  • 54.­170-171
  • 54.­173
  • 54.­183
  • 54.­187-195
  • 54.­197
  • 54.­201
  • 54.­208
  • 54.­322
  • 54.­324
  • 54.­328-329
  • 54.­353
  • 54.­360
  • 54.­378
  • 54.­380-381
  • 54.­383
  • 54.­387-391
  • 54.­395-398
  • 54.­400-401
  • 54.­404
  • 54.­407
  • 54.­419-420
  • 55.­1-3
  • 56.­1-2
  • 56.­5
  • 56.­29
  • 56.­43-47
  • 56.­65
  • 56.­67-69
  • 56.­134-135
  • n.­405
  • n.­1267
  • n.­1318
  • n.­1435
  • n.­1441
  • n.­1544
  • n.­2028
  • n.­2159
  • g.­678
  • g.­1269
g.­1238

Sudharma

Wylie:
  • chos bzang
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • sudharma

The assembly hall of the devas on the summit of Mount Sumeru.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 24.­14
  • 27.­6
g.­1239

Sudharma­megha­prabhā

Wylie:
  • chos bzang sprin ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་བཟང་སྤྲིན་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • sudharma­megha­prabhā

The bodhimaṇḍa of the Buddha Sūrya­gātra­pravara in another world in the distant past, as given in verse. In prose it is called Dharma­meghodgata­prabhā.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 43.­200
  • g.­356
  • g.­402
g.­1240

Sudharmatīrtha

Wylie:
  • chos rab mu stegs
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་རབ་མུ་སྟེགས།
Sanskrit:
  • sudharmatīrtha

A king in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 34.­65
g.­1241

Sudṛḍha­jñāna­raśmi­jāla­bimba­skandha

Wylie:
  • ye shes rab tu brtan pa’i ’od gzer gyi dra ba’i gzugs kyi phung po
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་རབ་ཏུ་བརྟན་པའི་འོད་གཟེར་གྱི་དྲ་བའི་གཟུགས་ཀྱི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sudṛḍha­jñāna­raśmi­jāla­bimba­skandha

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­268
g.­1242

Sudṛśa

Wylie:
  • gya nom snang ba
Tibetan:
  • གྱ་ནོམ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sudṛśa

The third highest of the five Śuddhāvāsa paradises, the highest paradises in the form realm.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 36.­18
  • g.­3
g.­1243

sugata

Wylie:
  • bde bar gshegs pa
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བར་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sugata

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

One of the standard epithets of the buddhas. A recurrent explanation offers three different meanings for su- that are meant to show the special qualities of “accomplishment of one’s own purpose” (svārthasampad) for a complete buddha. Thus, the Sugata is “well” gone, as in the expression su-rūpa (“having a good form”); he is gone “in a way that he shall not come back,” as in the expression su-naṣṭa-jvara (“a fever that has utterly gone”); and he has gone “without any remainder” as in the expression su-pūrṇa-ghaṭa (“a pot that is completely full”). According to Buddhaghoṣa, the term means that the way the Buddha went (Skt. gata) is good (Skt. su) and where he went (Skt. gata) is good (Skt. su).

Located in 70 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­71
  • 1.­74
  • 1.­84
  • 1.­115
  • 2.­23
  • 2.­41-42
  • 2.­44-45
  • 2.­51
  • 3.­56
  • 18.­14
  • 28.­15
  • 34.­70
  • 35.­21
  • 35.­23
  • 35.­32
  • 36.­49
  • 36.­91
  • 36.­95
  • 36.­99
  • 36.­103
  • 36.­123
  • 37.­135
  • 37.­137
  • 37.­141
  • 37.­148
  • 37.­150
  • 37.­158
  • 38.­82-83
  • 39.­48
  • 39.­50
  • 39.­52
  • 39.­67
  • 40.­46
  • 40.­120
  • 40.­168
  • 40.­174
  • 41.­13
  • 41.­42
  • 41.­63
  • 41.­100
  • 41.­111-112
  • 41.­114
  • 41.­117
  • 42.­92
  • 42.­115
  • 43.­42
  • 43.­114
  • 43.­135
  • 43.­204
  • 43.­232
  • 43.­305
  • 54.­34
  • 54.­40
  • 54.­58
  • 54.­85-86
  • 54.­161
  • 54.­164-165
  • 54.­177
  • 54.­180
  • 56.­75
  • c.­2
  • n.­190
  • n.­1392
  • n.­1814
g.­1244

Sugātrā

Wylie:
  • lus bzang mo
Tibetan:
  • ལུས་བཟང་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sugātrā

An upāsikā in Dhanyākara.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­27
g.­1245

Sugrīva

Wylie:
  • mgul legs pa
Tibetan:
  • མགུལ་ལེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sugrīva

A mountain in South India.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­68
  • 3.­94
  • 4.­1
g.­1246

Suharṣita­prabheśvarā

Wylie:
  • rab tu dga’ ba’i ’od la dbang ba
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་དགའ་བའི་འོད་ལ་དབང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • suharṣita­prabheśvarā

A queen in the distant past.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­107
  • 42.­93-96
  • 42.­100
g.­1247

Sukhābhirati

Wylie:
  • bde zhing mngon dga’
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་ཞིང་མངོན་དགའ།
Sanskrit:
  • sukhābhirati

“Pleasure of Bliss.” The name of a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­117
g.­1248

Sukhāvatī

Wylie:
  • bde ba yod pa
  • bde ba can
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བ་ཡོད་པ།
  • བདེ་བ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • sukhāvatī

The realm of the Buddha Amitābha, also known as Amitāyus, which was first described in the Sukhāvatīvyūha Sūtra (Toh 115, The Display of the Pure Land of Sukhāvatī).

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­10
  • 8.­29
  • 56.­128
  • g.­48
  • g.­815
g.­1249

Sulabha

Wylie:
  • shin tu mod pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་མོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sulabha

A hill in the town of Tosala in South India.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­88
  • 23.­2
g.­1250

Sulocanā

Wylie:
  • mig bzang mo
Tibetan:
  • མིག་བཟང་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sulocanā

An upāsikā in Dhanyākara.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­27
g.­1251

Sumanāmukha

Wylie:
  • yid bzang po’i sgo
  • yid bde ba mngon du ’gyur ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་བཟང་པོའི་སྒོ།
  • ཡིད་བདེ་བ་མངོན་དུ་འགྱུར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sumanāmukha

A town and region in South India in chapters 53 and 55. In chapter 53 it is translated as yid bzang po’i sgo, and in chapter 55 as yi bde ba mngon du ’gyur ba.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­120
  • 52.­4
  • 53.­1
  • 55.­1-2
g.­1252

Sumanas

Wylie:
  • thugs bzang po
Tibetan:
  • ཐུགས་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sumanas

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1253

Sumati

Wylie:
  • blo gros bzang po
Tibetan:
  • བློ་གྲོས་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sumati

An upāsaka in Dhanyākara, also a son in Dhanyākara, also a previous life of the courtesan Vasumitrā, and also a king of the mahoragas.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­26
  • 3.­28
  • 28.­17
  • 36.­25
g.­1254

Sumeru

Wylie:
  • ri rab
Tibetan:
  • རི་རབ།
Sanskrit:
  • sumeru

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

According to ancient Buddhist cosmology, this is the great mountain forming the axis of the universe. At its summit is Sudarśana, home of Śakra and his thirty-two gods, and on its flanks live the asuras. The mount has four sides facing the cardinal directions, each of which is made of a different precious stone. Surrounding it are several mountain ranges and the great ocean where the four principal island continents lie: in the south, Jambudvīpa (our world); in the west, Godānīya; in the north, Uttarakuru; and in the east, Pūrvavideha. Above it are the abodes of the desire realm gods. It is variously referred to as Meru, Mount Meru, Sumeru, and Mount Sumeru.

Located in 55 passages in the translation:

  • i.­4
  • i.­46
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­17
  • 1.­47
  • 2.­36
  • 5.­13
  • 7.­9
  • 14.­6
  • 20.­12
  • 21.­15
  • 22.­28
  • 33.­8
  • 34.­65
  • 34.­68-69
  • 34.­72
  • 36.­73
  • 37.­36
  • 37.­52
  • 37.­67
  • 37.­115
  • 37.­134
  • 37.­157
  • 39.­26-28
  • 39.­36-38
  • 39.­48
  • 40.­53
  • 40.­86
  • 40.­139
  • 41.­21
  • 41.­74
  • 42.­46
  • 43.­59
  • 43.­172
  • 44.­69
  • 53.­38
  • 54.­252
  • 54.­382
  • 56.­30
  • n.­504
  • n.­985
  • n.­1179
  • n.­1805
  • g.­231
  • g.­522
  • g.­736
  • g.­747
  • g.­973
  • g.­1238
  • g.­1338
g.­1255

Sumeru­dhvajāyatana­śānta­netra­śrī

Wylie:
  • ri rab rgyal mtshan spyan yangs shing zhi ba’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • རི་རབ་རྒྱལ་མཚན་སྤྱན་ཡངས་ཤིང་ཞི་བའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • sumeru­dhvajāyatana­śānta­netra­śrī

A buddha in the past.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­99
  • 34.­70
g.­1256

Sumeruśrī

Wylie:
  • ri rab dpal
Tibetan:
  • རི་རབ་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • sumeruśrī

The sixteenth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Sumeruśirī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­137
g.­1257

Sumukha

Wylie:
  • sgo bzang po
Tibetan:
  • སྒོ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sumukha

A city in South India.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­79
  • 14.­26
  • 15.­2
  • 15.­4
g.­1258

Sumukhā

Wylie:
  • sgo bzang po
Tibetan:
  • སྒོ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sumukhā

A capital city in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 28.­16
g.­1259

Sunetrā

Wylie:
  • mig mdzes
Tibetan:
  • མིག་མཛེས།
Sanskrit:
  • sunetrā

A mother-in-law of Śākyamuni, the mother of Gopā, one of Śākyamuni’s wives.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­256
g.­1260

Sunetra (the bodhisattva)

Wylie:
  • bzang po’i myig
  • bzang po’i mig
Tibetan:
  • བཟང་པོའི་མྱིག
  • བཟང་པོའི་མིག
Sanskrit:
  • sunetra

A bodhisattva present with the Buddha at Śrāvastī in chapter 1.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1261

Sunetra (the buddha)

Wylie:
  • spyan bzang po
Tibetan:
  • སྤྱན་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sunetra

A buddha in the distant past listed in chapter 33; also the name of a future buddha of this kalpa listed in chapter 44.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­98
  • 33.­8
  • 44.­63
g.­1262

Sunetra (the head merchant’s son)

Wylie:
  • mig bzang po
Tibetan:
  • མིག་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sunetra

A head merchant’s son in Dhanyākara mentioned in chapter 3.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­28
g.­1263

Sunetra (the rākṣasa)

Wylie:
  • myig bzang
Tibetan:
  • མྱིག་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • sunetra

A rākṣasa door guardian of the bodhisattva meeting hall in chapter 44.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 44.­24
  • 44.­26
  • 44.­28-29
g.­1264

Sunirmita

Wylie:
  • rab ’phrul dga’
Tibetan:
  • རབ་འཕྲུལ་དགའ།
Sanskrit:
  • sunirmita

The principal deity in the Nirmāṇarati paradise, the second highest paradise in the desire realm.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­13
  • 12.­12
  • 21.­45
  • 24.­17
  • 27.­14
  • 36.­21
  • 40.­89
  • 41.­86
  • 44.­35
  • 44.­57
  • 54.­334
  • 54.­338
g.­1265

Sunirmita­dhvaja­pradīpa

Wylie:
  • sprul pa bzang po’i rgyal mtshan sgron ma
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲུལ་པ་བཟང་པོའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • sunirmita­dhvaja­pradīpa

A realm in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­120
g.­1266

sunstone

Wylie:
  • nyi ma’i snying po
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་མའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • ādityagarbha

The name for this jewel, “essence of the sun” in both the Sanskrit and Tibetan, appears to be a synonym for sūryakānta (“sunstone”). In Tibetan, these orange gems are usually called me shel (“fire crystal”). They are oligoclase feldspar, exhibiting aventurescence in that they are filled with speckles that appear to emit light.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­8
  • 9.­18
  • 10.­10
  • 21.­7
  • 44.­31
  • n.­367
  • g.­1376
g.­1267

Suparipūrṇa­jñāna­mukhaktra

Wylie:
  • ye shes kyi zhal shin tu rgyas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱི་ཞལ་ཤིན་ཏུ་རྒྱས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • suparipūrṇa­jñāna­mukhaktra

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­270
g.­1268

Suprabha

Wylie:
  • ’od bzang po
Tibetan:
  • འོད་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • suprabha

“Excellent Light.” In chapter 41 it is the name of a kalpa in the distant past. Also in chapter 41 it is the name of a future kalpa with five hundred buddhas. In chapter 45 it is the name of another kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 41.­41
  • 41.­74
  • 41.­89-90
  • 41.­97-98
  • 41.­102
  • 45.­7
g.­1269

Suprabha

Wylie:
  • ’od bzang po
Tibetan:
  • འོད་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • suprabha

One of the eminent sons from Dhanyākara who in chapter 3 came with Sudhana to see Mañjuśrī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­28
g.­1270

Suprabhā

Wylie:
  • ’od bzang mo
Tibetan:
  • འོད་བཟང་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • suprabhā

An upāsikā in Dhanyākara; also an eminent daughter in Dhanyākara.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­27
  • 3.­29
g.­1271

Suprabha

Wylie:
  • ’od bzang po
Tibetan:
  • འོད་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • suprabha

In chapter 21 it is the name of a city in the south of India. It is also the name of a forest in another world in the distant past during the kalpa of that name. The name means “excellent light.”

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • i.­85-86
  • 20.­32
  • 21.­2-4
  • 21.­10
  • 21.­29
  • 21.­31
  • 21.­36
  • 21.­38
  • 22.­1
  • 41.­43
g.­1272

Suprabhasa

Wylie:
  • ’od bzangs
Tibetan:
  • འོད་བཟངས།
Sanskrit:
  • suprabhasa

A ruler in South India.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 9.­50
g.­1273

Supratiṣṭhā

Wylie:
  • shin tu brtan pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་བརྟན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • supratiṣṭhā

The realm of the Buddha Siṃha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 8.­29
g.­1274

Supratiṣṭhita

Wylie:
  • shin tu brtan pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་བརྟན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • supratiṣṭhita

A bhikṣu, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 6.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • i.­70-71
  • 5.­18
  • 6.­1-3
  • 6.­6
  • 6.­9-10
  • 6.­12-13
  • 6.­15
  • 6.­28
g.­1275

Suprayāṇa

Wylie:
  • legs par bzhud pa
Tibetan:
  • ལེགས་པར་བཞུད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • suprayāṇa

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1276

Śūradhvaja

Wylie:
  • dpa’ ba’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • དཔའ་བའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • śūradhvaja

The seventy-eighth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­150
g.­1277

Suraśmi

Wylie:
  • ’od gzer bzang po
Tibetan:
  • འོད་གཟེར་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • suraśmi

“Excellent Light Rays.” The name of a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­90
g.­1278

Suraśmi

Wylie:
  • ’od gzer bzang po
Tibetan:
  • འོད་གཟེར་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • suraśmi

A prince in another world in the distant past. Also known as Suraśmiketu.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 43.­306
  • 43.­309
  • 43.­312
  • g.­1279
g.­1279

Suraśmiketu

Wylie:
  • ’od gzer bzang dpal
Tibetan:
  • འོད་གཟེར་བཟང་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • suraśmiketu

A prince in another world in the distant past. Also known as Suraśmi.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­108
  • 43.­314
  • g.­1278
g.­1280

Surendrābhā

Wylie:
  • lha dbang ’od
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་དབང་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • surendrābhā

The kalyāṇamitra of chapter 45, a goddess of the Trāyastriṃśa paradise.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­109-110
  • 44.­79
  • 45.­1-2
  • 45.­13
g.­1281

Surendrabodhi

Wylie:
  • su ren+t+ra bo d+hi
  • su ren+d+ra bo d+hi
Tibetan:
  • སུ་རེནྟྲ་བོ་དྷི།
  • སུ་རེནྡྲ་བོ་དྷི།
Sanskrit:
  • surendrabodhi

Surendrabodhi came to Tibet during reign of King Ralpachen (ral pa can, r. 815–38 ᴄᴇ). He is listed as the translator of forty-three texts and was one of the small group of paṇḍitas responsible for the Mahāvyutpatti Sanskrit–Tibetan dictionary.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­24
  • i.­33
  • c.­1
  • c.­5
g.­1282

Sūrya­dhvaja

Wylie:
  • nyi ma’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་མའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • sūrya­dhvaja

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1283

Sūrya­garbha

Wylie:
  • nyi ma’i snying po
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་མའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sūrya­garbha

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1284

Sūrya­gātra­pravara

Wylie:
  • sku nyi ma dam pa
Tibetan:
  • སྐུ་ཉི་མ་དམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sūrya­gātra­pravara

A buddha in another world in the distant past.

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 43.­114-115
  • 43.­201
  • 43.­205
  • 43.­218-220
  • 43.­223
  • 43.­231-232
  • 43.­236-237
  • 43.­243
  • 43.­250-252
  • 43.­259-260
  • 43.­318
  • g.­356
  • g.­402
  • g.­1239
g.­1285

Sūrya­kesara­nirbhāsā

Wylie:
  • nyi ma’i ’od gzer ltar snang ba
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་མའི་འོད་གཟེར་ལྟར་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sūrya­kesara­nirbhāsā

A southwestern buddha realm.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 8.­24
g.­1286

Sūrya­prabha

Wylie:
  • nyi ma’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་མའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • sūrya­prabha

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1287

Sūrya­prabha

Wylie:
  • nyi ma’i mdog
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་མའི་མདོག
Sanskrit:
  • sūrya­prabha

A park in Kaliṅgavana. Also the name of a park in another world in the distant past.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­92
  • 27.­2-3
  • 27.­8
  • 27.­43
  • 41.­59
g.­1288

Sūrya­pradīpa­ketu­śrī

Wylie:
  • nyi ma’i sgron ma dpal gyi dpal
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་མའི་སྒྲོན་མ་དཔལ་གྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • sūrya­pradīpa­ketu­śrī

A buddha in the distant past. BHS verse: Sūrya­pradīpa­ketu­śiri.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­95
g.­1289

Suryatejas

Wylie:
  • nyi ma’i gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་མའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • suryatejas

A buddha in the distant past. BHS verse: Suriyatejā.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­121
g.­1290

Sūrya­vikrama­samanta­pratibhāsa

Wylie:
  • nyi ma’i rnam par gnon pas kun tu snang ba
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་མའི་རྣམ་པར་གནོན་པས་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sūrya­vikrama­samanta­pratibhāsa

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­1291

Sūryodaya

Wylie:
  • snying rje bzang po
Tibetan:
  • སྙིང་རྗེ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sūryodaya

The name of a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 45.­8
g.­1292

Sūryottara­jñānin

Wylie:
  • nyi ma dam pa’i ye shes
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་མ་དམ་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • sūryottara­jñānin

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1293

Susaṃbhava

Wylie:
  • legs par byung
Tibetan:
  • ལེགས་པར་བྱུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • susaṃbhava

“Well arisen.” The name of a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­106
g.­1294

Susaṃbhava­vyūha

Wylie:
  • legs byung rnam brgyan
Tibetan:
  • ལེགས་བྱུང་རྣམ་བརྒྱན།
Sanskrit:
  • susaṃbhava­vyūha

A buddha in the distant past. BHS verse: Susaṃbhava­viyūha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­125
g.­1295

Suśīla

Wylie:
  • tshul khrims bzang po
Tibetan:
  • ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • suśīla

A head merchant’s son in Dhanyākara.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­28
g.­1296

Sutejomaṇḍala­rati­śrī

Wylie:
  • gzi brjid kyi dkyil ’khor bzang pos dga’ ba’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • གཟི་བརྗིད་ཀྱི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་བཟང་པོས་དགའ་བའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • sutejomaṇḍala­rati­śrī

The forest goddess of Lumbinī and the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 42.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • i.­106-107
  • 41.­136
  • 42.­2-5
  • 42.­42
  • 42.­91
  • 42.­106
  • 42.­132
  • 43.­1
g.­1297

Suvarṇaprabha

Wylie:
  • kha dog bzang po’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཁ་དོག་བཟང་པོའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • suvarṇaprabha

The name of a māra in another world in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­70
g.­1298

Suvarṇa­puṣpābha­maṇḍala

Wylie:
  • ’od kyi dkyil ’khor gser gyi me tog
Tibetan:
  • འོད་ཀྱི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་གསེར་གྱི་མེ་ཏོག
Sanskrit:
  • suvarṇa­puṣpābha­maṇḍala

A park in another world in the distant past. The name as given in the prose. In verse it is called Svarṇa­puṣpa­prabhava.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 42.­95-96
  • g.­1312
g.­1299

Suvibhakta

Wylie:
  • shin tu rnam par phye ba
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་རྣམ་པར་ཕྱེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • suvibhakta

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1300

Suvighuṣṭa­kīrti

Wylie:
  • legs pa snyan grags
Tibetan:
  • ལེགས་པ་སྙན་གྲགས།
Sanskrit:
  • suvighuṣṭa­kīrti

A head merchant, the father of a previous life of Gopā.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­311
g.­1301

Suvikrāmin

Wylie:
  • rnam par gnon pa bzang po
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་གནོན་པ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • suvikrāmin

A head merchant’s son in Dhanyākara.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­28
g.­1302

Suvilokita­jñāna­ketu

Wylie:
  • shin tu rnam par gzigs pa’i ye shes dpal
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་རྣམ་པར་གཟིགས་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • suvilokita­jñāna­ketu

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­262
g.­1303

Suvilokita­netra

Wylie:
  • shin tu rnam par lta ba’i myig
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་རྣམ་པར་ལྟ་བའི་མྱིག
Sanskrit:
  • suvilokita­netra

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1304

Suviśākha

Wylie:
  • sa ga bzang po
Tibetan:
  • ས་ག་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • suviśākha

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1305

Suviśālābha

Wylie:
  • ’od shin tu yangs pa
Tibetan:
  • འོད་ཤིན་ཏུ་ཡངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • suviśālābha

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1306

Suviśuddha­candrābhā

Wylie:
  • zla ba shin tu rnam par dag pa’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བ་ཤིན་ཏུ་རྣམ་པར་དག་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • suviśuddha­candrābhā

A goddess of the night in the distant past.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­99
  • 34.­65
  • 34.­71
g.­1307

Suviśuddha­jñāna­kusumāvabhāsa

Wylie:
  • ye shes shin tu rnam par dag pa’i me tog snang ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་ཤིན་ཏུ་རྣམ་པར་དག་པའི་མེ་ཏོག་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • suviśuddha­jñāna­kusumāvabhāsa

A buddha in the distant past

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­270
g.­1308

Suvrata

Wylie:
  • brtul zhugs bzang po
Tibetan:
  • བརྟུལ་ཞུགས་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • suvrata

A head merchant’s son in Dhanyākara.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­28
g.­1309

Suyāma

Wylie:
  • rab mtshe ma
Tibetan:
  • རབ་མཚེ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • suyāma

The principal deity in the Yāma paradise.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­13
  • 12.­14
  • 21.­45
  • 24.­15
  • 27.­16
  • 36.­22
  • 40.­89
  • 41.­85
  • 44.­36
  • 44.­57
  • 54.­334
  • 54.­338
g.­1310

Svācāra

Wylie:
  • ngang tshul bzang po
Tibetan:
  • ངང་ཚུལ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • svācāra

A head merchant’s son in Dhanyākara.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­28
g.­1311

Svarāṅgaśūra

Wylie:
  • dbyangs kyi yan lag dpa’ bo
Tibetan:
  • དབྱངས་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག་དཔའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • svarāṅgaśūra

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1312

Svarṇa­puṣpa­prabhava

Wylie:
  • gser mdog me tog
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་མདོག་མེ་ཏོག
Sanskrit:
  • svarṇa­puṣpa­prabhava

A park in another world in the distant past. The name as given in verse. In prose it is called Suvarṇa­puṣpābha­maṇḍala.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 42.­109
  • g.­1298
g.­1313

Svaśarīra­prabha

Wylie:
  • rang gi lus kyi ’od
Tibetan:
  • རང་གི་ལུས་ཀྱི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • svaśarīra­prabha

The forty-sixth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­143
g.­1314

Tai Situpa

Wylie:
  • ta’i si tu pa
Tibetan:
  • ཏའི་སི་ཏུ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A Chinese title, meaning “Great Preceptor.” It was conferred by the Chinese emperor in 1407 on Chökyi Gyaltsen (chos kyi rgyal mtshan), a prominent Karma Kagyü lama. Following his death there have been recognitions of continuous rebirths up to the present time.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­31
  • n.­2254
  • g.­255
g.­1315

Tāladhvaja

Wylie:
  • ta la’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • ཏ་ལའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • tāladhvaja

A town in South India.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­84
  • 19.­25
  • 20.­2
  • 20.­21
g.­1316

Tāreśvararāja

Wylie:
  • skar ma’i dbang phyug rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • སྐར་མའི་དབང་ཕྱུག་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • tāreśvararāja

A buddha in an eastern realm.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­18
  • g.­1380
g.­1317

Tashi Wangchuk

Wylie:
  • bkra shis dbang phyug
Tibetan:
  • བཀྲ་ཤིས་དབང་ཕྱུག
Sanskrit:
  • —

An editor of the Degé version of the Gaṇḍa­vyūha.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­26
  • i.­33
  • c.­14
g.­1318

tathāgata

Wylie:
  • de bzhin gshegs pa
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • tathāgata

A title of for a buddha. Gata, although literally meaning “gone,” is a past-passive participle used to describe a state or condition of existence. As buddhahood is indescribable it means “one who is thus.”

Located in 677 passages in the translation:

  • i.­69
  • i.­107
  • i.­114
  • 1.­1-5
  • 1.­10-15
  • 1.­17
  • 1.­19
  • 1.­21
  • 1.­23
  • 1.­25
  • 1.­27
  • 1.­29-40
  • 1.­45
  • 1.­48-49
  • 1.­51
  • 1.­53-58
  • 1.­157
  • 1.­160
  • 2.­1
  • 2.­3-5
  • 2.­12-13
  • 2.­27-28
  • 2.­30-31
  • 2.­33-38
  • 2.­54-56
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­5
  • 3.­9
  • 3.­15-18
  • 3.­21-23
  • 4.­7-9
  • 4.­11-12
  • 4.­14-17
  • 4.­19-21
  • 4.­23-27
  • 4.­31
  • 4.­34
  • 5.­2
  • 5.­4-5
  • 5.­9-10
  • 5.­12
  • 5.­15
  • 5.­17
  • 6.­1
  • 6.­14
  • 6.­20
  • 6.­23
  • 6.­25
  • 7.­6
  • 7.­17
  • 8.­2
  • 8.­9
  • 8.­12
  • 8.­14-15
  • 8.­17-31
  • 8.­33-34
  • 9.­1
  • 9.­5
  • 9.­11-12
  • 9.­22-31
  • 9.­38-39
  • 9.­41
  • 10.­20-21
  • 10.­24-26
  • 10.­40
  • 10.­44
  • 10.­55
  • 11.­7
  • 11.­12
  • 11.­14
  • 11.­17
  • 12.­22-23
  • 13.­1
  • 13.­11
  • 13.­13
  • 14.­4
  • 14.­11
  • 14.­13-14
  • 14.­18-19
  • 14.­25
  • 15.­8
  • 17.­3
  • 17.­12
  • 17.­22-23
  • 18.­9-10
  • 18.­12
  • 18.­14-16
  • 18.­18-19
  • 19.­12-13
  • 19.­21-22
  • 22.­7
  • 22.­10-15
  • 22.­28-29
  • 22.­31-32
  • 22.­38
  • 22.­41
  • 22.­49
  • 23.­11-12
  • 24.­1
  • 24.­16
  • 26.­3
  • 26.­8-9
  • 27.­10
  • 27.­49
  • 27.­52-53
  • 28.­1
  • 28.­15-18
  • 28.­20
  • 29.­4-13
  • 29.­15-18
  • 30.­1
  • 30.­4
  • 30.­11
  • 31.­5
  • 31.­9
  • 31.­11
  • 31.­14
  • 32.­8
  • 33.­1
  • 33.­7-11
  • 34.­34-35
  • 34.­38
  • 34.­65-66
  • 34.­68
  • 34.­70-72
  • 34.­74
  • 35.­2
  • 35.­5-7
  • 35.­18
  • 35.­31
  • 36.­3
  • 36.­8-10
  • 36.­12
  • 36.­14
  • 36.­16-17
  • 36.­35
  • 36.­41-42
  • 36.­78
  • 36.­142-144
  • 37.­10
  • 37.­35
  • 37.­49
  • 37.­52-65
  • 37.­67
  • 37.­69
  • 37.­71-72
  • 37.­78
  • 37.­83
  • 37.­96
  • 37.­98-105
  • 37.­108-110
  • 37.­113-128
  • 38.­6-7
  • 38.­9
  • 38.­15-16
  • 38.­38
  • 38.­44
  • 38.­49
  • 38.­53-65
  • 38.­68-71
  • 38.­73-77
  • 39.­4-5
  • 39.­7
  • 39.­10
  • 39.­12
  • 39.­16
  • 39.­18-22
  • 39.­25-29
  • 39.­31-38
  • 39.­49
  • 39.­51
  • 40.­7-10
  • 40.­21
  • 40.­23-25
  • 40.­31
  • 40.­48-49
  • 40.­52
  • 40.­60
  • 40.­68
  • 40.­92
  • 40.­153
  • 40.­158
  • 40.­177-178
  • 41.­1
  • 41.­3
  • 41.­5
  • 41.­21-22
  • 41.­30
  • 41.­42-43
  • 41.­61-63
  • 41.­66-67
  • 41.­71
  • 41.­75-76
  • 41.­78-79
  • 41.­84-89
  • 41.­91-98
  • 41.­112
  • 41.­136
  • 42.­3-5
  • 42.­8
  • 42.­10-11
  • 42.­14-15
  • 42.­21
  • 42.­24
  • 42.­26-28
  • 42.­30
  • 42.­33
  • 42.­38-40
  • 42.­53
  • 42.­56
  • 42.­64-65
  • 42.­73
  • 42.­92
  • 42.­94
  • 42.­96-97
  • 42.­100
  • 42.­103-105
  • 42.­109
  • 42.­130
  • 43.­4-6
  • 43.­13
  • 43.­30
  • 43.­33
  • 43.­39
  • 43.­42
  • 43.­51
  • 43.­60-61
  • 43.­63
  • 43.­114-116
  • 43.­174
  • 43.­177
  • 43.­180
  • 43.­200
  • 43.­202
  • 43.­205
  • 43.­218-220
  • 43.­223
  • 43.­225
  • 43.­229
  • 43.­231-232
  • 43.­234
  • 43.­236
  • 43.­243
  • 43.­249-255
  • 43.­258-279
  • 43.­282
  • 43.­284
  • 43.­287
  • 43.­297-298
  • 44.­4
  • 44.­6-9
  • 44.­13-15
  • 44.­17
  • 44.­19
  • 44.­22-26
  • 44.­31
  • 44.­38
  • 44.­46
  • 44.­49-50
  • 44.­56
  • 44.­60
  • 44.­62
  • 44.­64
  • 44.­66-67
  • 44.­71
  • 44.­73
  • 44.­75
  • 44.­77-78
  • 45.­3
  • 45.­5-10
  • 49.­3
  • 53.­16
  • 53.­19
  • 54.­2-6
  • 54.­10
  • 54.­182
  • 54.­198-200
  • 54.­244
  • 54.­259
  • 54.­263
  • 54.­265
  • 54.­267
  • 54.­291
  • 54.­299
  • 54.­318
  • 54.­329-330
  • 54.­332
  • 54.­347
  • 54.­349
  • 54.­356-359
  • 54.­361
  • 54.­370
  • 54.­377
  • 54.­397
  • 54.­405
  • 54.­408-410
  • 54.­413
  • 54.­415
  • 54.­417-418
  • 56.­1-7
  • 56.­10-12
  • 56.­14-15
  • 56.­17-18
  • 56.­35-37
  • 56.­40
  • 56.­42
  • 56.­45
  • 56.­47
  • 56.­49
  • 56.­54-55
  • 56.­57-58
  • 56.­65
  • 56.­70
  • c.­15
  • n.­68
  • n.­220
  • n.­356
  • n.­759
  • n.­791
  • n.­1241
  • n.­1326
  • n.­1331
  • n.­1404
  • n.­1422
  • n.­1491
  • n.­1514
  • n.­1520
  • n.­1524
  • n.­1526
  • n.­1532
  • n.­1558
  • n.­1639
  • n.­1701
  • n.­1734
  • n.­1816
  • n.­1829
  • n.­1832
  • n.­1983
  • n.­2010
  • n.­2176
  • n.­2193
  • n.­2224
  • g.­1138
  • g.­1140
  • g.­1325
  • g.­1526
g.­1319

Tathāgata­kula­gotrodgata

Wylie:
  • de bzhin gshegs pa’i rgyud kyi gdung gis ’phags pa
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པའི་རྒྱུད་ཀྱི་གདུང་གིས་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • tathāgata­kula­gotrodgata

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1320

Tathatāprabha

Wylie:
  • de bzhin nyid ’od
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་ཉིད་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • tathatāprabha

The seventy-first buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­149
g.­1321

Tejaśrī

Wylie:
  • gzi brjid dpal
Tibetan:
  • གཟི་བརྗིད་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • tejaśrī

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­98
g.­1322

Tejodhipati

Wylie:
  • gzi brjid kyi dbang po
Tibetan:
  • གཟི་བརྗིད་ཀྱི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • tejodhipati

A prince in another world in the distant past.

Located in 37 passages in the translation:

  • i.­108
  • 43.­66-67
  • 43.­75
  • 43.­77
  • 43.­99
  • 43.­101
  • 43.­111-113
  • 43.­116
  • 43.­127
  • 43.­140
  • 43.­174
  • 43.­178
  • 43.­189-190
  • 43.­203
  • 43.­205-207
  • 43.­218
  • 43.­220-221
  • 43.­223-224
  • 43.­231
  • 43.­233
  • 43.­235
  • 43.­244
  • 43.­251-253
  • 43.­255
  • 43.­258-259
  • 43.­317
g.­1323

Tejovat

Wylie:
  • gzi brjid ldan
Tibetan:
  • གཟི་བརྗིད་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • tejovat

The ninety-fifth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Tejavati.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­153
g.­1324

ten good actions

Wylie:
  • dge ba bcu’i las
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བ་བཅུའི་ལས།
Sanskrit:
  • daśa­kuśala­karma

Abstaining from killing, taking what is not given, sexual misconduct, lying, uttering divisive talk, speaking harsh words, gossiping, covetousness, ill will, and wrong views.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 20.­28
  • 37.­40
  • 40.­55
  • 54.­333
  • 54.­377
  • c.­13
g.­1325

ten strengths

Wylie:
  • stobs bcu
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས་བཅུ།
Sanskrit:
  • daśabala

The ten strengths of a tathāgata are (1) the knowledge of what is possible and not possible, (2) the knowledge of the ripening of karma, (3) the knowledge of the variety of aspirations, (4) the knowledge of the variety of natures, (5) the knowledge of the levels of capabilities, (6) the knowledge of the destinations of all paths, (7) the knowledge of dhyāna, liberation, samādhi, samāpatti, and so on, (8) the knowledge of remembering past lives, (9) the knowledge of deaths and rebirths, and (10) the knowledge of the cessation of defilements.

Located in 34 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­33
  • 2.­32-34
  • 4.­16
  • 5.­17
  • 8.­33
  • 11.­5
  • 12.­1
  • 12.­12
  • 12.­20
  • 14.­17
  • 17.­3
  • 17.­12
  • 20.­1
  • 22.­48
  • 22.­52
  • 30.­3
  • 34.­9
  • 34.­35
  • 36.­39
  • 36.­96
  • 36.­135
  • 37.­103
  • 37.­134
  • 40.­13
  • 40.­23
  • 41.­5
  • 42.­118
  • 43.­5
  • 44.­4
  • 45.­11
  • n.­724
  • g.­1215
g.­1326

Tenpa Tsering

Wylie:
  • bstan pa tshe ring
Tibetan:
  • བསྟན་པ་ཚེ་རིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1678–1738). King of Degé.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­31
  • c.­13
g.­1327

The Confession of the Three Heaps

Wylie:
  • phung po gsum pa’i bshags pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕུང་པོ་གསུམ་པའི་བཤགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • tri­skandha­deśana

“The three heaps” are the three sections of a confession practice of which the best known liturgy, probably the one referred to in the present text, is found in the Mahāyāna sūtra Determining the Vinaya: Upāli’s Questions (Toh 68, Vinaya­viniścayopāli­paripṛcchā), 1.­43–1.­52.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 54.­362
g.­1328

The Illumination of the Field of Causes

Wylie:
  • rgyu’i dkyil ’khor rab tu snang ba
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱུའི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་རབ་ཏུ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • hetu­maṇḍala­prabhāsa

A sūtra taught in another world in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­67
g.­1329

third-week embryo

Wylie:
  • rdol pa
Tibetan:
  • རྡོལ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • peśi

The Gaṇḍa­vyūha uses the same terminology as the Jain text Tandulaveyāliyua and differs from other sūtras. Other texts have nar nar. In the The Teaching to the Venerable Nanda on Dwelling in the Womb peśi is translated as ltar ltar.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 54.­111
g.­1330

thoroughbred stallion

Wylie:
  • rta cang shes
Tibetan:
  • རྟ་ཅང་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • ājāneyāśva

The Sanskrit word ājāneya was primarily used for thoroughbred horses. The compound joins the term with aśva (“horse”). An etymology as “all-knowing” is the basis for the Tibetan translation. In other contexts it was also used as a term of respect, often paired with “great elephant” in a description of realized beings.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 43.­102
  • 53.­26
  • 54.­210
g.­1331

three lower existences

Wylie:
  • ngan song gsum
Tibetan:
  • ངན་སོང་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • apāyatraya

The animal, preta, and hell realms.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­7
  • 17.­12
  • 43.­10
g.­1332

three realms

Wylie:
  • khams gsum
Tibetan:
  • ཁམས་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • traidhātuka

The three realms that contain all the various kinds of existence in saṃsāra: the desire realm, the form realm, and the formless realm.

Located in 30 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­130
  • 3.­41
  • 3.­51
  • 5.­2
  • 9.­45
  • 15.­18
  • 17.­7
  • 22.­52
  • 36.­13
  • 38.­7-8
  • 38.­87
  • 39.­40
  • 40.­4
  • 41.­51
  • 41.­71
  • 43.­199
  • 53.­7
  • 53.­19
  • 54.­105
  • 54.­120
  • 54.­204
  • 54.­232
  • 54.­299
  • 54.­383
  • 56.­123
  • n.­1080
  • n.­1945
  • g.­268
  • g.­446
g.­1333

thunderbolt

Wylie:
  • rdo rje
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajra

The word vajra refers to the “thunderbolt,” the indestructible and irresistible weapon that first appears in Indian literature in the hand of the Vedic deity Indra. The word vajra is also used for “diamond.”

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • i.­62
  • 3.­74
  • 32.­14
  • 33.­1
  • 40.­13
  • 40.­81
  • 41.­71
  • 54.­101
  • 56.­6
  • g.­522
  • g.­973
  • g.­1402
g.­1334

tīrthika

Wylie:
  • mu stegs ldan pa
  • mu stegs
  • mu stegs can
Tibetan:
  • མུ་སྟེགས་ལྡན་པ།
  • མུ་སྟེགས།
  • མུ་སྟེགས་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • tīrthya
  • tīrthika

A member of a religion, sect, or philosophical tradition that was a rival of or antagonistic to the Buddhist community in India. The term has its origins among the Jains.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­83
  • 9.­37
  • 27.­9
  • 56.­123
g.­1335

Tiṣya

Wylie:
  • rgyal
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit:
  • tiṣya

In chapter 29 the name of the sixth buddha in a list that begins with Kanaka­muni. In chapter 44 it is the name of one of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 29.­6
  • 44.­63
  • g.­1545
g.­1336

toraṇa

Wylie:
  • rta babs
Tibetan:
  • རྟ་བབས།
Sanskrit:
  • toraṇa

A distinctive feature of ancient stūpa architecture, a famous example being those of the Sanchi Stūpa, it is a stone gateway in the surrounding railing or vedika, and usually positioned in the four directions. They evolved into the well-known freestanding torii of Japanese religious architecture.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­7
  • 19.­23
  • 21.­37
  • 28.­6
  • 43.­59
  • 54.­324
  • n.­1761
g.­1337

Tosala

Wylie:
  • dga’ ba ’dzin pa
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • tosala

A town in South India.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­88
  • 22.­53
  • 23.­2
  • 23.­15
  • 23.­17
  • g.­1249
g.­1338

Trāyastriṃśa

Wylie:
  • sum cu rtsa gsum pa
Tibetan:
  • སུམ་ཅུ་རྩ་གསུམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • trāyastriṃśa
  • tridaśaloka
  • tridaśa

The paradise of Śakra, also known as Indra, on the summit of Sumeru. The names means “Thirty-Three,” from the thirty-three principal deities that dwell there.

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • i.­4-5
  • i.­46
  • i.­109-111
  • 10.­13
  • 16.­8
  • 26.­5
  • 27.­3
  • 27.­7
  • 27.­17
  • 44.­36
  • 44.­79
  • 45.­1
  • 46.­1
  • n.­504
  • n.­1147
  • n.­1156
  • g.­1179
  • g.­1280
g.­1339

Trinayana

Wylie:
  • myig gsum pa
Tibetan:
  • མྱིག་གསུམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • trinayana

A land in the south of India.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­78
  • 13.­17
  • 14.­2
g.­1340

Trisong Detsen

Wylie:
  • khri srong lde btsan
Tibetan:
  • ཁྲི་སྲོང་ལྡེ་བཙན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

King of Tibet who reigned circa 742/55–798/804 ᴄᴇ.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­24
  • g.­552
  • g.­618
g.­1341

truths of the āryas

Wylie:
  • ’phags pa’i bden pa
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་པའི་བདེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • āryasatya

The four truths of āryas are the truths of suffering, the origin of suffering, the cessation of suffering, and the eightfold path to that cessation. They are called the truths of the āryas, as it is the āryas who have perceived them perfectly and without error.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 54.­13
g.­1342

Tryadhva­jñāna­vidyut­pradīpā

Wylie:
  • dus gsum gyi ye shes kyi glog gi sgron ma
Tibetan:
  • དུས་གསུམ་གྱི་ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱི་གློག་གི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • tryadhva­jñāna­vidyut­pradīpā

“The Lamp of the Lightning of the Wisdom of the Three Times.” The name of a ray of light.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­61
g.­1343

Tryadhva­lakṣaṇa­pratibhāsa­tejas

Wylie:
  • dus gsum gyi mtshan rab tu snang ba’i gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • དུས་གསུམ་གྱི་མཚན་རབ་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • tryadhva­lakṣaṇa­pratibhāsa­tejas

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­1344

Tryadhva­prabha­ghoṣa

Wylie:
  • dus gsum ’od dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • དུས་གསུམ་འོད་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • tryadhva­prabha­ghoṣa

A buddha in the distant past. BHS: Triyadhva­prabha­ghoṣa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­84
g.­1345

Tryadhva­pratibhāsa­maṇi­rāja­saṃbhavā

Wylie:
  • dus gsum rab tu snang ba’i rin po che’i rgyal po yongs su ’byung ba’i dbyings
Tibetan:
  • དུས་གསུམ་རབ་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་རྒྱལ་པོ་ཡོངས་སུ་འབྱུང་བའི་དབྱིངས།
Sanskrit:
  • tryadhva­pratibhāsa­maṇi­rāja­saṃbhavā

A group of world realms in the eastern direction.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­253
g.­1346

Tryadhva­pratibhāsa­prabha

Wylie:
  • dus gsum snang ba’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • དུས་གསུམ་སྣང་བའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • tryadhva­pratibhāsa­prabha

The eightieth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS: Triyadhva­pratibhāsa­prabha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­150
g.­1347

Tryadhvāvabhāsa­buddhi

Wylie:
  • dus gsum snang ba’i blo
Tibetan:
  • དུས་གསུམ་སྣང་བའི་བློ།
Sanskrit:
  • tryadhvāvabhāsa­buddhi

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1348

Tushun

Wylie:
  • thu thu zhun
Tibetan:
  • ཐུ་ཐུ་ཞུན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Also written Dushun (557–640). The first patriarch of the Huayan School, which is based on the Avataṃsaka Sūtra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • c.­6
g.­1349

Tuṣita

Wylie:
  • dga’ ldan
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • tuṣita

The fourth (counting from the lowest) of the six paradises in the desire realm. The paradise from which buddhas descend to be born in this world.

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • i.­4-5
  • i.­46
  • i.­119
  • 8.­12
  • 9.­31
  • 10.­13
  • 13.­15
  • 22.­49
  • 24.­16
  • 26.­5
  • 27.­15
  • 27.­48-49
  • 36.­13
  • 40.­115
  • 42.­56
  • 42.­121
  • 44.­46
  • 44.­54-55
  • 44.­62
  • 54.­351
  • 54.­415
  • n.­1614
  • g.­1055
g.­1350

Udāradeva

Wylie:
  • rlabs chen lha
Tibetan:
  • རླབས་ཆེན་ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • udāradeva

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1351

Udyataka

Wylie:
  • gnod pa dang bral ba
Tibetan:
  • གནོད་པ་དང་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • udyataka

An ocean mentioned here as the source of coconuts.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 54.­256
g.­1352

Ulkādhāriṇ

Wylie:
  • sgron ma ’dzin pa
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲོན་མ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ulkādhāriṇ

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1353

Üpa Sangyé Bum

Wylie:
  • dbus pa sangs rgyas ’bum
Tibetan:
  • དབུས་པ་སངས་རྒྱས་འབུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A scholar of Narthang (1270–1355) also known as Üpa Losal (dbus pa blo gsal). He was a student of Chomden Rikpai Raltri (bcom ldan rig pa'i ral gri) and worked on the gathering of translations and compiling of the contents of the earliest Kangyurs. Lotsawa Chokden (q.v.) was one of his students.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • c.­6
g.­1354

Upacitaskandha

Wylie:
  • phung po bstsags pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕུང་པོ་བསྩགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • upacitaskandha

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1355

upādhyāya

Wylie:
  • mkhan po
Tibetan:
  • མཁན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • upādhyāya

In India, a person’s particular preceptor within the monastic tradition, guiding that person for the taking of full vows and the maintenance of conduct and practice. The Tibetan translation mkhan po has also come to mean “a learned scholar,” the equivalent of a paṇḍita, but that is not the intended meaning in the sūtras.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­12
  • 3.­15
  • c.­1
  • g.­515
g.­1356

Upananda

Wylie:
  • bsnyen dga’ bo
Tibetan:
  • བསྙེན་དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • upananda

One of the main nāga kings, usually associated with the nāga king Nanda.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 12.­17
  • 27.­18
  • g.­758
g.­1357

upāsaka

Wylie:
  • dge bsnyen
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བསྙེན།
Sanskrit:
  • upāsaka

A male who has taken the layperson’s vows.

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • i.­49
  • i.­68
  • 3.­25-26
  • 54.­373
  • g.­178
  • g.­443
  • g.­676
  • g.­680
  • g.­863
  • g.­879
  • g.­1183
  • g.­1185
  • g.­1234
  • g.­1237
  • g.­1253
  • g.­1440
  • g.­1543
g.­1358

Upaśamavat

Wylie:
  • nye bar zhi ba mnga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བར་ཞི་བ་མངའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • upaśamavat

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1359

upāsikā

Wylie:
  • dge bsnyen ma
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བསྙེན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • upāsikā

A female who has taken the layperson’s vows.

Located in 62 passages in the translation:

  • i.­49
  • i.­74-75
  • i.­80
  • i.­86-87
  • 3.­25
  • 3.­27
  • 9.­50
  • 10.­12-13
  • 10.­15-17
  • 10.­24
  • 10.­67
  • 15.­17
  • 16.­9-13
  • 16.­21-22
  • 16.­36
  • 16.­39
  • 16.­42
  • 16.­44
  • 21.­60
  • 22.­4-7
  • 22.­16-21
  • 22.­23-24
  • 22.­28
  • 22.­48-51
  • 22.­54
  • 23.­1
  • 54.­373
  • g.­15
  • g.­125
  • g.­179
  • g.­242
  • g.­443
  • g.­615
  • g.­681
  • g.­824
  • g.­1196
  • g.­1217
  • g.­1244
  • g.­1250
  • g.­1270
g.­1360

uragasāra

Wylie:
  • sbrul gyi snying po
Tibetan:
  • སྦྲུལ་གྱི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • uragasāra

A variety of sandalwood. The name means “snake essence” because snakes were said to live in the forests of those trees because they were attracted to their scent.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 13.­2
  • 19.­19
  • 21.­19
  • 54.­250
g.­1361

ūrṇā hair

Wylie:
  • mdzod spu
Tibetan:
  • མཛོད་སྤུ།
Sanskrit:
  • ūrṇākośa

One of the thirty-two signs of a great being, it is a coiled white hair between the eyebrows. Literally, the Sanskrit ūrṇā means “wool hair,” and kośa means “treasure.”

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­23
  • 2.­24
  • 9.­19
  • 14.­3
  • 20.­5
  • 37.­2
  • 37.­124
  • 43.­92
  • 43.­237
  • n.­278
g.­1362

Ūrṇa­śrī­prabhāsa­mati

Wylie:
  • mdzod spu’i dpal gyi ’od kyi blo gros
Tibetan:
  • མཛོད་སྤུའི་དཔལ་གྱི་འོད་ཀྱི་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit:
  • ūrṇa­śrī­prabhāsa­mati

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­110
g.­1363

uṣṇīṣa

Wylie:
  • gtsug tor
Tibetan:
  • གཙུག་ཏོར།
Sanskrit:
  • uṣṇīṣa

One of the thirty-two signs of a great being. In its simplest form it is a pointed shape to the head (like a turban). More elaborately it is a dome-shaped protuberance, or even an invisible protuberance of infinite height.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­23
  • 9.­31
  • 14.­3
  • 20.­5
  • 43.­93
g.­1364

Uṣṇīṣa­kośa­sarva­dharma­prabhā­maṇḍala­megha

Wylie:
  • gtsug tor gyi mdzod chos thams cad kyi ’od kyi dkyil ’khor gyi sprin
Tibetan:
  • གཙུག་ཏོར་གྱི་མཛོད་ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་འོད་ཀྱི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་གྱི་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit:
  • uṣṇīṣa­kośa­sarva­dharma­prabhā­maṇḍala­megha

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­1365

Uṣṇīṣa­śrī

Wylie:
  • gtsug tor dpal
Tibetan:
  • གཙུག་ཏོར་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • uṣṇīṣa­śrī

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1366

Utpala

Wylie:
  • ut pa la
Tibetan:
  • ཨུཏ་པ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • utpala

The name of a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 45.­3
g.­1367

Utpalabhūti

Wylie:
  • ut pa la
Tibetan:
  • ཨུཏ་པ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • utpalabhūti

A perfume-seller head merchant and the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 24.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­54
  • i.­88-89
  • 23.­19
  • 24.­2-3
  • 24.­20
g.­1368

Utpalanetra

Wylie:
  • ut+pa la’i myig
Tibetan:
  • ཨུཏྤ་ལའི་མྱིག
Sanskrit:
  • utpalanetra

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1369

Uttāpana­rāja­mati

Wylie:
  • sbyong ba’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • སྦྱོང་བའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • uttāpana­rāja­mati

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1370

Uttaptaśrī

Wylie:
  • dpal shin tu ’bar ba
Tibetan:
  • དཔལ་ཤིན་ཏུ་འབར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • uttaptaśrī

The name of a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 45.­8
g.­1371

Uttaradatta

Wylie:
  • bla mas bon pa
Tibetan:
  • བླ་མས་བོན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • uttaradatta

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1372

Vacanaśrī

Wylie:
  • nor gyi dpal
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་གྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • vacanaśrī

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­119
g.­1373

Vaidyarāja

Wylie:
  • sman pa’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • སྨན་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vaidyarāja

The last of five hundred buddhas in a kalpa in the distant future.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­75
g.­1374

Vaidyottama

Wylie:
  • sman pa’i dam pa
Tibetan:
  • སྨན་པའི་དམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vaidyottama

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1375

Vaira

Wylie:
  • dpa’ bo
Tibetan:
  • དཔའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vaira

A mariner who is the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 25.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­89-90
  • 24.­19
  • 25.­3-5
  • 25.­16
g.­1376

vairocana

Wylie:
  • rnam par snang ba
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vairocana

Unidentified jewel; this term can mean “solar” and therefore could possibly refer to the sunstone.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 32.­7
  • 44.­31
  • 54.­374
  • n.­367
g.­1377

Vairocana

Wylie:
  • rnam par snang mdzad
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་སྣང་མཛད།
Sanskrit:
  • vairocana

“The Illuminator.” Used in this sūtra as an epithet for the Buddha Śākyamuni, who appears in millions of places simultaneously, or, one could say, the buddha who emanates millions of buddhas including Śākyamuni. This is also the name for the principal buddha in the Caryā and Yoga tantras. In this sūtra it is also the name of a buddha that Muktaka sees in a distant realm, and also the name of a buddha in the distant past that Āśā was a student of in a previous life. In chapter 29 the layman Veṣṭhila refers to Vairocana as the principal example of present buddhas, presumably referring to Śākyamuni.

Located in 78 passages in the translation:

  • i.­3
  • i.­45-48
  • i.­103-105
  • i.­108-109
  • 1.­31
  • 2.­29
  • 2.­31-35
  • 8.­29
  • 10.­24
  • 29.­15
  • 34.­63
  • 35.­19
  • 35.­23
  • 35.­30
  • 37.­20
  • 37.­31
  • 37.­33
  • 37.­96-97
  • 38.­10
  • 38.­12-27
  • 38.­71-72
  • 38.­91
  • 39.­43
  • 39.­63
  • 39.­67
  • 40.­10
  • 40.­19
  • 40.­46
  • 40.­158
  • 42.­56
  • 42.­77
  • 42.­85-87
  • 42.­94
  • 42.­102-103
  • 43.­60-61
  • 43.­298
  • 44.­44
  • 44.­60
  • 44.­62
  • 44.­75
  • 56.­7
  • 56.­35
  • 56.­45-46
  • n.­3
  • n.­1578
  • g.­934
g.­1378

Vairocana­dhvaja

Wylie:
  • rnam par snang ba’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • vairocana­dhvaja

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1379

Vairocana­dhvaja­pradīpa­śrī

Wylie:
  • rnam snang rgyal mtshan sgron ma’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་སྣང་རྒྱལ་མཚན་སྒྲོན་མའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • vairocana­dhvaja­pradīpa­śrī

A realm in the distant past. This is the name given in verse, while the prose has Vairocana­tejaḥśrī. BHS has Vairocana­tejaḥ­śirī.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 37.­133
  • g.­1397
g.­1380

Vairocana­garbha

Wylie:
  • rnam par snang ba’i snying po
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vairocana­garbha

The name of a bodhisattva in the presence of the Buddha at Śrāvastī, and also the name of a bodhisattva seen by Muktaka in the buddha realm of the Buddha Tāreśvararāja in the east.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 8.­18
g.­1381

Vairocana­garbha

Wylie:
  • rnam par snang ba’i snying po
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vairocana­garbha

A palace in South India.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 13.­2
  • 13.­6
  • 13.­11
g.­1382

Vairocanaketu

Wylie:
  • rnam par snang mdzad dpal
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་སྣང་མཛད་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • vairocanaketu

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1383

vairocanakośa

Wylie:
  • rnam par snang ba’i mdzod
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བའི་མཛོད།
Sanskrit:
  • vairocanakośa

A magical tree. The name means “radiant treasure.”

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 27.­3
g.­1384

Vairocana­prabha­śrī

Wylie:
  • rnam par snang mdzad ’od dpal
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་སྣང་མཛད་འོད་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • vairocana­prabha­śrī

The sixty-eighth buddha in the distant past. BHS verse: Vairocana­prabha­śirī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­148
g.­1385

Vairocana­prabha­vyūha

Wylie:
  • rnam par snang mdzad ’od kyi rgyan
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་སྣང་མཛད་འོད་ཀྱི་རྒྱན།
Sanskrit:
  • vairocana­prabha­vyūha

A buddha in the distant past. BHS verse: Vairocana­prabha­viyūha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­98
g.­1386

Vairocana­praṇidhāna­ketu­dhvaja

Wylie:
  • rnam par snang mdzad kyi smon lam dpal gyi rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་སྣང་མཛད་ཀྱི་སྨོན་ལམ་དཔལ་གྱི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • vairocana­praṇidhāna­ketu­dhvaja

A bodhisattva from a northwestern realm. Also known as Vairocana­praṇidhi­jñāna­ketu.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­66
  • 1.­136
  • g.­1388
g.­1387

Vairocana­praṇidhāna­nābhi­raśmi­prabha

Wylie:
  • rnam par snang ba’i smon lam gyi gtsug gi ’od zer snang ba
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བའི་སྨོན་ལམ་གྱི་གཙུག་གི་འོད་ཟེར་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vairocana­praṇidhāna­nābhi­raśmi­prabha

A bodhisattva from an eastern realm.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­66
  • 1.­14
  • 1.­59
g.­1388

Vairocana­praṇidhi­jñāna­ketu

Wylie:
  • rnam par snang ba’i smon lam ye shes dpal
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བའི་སྨོན་ལམ་ཡེ་ཤེས་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • vairocana­praṇidhi­jñāna­ketu

A bodhisattva from a northwestern buddha realm. Also known as Vairocana­praṇidhāna­ketu­dhvaja.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­27
  • g.­1386
g.­1389

Vairocana­rakṣita

Wylie:
  • bai ro tsa na rak+Shi ta
Tibetan:
  • བཻ་རོ་ཙ་ན་རཀྵི་ཏ།
Sanskrit:
  • vairocana­rakṣita

Eighth-century Tibetan master and translator, usually referred to simply as Vairocana or Bairotsana.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­32-33
  • c.­5
  • n.­2233
g.­1390

Vairocana­ratna­padma­garbha­śrī­cūḍa

Wylie:
  • rnam par snang ba rin chen pad mo dpal gyi gtsug phud snying po
  • rnam par snang ba rin chen pad+mo dpal gyi gtsug phud snying po
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བ་རིན་ཆེན་པད་མོ་དཔལ་གྱི་གཙུག་ཕུད་སྙིང་པོ།
  • རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བ་རིན་ཆེན་པདྨོ་དཔལ་གྱི་གཙུག་ཕུད་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vairocana­ratna­padma­garbha­śrī­cūḍa

A cakravartin king in the distant past.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 37.­41
  • 37.­44
  • 37.­74
  • 37.­78
  • 37.­81
  • 37.­92
  • 37.­111
g.­1391

Vairocana­śrī

Wylie:
  • rnam par snang ba’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • vairocana­śrī

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1392

Vairocana­śrī­garbha

Wylie:
  • rnam par snang mdzad dpal gyi snying po
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་སྣང་མཛད་དཔལ་གྱི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vairocana­śrī­garbha

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­123
g.­1393

Vairocana­śrī­garbha­rāja

Wylie:
  • rnam par snang mdzad dpal gyi snying po’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་སྣང་མཛད་དཔལ་གྱི་སྙིང་པོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vairocana­śrī­garbha­rāja

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­275
g.­1394

Vairocana­śrī­praṇidhi­garbhā

Wylie:
  • rnam par snang mdzad kyi snying po
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་སྣང་མཛད་ཀྱི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vairocana­śrī­praṇidhi­garbhā

A buddha realm in the northwestern direction. See n.­107.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­27
g.­1395

Vairocana­śrī­sumeru

Wylie:
  • rnam par snang mdzad dpal gyi ri rab
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་སྣང་མཛད་དཔལ་གྱི་རི་རབ།
Sanskrit:
  • *vairocana­śrī­sumeru

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa. Not present in available Sanskrit editions.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­1396

Vairocana­śrī­tejorāja

Wylie:
  • rnam par snang mdzad dpal gyi gzi brjid rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་སྣང་མཛད་དཔལ་གྱི་གཟི་བརྗིད་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vairocana­śrī­tejorāja

A buddha in an eastern realm.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­14
g.­1397

Vairocana­tejaḥśrī

Wylie:
  • rnam par snang mdzad gzi brjid dpal
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་སྣང་མཛད་གཟི་བརྗིད་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • vairocana­tejaḥśrī

A realm in the distant past. In verse it is called Vairocana­dhvaja­pradīpa­śrī. Also called Vairocana­śrī in Sanskrit and rnam par snang ba (Vairocana) in Tibetan.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­102
  • 37.­36
  • 37.­38
  • 37.­116
  • g.­1379
g.­1398

Vairocana­vyūhālaṃkāra­garbha

Wylie:
  • rnam par snang mdzad kyi rgyan gyis brgyan pa’i snying po
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་སྣང་མཛད་ཀྱི་རྒྱན་གྱིས་བརྒྱན་པའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vairocana­vyūhālaṃkāra­garbha

A kūṭāgāra in South India in which Maitreya resides.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • i.­119
  • 53.­14
  • 54.­3
  • 54.­6-7
  • 54.­70-71
  • 54.­321
  • 54.­323
  • 54.­328
  • 54.­350
  • 54.­414
g.­1399

Vairocanottara­jñānin

Wylie:
  • rnam par snang ba dam pa’i ye shes
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བ་དམ་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • vairocanottara­jñānin

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1400

Vaiśāradya­vajra­nārāyaṇa­siṃha

Wylie:
  • mi bsnyengs pa’i rdo rje seng ge mthu bo che
Tibetan:
  • མི་བསྙེངས་པའི་རྡོ་རྗེ་སེང་གེ་མཐུ་བོ་ཆེ།
Sanskrit:
  • vaiśāradya­vajra­nārāyaṇa­siṃha

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­1401

Vaiśravaṇa

Wylie:
  • ngal bso po
Tibetan:
  • ངལ་བསོ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vaiśravaṇa

As one of the Four Mahārājas, he is the lord of the northern region of the world and the northern continent, though in early Buddhism he is the lord of the far north of India and beyond. He is also the lord of the yakṣas and a lord of wealth. Translated in other sūtras as rnam thos kyi bu and mchog gi gzugs.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 27.­19
  • 36.­24
  • 41.­95
  • 53.­31
  • 54.­210
  • g.­683
g.­1402

vajra

Wylie:
  • rdo rje
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajra

The word vajra refers to the “thunderbolt,” the indestructible and irresistible weapon that first appears in Indian literature in the hand of the Vedic deity Indra. The word vajra is also used for “diamond.”

Located in 57 passages in the translation:

  • i.­62
  • 1.­7
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­15
  • 1.­17
  • 1.­21
  • 1.­24
  • 1.­32
  • 1.­76
  • 1.­93
  • 2.­33-34
  • 2.­36
  • 3.­58
  • 8.­2
  • 9.­29
  • 9.­31
  • 10.­6
  • 11.­1
  • 12.­8
  • 12.­32
  • 14.­3
  • 14.­25
  • 20.­5
  • 22.­22
  • 22.­32
  • 27.­4
  • 27.­40
  • 34.­74
  • 36.­12
  • 38.­43
  • 39.­7
  • 42.­21
  • 42.­46
  • 42.­79
  • 43.­102
  • 44.­30
  • 47.­6
  • 53.­26
  • 54.­33
  • 54.­210
  • 54.­284
  • 56.­1
  • n.­369
  • n.­443
  • n.­488
  • n.­506
  • n.­705
  • n.­1041
  • n.­1409
  • n.­1724
  • n.­1869
  • g.­45
  • g.­411
  • g.­1333
  • g.­1414
  • g.­1415
g.­1403

Vajra

Wylie:
  • rdo rje
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajra

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1404

Vajrābha

Wylie:
  • ’od snang rdo rje
Tibetan:
  • འོད་སྣང་རྡོ་རྗེ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajrābha

A buddha.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­29
  • g.­238
g.­1405

Vajragiri

Wylie:
  • rdo rje ri bo
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་རི་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajragiri

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1406

Vajra­jñāna­parvata

Wylie:
  • ye shes rdo rje’i ri bo
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་རྡོ་རྗེའི་རི་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajra­jñāna­parvata

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1407

Vajra­maṇi­vicitra

Wylie:
  • rdo rje rin po ches rnam par brgyan pa
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་རིན་པོ་ཆེས་རྣམ་པར་བརྒྱན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajra­maṇi­vicitra

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1408

Vajra­māṇyabhedyadṛḍha­tejas

Wylie:
  • rdo rje’i rang bzhin mi phyed gzi brjid brtan
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེའི་རང་བཞིན་མི་ཕྱེད་གཟི་བརྗིད་བརྟན།
Sanskrit:
  • vajra­māṇyabhedyadṛḍha­tejas

A realm in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­100
g.­1409

Vajramati

Wylie:
  • rdo rje blo gros
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit:
  • vajramati

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1410

Vajranābhi

Wylie:
  • rdo rje’i gtsug
  • rdo rje’i gtsugs
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེའི་གཙུག
  • རྡོ་རྗེའི་གཙུགས།
Sanskrit:
  • vajranābhi

The names of two buddhas in the past: one not long before Dīpaṅkara and another in the far distant past. BHS verse: Vajiranābhi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­24
  • 36.­102
g.­1411

Vajra­nārāyaṇa­ketu

Wylie:
  • rdo rje mthu bo che’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་མཐུ་བོ་ཆེའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajra­nārāyaṇa­ketu

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­117
g.­1412

Vajranetra

Wylie:
  • rdo rje’i myig
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེའི་མྱིག
Sanskrit:
  • vajranetra

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1413

Vajra­pada­vikrāmin

Wylie:
  • rdo rje’i gom pas rnam par gnon pa
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེའི་གོམ་པས་རྣམ་པར་གནོན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajra­pada­vikrāmin

A bodhisattva in a northern realm.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 8.­21
g.­1414

vajrapāṇi

Wylie:
  • lag na rdo rje
Tibetan:
  • ལག་ན་རྡོ་རྗེ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajrapāṇi

These vajra wielders are like the Vajrapāṇi who was the yakṣa that acted as the Buddha’s bodyguard. In the Mantrayāna there appeared the bodhisattva named Vajrapāṇi.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­1
  • 27.­40
g.­1415

Vajrapāṇi

Wylie:
  • lag na rdo rje
Tibetan:
  • ལག་ན་རྡོ་རྗེ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajrapāṇi

In the sūtra tradition, Vajrapāṇi was a yakṣa who acted as the Buddha Śākyamuni’s bodyguard. Also identified as being a manifestation of Śakra and could appear as a number of vajrapāṇis to guard the Buddha. With the advent of the Mantrayāna he is a bodhisattva. Also a euphemism for Indra or a group of vajra-wielding deities in Indra’s realm.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­15
  • 36.­31
  • g.­1414
g.­1416

Vajraprabha

Wylie:
  • rdo rje’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • vajraprabha

The fifty-fourth buddha in the distant past. See n.­1496.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­145
g.­1417

Vajra­pramardana

Wylie:
  • rdo rje rab tu ’dul ba
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་རབ་ཏུ་འདུལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajra­pramardana

A buddha in a northern realm.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 8.­21
g.­1418

Vajrapura

Wylie:
  • rdo rje’i grong khyer
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེའི་གྲོང་ཁྱེར།
Sanskrit:
  • vajrapura

A town in the Draviḍa region in South India.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­71-72
  • 6.­27
  • 7.­2
g.­1419

Vajra­ratna­giri­tejas

Wylie:
  • rdo rje rin po che’i ri’i gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་རིའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • vajra­ratna­giri­tejas

“The Magnificence of a Mountain of Precious Diamonds.” The precious elephant of a cakravartin in the past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­244
g.­1420

Vajra­sāgara­dhvaja­megha

Wylie:
  • rdo rje ltar brtan pa’i rgyal mtshan rgya mtsho’i sprin
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་ལྟར་བརྟན་པའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན་རྒྱ་མཚོའི་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit:
  • vajra­sāgara­dhvaja­megha

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­1421

Vajra­sāgara­garbhā

Wylie:
  • rdo rje rgyal mtshan gyi snying po
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་རྒྱལ་མཚན་གྱི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajra­sāgara­garbhā

A buddha realm in the southern direction.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­15
g.­1422

Vajrāsana

Wylie:
  • rdo rje gdan pa
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་གདན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajrāsana

This is Amoghavajra, Vajrāsana the younger (eleventh century), who was the successor of Vajrāsana the elder. They were both the abbots of the Vajrāsana Monastery in what is now Bodhgaya. His teachings are important in the Sakya tradition.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • c.­7
  • g.­172
g.­1423

Vajrāśaya­giri­śrī

Wylie:
  • dgongs pa rdo rje ri bo dpal
Tibetan:
  • དགོངས་པ་རྡོ་རྗེ་རི་བོ་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajrāśaya­giri­śrī

The eighty-second buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Vajrāśaya­giri­śirī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­151
g.­1424

Vajraśuddha

Wylie:
  • rdo rje dag pa
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་དག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajraśuddha

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1425

Vajrottara­jñānin

Wylie:
  • rdo rje dam pa’i ye shes
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་དམ་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • vajrottara­jñānin

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1426

Vākyaccheda

Wylie:
  • tshig gcod pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚིག་གཅོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vākyaccheda

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1427

Vākyanuda

Wylie:
  • gsung sgrog pa
Tibetan:
  • གསུང་སྒྲོག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vākyanuda

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1428

Vanavāsī

Wylie:
  • nags tshal na gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • ནགས་ཚལ་ན་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vanavāsī

A region in South India.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­72-73
  • 7.­21
  • 8.­3
g.­1429

Vara­lakṣaṇa­śrī

Wylie:
  • dam pa’i mtshan gyi dpal gyur
Tibetan:
  • དམ་པའི་མཚན་གྱི་དཔལ་གྱུར།
Sanskrit:
  • vara­lakṣaṇa­śrī

The forty-fourth buddha in a realm in the distant past, also one of countless buddhas in another past kalpa. BHS verse: Vara­lakṣaṇa­śiri.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 37.­143
  • 39.­35
g.­1430

Vartanaka

Wylie:
  • ’tsho ba
Tibetan:
  • འཚོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vartanaka

A town in Magadha.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­112
  • 47.­26
  • 48.­1
g.­1431

Varuṇa

Wylie:
  • chu’i lha
  • chu yi lha
Tibetan:
  • ཆུའི་ལྷ།
  • ཆུ་ཡི་ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • varuṇa

The name of the deity of water, whose weapon is a noose. In the Vedas, Varuṇa is an important deity and in particular the deity of the sky, but in later Indian tradition he is the deity of the water and the underworld. The Tibetan does not attempt to translate his name but instead has “god of water.” The Sanskrit name has ancient pre-Sanskrit origins, and, as he was originally the god of the sky, is related to the root vṛ, meaning “enveloping” or “covering.” He has the same ancient origins as the ancient Greek sky deity Uranus and the Zoroastrian supreme deity Mazda.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 27.­10
  • 54.­210
  • n.­1905
  • g.­1533
g.­1432

Varuṇadeva

Wylie:
  • chu bo’i lha
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་བོའི་ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • varuṇadeva

A buddha in the past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 10.­24
g.­1433

Varuṇākṣa

Wylie:
  • chu’i lha’i spyan
Tibetan:
  • ཆུའི་ལྷའི་སྤྱན།
Sanskrit:
  • varuṇākṣa

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1434

Varuṇaśrī

Wylie:
  • chu’i dpal
Tibetan:
  • ཆུའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • varuṇaśrī

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1435

Vāsantī

Wylie:
  • dpyid dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • དཔྱིད་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vāsantī

A night goddess.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • i.­98-99
  • 33.­12
  • 34.­3
  • 34.­9-10
  • 34.­42
  • 34.­64-65
  • 34.­76
  • 34.­87
  • 35.­1
g.­1436

Vaśavartin

Wylie:
  • dbang bsgyur
  • dbang sgyur
Tibetan:
  • དབང་བསྒྱུར།
  • དབང་སྒྱུར།
Sanskrit:
  • vaśavartin

The principal deity in the Para­nirmita­vaśa­vartin paradise. It is the highest paradise in the desire realm.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­13-14
  • 21.­45
  • 27.­13
  • 36.­20
  • 40.­89
  • 41.­87
  • 44.­35
  • 44.­57
  • 54.­262
g.­1437

Vaśavartin

Wylie:
  • dbang sgyur
Tibetan:
  • དབང་སྒྱུར།
Sanskrit:
  • vaśavartin

“Mastery.” The highest paradise in the desire realm, so named because the inhabitants have power over the emanations of others. Also called Para­nirmita­vaśa­vartin.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 12.­11
  • 27.­7
  • 54.­334
  • 54.­338
  • g.­800
g.­1438

Vaśa­vartiyajñayaśayaṣṭi­mati

Wylie:
  • dbang sgyur mchod sbyin grags pa’i mchod sdong blo
Tibetan:
  • དབང་སྒྱུར་མཆོད་སྦྱིན་གྲགས་པའི་མཆོད་སྡོང་བློ།
Sanskrit:
  • vaśa­vartiyajñayaśayaṣṭi­mati

The hundred-and-sixth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­155
g.­1439

Vaśībhūta

Wylie:
  • dbang du gyur pa
Tibetan:
  • དབང་དུ་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vaśībhūta

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1440

Vasudatta

Wylie:
  • lhas byin
Tibetan:
  • ལྷས་བྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • vasudatta

An upāsaka in Dhanyākara.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­26
g.­1441

Vāsudeva

Wylie:
  • lha’i dbyig
Tibetan:
  • ལྷའི་དབྱིག
Sanskrit:
  • vāsudeva

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1442

Vasumitrā

Wylie:
  • lha’i bshes gnyen
Tibetan:
  • ལྷའི་བཤེས་གཉེན།
Sanskrit:
  • vasumitrā

An courtesan in Ratnavyūha.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • i.­92-93
  • 27.­54
  • 28.­1-5
  • 28.­7
  • 28.­11-12
  • 28.­15
  • 28.­21
  • g.­1253
g.­1443

Vegadhārin

Wylie:
  • shugs drag ’dzin pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤུགས་དྲག་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vegadhārin

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1444

Vega­prabha­śamatha­ghoṣa

Wylie:
  • shugs ’od zhi gnas dbyangs kyi rgyal
Tibetan:
  • ཤུགས་འོད་ཞི་གནས་དབྱངས་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit:
  • vega­prabha­śamatha­ghoṣa

The ninety-sixth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­153
g.­1445

Vegarājamati

Wylie:
  • shugs kyi rgyal blo
Tibetan:
  • ཤུགས་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ་བློ།
Sanskrit:
  • vegarājamati

The twenty-fifth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­139
g.­1446

Veśadhārin

Wylie:
  • shugs mnga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • ཤུགས་མངའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • veśadhārin

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­93
g.­1447

Veṣṭhila

Wylie:
  • nan khugs
Tibetan:
  • ནན་ཁུགས།
Sanskrit:
  • veṣṭhila

A householder, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 29.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • i.­18
  • i.­93-94
  • 28.­20
  • 29.­1
  • 29.­3
  • 29.­6
  • 29.­22
  • 30.­1
  • g.­1377
g.­1448

vetāla

Wylie:
  • ro langs
Tibetan:
  • རོ་ལངས།
Sanskrit:
  • vetāla

A spirit that in particular haunts charnel grounds and can be used in sorcery to harm others. It can also possess and animate a corpse at will (which will then cease to deteriorate).

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 19.­5
  • 30.­30
  • 47.­25
g.­1449

Vetramūlaka

Wylie:
  • sba’i rtsa ba
Tibetan:
  • སྦའི་རྩ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vetramūlaka

A land in the south of India.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 18.­20
  • 19.­2-3
g.­1450

Vibhaktāṅga

Wylie:
  • yan lag rnam par phye ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡན་ལག་རྣམ་པར་ཕྱེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vibhaktāṅga

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1451

Vibhavagandha

Wylie:
  • dri zhim po’i longs spyod
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་ཞིམ་པོའི་ལོངས་སྤྱོད།
Sanskrit:
  • vibhavagandha

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1452

Vibhāvana­gandha

Wylie:
  • dri zhim po rnam par phye ba
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་ཞིམ་པོ་རྣམ་པར་ཕྱེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vibhāvana­gandha

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1453

Vibhāvitamati

Wylie:
  • blo gros rnam par bsgoms pa
Tibetan:
  • བློ་གྲོས་རྣམ་པར་བསྒོམས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vibhāvitamati

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1454

Vibhudatta

Wylie:
  • kun khyab sbyin
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཁྱབ་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • vibhudatta

A bhikṣu who was a pupil of Śāriputra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­4
g.­1455

Vibhūṣita

Wylie:
  • rnam par brgyan pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་བརྒྱན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vibhūṣita

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1456

Vibhūṣitāṅga

Wylie:
  • yan lag rnam par brgyan pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡན་ལག་རྣམ་པར་བརྒྱན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vibhūṣitāṅga

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1457

Vibhūtabhūta

Wylie:
  • longs spyod tshogs pa
Tibetan:
  • ལོངས་སྤྱོད་ཚོགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vibhūtabhūta

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1458

Vibhūtapati

Wylie:
  • longs spyod ’thun pa
Tibetan:
  • ལོངས་སྤྱོད་འཐུན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vibhūtapati

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1459

Vibhūti

Wylie:
  • phun sum sna tshogs
Tibetan:
  • ཕུན་སུམ་སྣ་ཚོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • vibhūti

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1460

Vibuddha­jñāna­bodhi­dhvaja­tejas

Wylie:
  • byang chub rnam par sangs rgyas pa’i ye shes gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་རྣམ་པར་སངས་རྒྱས་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • vibuddha­jñāna­bodhi­dhvaja­tejas

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­1461

Vibuddhi

Wylie:
  • thugs rnam par sangs rgyas
Tibetan:
  • ཐུགས་རྣམ་པར་སངས་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit:
  • vibuddhi

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1462

Vicitra­bhūta

Wylie:
  • gtsug phud rnam par mdzes pa
Tibetan:
  • གཙུག་ཕུད་རྣམ་པར་མཛེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vicitra­bhūta

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1463

Vicitra­dhvaja

Wylie:
  • rgyal mtshan sna tshogs
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་མཚན་སྣ་ཚོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • vicitra­dhvaja

An aerial palace in Samanta­vyūha Park, also a forest of ashoka trees on the eastern edge of the town of Nandihāra, also a capital city in the distant past, as well as a four-continent world in the distant past.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­5-7
  • 26.­2
  • 34.­71
  • 39.­27
g.­1464

Vicitra­gātra

Wylie:
  • sku rnam par mdzes pa
Tibetan:
  • སྐུ་རྣམ་པར་མཛེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vicitra­gātra

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1465

Vicitra­raśmi­jvalana­candra

Wylie:
  • ’od gzer sna tshogs ’bar ba’i zla ba
Tibetan:
  • འོད་གཟེར་སྣ་ཚོགས་འབར་བའི་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vicitra­raśmi­jvalana­candra

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­261
g.­1466

Vicitra­sāla­dhvaja­vyūha

Wylie:
  • sA la sna tshogs kyi rgyal mtshan gyi rgyan
Tibetan:
  • སཱ་ལ་སྣ་ཚོགས་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ་མཚན་གྱི་རྒྱན།
Sanskrit:
  • vicitra­sāra­dhvaja­vyūha

A forest to the east of Dhanyākara. The Sanskrit vicitrasāra means “various essences.” The Tibetan appears to preserve a version that read vicitrasāla, which means “various sal trees.” See n.­288.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­68
  • 3.­22
  • 3.­24
g.­1467

Vicitra­vyūha­prabhā

Wylie:
  • rgyan sna tshogs kyi ’od
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱན་སྣ་ཚོགས་ཀྱི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • vicitra­vyūha­prabhā

A four-continent world in the distant past.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 42.­93-94
g.­1468

Vidvān

Wylie:
  • mkhas pa
Tibetan:
  • མཁས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vidvān

A householder, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 17.

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • i.­81-82
  • 16.­43
  • 17.­2-5
  • 17.­7
  • 17.­9
  • 17.­12
  • 17.­14-16
  • 17.­18-22
  • 17.­25-26
  • n.­968
g.­1469

Vidyuddatta

Wylie:
  • glog gi byin pa
Tibetan:
  • གློག་གི་བྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vidyuddatta

A king in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 22.­28
g.­1470

Vighuṣṭakīrti

Wylie:
  • snyan pa rnam par grags pa
Tibetan:
  • སྙན་པ་རྣམ་པར་གྲགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vighuṣṭakīrti

A head merchant in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 34.­70
g.­1471

Vighuṣṭaśabda

Wylie:
  • sgra rnam par grags pa
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲ་རྣམ་པར་གྲགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vighuṣṭaśabda

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1472

vihāra

Wylie:
  • gtsug lag khang
Tibetan:
  • གཙུག་ལག་ཁང་།
Sanskrit:
  • vihāra

Either a temple or monastery. In Buddhism it was originally a residence used during the monsoon for the otherwise wandering bhikṣus.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 27.­44
  • 43.­222
  • 43.­248-249
  • n.­1289
g.­1473

Vijitāvin

Wylie:
  • rnam par rgyal ba
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་རྒྱལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vijitāvin

A prince in another world in the distant past.

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • i.­106
  • 41.­47
  • 41.­51-56
  • 41.­62-64
  • 41.­70-71
  • 41.­79
  • 41.­89
  • 41.­104
  • 41.­113
  • 41.­119
g.­1474

Vikrānta­deva­gati

Wylie:
  • rnam par gnon pa’i lha stabs
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་གནོན་པའི་ལྷ་སྟབས།
Sanskrit:
  • vikrānta­deva­gati

The twenty-ninth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­140
g.­1475

Vikurvita­prabha

Wylie:
  • rnam par ’phrul pa’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་འཕྲུལ་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • vikurvita­prabha

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1476

Vimala

Wylie:
  • dri ma med pa
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vimala

The past buddha the preceded Dīpaṅkara in our world.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 10.­24
g.­1477

Vimala­bāhu

Wylie:
  • dri ma myed pa
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་མ་མྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vimala­bāhu

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­94
g.­1478

Vimalābha

Wylie:
  • mdog dri ma med pa’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • མདོག་དྲི་མ་མེད་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • vimalābha

“Stainless Light of Color.” The name of a kalpa in the past.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 39.­27
  • 39.­36
  • 39.­47
g.­1479

Vimala­buddhi

Wylie:
  • dri ma myed pa’i blo
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་མ་མྱེད་པའི་བློ།
Sanskrit:
  • vimala­buddhi

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • n.­60
g.­1480

Vimala­dharma­parvata­jñāna­śikha­rābha

Wylie:
  • chos dri ma med pa’i ri bo ye shes kyi rtse mo’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་དྲི་མ་མེད་པའི་རི་བོ་ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱི་རྩེ་མོའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • vimala­dharma­parvata­jñāna­śikha­rābha

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­1481

Vimala­dhvaja

Wylie:
  • dri myed rgyal mtshan
  • rgyal mtshan dri ma med pa
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་མྱེད་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
  • རྒྱལ་མཚན་དྲི་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vimala­dhvaja

In chapter 1 it is the name of one of the bodhisattvas in the presence of the Buddha at Śrāvastī (translated as dri myed rgyal mtshan). In chapter 44 it is the name of a bodhisattva in another world in the distant past (translated as rgyal mtshan dri ma med pa).

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 44.­70-71
g.­1482

vimalagarbha

Wylie:
  • dri ma med pa’i snying po
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་མ་མེད་པའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vimalagarbha

Unidentified jewel, literally “stainless essence.” Possibly moonstone.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 32.­7
g.­1483

Vimala­netra

Wylie:
  • dri ma myed pa’i myig
  • mig dri ma med pa
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་མ་མྱེད་པའི་མྱིག
  • མིག་དྲི་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vimala­netra

In chapter 1, dri ma myed pa’i myig is the name of a bodhisattva present with the Buddha Śākyamuni in Śrāvastī; in chapter 43, mig dri ma med pa is the name of the precious minister of a cakravartin.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 43.­244
g.­1484

Vimala­prabha

Wylie:
  • dri ma myed pa’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་མ་མྱེད་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • vimala­prabha

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1485

Vimala­saṃbhava­prabhā

Wylie:
  • dri ma med pa skyed pa’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་མ་མེད་པ་སྐྱེད་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • vimala­saṃbhava­prabhā

A queen’s nurse in another world in the distant past.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­107
  • 42.­97-98
  • 42.­110
g.­1486

Vimala­śrī­megha

Wylie:
  • ye shes dri ma med pa phun sum tshogs pa’i sprin
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་དྲི་མ་མེད་པ་ཕུན་སུམ་ཚོགས་པའི་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit:
  • vimala­śrī­megha

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­263
g.­1487

Vimala­tejaḥ­prabha

Wylie:
  • gzi brjid dri ma myed pa’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • གཟི་བརྗིད་དྲི་མ་མྱེད་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • vimala­tejaḥ­prabha

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1488

Vimala­tejas

Wylie:
  • dri ma myed pa’i gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་མ་མྱེད་པའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • vimala­tejas

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1489

Vimala­vakrabhānu­prabha

Wylie:
  • nyi ma ltar bzhin mdog dri ma med pa
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་མ་ལྟར་བཞིན་མདོག་དྲི་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vimala­vakrabhānu­prabha

A cakravartin king in another world in the distant past. 

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 39.­29
  • 39.­32-34
g.­1490

Vimala­vatsa

Wylie:
  • dri ma myed pa’i sras
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་མ་མྱེད་པའི་སྲས།
Sanskrit:
  • vimala­vatsa

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 41.­92
g.­1491

Vimalottara­jñānin

Wylie:
  • dri myed dam pa’i ye shes
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་མྱེད་དམ་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • vimalottara­jñānin

A bodhisattva.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1492

Vimativikiraṇa

Wylie:
  • yid gnyis rnam par sel ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་གཉིས་རྣམ་པར་སེལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vimativikiraṇa

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1493

Vimokṣacandra

Wylie:
  • rnam par thar pa’i zla ba
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པའི་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vimokṣacandra

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1494

Vimuktighoṣa

Wylie:
  • rnam par grol ba’i dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ་བའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • vimuktighoṣa

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1495

Vinarditarāja

Wylie:
  • rnam par bsgrags pa’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་བསྒྲགས་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vinarditarāja

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1496

vipaśyanā

Wylie:
  • lhag mthong
Tibetan:
  • ལྷག་མཐོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • vipaśyanā

Insight meditation.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 54.­13
  • 54.­242
  • 54.­348
  • 54.­381
  • 56.­1
g.­1497

Vipaśyin

Wylie:
  • rnam par gzigs
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་གཟིགས།
Sanskrit:
  • vipaśyin

In early Buddhism the first of seven buddhas, with Śākyamuni as the seventh. The first three buddhas‍—Vipaśyin, Śikhin, and Viśvabhuk‍—appeared in a kalpa earlier than our Bhadra kalpa, and therefore Śākyamuni is more commonly referred to as the fourth buddha.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 29.­6
  • g.­1159
  • g.­1523
g.­1498

Vipulabuddhi

Wylie:
  • rgya chen blo
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱ་ཆེན་བློ།
Sanskrit:
  • vipulabuddhi

The forty-first buddha in a kalpa in the distant past, and also the eighty-eighth buddha in another kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 37.­143
  • 37.­152
g.­1499

Vipula­dharmādhimukti­saṃbhava­tejas

Wylie:
  • chos rgya chen po la mos pa yang dag par ’byung ba’i gzi brjid
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་རྒྱ་ཆེན་པོ་ལ་མོས་པ་ཡང་དག་པར་འབྱུང་བའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit:
  • vipula­dharmādhimukti­saṃbhava­tejas

A buddha in the distant past; the name as given in the prose passages. In verse he is called Adhimuktitejas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 43.­278
  • 43.­282
  • g.­25
g.­1500

Vipula­guṇa­jyotiḥprabha

Wylie:
  • yon tan rgya chen po gzi brjid kyi ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཡོན་ཏན་རྒྱ་ཆེན་པོ་གཟི་བརྗིད་ཀྱི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • vipula­guṇa­jyotiḥprabha

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­271
g.­1501

Vipulakīrti

Wylie:
  • grags yangs
Tibetan:
  • གྲགས་ཡངས།
Sanskrit:
  • vipulakīrti

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­108
g.­1502

Vipula­mahā­jñāna­raśmi­rāja

Wylie:
  • ye shes chen po’i ’od gzer shin tu yangs pa’i rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་ཆེན་པོའི་འོད་གཟེར་ཤིན་ཏུ་ཡངས་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vipula­mahā­jñāna­raśmi­rāja

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­262
g.­1503

Viraja

Wylie:
  • rdul dang bral ba
Tibetan:
  • རྡུལ་དང་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • viraja

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1504

Virajadhvaja

Wylie:
  • rdul myed rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • རྡུལ་མྱེད་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • virajadhvaja

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1505

Virajaprabha

Wylie:
  • rdul dang bral ba’i ’od
Tibetan:
  • རྡུལ་དང་བྲལ་བའི་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • virajaprabha

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1506

Virajomaṇḍala

Wylie:
  • rdul dang bral ba’i dkyil ’khor
Tibetan:
  • རྡུལ་དང་བྲལ་བའི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར།
Sanskrit:
  • virajomaṇḍala

“Domain Free of Dust.” The name of a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 37.­36
  • 37.­116
  • 37.­134
g.­1507

Virajottara­jñānin

Wylie:
  • rdul myed dam pa’i ye shes
Tibetan:
  • རྡུལ་མྱེད་དམ་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • virajottara­jñānin

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1508

Virajovatī

Wylie:
  • rdul dang bral ba
Tibetan:
  • རྡུལ་དང་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • virajovatī

A four-continent world realm.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 34.­71
g.­1509

Virajovatī­śrī­garbhā

Wylie:
  • rdul dang bral ba’i dpal gyi snying po
Tibetan:
  • རྡུལ་དང་བྲལ་བའི་དཔལ་གྱི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • virajovatī­śrī­garbhā

“The Essence of the Splendor That Is Free of Dust.” The name of a ray of light.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­54
g.­1510

Virūḍhaka

Wylie:
  • ’phags skyes po
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་སྐྱེས་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • virūḍhaka

One of the Four Mahārājas, he is the guardian of the southern direction and the lord of the kumbhāṇḍas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 36.­23
  • g.­683
g.­1511

Virūpākṣa

Wylie:
  • mig mi bzang
Tibetan:
  • མིག་མི་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • virūpākṣa

One of the Four Mahārājas, he is the guardian of the western direction and traditionally the lord of the nāgas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 36.­24
  • g.­683
g.­1512

Viśākhadeva

Wylie:
  • sa ga’i lha
Tibetan:
  • ས་གའི་ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • viśākhadeva

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1513

Viśālabuddhi

Wylie:
  • yangs pa’i blo
Tibetan:
  • ཡངས་པའི་བློ།
Sanskrit:
  • viśālabuddhi

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1514

Viśeṣodgata

Wylie:
  • khyad par gyis ’phags pa
Tibetan:
  • ཁྱད་པར་གྱིས་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • viśeṣodgata

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1515

Viśiṣṭa

Wylie:
  • rnam par grags pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་གྲགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • viśiṣṭa

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1516

Viśiṣṭacandra

Wylie:
  • zla ba rnam par ’phags pa
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བ་རྣམ་པར་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • viśiṣṭacandra

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1517

Viśuddhabuddhi

Wylie:
  • rnam par sangs rgyas pa’i blo
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་སངས་རྒྱས་པའི་བློ།
Sanskrit:
  • viśuddhabuddhi

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1518

Viśuddhacārin

Wylie:
  • rnam dag spyod pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་དག་སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • viśuddhacārin

A bhikṣu who was a pupil of Śāriputra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­4
g.­1519

Viśuddhamati

Wylie:
  • rnam dag blo gros
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་དག་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit:
  • viśuddhamati

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1520

Viśuddhanandin

Wylie:
  • rnam par dag pas dgyes pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་དག་པས་དགྱེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • viśuddhanandin

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1521

Viśuddhanetra

Wylie:
  • rnam par dag pa’i myig
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་དག་པའི་མྱིག
Sanskrit:
  • viśuddhanetra

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1522

Viśuddha­netrābhā

Wylie:
  • mig rnam par dag pa
Tibetan:
  • མིག་རྣམ་པར་དག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • viśuddha­netrābhā

A night goddess in the distant past.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­99
  • 34.­71-72
g.­1523

Viśvabhuk

Wylie:
  • thams cad mnga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • ཐམས་ཅད་མངའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • viśvabhuk

In early Buddhism the third of seven buddhas, with Śākyamuni as the seventh. The first three buddhas‍—Vipaśyin, Śikhin, and Viśvabhuk‍—appeared in a kalpa earlier than our Bhadra kalpa, and therefore Śākyamuni is more commonly referred to as the fourth buddha.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 29.­6
  • g.­1159
  • g.­1497
g.­1524

Viśvāmitra

Wylie:
  • kun gyi bshes gnyen
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་གྱི་བཤེས་གཉེན།
Sanskrit:
  • viśvāmitra

In chapter 44 it is the name of one of the future buddhas of this kalpa. It is also the name of the kalyāṇamitra in chapter 46, the teacher of children.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­110-111
  • 44.­63
  • 45.­12
  • 46.­1-2
g.­1525

Viśvavarṇa

Wylie:
  • thams cad kha dog
Tibetan:
  • ཐམས་ཅད་ཁ་དོག
Sanskrit:
  • viśvavarṇa

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1526

Vitimira­jñāna­tathāgata­pradīpā

Wylie:
  • ye shes rab rib med pa de bzhin gshegs pa’i sgron ma
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་རབ་རིབ་མེད་པ་དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པའི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vitimira­jñāna­tathāgata­pradīpā

“The Tathāgata Lamp of Unclouded Wisdom.” The name of a ray of light.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­62
g.­1527

Vratamaṇḍala

Wylie:
  • brtul zhugs dkyil ’khor
Tibetan:
  • བརྟུལ་ཞུགས་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར།
Sanskrit:
  • vratamaṇḍala

The forty-fifth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­143
g.­1528

Vratasamudra

Wylie:
  • brtul zhugs rgya mtsho
Tibetan:
  • བརྟུལ་ཞུགས་རྒྱ་མཚོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vratasamudra

A buddha in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­103
g.­1529

Vyūhasa

Wylie:
  • rnam brgyan
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་བརྒྱན།
Sanskrit:
  • vyūhasa

A kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 43.­301
g.­1530

water that has the eight qualities

Wylie:
  • chab bzang yan lag brgyad ldan
  • yan lag brgyad dang ldan pa’i chu
Tibetan:
  • ཆབ་བཟང་ཡན་ལག་བརྒྱད་ལྡན།
  • ཡན་ལག་བརྒྱད་དང་ལྡན་པའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭāṅgopetavārin

Water that has the eight qualities of being sweet, cool, pleasant, light, clear, pure, not harmful to the throat, and beneficial for the stomach.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­3
  • 21.­11
  • 27.­3
  • 40.­130
g.­1531

white coral

Wylie:
  • mu sa ra gal pa
Tibetan:
  • མུ་ས་ར་གལ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • musalagalva

In other translations, this is translated into Tibetan as spug. White coral is fossilized coral that has undergone transformation under millions of years of underwater pressure. The Tibetan tradition describes it being formed from ice over a long period of time. It appears in one version of the list of the seven precious materials. It can also refer to tridacna (Tridacnidae) shell, which is also presently called musaragalva. Attempts to identify musalagalva have included sapphire, cat’s eye, red coral, conch, and amber.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­31-32
  • 9.­18
  • 18.­4
  • 20.­23
  • 21.­4
  • 32.­7
  • 47.­25
  • g.­1155
g.­1532

white lotus

Wylie:
  • pun da ri ka
Tibetan:
  • པུན་ད་རི་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • puṇḍarīka

Nelumbo nucifera. The white variant of the red lotus, which is otherwise the same species.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­10
  • 16.­5
  • 21.­4
  • 21.­11
  • 27.­3
  • 28.­5
  • 32.­4
  • 43.­64
  • 43.­146
  • 54.­210
  • 54.­324
  • 54.­369
  • g.­943
g.­1533

world guardians

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten gyi mgon po
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་མགོན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • lokapāla

These are a set of deities, each guarding a certain direction. Most commonly these are Indra (Śakra) for the east, Agni for the southeast, Yama for the south, Sūrya or Nirṛti for the southwest, Varuṇa for the west, Vāyu (Pavana) for the northwest, Kubera for the north, and Soma (Candra) or Iśāni or Pṛthivī for the northeast.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 14.­5
  • 30.­40
g.­1534

yakṣa

Wylie:
  • gnod sbyin
Tibetan:
  • གནོད་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • yakṣa

A class of supernatural beings, often represented as the attendants of the god of wealth, although the term is also applied to spirits. Although they are generally portrayed as benevolent, the Tibetan translation means “harm giver,” as they are also capable of causing harm.

Located in 58 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­26
  • 2.­54
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­22
  • 5.­15
  • 6.­9
  • 7.­6
  • 7.­11
  • 7.­13-15
  • 8.­12
  • 9.­15
  • 9.­31
  • 10.­13
  • 12.­18
  • 14.­5
  • 15.­2-3
  • 16.­38
  • 16.­41
  • 21.­54
  • 22.­8
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­28
  • 23.­7
  • 24.­5
  • 25.­10
  • 26.­5
  • 27.­19
  • 27.­48-49
  • 28.­13
  • 30.­40
  • 36.­24
  • 36.­34
  • 37.­5
  • 38.­20
  • 38.­65
  • 40.­146
  • 41.­61
  • 42.­56
  • 42.­60
  • 42.­75
  • 42.­80
  • 43.­115
  • 54.­71
  • 54.­339
  • 54.­347
  • 54.­369
  • 54.­373
  • 54.­393
  • 56.­89
  • n.­506
  • g.­809
  • g.­1401
  • g.­1414
  • g.­1415
g.­1535

yama

Wylie:
  • gshin rje
Tibetan:
  • གཤིན་རྗེ།
Sanskrit:
  • yama

Deities in the realm of Yama.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 36.­27
g.­1536

Yama

Wylie:
  • gshin rje
Tibetan:
  • གཤིན་རྗེ།
Sanskrit:
  • yama

The lord of death, who judges the dead and rules over the hells; the realm of Yama is synonymous with the world of the pretas.

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­54
  • 7.­16
  • 9.­31
  • 10.­13
  • 11.­8
  • 20.­9
  • 23.­7
  • 26.­6
  • 30.­41
  • 36.­27
  • 37.­5
  • 37.­8
  • 42.­60
  • 54.­335
  • 54.­384
  • 56.­30
  • n.­266
  • n.­414
  • g.­856
  • g.­1533
  • g.­1535
  • g.­1537
g.­1537

Yāma

Wylie:
  • mtshe ma
Tibetan:
  • མཚེ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • yāma

The third (counting from the lowest) of the six paradises in the desire realm. The usual translation is ’thab bral from “Yāma.” Here, the Tibetan translation appears to be from Yama, the name for the lord of death.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­4
  • i.­46
  • 9.­31
  • 10.­13
  • 26.­5
  • 27.­16
  • g.­1309
g.­1538

yāna

Wylie:
  • theg pa
Tibetan:
  • ཐེག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • yāna

A “way of going,” which primarily means a path or a way. It can also mean a conveyance or carriage; this definition is represented in commentarial literature by the Tibetan translation as “carrier,” and therefore it is also translated into English as “vehicle.”

Located in 30 passages in the translation:

  • i.­9
  • 2.­56
  • 3.­23
  • 8.­12
  • 9.­45
  • 37.­70
  • 38.­7
  • 39.­7
  • 39.­12
  • 39.­24
  • 40.­4
  • 40.­49
  • 40.­99
  • 40.­175
  • 42.­67
  • 43.­234
  • 43.­240
  • 43.­287
  • 54.­13
  • 54.­199
  • 56.­107
  • n.­13
  • n.­980
  • n.­1390
  • n.­1453
  • n.­1965
  • n.­2211
  • n.­2227
  • g.­203
  • g.­851
g.­1539

Yaśaḥparvata

Wylie:
  • grags pa’i ri bo
Tibetan:
  • གྲགས་པའི་རི་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • yaśaḥparvata

The seventh buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 37.­136
g.­1540

Yaśaḥparvata­śrī­megha

Wylie:
  • grags pa’i ri bo dpal gyi sprin
Tibetan:
  • གྲགས་པའི་རི་བོ་དཔལ་གྱི་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit:
  • yaśaḥparvata­śrī­megha

One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 39.­35
g.­1541

Yaśaḥ­śuddhodita

Wylie:
  • grags pa dag pas byung ba
Tibetan:
  • གྲགས་པ་དག་པས་བྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • yaśaḥ­śuddhodita

One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1542

Yaśas

Wylie:
  • grags pa
Tibetan:
  • གྲགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • yaśas

The names of two future buddhas in this kalpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 44.­63
g.­1543

Yaśodeva

Wylie:
  • grags pa’i lha
Tibetan:
  • གྲགས་པའི་ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • yaśodeva

An upāsaka in Dhanyākara.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­26
g.­1544

Yaśodgata

Wylie:
  • grags pas ’phags pa
Tibetan:
  • གྲགས་པས་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • yaśodgata

A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­1
g.­1545

Yaśottara

Wylie:
  • grags mchog
Tibetan:
  • གྲགས་མཆོག
Sanskrit:
  • yaśottara

In chapter 29 the name of the eighth buddha in a list that begins with Kanaka­muni. In the Mahāvastu there is a list of past buddhas in which Yaśottara appears between Tiṣya and Puṣya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 29.­6
g.­1546

yellow sandalwood

Wylie:
  • dus dang mthun pa’i tsan dan
Tibetan:
  • དུས་དང་མཐུན་པའི་ཙན་དན།
Sanskrit:
  • kālānusāri­candana

Sanskrit dictionaries also define the word as “gum benzoin” (not to be confused with the unrelated chemical, benzoin) and the Shisham or Indian Rosewood tree (Dalbergia sissoo). However, in this sūtra this is evidently referring to a kind of sandalwood (Santalum album). The name, which means “following time,” refers to the long-lasting scent of the wood. In other texts kālānusāri­candana is translated as dus kyi rjes su ’brang ba.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­7
  • 10.­4
  • 10.­11
  • 12.­17
  • 19.­19
  • 21.­4
  • 21.­7
  • 27.­3
  • n.­1019
g.­1547

Yeshé Dé

Wylie:
  • ye shes sde
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Chief editor of the translation program based in Samyé Monastery from the late eighth to early ninth century in Tibet. He was from the Nanam (sna nam) clan, and so is often called Nanam Yeshé Dé.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­24
  • c.­1
  • n.­2225
g.­1548

yojana

Wylie:
  • dpag tshad
Tibetan:
  • དཔག་ཚད།
Sanskrit:
  • yojana

The longest unit of distance in classical India. The lack of a uniform standard for the smaller units means that there is no precise equivalent, especially as its theoretical length tended to increase over time. Therefore it can mean between four and ten miles.

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • i.­120
  • 5.­18
  • 8.­15
  • 15.­11
  • 20.­13
  • 21.­5
  • 21.­10
  • 27.­3
  • 36.­63
  • 37.­44
  • 37.­81
  • 40.­53
  • 54.­244
  • 54.­324
  • 54.­382
  • 55.­2
  • n.­2150
0
    You are downloading:

    The Stem Array

    Click here to make a dāna donation

    This is a free publication from 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, a non-profit organization sharing the gift of Buddhist wisdom with the world.

    The cultivation of generosity, or dāna—giving voluntarily with a view that something wholesome will come of it—is considered to be a fundamental Buddhist practice by all schools. The nature and quantity of the gift itself is often considered less important.

    Table of Contents


    Search this text


    Other ways to read

    Download PDF
    Download EPUB
    Open in the 84000 App

    Spotted a mistake?

    Please use the contact form provided to suggest a correction.


    How to cite this text

    The following are examples of how to correctly cite this publication. Links to specific passages can be derived by right-clicking on the milestones markers in the left-hand margin (e.g. s.1). The copied link address can replace the url below.

    • Chicago
    • MLA
    • APA
    84000. The Stem Array (Gaṇḍa­vyūha, sdong pos brgyan pa, Toh 44-45). Translated by Peter Alan Roberts and team. Online publication. 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2025. https://84000.co/translation/toh44-45/UT22084-037-007-glossary.Copy
    84000. The Stem Array (Gaṇḍa­vyūha, sdong pos brgyan pa, Toh 44-45). Translated by Peter Alan Roberts and team, online publication, 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2025, 84000.co/translation/toh44-45/UT22084-037-007-glossary.Copy
    84000. (2025) The Stem Array (Gaṇḍa­vyūha, sdong pos brgyan pa, Toh 44-45). (Peter Alan Roberts and team, Trans.). Online publication. 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha. https://84000.co/translation/toh44-45/UT22084-037-007-glossary.Copy

    Related links

    • Other texts from The Sūtra of the Ornaments of the Buddhas
    • Published Translations
    • Browse the Collection
    • 84000 Homepage
    Sponsor Translation

    Bookmarks

    Copyright © 2011-2024 84000 - All Rights Reserved
    • Website: https://84000.co
    • Contact
    • Privacy Policy